2021 Ford Mondeo

FORD MONDEO Owner's Manual
The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of
continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time
without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a
retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission.
Errors and omissions excepted.
© Ford Motor Company 2021
All rights reserved.

Part Number: CG3736en 202101 20210122174944
Table of Contents
Introduction Supplementary Restraints

Acknowledgments ..........................................9 System
About This Manual ..........................................9 Principle of Operation .................................36
Symbols Glossary ............................................9 Driver Airbag ....................................................36
REACH .................................................................11 Passenger Airbag ...........................................37
Replacement Parts Recommendation Switching the Passenger Airbag On and
.............................................................................11 Off ...................................................................37
Mobile Communications Equipment Side Airbags ....................................................38
............................................................................12 Driver Knee Airbag ........................................39
Side Curtain Airbags ....................................40
Data Privacy
Data Privacy .....................................................13 Pedestrian Alert System -
Service Data .....................................................14 Hybrid Electric Vehicle
Event Data ........................................................14 (HEV)
Settings Data ...................................................15 What Is the Pedestrian Alert System
Connected Vehicle Data - Vehicles With: ...........................................................................4 1
Modem ...........................................................15 Pedestrian Alert System –
Mobile Device Data - Vehicles With: Troubleshooting .........................................41
SYNC 3 ...........................................................15
Emergency Call System Data - Vehicles Automatic Crash Notification
With: eCall ....................................................16 System
eCall ...................................................................42
Environment Emergency Assistance ................................44
Protecting the Environment .......................17
Keys and Remote Controls
At a Glance Remote Control Limitations ......................47
Instrument Panel - LHD ...............................18 Removing the Key Blade .............................47
Instrument Panel - RHD ..............................19 Locating Your Vehicle ...................................47
Changing the Remote Control Battery
Child Safety ...........................................................................47
Installing Child Restraints - 4-Door .........21 Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control
..........................................................................49
Installing Child Restraints - 5-Door/
Wagon ...........................................................25 Keys and Remote Controls –
Troubleshooting ........................................49
Child Restraint Positioning ........................29
Passive Key Backup Position ....................50
Child Safety Locks - Vehicles With:
Remote Child Proof Locks .....................33
MyKey™
Seatbelts Principle of Operation ..................................51
Fastening the Seatbelts .............................34 MyKey Settings ...............................................51
Seatbelt Height Adjustment .....................34 Creating a MyKey ...........................................52
Seatbelt Reminder ........................................35 Programming a MyKey ................................52
Mondeo (CNG) Vehicles Built From: 01-04-2021, CG3736en enGBR, Edition date: 202101, First-Printing
Table of Contents
Clearing All MyKeys ......................................53 Front Fog Lamps ...........................................80

Checking MyKey System Status ..............54 Rear Fog Lamps ..............................................81
Using MyKey With Remote Start Headlamp Leveling - Vehicles With:
Systems ........................................................54 Automatic Headlamp Leveling .............81
MyKey – Troubleshooting ..........................54 Headlamp Leveling - Vehicles With:
Manual Headlamp Leveling ...................81
Doors and Locks Cornering Lamps ...........................................82
Locking and Unlocking ................................56 Direction Indicators ......................................82
Keyless Entry ..................................................58 Interior Lamps ................................................83
Ambient Lighting ..........................................84
Liftgate
Manual Liftgate ...............................................61 Windows and Mirrors
Power Liftgate ................................................62 Power Windows ............................................85
Global Opening and Closing ....................86
Security Exterior Mirrors ...............................................87
Passive Anti-Theft System .......................66 Interior Mirror - Vehicles Without:
Auto-Dimming Interior Mirror ...............89
Anti-Theft Alarm - Vehicles With:
Integral Battery ..........................................66 Interior Mirror - Vehicles With:
Auto-Dimming Interior Mirror ...............89
Anti-Theft Alarm - Vehicles With: Interior
Sensor ...........................................................67
Moonroof
Steering Wheel Opening and Closing the Sun Shade
..........................................................................90
Adjusting the Steering Wheel ...................70
Opening and Closing the Moonroof ......90
Locking the Steering Wheel ......................70
Venting the Moonroof ..................................91
Heated Steering Wheel ...............................70
Moonroof Bounce-Back ..............................91
Wipers and Washers
Instrument Cluster
Windshield Wipers ........................................72
Gauges - Excluding: Hybrid Electric
Autowipers .......................................................72 Vehicle (HEV) .............................................92
Windshield Washers .....................................74 Gauges - Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV)
Rear Window Wiper and Washers ..........75 ..........................................................................95
Headlamp Washers ......................................75 Warning Lamps and Indicators ................97
Audible Warnings and Indicators ...........101
Lighting
General Information ......................................77 Information Displays
Lighting Control ..............................................77 General Information - Excluding: Hybrid
Autolamps .......................................................78 Electric Vehicle (HEV) ...........................103
Instrument Lighting Dimmer .....................79 General Information - Hybrid Electric
Vehicle (HEV) ...........................................106
Headlamp Exit Delay ...................................79
Information Messages ................................115
Automatic High Beam Control .................79
Table of Contents
Remote Start - Automatic How Does the Rear Occupant Alert

Transmission System Work .............................................152
What Is Remote Start ................................132 Rear Occupant Alert System Precautions
.........................................................................152
Remote Start Limitations .........................132
Rear Occupant Alert System Limitations
Enabling Remote Start ..............................132 .........................................................................152
Remotely Starting and Stopping the Switching Rear Occupant Alert System
Vehicle .........................................................132 On and Off ..................................................152
Remote Start Settings - Vehicles Rear Occupant Alert System Indicators
Without: Heated Steering Wheel ......132 .........................................................................153
Remote Start Settings - Vehicles With: Rear Occupant Alert System Audible
Heated Steering Wheel .........................133 Warnings .....................................................153
Climate Control Auxiliary Power Points

Automatic Climate Control ......................134 Auxiliary Power Points ...............................154
Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate Cigar Lighter ...................................................155
.........................................................................135
Heated Windshield ......................................135 Storage Compartments
Heated Rear Window .................................136 Cup Holders ...................................................156
Heated Exterior Mirrors ..............................136
Auxiliary Heater ............................................136 Starting and Stopping the
Engine
Seats Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Sitting in the Correct Position ................140 Precautions ................................................157
Head Restraints ...........................................140 Push Button Ignition Switch ....................157
Manual Seats - Vehicles With: 4-Way Starting the Engine .....................................158
Manual Seat ..............................................142 Stopping the Engine ...................................159
Manual Seats - Vehicles With: 8-Way Automatic Engine Stop - Vehicles With:
Manual Seat ..............................................143 Push Button Start ....................................161
Power Seats - Vehicles Without: Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Multi-Contour Seats ...............................144 Troubleshooting ........................................161
Power Seats - Vehicles With:
Multi-Contour Seats ...............................145
Unique Driving Characteristics
Memory Function .........................................147
Rear Seats ......................................................149
Hybrid Electric Vehicle ...............................165
Heated Seats ................................................149
EcoSelect .......................................................168
Climate Controlled Seats .........................150
Auto-Start-Stop - Automatic
Rear Occupant Alert System Transmission
What Is Auto-Start-Stop ..........................170
What is the Rear Occupant Alert System
.........................................................................152 Auto-Start-Stop Precautions .................170
Table of Contents
Switching Auto-Start-Stop On and Off Transmission

.........................................................................170
Manual Transmission ................................196
Stopping the Engine ...................................170
Automatic Transmission - Hybrid Electric
Restarting the Engine .................................170 Vehicle (HEV), 6-Speed Automatic
Auto-Start-Stop Indicators .......................171 Transmission .............................................196
Auto-Start-Stop – Troubleshooting Automatic Transmission - 8-Speed
..........................................................................171 Automatic Transmission ......................199
Auto-Start-Stop - Manual All-Wheel Drive

Transmission Using All-Wheel Drive ...............................202
What Is Auto-Start-Stop ..........................173
Auto-Start-Stop Precautions ..................173 Brakes
Switching Auto-Start-Stop On and Off General Information ..................................204
.........................................................................173 Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes
Stopping the Engine ...................................173 ........................................................................204
Restarting the Engine .................................173 Electric Parking Brake - Automatic
Auto-Start-Stop Indicators ......................174 Transmission ............................................205
Auto-Start-Stop Audible Warning ........174 Electric Parking Brake - Manual
Transmission ............................................207
Auto-Start-Stop – Troubleshooting
.........................................................................174 Hill Start Assist ...........................................209
Fuel and Refueling Traction Control

Safety Precautions ......................................176 Principle of Operation .................................211
Fuel Quality - Gasoline ..............................176 Using Traction Control ................................211
Fuel Quality - Diesel ....................................177
Fuel Filler Funnel Location ........................177 Stability Control
Running Out of Fuel ....................................177 Principle of Operation ................................212
Refueling .........................................................179 Using Stability Control ...............................212
Fuel Consumption ........................................181
Parking Aids
Engine Emission Control Principle of Operation ................................213
Catalytic Converter .....................................183 Rear Parking Aid ...........................................213
Selective Catalytic Reductant System Front Parking Aid .........................................214
.........................................................................183 Side Sensing System ..................................215
Gasoline Particulate Filter .......................188 Active Park Assist .........................................217
Diesel Particulate Filter .............................189 Rear View Camera ......................................223
High Voltage Battery Cruise Control

General Information ...................................193 Principle of Operation ................................227
High Voltage Shutoff Switch ..................195 Using Cruise Control ...................................227
Table of Contents
Using Adaptive Cruise Control - Vehicles Towing a Trailer - Hybrid Electric Vehicle
Without: Stop and Go ...........................228 (HEV), 4-Door ..........................................275
Using Adaptive Cruise Control - Vehicles Towing a Trailer - 5-Door/Wagon .........275
With: Stop and Go ..................................233 Trailer Sway Control ...................................276
Tow Ball - Vehicles With: Detachable
Driving Aids Tow Ball ......................................................276
Speed Limiter - Vehicles With: Adaptive Tow Ball - Vehicles With: Retractable
Cruise Control ...........................................241 Tow Ball ......................................................279
Speed Limiter - Vehicles With: Cruise Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels -
Control ........................................................243 Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV), 8-Speed
Driver Alert .....................................................245 Automatic Transmission ......................281
Lane Keeping System ................................247 Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels -
Manual Transmission .............................281
Blind Spot Information System ..............251
Cross Traffic Alert .......................................253
Driving Hints
Traffic Sign Recognition ...........................255
Cold Weather Precautions ......................283
Eco ...................................................................256
Preconditioning Your Vehicle for Cold
Pre-Collision Assist ....................................257 Weather Driving ......................................283
Drive Control .................................................262 Breaking-In ....................................................283
Driving Economically .................................283
Local Hazard Information Driving Through Shallow Water ............284
What Is Local Hazard Information .......264 Floor Mats .....................................................284
Local Hazard Information Precautions
........................................................................264
Roadside Emergencies
Enabling Local Hazard Information .....264
Hazard Flashers ..........................................286
Checking Local Hazard Information
Status .........................................................264 Warning Triangle .........................................286
Jump Starting the Vehicle - Hybrid
Electric Vehicle (HEV) ..........................286
Load Carrying
Jump Starting the Vehicle - Excluding:
General Information ..................................265 Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) ...........289
Luggage Anchor Points ............................265 Collision, Damage or Fire Event ............290
Rear Under Floor Storage ........................266 Post-Crash Alert System .........................292
Cargo Nets - Wagon ..................................266 Towing Points ...............................................292
Luggage Covers ...........................................267
Roof Racks and Load Carriers ...............268 Crash and Breakdown
Dog Guard - Wagon, Excluding: Hybrid Information
Electric Vehicle (HEV) ..........................269 Automatic Crash Shutoff ........................293
Dog Guard - Hybrid Electric Vehicle
(HEV), Wagon ...........................................271
Fuses
Towing Fuse Specification Chart - Excluding:
Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) ............294
Towing a Trailer - 4-Door, Excluding:
Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) ............274
Table of Contents
Fuse Specification Chart - Hybrid Electric Using Snow Chains ....................................344

Vehicle (HEV) ..........................................304 Changing a Road Wheel ..........................345
Changing a Fuse ...........................................313 Tire Pressures ................................................351
Lug Nuts .........................................................352
Maintenance
General Information ...................................315 Tire Pressure Monitoring
Opening and Closing the Hood ..............315 System
Under Hood Overview - 2.0L Hybrid .....316 What Is the Tire Pressure Monitoring
Under Hood Overview - 2.0L EcoBlue System ........................................................353
.........................................................................318 Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Engine Oil Dipstick - 2.0L Hybrid ...........319 Precautions ...............................................353
Engine Oil Dipstick - 2.0L EcoBlue ........319 Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Limitations ................................................353
Engine Oil Check ..........................................319
Viewing the Tire Pressures ......................353
Engine Cooling Fan ....................................320
Resetting Tire Pressure Monitoring
Engine Coolant Check - Excluding: Hybrid System .......................................................354
Electric Vehicle (HEV) ..........................320
Tire Pressure Monitoring System –
Engine Coolant Check - Hybrid Electric Troubleshooting ......................................354
Vehicle (HEV) ..........................................324
Brake Fluid Check .......................................325
Capacities and Specifications
Clutch Fluid Check - Manual
Transmission ............................................326
Changing the 12V Battery - Excluding: Vehicle Dimensions - 4-Door .................356
Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) ............326 Vehicle Dimensions - 5-Door ..................357
Changing the 12V Battery - Hybrid Vehicle Dimensions - Wagon .................358
Electric Vehicle (HEV) ..........................328 Towbar Dimensions - 4-Door/5-Door
Washer Fluid Check ...................................330 ........................................................................359
Checking the Wiper Blades ....................330 Towbar Dimensions - Wagon ................360
Changing the Wiper Blades ....................330 Vehicle Identification Plate ......................361
Changing a Bulb ...........................................331 Vehicle Identification Number ................361
Capacities and Specifications - 2.0L
Vehicle Care Hybrid ..........................................................362
Cleaning the Exterior .................................335 Capacities and Specifications - 2.0L
EcoBlue ......................................................364
Cleaning the Interior ..................................336
Bulb Specification Chart .........................366
Repairing Minor Paint Damage .............338
Fuel Consumption Figures ......................368
Waxing Your Vehicle ..................................338
Fuel Consumption Figures - 2.0L Hybrid
.......................................................................368
Wheels and Tires Fuel Consumption Figures - 2.0L EcoBlue
General Information ..................................339 .......................................................................369
Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit ...................339
Tire Care .........................................................343 Connected Vehicle
Using Winter Tires ......................................344 What Is a Connected Vehicle .................370
Table of Contents
Connected Vehicle Requirements ........370 End User License Agreement ................426

Connected Vehicle Limitations .............370 Declaration of Conformity .......................452
Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile
Network ......................................................370
Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi
Network ......................................................370
Connected Vehicle – Troubleshooting -
Vehicles With: Modem ...........................371
Connected Vehicle – Troubleshooting -
Vehicles With: SYNC 3 ..........................372
Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot

Creating a Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot .........374
Changing the Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot
Name or Password .................................374
Audio System
General Information ...................................375
Audio Unit - Vehicles Without: Sony
Audio System ...........................................376
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Sony Audio
System ........................................................377
Digital Radio .................................................380
USB Port ........................................................382
Using Voice Recognition ..........................383
SYNC™ 3
General Information ..................................384
Using Voice Recognition ..........................386
Entertainment .............................................392
Climate ...........................................................394
Phone ..............................................................397
Navigation .....................................................399
Electric Vehicle Information ...................403
Apps ................................................................407
Settings .........................................................408
SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting .....................410
Appendices
Electromagnetic Compatibility .............420
eCall User Information .............................423
8
Introduction
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Note: Pass on this manual when selling

your vehicle. It is an integral part of your
Your vehicle could have components that vehicle.
use open source software. For additional This manual may qualify the location of a
information, visit http:// component as left-hand side or right-hand
corporate.ford.com/ford-open-source.html. side. The side is determined when facing
forward in the seat.
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Thank you for choosing Ford. We
recommend that you take some time to
get to know your vehicle by reading this
manual. The more that you know about
your vehicle, the greater the safety and
pleasure you will get from driving it.
WARNING: Driving while

distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly E154903
recommend that you use extreme

caution when using any device that may A Right-hand side.
take your focus off the road. Your B Left-hand side.
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any SYMBOLS GLOSSARY
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated These are some of the symbols you may
systems when possible. Make sure you see on your vehicle.
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic Safety alert.
E65963
devices while driving.
Note: This manual describes product See the Owner's Manual.

features and options available throughout
the range of available models, sometimes
even before they are generally available. It Air conditioning system.
may describe options not fitted to the E162384
vehicle you have purchased.

Note: Some of the illustrations in this Anti-lock braking system.
manual may show features as used in
different models, so may appear different
to you on your vehicle. Avoid smoking, flames or sparks.
Note: Always use and operate your vehicle
in line with all applicable laws and
regulations.
Introduction
Battery. Engine coolant.
Battery acid. Engine coolant temperature.
Brake fluid level. Engine oil.
Brake system. Explosive gas.
Brake failure. Fan warning.
Cabin air filter. Fasten seatbelt.

E139223
E71880
Check fuel cap. Front airbag.

E67017
Child safety door lock. Front fog lamps.
Child safety door unlock. Fuel pump reset.
Child seat lower anchor. Fuse compartment.
Child seat tether anchor. Hazard warning flashers.

E141128
Cruise control. Heated rear window.
Do not open when hot. Heated windshield.
Electronic power steering Interior luggage compartment

malfunction. release.
Engine air filter. Jack.
10
Introduction
Keep out of reach of children. Windshield wash and wipe.

E161353
Lighting control.
REACH
Low tire pressure warning. We are committed to promoting the
responsible manufacturing, handling and
use of our products and support the
Maintain correct fluid level. underlying goals of REACH, a European
Union regulation that concerns the
registration, evaluation, authorisation and
Panic alarm. restriction of chemicals.
We specifically support Regulation EC
1907/2006 Article 33(1) that relates to
Parking aid. substances of very high concern which
appear on the current list for authorisation.
If these substances do exist in a product,
Parking brake.
it is important to guarantee their safe use
so the regulation is designed to enable you
to take any appropriate risk management
Power steering fluid. measures.
To find out more about the REACH
Power windows. directive, search REACH on the local Ford
website.
Note: To find the local Ford website, visit
Power window lockout. https://corporate.ford.com/operations/
locations/global-links.html.
Malfunction indicator lamp

(MIL). REPLACEMENT PARTS
RECOMMENDATION
Service engine soon.
We have built your vehicle to the highest
standards using quality parts. We
Side airbag. recommend that you demand the use of
genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
whenever your vehicle requires scheduled
maintenance or repair. You can clearly
Shield the eyes. identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or
E167012
Motorcraft branding on the parts or their
Stability control. packaging.
E138639
11
Introduction
Scheduled Maintenance and MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS

Mechanical Repairs
EQUIPMENT
One of the best ways for you to make sure
that your vehicle provides years of service
is to have it maintained in line with our WARNING: Driving while
recommendations using parts that distracted can result in loss of vehicle
conform to the specifications detailed in control, crash and injury. We strongly
this Owner’s Manual. recommend that you use extreme
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet caution when using any device that may
or exceed these specifications. take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
Collision Repairs operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
We hope that you never experience a hand-held device while driving and
collision, but accidents happen sometimes. encourage the use of voice-operated
Genuine Ford replacement collision parts systems when possible. Make sure you
meet our stringent requirements for fit, are aware of all applicable local laws
finish, structural integrity, corrosion that may affect the use of electronic
protection and dent resistance. During devices while driving.
vehicle development we validate that
these parts deliver the intended level of Using mobile communications equipment
protection as a whole system. A great way is becoming increasingly important in the
to know for sure you are getting this level conduct of business and personal affairs.
of protection is to use genuine Ford However, you must not compromise your
replacement collision parts. own or others’ safety when using such
equipment. Mobile communications can
Warranty on Replacement Parts enhance personal safety and security when
appropriately used, particularly in
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement emergency situations. Safety must be
parts are the only replacement parts that paramount when using mobile
benefit from a Ford Warranty. communications equipment to avoid
The Ford Warranty may not cover damage negating these benefits. Mobile
caused to your vehicle as a result of failed communication equipment includes, but
non-Ford parts. is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers,
portable email devices, text messaging
For additional information, refer to the devices and portable two-way radios.
terms and conditions of the Ford Warranty.
12
Data Privacy
• Events or errors in essential systems,

WARNING: Do not connect for example headlamps and brakes.
wireless plug-in devices to the data link • System responses to driving situations,
connector. Unauthorized third parties for example airbag deployment and
could gain access to vehicle data and stability control.
impair the performance of safety related • Environmental conditions, for example
systems. Only allow repair facilities that temperature.
follow our service and repair instructions
to connect their equipment to the data Some of this data, when used in
link connector. combination with other information, for
example an accident report, damage to a
We respect your privacy and are vehicle or eyewitness statements, could
committed to protecting it. The be associated with a specific person.
information contained in this manual was
Services That We Provide
correct at the time of publication, but as
technology rapidly changes, we If you use our services, we collect and use
recommend that you visit the local Ford data, for example account information,
website for the latest information. vehicle location and driving characteristics,
Your vehicle has electronic control units that could identify you. We transmit this
that have data recording functionality and data through a dedicated, protected
the ability to permanently or temporarily connection. We only collect and use data
store data. This data could include to enable your use of our services to which
information on the condition and status of you have subscribed, with your consent or
your vehicle, vehicle maintenance where permitted by law. For additional
requirements, events and malfunctions. information, see the terms and conditions
The types of data that can be recorded are of the services to which you have
described in this section. Some of the data subscribed.
recorded is stored in event logs or error For additional information about our
logs. privacy policy, refer to the local Ford
Note: Error logs are reset following a service website.
or repair.
Services That Third Parties
Note: We may provide information in Provide
response to requests from law enforcement,
other government authorities and third We recommend that you review the terms
parties acting with lawful authority or and conditions and data privacy
through a legal process. Such information information for any services equipped with
could be used by them in legal proceedings. your vehicle or to which you subscribe. We
take no responsibility for services that third
Data recorded includes, for example: parties provide.
• Operating states of system
components, for example fuel level,
tire pressure and battery charge level.
• Vehicle and component status, for
example wheel speed, deceleration,
lateral acceleration and seatbelt
status.
13
Data Privacy
SERVICE DATA The event data recorder in this vehicle is

designed to record such data as:
Our dealers collect service data through • How various systems in your vehicle
the data link connector in your vehicle. were operating.
They use service data, for example error • Whether or not the driver and
logs, to help them if you take your vehicle passenger seatbelts were
for repair. They share this data with our buckled/fastened.
technical team, if required, to help with
diagnosis. In addition to using the • How far (if at all) the driver was
information for diagnosis and repair, we depressing the accelerator and/or the
use and share service data with our service brake pedal.
providers, for example parts suppliers, • How fast the vehicle was traveling.
where required and where permitted by • Where the driver was positioning the
law, for continuous improvement or with steering wheel.
other information that we have about you,
for example your contact information, to This data can help provide a better
offer you products and services that may understanding of the circumstances in
be of interest to you according to your which crashes and injuries occur.
preferences and where allowed by law. Note: Event data recorder data is recorded
Our service providers are equally required by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
by law to protect your data and retain it in situation occurs; no data is recorded by the
accordance with data retention policies. event data recorder under normal driving
Note: Third party repair facilities can also conditions and no personal data or
collect service data through the data link information (for example name, gender,
connector. age, and crash location) is recorded.
However, parties, such as law enforcement,
could combine the event data recorder data
EVENT DATA with the type of personally identifying data
routinely acquired during a crash
This vehicle is equipped with an event data investigation.
recorder. The main purpose of an event
data recorder is to record, in certain crash To read data recorded by an event data
or near crash-like situations, such as an recorder, special equipment is required,
airbag deployment or hitting a road and access to the vehicle or the event data
obstacle; this data will assist in recorder is needed. In addition to the
understanding how a vehicle’s systems vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such
performed. The event data recorder is as law enforcement, that have such special
designed to record data related to vehicle equipment, can read the information if they
dynamics and safety systems for a short have access to the vehicle or the event
period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. data recorder.
14
Data Privacy
SETTINGS DATA service providers could have access to

additional information, for example cell
Your vehicle has electronic control units phone network tower identification. For
that have the ability to store data based additional information about our privacy
on your personalized settings. The data is policy, visit www.FordConnected.com or
stored locally in the vehicle or on devices refer to your local Ford website.
that you connect to it, for example, a USB Note: The modem continues to send this
drive or digital music player. You can delete information unless you disable the modem
some of this data and also choose whether or stop the modem from sharing vehicle
to share it through the services to which data by changing the modem settings. See
you subscribe. See Settings (page 408). Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile
Network (page 370).
Comfort and Convenience Data
Note: The service can be unavailable or
Data recorded includes, for example: interrupted for a number of reasons, for
• Seat and steering wheel position. example environmental or topographical
conditions and data plan coverage.
• Climate control settings.
• Radio presets. Note: To find out if your vehicle has a
modem, visit www.FordConnected.com.
Entertainment Data
Data recorded includes, for example: MOBILE DEVICE DATA -
• Music, videos or album art. VEHICLES WITH: SYNC 3
• Contacts and corresponding address If you connect a mobile device to your
book entries. vehicle, you can display data from your
• Navigation destinations. device on the touchscreen for example,
music and album art. You can share your
vehicle data with mobile apps on your
CONNECTED VEHICLE DATA - device through the system. See Apps
VEHICLES WITH: MODEM (page 407).
The mobile apps function operates by your
The modem has a SIM. The
connected device sending data to us in the
modem was enabled when your
United States. The data is encrypted and
vehicle was built and periodically
includes, for example, the vehicle
sends messages to stay connected to the
identification number of your vehicle, the
cell phone network, receive automatic
SYNC module serial number, odometer,
software updates and send vehicle-related
enabled apps, usage statistics and
information to us, for example diagnostic
debugging information. We retain it only
information. These messages could
as long as necessary to provide the service,
include information that identifies your
to troubleshoot, for continuous
vehicle, the SIM and the electronic serial
improvement and to offer you products
number of the modem. Cell phone network
and services that may be of interest to you
according to your preferences and where
allowed by law.
15
Data Privacy
If you connect a cell phone to the system, operators your vehicle location or other
the system creates a profile that links to details about your vehicle or crash to assist
that cell phone. The cell phone profile emergency services operators to provide
enables more mobile features and efficient the most appropriate emergency services.
operation. The profile contains, for If you do not want to disclose this
example data from your phonebook, read information, do not activate the emergency
and unread text messages and call history, call system.
including history of calls when your cell Examples of data that the system
phone was not connected to the system. transmits are:
If you connect a media device, the system • Vehicle identification number.
creates and retains a media device index
of supported media content. The system • Vehicle fuel type.
also records a short diagnostic log of • Current time.
approximately 10 minutes of all recent • Vehicle location and direction.
system activity.
• Whether the call was automatically or
The cell phone profile, media device index manually initiated.
and diagnostic log remain in your vehicle
• Vehicle category.
unless you delete them and are generally
accessible only in your vehicle when you Note: You cannot deactivate emergency
connect your cell phone or media device. call systems that are required by law.
If you no longer plan to use the system or
your vehicle, we recommend you use the
master reset function to erase the stored
information. See Settings (page 408).
System data cannot be accessed without
special equipment and access to your
vehicle's module.
For additional information about our
privacy policy, refer to the local Ford
website.
Note: To find out if your vehicle has
connectivity technology, visit
www.FordConnected.com.
EMERGENCY CALL SYSTEM

DATA - VEHICLES WITH: ECALL
When the emergency call system is active,
it may disclose to emergency services that
your vehicle has been in a crash involving
the deployment of an airbag or activation
of the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions
or updates to the emergency call system
may also be capable of electronically or
verbally disclosing to emergency services
16
Environment
PROTECTING THE
ENVIRONMENT
You should play your part in protecting the
environment. Correct vehicle usage and
the authorized disposal of waste, cleaning
and lubrication materials are significant
steps toward this aim.
For additional information about our
sustainability progress and initiatives, visit
www.sustainability.ford.com.
17
At a Glance
INSTRUMENT PANEL - LHD
E190358
A Air vents. G Keyless starting. See Push

Button Ignition Switch (page
B Direction indicators. See 157).
Direction Indicators (page 82).
H Hazard flashers. See Hazard
C Information display controls. Flashers (page 286).
See General Information (page
103). I Information and entertainment
display.
D Instrument cluster. See
Instrument Cluster (page 92). J Audio system. See Audio
System (page 375).
E Information display controls.
See General Information (page K Climate control. See Climate
103). Control (page 134).
F Wiper lever. See Wipers and L Heated windows and mirrors.
Washers (page 72). See Heated Windshield (page
135).
18
At a Glance
M Audio control. See Audio Unit P Horn.

(page 376). Voice control. Q Cruise control. See Principle of
N Driver knee airbag. See Driver Operation (page 227).
Knee Airbag (page 39). R Lighting control. See Lighting
O Steering wheel adjustment. See Control (page 77).
Adjusting the Steering Wheel
(page 70).
INSTRUMENT PANEL - RHD
E190357
A Air vents.
B Direction indicators. See Direction Indicators (page 82).
C Information display controls. See General Information (page 103).
D Instrument cluster. See Instrument Cluster (page 92).
E Information display controls. See General Information (page 103).
19
At a Glance
F Wiper lever. See Wipers and Washers (page 72).

G Keyless starting. See Push Button Ignition Switch (page 157).
H Hazard flashers. See Hazard Flashers (page 286).
I Information and entertainment display.
J Audio system. See Audio System (page 375).
K Climate control. See Climate Control (page 134).
L Heated windows and mirrors. See Heated Windshield (page 135).
M Audio control. See Audio Unit (page 376). Voice control.
N Driver knee airbag. See Driver Knee Airbag (page 39).
O Steering wheel adjustment. See Adjusting the Steering Wheel (page 70).
P Horn.
Q Cruise control. See Cruise Control (page 227).
R Lighting control. See Lighting (page 77).
20
Child Safety
INSTALLING CHILD
RESTRAINTS - 4-DOOR WARNING: Read and follow the
manufacturer's instructions when you
are installing a child restraint.
WARNING: Do not modify child

restraints in any way.
WARNING: Do not hold a child on

your lap when your vehicle is moving.
E161855
WARNING: Do not leave children
or pets unattended in your vehicle.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: If your vehicle has been

involved in a crash, have the child
restraints checked.
Only child restraints certified to ECE-R129

or ECE-R44.03 (or later) have been tested
and approved for use in your vehicle. A
choice of these are available from an
authorized dealer.
Note: Mandatory use of child restraints
varies from country to country.
When using a child restraint on a front seat,
E68916 follow these seat positioning guidelines:
• The child restraint must not be in
contact with the instrument panel.
WARNING: Extreme Hazard! Never • Position the passenger seat as far
use a rearward facing child restraint on rearward as possible and route the
a seat protected by an active airbag in seatbelt forward and downward from
front of it. Death or serious injury to the the B-pillar ring to the child restraint.
child can occur.
• If it proves difficult to tighten the lap
WARNING: You must switch the section of the seatbelt without slack
passenger airbag off when using a remaining, adjust the seat backrest to
rearward facing child restraint on the the fully upright position and raise the
front seat. height of the seat.
Note: When using a child restraint on a rear
WARNING: You must switch the seat, adjust the front seat to a position to
passenger airbag on following the prevent contact with the child's feet or legs.
removal of the child restraint.
21
Child Safety
Child Restraints for Different Mass Booster Seats

Groups
Use the correct child restraint as follows: WARNING: Do not install a booster
Baby Safety Restraint (Group 0+) seat or a booster cushion with only the
lap strap of the seatbelt.
WARNING: Do not install a booster

seat or a booster cushion with a seatbelt
that is slack or twisted.
WARNING: Do not put the shoulder

section of the seatbelt or allow the child
to put the shoulder section of the
seatbelt under their arm or behind their
back. Failure to follow this instruction
could reduce the effectiveness of the
seatbelt and increase the risk of injury or
death in a crash.
WARNING: Do not use pillows,

E68918
books or towels to boost your child's
height. Failure to follow this instruction
Secure children that weigh less than 13 kg could result in personal injury or death.
(29 lb) in a rearward facing baby safety
restraint (Group 0+) on the rear seat. WARNING: Make sure that your
children sit in an upright position.
Child Safety Restraint (Group 1)
WARNING: Make sure the child
restraint rests tightly against the vehicle
seat. If necessary, adjust the seat
backrest to an upright position. It may
also be necessary to lift or remove the
head restraint.
WARNING: You must reinstall the

head restraint following the removal of
the child restraint.
E68920
Secure children that weigh between 13 kg

(29 lb) and 18 kg (40 lb) in a child safety
restraint (Group 1) on the rear seat.
22
Child Safety
Booster Seat (Group 2) Secure children that weigh greater than

22 kg (49 lb) but are less than 150 cm
(60 in) tall on a booster cushion.
ISOFIX Anchor Points
WARNING: Use an anti-rotation

device when using the ISOFIX system.
Your vehicle has ISOFIX anchor points that

E70710 accommodate universally approved
ISOFIX child restraints.
Secure children that weigh greater than
15 kg (33 lb) but are less than 150 cm Always follow the manufacturer's
(60 in) tall in a booster seat or on a instructions for installing a child restraint
booster cushion. with a top tether.
We recommend that you use a booster

seat that combines a cushion with a
backrest instead of a booster cushion only.
The raised seating position will allow you
to position the shoulder strap of the adult
seatbelt over the center of your child's
shoulder and the lap strap tightly across
their hips.
Booster Cushion (Group 3)
WARNING: When using a booster

cushion, make sure you adjust the vehicle
head restraint on that seating position.
E174928
The ISOFIX system has two rigid

attachment arms on the child restraint.
These attach to anchor points on the
outermost rear seats, where the cushion
and backrest meet.
Note: If you are purchasing an ISOFIX child
restraint, make sure that you know the
correct mass group and ISOFIX size class
for the intended seating locations. See
Child Restraint Positioning (page 29).
E68924
23
Child Safety
Top Tether Anchor Points
E87145
E132903 3. Push the child restraint back firmly to

engage the ISOFIX lower anchor points.
For child restraints with a top tether, tether
anchor points are behind the second row 4. Tighten the tether strap in line with the
seats. child restraint manufacturer's
instructions.
Attaching a Child Restraint With
Top Tethers Attaching a Child Restraint With a
Support Leg
WARNING: Do not attach the top

tether strap to anything other than the WARNING: If you use a child
correct top tether strap anchor point. restraint that has a support leg, make
sure the support leg rests securely on the
WARNING: Make sure that the top floor.
tether strap is not slack or twisted and
is properly located on the anchor point. WARNING: Always make sure your
child is secured properly in a device that
is appropriate for their height, age and
1. Attach the tether strap to the anchor
weight. Child safety restraints must be
point.
bought separately from your vehicle.
Note: Where applicable, remove the Failure to follow these instructions and
luggage cover to ease installation. See guidelines may result in an increased risk
Luggage Covers (page 267). of serious injury or death to your child.
Note: You may need to lift or remove the
head restraint to ease installation. See WARNING: Make sure that the
Head Restraints (page 140). child restraint manufacturer lists your
vehicle as suitable for use with this type
2. Remove the ISOFIX lower anchor point of child restraint.
covers.
24
Child Safety
E68916
E185352
Always follow the manufacturer's WARNING: Extreme Hazard! Never

instructions for installing a child restraint use a rearward facing child restraint on
with a support leg. a seat protected by an active airbag in
front of it. Death or serious injury to the
child can occur.
INSTALLING CHILD
RESTRAINTS - 5-DOOR/ WARNING: You must switch the
WAGON passenger airbag off when using a
rearward facing child restraint on the
front seat.
WARNING: You must switch the

passenger airbag on following the
WARNING: Read and follow the

manufacturer's instructions when you
are installing a child restraint.
E161855
WARNING: Do not modify child

restraints in any way.
WARNING: Do not hold a child on

your lap when your vehicle is moving.

25
Child Safety
Baby Safety Restraint (Group 0+)

involved in a crash, have the child
restraints checked.
Only child restraints certified to ECE-R129

or ECE-R44.03 (or later) have been tested
and approved for use in your vehicle. A
choice of these are available from an
authorized dealer.
Note: Mandatory use of child restraints
varies from country to country.
When using a child restraint on a front seat,
follow these seat positioning guidelines:
• The child restraint must not be in
contact with the instrument panel. E68918
• Position the passenger seat as far
rearward as possible and route the Secure children that weigh less than 13 kg
seatbelt forward and downward from (29 lb) in a rearward facing baby safety
the B-pillar ring to the child restraint. restraint (Group 0+) on the rear seat.
• If it proves difficult to tighten the lap Child Safety Restraint (Group 1)
section of the seatbelt without slack
remaining, adjust the seat backrest to
the fully upright position and raise the
height of the seat.
Note: When using a child restraint on a rear
seat, adjust the front seat to a position to
prevent contact with the child's feet or legs.
Child Restraints for Different Mass

Groups
Use the correct child restraint as follows:
E68920
Secure children that weigh between 13 kg

(29 lb) and 18 kg (40 lb) in a child safety
restraint (Group 1) on the rear seat.
Booster Seats
WARNING: Do not install a booster

seat or a booster cushion with only the
lap strap of the seatbelt.
26
Child Safety
Secure children that weigh greater than

WARNING: Do not install a booster 15 kg (33 lb) but are less than 150 cm
seat or a booster cushion with a seatbelt (60 in) tall in a booster seat or on a
that is slack or twisted. booster cushion.
We recommend that you use a booster
WARNING: Do not put the shoulder seat that combines a cushion with a
section of the seatbelt or allow the child backrest instead of a booster cushion only.
to put the shoulder section of the The raised seating position will allow you
seatbelt under their arm or behind their to position the shoulder strap of the adult
back. Failure to follow this instruction seatbelt over the center of your child's
could reduce the effectiveness of the shoulder and the lap strap tightly across
seatbelt and increase the risk of injury or their hips.
death in a crash.
Booster Cushion (Group 3)
WARNING: Do not use pillows,
books or towels to boost your child's
height. Failure to follow this instruction WARNING: When using a booster
could result in personal injury or death. cushion, make sure you adjust the vehicle
head restraint on that seating position.
WARNING: Make sure that your
children sit in an upright position.

restraint rests tightly against the vehicle
seat. If necessary, adjust the seat
backrest to an upright position. It may
head restraint.
WARNING: You must reinstall the

head restraint following the removal of
the child restraint.
E68924
Booster Seat (Group 2) Secure children that weigh greater than

22 kg (49 lb) but are less than 150 cm
(60 in) tall on a booster cushion.
ISOFIX Anchor Points
WARNING: Use an anti-rotation

device when using the ISOFIX system.
E70710
27
Child Safety
Your vehicle has ISOFIX anchor points that Top Tether Anchor Points
accommodate universally approved
ISOFIX child restraints.
Always follow the manufacturer's
instructions for installing a child restraint
with a top tether.
E87146
For child restraints with a top tether, tether

anchor points are on the back of the
second row seats.
E174928
Attaching a Child Restraint With
The ISOFIX system has two rigid Top Tethers
attachment arms on the child restraint.
These attach to anchor points on the
outermost rear seats, where the cushion WARNING: Do not attach the top
and backrest meet. tether strap to anything other than the
correct top tether strap anchor point.
Note: If you are purchasing an ISOFIX child
restraint, make sure that you know the WARNING: Make sure that the top
correct mass group and ISOFIX size class tether strap is not slack or twisted and
for the intended seating locations. See is properly located on the anchor point.
Child Restraint Positioning (page 29).
1. Attach the tether strap to the anchor
point.
Note: Where applicable, remove the
luggage cover to ease installation. See
Luggage Covers (page 267).
Note: You may need to lift or remove the
head restraint to ease installation. See
Head Restraints (page 140).
2. Remove the ISOFIX lower anchor point
covers.
28
Child Safety
E87145
3. Push the child restraint back firmly to

E185352
engage the ISOFIX lower anchor points.
4. Tighten the tether strap in line with the Always follow the manufacturer's
child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installing a child restraint
instructions. with a support leg.
Attaching a Child Restraint With a

Support Leg CHILD RESTRAINT
POSITIONING
WARNING: If you use a child
restraint that has a support leg, make WARNING: Extreme Hazard! Never
sure the support leg rests securely on the use a rearward facing child restraint on
floor. a seat protected by an active airbag in
WARNING: Always make sure your child can occur.
child is secured properly in a device that
is appropriate for their height, age and WARNING: If you use a child
weight. Child safety restraints must be restraint that has a support leg, make
bought separately from your vehicle. sure the support leg rests securely on the
Failure to follow these instructions and floor.
guidelines may result in an increased risk
of serious injury or death to your child. WARNING: If you use a child
restraint and a seatbelt, make sure that
WARNING: Make sure that the the seatbelt is not slack or twisted.
child restraint manufacturer lists your
vehicle as suitable for use with this type
of child restraint.
29
Child Safety
head restraint.
restraint rests tightly against the vehicle WARNING: You must reinstall the
seat. If necessary, adjust the seat head restraint following the removal of
backrest to an upright position. It may the child restraint.
Mass Group Categories
0 0+ 1 2 3
Seating Positions
0–10 kg 0–13 kg 9–18 kg 15–25 kg 22–36 kg
(0–22 lb) (0–29 lb) (20–40 lb) (33–55 lb) (49–79 lb)
Front passenger seat
X X UF
1
UF
1
UF
1
with airbag ON.
Front passenger seat 1 1 1 1 1
with airbag OFF. U U U U U
Rear seats.
2
U U U U U
1 We recommend that you secure children in a government approved child restraint, on
the rear seat.
2 Do not use a child restraint with a support leg on the rear center seat unless stated as
suitable in the child restraint manufacturer's product information.

X Not suitable for children in this mass group.
U Suitable for universal category child restraints approved for use in this mass group.
UF Suitable for universal category forward facing child restraints approved for use in this
mass group.
30
Child Safety
ISOFIX Child Restraints

Mass Group Categories
0 0 0+ 1 1
Seating Positions Lateral Rearward Rearward Forward Rearward

Facing Facing Facing Facing Facing
0–10 kg 0–10 kg 0–13 kg 9–18 kg 9–18 kg

(0–22 lb) (0–22lb) (0–29 lb) (20–40lb) (20–40lb)
Front passenger Size
seat. class. No ISOFIX
Size type.
Rear outermost Size 1 1 1 1 1
seat ISOFIX. class. F, G E C, D, E A, B, B1 C, D
Fixture. 1 1
R1, R2X, F2, F2X, R2X, R2,
L1, L2 R1 1 1 1
R2, R3 F3 R3
Size type. IL IL IL IL, IUF IL
Rear center seat. Size
class. No ISOFIX
Size type.
1 The size class and fixture are defined for both universal and semi-universal child restraint
systems. You can see the identification letters on ISOFIX child restraints.
IL Suitable for use with particular ISOFIX child restraint systems in the semi-universal
category. Refer to the child restraint system manufacturer vehicle recommendation list
for additional information.
IUF Suitable for use with forward facing ISOFIX child restraint systems in the universal
category.
31
Child Safety
Recommended Child Restraints

Mass Group Manufacturer Model Attachment
Categories
0+ Britax Römer. Baby Safe Plus with ISOFIX base or seatbelt

ISOFIX base.
1 only.
0–13 kg
(0–29 lb)
1 Britax Römer. Duo Plus.
1 ISOFIX and top tether
anchors or seatbelt only.
9–18 kg
(20–40 lb)
2 Britax Römer. KidFix.
1, 2 ISOFIX and seatbelt or
seatbelt only.
15–25 kg
(33–55 lb)
3 Britax Römer. KidFix.
1, 2 ISOFIX and seatbelt or
seatbelt only.
22–36 kg
(49–79 lb)
1
We recommend that you secure children using an ISOFIX child restraint on the rear
outermost seats.
2
We recommend that you use a booster seat that combines a cushion with a backrest
instead of a booster cushion only.
See an authorized dealer for the latest details relating to our recommended child restraints.
i-Size Child Restraints

Front Passenger Rear Outermost Rear Center
Seat Seats Seat
Rearward facing child restraint X - -

systems on front passenger seat
with airbag ON.
i-Size child restraint systems. X i-U X
Suitable booster fixture. 1 1 1
B2, B3 B2, B3 B2, B3
1 The fixture is defined for booster child restraint systems. You can see the identification
letters on i-Size boosters.
i-U Suitable for use with forward and rearward facing i-Size child restraint systems.
X Not suitable for use with i-Size child restraint systems.
32
Child Safety
CHILD SAFETY LOCKS -

VEHICLES WITH: REMOTE
CHILD PROOF LOCKS
E124779
Press the switch to turn them on.

Note: You cannot open the rear doors from
inside if you have put the child safety locks
on.
Note: You cannot use the rear power
window switches with the child safety locks
on.
Press the switch again to turn them off.
33
Seatbelts
FASTENING THE SEATBELTS Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy
WARNING: Position the seatbelt

WARNING: Make sure that the
correctly for your safety and that of your
seatbelts are securely stowed away
unborn child. Do not use only the lap
when not in use and not outside your
strap or the shoulder strap.
vehicle when closing the doors.
WARNING: Accessory seat covers

not released by Ford could prevent the
seatbelt from retracting correctly. This
could cause the seatbelt to become
slack which could increase the risk of
injuries in a crash.
E170730
Pregnant women should always wear their

seatbelt. The lap belt portion of a
combination lap and shoulder belt should
be positioned low across the hips below
the belly and worn as tight as comfort will
allow. The shoulder belt portion of a
combination lap and shoulder belt should
be positioned to cross the middle of the
shoulder and the center of the chest.
SEATBELT HEIGHT
E74124
ADJUSTMENT
1. Pull the seatbelt out steadily.
Note: It may lock if you pull it sharply or if
the vehicle is on a slope. WARNING: Position the seatbelt
height adjuster so that the seatbelt rests
2. Insert the tongue into the buckle until across the middle of your shoulder.
you hear a distinct click. Failure to adjust the seatbelt correctly
Press the red button on the buckle to could reduce its effectiveness and
release the seatbelt. Hold the seatbelt increase the risk of injury in a crash.
tongue and let it retract completely and
smoothly to its stowed position.
34
Seatbelts
E145664
1. Pull the button and slide the height

adjuster up or down.
2. Release the button and pull down on
the height adjuster to make sure it is
locked in place.
SEATBELT REMINDER
WARNING: The system will only

provide protection when you use the
seatbelt correctly.
The warning lamp illuminates and an

audible warning will sound when the
following conditions have been met:
• The front seatbelts have not been
fastened.
• Your vehicle exceeds a relatively low
speed.
It will also illuminate and sound if a front
seatbelt is unfastened when your vehicle
is moving.
If you do not fasten your seatbelt the
warning switches off automatically after
approximately five minutes.
Turning the Seatbelt Reminder Off

Contact an authorized dealer.
35
Supplementary Restraints System
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
not released by Ford Motor Company
WARNING: Extreme Hazard! Never could prevent the deployment of the
use a rearward facing child restraint on airbags and increase the risk of injuries
a seat protected by an active airbag in in a crash.
child can occur. Note: A loud bang sounds and there is a
cloud of harmless powdery residue if an
WARNING: Do not modify the front airbag deploys. This is normal.
of your vehicle in any way. This could For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with
adversely affect deployment of the a soft, damp cloth.
airbags. Failure to adhere to this warning
could result in serious personal injury or
death. DRIVER AIRBAG
WARNING: Wear a seatbelt and
keep sufficient distance between
yourself and the steering wheel. Only
when you use the seatbelt correctly, can
it hold you in a position that allows the
airbag to achieve its optimum effect.
Failure to adhere to this warning could
result in serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: Repairs to the steering

wheel, steering column, seats, airbags
and seatbelts must be carried out by an
E151127
authorized dealer. Failure to adhere to
this warning could result in serious The airbag is designed to deploy during a
personal injury or death. significant frontal or near-frontal crash.
The airbag inflates within a few
WARNING: Keep the areas in front thousandths of a second cushioning
of the airbags free from obstruction. Do forward body movement and deflates on
not affix anything to or over the airbag contact with the occupant. The airbag is
covers. Objects could become projectiles not designed to deploy during a minor
during airbag deployment. Failure to frontal crash, rear crash, side crash or a
follow this instruction could result in vehicle rollover.
personal injury or death.
Airbag Warning Lamp
WARNING: Do not poke sharp
objects into areas where airbags are If it does not illuminate when you
fitted. This could damage and adversely switch the ignition on, continues
affect deployment of the airbags. Failure E67017 to flash or remains on when the
to follow this instruction could result in engine is running, this indicates a
personal injury or death. malfunction. Have your vehicle checked
as soon as possible.
36
Airbag Secondary Warning Audible SWITCHING THE PASSENGER

Warning
AIRBAG ON AND OFF
Sounds when the airbag warning lamp is
not working.
PASSENGER AIRBAG
E71313
E151127
The switch is on the end of the instrument
The airbag is designed to deploy during a panel on the passenger side of your vehicle.
significant frontal or near-frontal crash. The passenger airbag deactivation
The airbag inflates within a few indicator is near the climate controls.
thousandths of a second cushioning
forward body movement and deflates on Switching the Passenger Airbag
contact with the occupant. The airbag is Off
not designed to deploy during a minor
frontal crash, rear crash, side crash or a
vehicle rollover. WARNING: You must switch the
passenger airbag off when using a
Airbag Warning Lamp rearward facing child restraint on the
front seat.
If it does not illuminate when you
switch the ignition on, continues
1. Insert the key blade into the switch.
E67017 to flash or remains on when the
engine is running, this indicates a
malfunction. Have your vehicle checked
Airbag Secondary Warning Audible

Warning
not working.
37
3. When you switch the ignition on, check

that the passenger airbag deactivation
ON indicator illuminates. If it does not
illuminate when you switch the ignition
on, this indicates a malfunction. Have
your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
SIDE AIRBAGS
E249662
WARNING: Do not place objects
2. Turn the key to the OFF position. or mount equipment on or near the
headliner at the siderail that may come
3. When you switch the ignition on, check into contact with a deploying curtain
that the passenger airbag deactivation airbag. Failure to follow these
OFF indicator illuminates. If it does not instructions may increase the risk of
illuminate when you switch the ignition personal injury in the event of a crash.
on, this indicates a malfunction. Have
your vehicle checked as soon as WARNING: Do not lean your head
possible. on the door. The side airbag could injure
you as it deploys from the side of the
Switching the Passenger Airbag
seatback.
On
not released by Ford could prevent the
WARNING: You must switch the deployment of the airbags and increase
passenger airbag on following the the risk of injuries in a crash.
WARNING: Do not attempt to
1. Insert the key blade into the switch. service, repair, or modify the
supplementary restraint system or
associated components. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
WARNING: If a supplementary
restraint system component has
deployed, it will not function again. Have
the system and associated components
inspected as soon as possible. Failure to
E249648
2. Turn the key to the ON position.
38
Airbag Warning Lamp


Warning
not working.
E72658
The side airbags are on the outermost side DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG
of each front seat backrest. There is a label
attached to the side of each backrest to
indicate this. WARNING: Do not attempt to open
the airbag cover.
The airbag will deploy during significant

frontal and near frontal collisions that are
up to 30 degrees from the left or the right.
The airbag will inflate within a few
thousandths of a second and deflate on
contact with the occupants, thus providing
a cushion between the driver’s knees and
the steering column. During overturns, rear
collisions and side collisions, the knee
airbag will not deploy.
E152533
Note: The airbag has a lower deployment
The side airbags are designed to inflate threshold than the front airbags. During a
between the door panel and the occupant minor collision, it is possible that only the
to enhance the protection in certain knee airbag will deploy.
crashes.
The side airbags are designed to deploy
during a significant lateral crash. They
could also deploy during a significant
frontal crash. The side airbags are not
designed to deploy during a minor lateral
or frontal crash, rear crash or a vehicle
rollover.
39
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAGS

or mount equipment on or near the
headliner at the siderail that may come
into contact with a deploying curtain
airbag. Failure to follow these
instructions may increase the risk of
personal injury in the event of a crash.
E75004
The curtain airbags are above the front and

rear side windows.
The curtain airbags are designed to deploy
during a significant lateral or frontal angled
crash. The curtain airbags are not designed
to deploy during a minor lateral and frontal
crash, rear crash or a vehicle rollover.
Airbag Warning Lamp


Warning
not working.
40
Pedestrian Alert System - Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV)
WHAT IS THE PEDESTRIAN quiet. The pedestrian alert system is

designed to generate a sound to alert
ALERT SYSTEM pedestrians to the presence of an electric
drive vehicle.
Electric drive vehicles can be extremely
PEDESTRIAN ALERT SYSTEM – TROUBLESHOOTING
Pedestrian Alert System – Information Messages
Message Condition Action
Pedestrian sounder The system has malfunc- Have your vehicle checked
malfunction Service now tioned. as soon as possible.
41
Automatic Crash Notification System
ECALL Note: In the case of an emergency, the

system, as a means of communication aid,
can help you contact specific rescue
departments of public emergency services.
WARNING: If the system The system does not deploy the rescue
malfunctions, have your vehicle checked operations. The local public emergency
as soon as possible. service deploys specific rescue operations
according to the actual situation.
Note: The system is an emergency call
system that complies with European Union Note: If the system is unable to initiate a
Regulation (EU) 2015/758. See eCall User call to the emergency services, a voice
Information (page 423). It uses the public prompt plays and the emergency call
cell phone network to initiate a call to the system indicator illuminates.
public emergency services when activated During an emergency call, the system
automatically in a severe accident or transmits vehicle data to the emergency
manually by the vehicle occupants. service. See Event Data (page 14).
Note: The system is designed for Examples of data that the system
emergency calls in case of severe accidents transmits are:
or other emergencies that require the
• Vehicle identification number.
emergency services. It does not support
other voice calls. • Vehicle fuel type.
Note: The system may not operate properly • Current time.
if your vehicle has a non-Ford audio system. • Vehicle location and direction.
Note: The system only operates in areas • Whether the call was automatically or
with a compatible cell phone network and manually initiated.
emergency services infrastructure. • Vehicle category.
Note: Not all accidents activate the system. Note: The emergency operator may not
If an accident does trigger the system, it receive your vehicle data if the transmission
initiates a call to the emergency services. is unsuccessful.
Do not wait for the system to initiate a call
if you are able to do so. Call emergency The emergency call system indicator
services immediately to avoid a delayed illuminates brightly for a short time when
response time. If you do not hear the system you switch the ignition on. If it remains on
within five seconds of the accident, the or does not illuminate at all, the system
system could be non-functional. has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Emergency Call System Indicator

The indicator is integrated into
the emergency call button on the
E218263
overhead console.
42
Emergency Call System Description

Indicator Status
Dimmed red. Normal operation.

Rapidly flashing. The system is initiating an emergency call.
Moderately flashing. The system is transmitting vehicle data to the emergency
services.
Slowly flashing. The system is connected to the emergency services and
communication is established.
Bright red. The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
Emergency Call System Information Messages
Message Description
Emergency call system The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
malfunction Service as soon as possible.
required
2. Press the emergency call button to

Automatically Initiated Emergency initiate a call to the emergency
Call services.
If an accident results in an attempt to Note: Press the button again before the call
deploy an airbag, excluding knee airbags is connected to cancel it.
and rear inflatable seatbelts, or to shut off 3. Speak to the operator.
the fuel pump, the system initiates a call
to the emergency services. This call cannot Note: After completing an emergency call,
be canceled. the emergency operator can call your
vehicle. The system automatically answers
Manually Initiated Emergency Call incoming calls for up to an hour.
Changing the Backup Battery

E218263 The system has a backup battery and
indicates when it needs to be changed. We
recommend that you have the battery
WARNING: Use caution when changed by an authorized dealer.
making a manual emergency call when
driving.
1. Switch the ignition on.
43
EMERGENCY ASSISTANCE Note: When you switch Emergency

Assistance on or off, the settings apply to
all paired mobile phones. If you switch
Emergency Assistance off and a previously
WARNING: Unless the Emergency paired phone connects when you switch the
Assistance setting is on prior to a ignition on, either a voice message plays, a
collision, the system does not attempt display message or icon is shown or both.
to place an emergency call. This could
delay the response time, increasing the Note: Every mobile phone operates
risk of serious injury or death. differently. While Emergency Assistance
works with most mobile phones, some
WARNING: For this feature to work, mobile phones may experience difficulties
your mobile phone must be using this feature.
Bluetooth-enabled and compatible with Note: In the case of an emergency, the
the system. system, as a means of communication aid,
can help you contact specific rescue
WARNING: Always place your departments of public emergency services.
phone in a secure location in your vehicle The system does not deploy the rescue
so it does not become a projectile or get operations. The local public emergency
damaged in a crash. Failure to do so may service deploys specific rescue operations
cause serious injury to someone or according to the actual situation.
damage the phone which could prevent
Emergency Assistance from working To make sure that Emergency Assistance
properly. works correctly:
• The system must have power and be
Note: Not all accidents activate the system. working correctly at the time of the
If an accident does trigger the system, it crash and during feature activation and
initiates a call to the emergency services. use.
Do not wait for the system to initiate a call • You must switch on the feature before
if you are able to do so. Call emergency a crash.
services immediately to avoid a delayed
response time. If you do not hear the system • You must have a cell phone connected
within five seconds of the accident, the to the system.
system could be non-functional. • In certain countries, it may be
necessary to have a valid and
If an accident results in an attempt to registered SIM card with credit in order
deploy an airbag, excluding knee airbags to place and maintain an emergency
and rear inflatable seatbelts, or to shut off call.
the fuel pump, the system initiates a call
to the emergency services. • A connected cell phone must have the
ability to make and maintain an
Note: Before setting the feature on, please outgoing call at the time of the crash.
read the important notice about the
Emergency Assistance feature and the • A connected cell phone must have
Emergency Assistance privacy notice later adequate network coverage, battery
in this section for important information. power and signal strength.
• Your vehicle must have battery power.
44
Note: This feature only works in a country During a call:

where Emergency Assistance can call the • Emergency Assistance uses your
local emergency services. For additional vehicle GPS or cellular network
information, please refer to the local Ford information when available to
website. determine the most appropriate
language to use. It alerts the
In the Event of a Crash
emergency operator of the crash and
Before making a call: delivers the introductory message. This
• If you do not cancel the call, an may include your vehicle GPS
introductory message plays for the coordinates.
emergency operator. After this • The language the system uses to
message, there is hands-free interact with the occupants of your
communication between your vehicle's vehicle may differ from the language
occupants and the operator. used to deliver information to the
• The system provides a short window emergency operator.
of time (approximately 10 seconds) to • After the delivery of the introductory
cancel the call. If you do not cancel the message the voice line opens so that
call, the system initiates a call to the you can speak hands-free with the
emergency services. emergency operator.
• The system plays a message letting • When the line is connected, you must
you know when it attempts to make an be prepared to provide your name,
emergency call. You can cancel the call phone number and location
by selecting the relevant button or by information immediately.
pressing the end call button on the Note: While the system provides
steering wheel. information to the emergency operator, the
Note: Not every crash deploys an airbag or system plays a message letting you know
triggers the fuel pump shut off, which may it is sending important information. It then
turn on Emergency Assistance. However, if lets you know when the line is open to start
Emergency Assistance is triggered, the hands-free communication.
system tries to contact the emergency Note: During an Emergency Assistance call,
services. If a connected cell phone sustains an emergency priority screen appears which
damage or loses connection to the system, contains vehicle GPS coordinates when
it searches for and tries to connect to any available.
available previously paired cell phone and
initiates a call to the emergency services. Note: It is possible that GPS location
information is not available at the time of
the crash; in this case, Emergency
Assistance will still attempt to place an
emergency call.
Note: It is possible that the emergency
services will not receive the GPS
coordinates; in this case, hands-free
communication with an emergency operator
is available.
45
Note: The emergency operator may also Emergency Assistance Privacy Notice
receive information from the cellular
network such as cell phone number, cell When you switch on Emergency
phone location and cell phone carrier name Assistance, it may disclose to emergency
independent from Emergency Assistance. services that your vehicle has been in a
crash involving the deployment of an
Emergency Assistance may not work airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut
if: off. This feature has the capability to
disclose your location information to the
• Your cell phone or Emergency emergency operator or other details about
Assistance hardware sustains damage your vehicle or crash to provide the most
in the crash. appropriate emergency services.
• The vehicle battery or the system has If you do not want to disclose this
no power. information, do not switch on the feature.
• A crash ejects your cell phone from
your vehicle.
• You do not have a valid and registered
SIM card with credit in your cell phone.
• You are in a country where Emergency
Assistance cannot call the local
emergency services. For additional
information, please refer to the local
Ford website.
Important Information About

Emergency Assistance
Emergency Assistance does not currently
call emergency services in the following
countries:
• Albania.
• Armenia.
• Azerbaijan.
• Belarus.
• Bosnia and Herzegovina.
• Georgia.
• Macedonia.
• Moldova.
• Netherlands.
• Russia.
• Ukraine.
46
REMOTE CONTROL
LIMITATIONS 2
The typical operating range for your remote
control is approximately 10 m (33 ft).
A decrease in operating range could be
caused by:
• Weather conditions.
1
• Nearby radio towers.
• Structures around your vehicle.
• Other vehicles parked next to your
vehicle.
The radio frequency used by your remote
control can also be used by other short
distance radio transmissions, for example E87964 1
amateur radios, medical equipment,
wireless headphones, remote controls and 1. Press and hold the buttons on the
alarm systems. If the frequencies are edges of the transmitter to release the
jammed, you will not be able to use your cover. Carefully remove the cover.
remote control. You can lock and unlock
the doors with the key. 2. Remove the key blade from the
transmitter.
Note: Make sure you have locked your
vehicle before leaving it unattended.
LOCATING YOUR VEHICLE
Note: If you are within range of your vehicle,
the remote control will operate if you Press the lock button on the key
unintentionally press any button. E267111 twice within three seconds. The
Note: The remote control contains direction indicators will flash.
sensitive electrical components. Exposure
to moisture or impact may cause permanent
damage. CHANGING THE REMOTE
CONTROL BATTERY
REMOVING THE KEY BLADE
The passive key contains a removable key WARNING: Keep batteries away
blade that you can use to unlock your from children to prevent ingestion.
vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death. If
ingested, immediately seek medical
attention.
47
WARNING: If the battery

compartment does not securely close, 3
stop using the remote control and
replace it as soon as possible. In the
meantime, keep the remote control away
from children. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
Make sure that you dispose of

old batteries in an E105362
E107998 environmentally friendly way.
Seek advice from your local authority 3. Use a suitable tool, for example a
about recycling old batteries. screwdriver, to carefully separate the
two halves of the remote control.
The remote control uses one coin-type
three-volt lithium battery CR2032 or
equivalent.
1 4
E119190
4. Twist the screwdriver in the position

shown to separate the two halves of
the remote control.
E87964 1
1. Press and hold the buttons on the
edges of the transmitter to release the
cover. Carefully remove the cover.
2. Remove the key blade from the
transmitter.
48
6. Insert a new battery with the + facing

5 downward.
Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the
battery terminals or on the back surface of
the circuit board.
7. Assemble the two halves of the remote
control.
8. Reinstall the key blade.
E125860 REPLACING A LOST KEY OR

5. Carefully remove the battery with the REMOTE CONTROL
screwdriver.
Note: Do not touch the battery contacts or You can purchase replacement keys or
the printed circuit board with the remote controls from an authorized dealer.
screwdriver. If possible, provide them with the key
number from the tag provided with the
original key. You can also obtain extra keys.
KEYS AND REMOTE CONTROLS – TROUBLESHOOTING
Keys and Remote Controls – Information Messages
Message Action
Key battery low Replace Displays when the remote control battery requires replacing.
soon
49
PASSIVE KEY BACKUP

POSITION
E195807
1. Open the center console lid.
E292825
2. Place the passive key in the position

shown.
50
MyKey™
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Speed Limit
The system is designed to promote good

driving behaviors using keys that you have WARNING: Do not set MyKey
programmed with some restricted settings. maximum speed limit to a limit that will
prevent the driver from maintaining a
safe speed considering posted speed
MYKEY SETTINGS limits and prevailing road conditions. The
driver is always responsible to drive in
Non-Configurable Settings accordance with local laws and
prevailing conditions. Failure to do so
Seatbelt Reminder could result in accident or injury.
The audio system mutes when the seatbelt
reminder turns on. The seatbelt reminder You can set a speed limit for your vehicle.
cannot be switched off with a MyKey. Warning messages appear in the
information display and a tone sounds if
Early Low Fuel your vehicle reaches the set speed. You
cannot override the set speed when using
The low fuel level warning lamp turns on a MyKey.
earlier.
Speed Reminder
Driving and Parking Aids
You can set a speed reminder for your
Parking aids, blind spot information system vehicle. Warning messages appear in the
and cross traffic alert turn on when you information display and a tone sounds if
start the engine and cannot be switched your vehicle exceeds the set speed.
off with a MyKey.
Pre-collision assist and lane keeping alert Audio System Volume Limit
turn on when you start the engine, but can The audio system maximum volume is
be switched off with a MyKey. reduced. A message appears in the
A new destination in the navigation system information display if you attempt to
can only be set using voice commands, exceed the volume limit. Automatic
when using a MyKey and your vehicle is volume control turns off.
moving.
Emergency Assistance
Configurable Settings If you set emergency assistance to be
You can configure the following settings always on, it cannot be switched off with
after creating a MyKey. See Creating a a MyKey.
MyKey (page 52).
Do Not Disturb
If you set do not disturb to be always on,
it cannot be switched off with a MyKey.
Note: : If a phone is connected using Apple
CarPlay or Android Auto while driving with
a MyKey, the driver can receive phone calls
and text messages even if the do not disturb
restriction is on.
51
MyKey™
Traction Control CREATING A MYKEY

If you set traction control to be always on,
it cannot be switched off with a MyKey. 1. Place an admin key in the backup
position. See Passive Key Backup
Position (page 50).
To create a MyKey, use the information display controls on the steering wheel to
select the following:
Menu Item Action
Settings Press the OK button.

MyKey Press the OK button.
Create MyKey Press and hold the OK button until a confirmation message
appears in the information display.
Switch the ignition off.
Note: We recommend that you label this

key. PROGRAMMING A MYKEY
You can only program MyKeys to the same
settings.
Switch the ignition on using an admin key.
To program a MyKey, use the information display controls on the steering wheel
to select the following:
Menu Item Action

Choose a setting and press the OK button.
Configure the setting.
Switch the ignition off.
52
MyKey™
CLEARING ALL MYKEYS restrictions and return all MyKeys to their

original admin key status.
When you clear all MyKeys, you remove all Switch the ignition on using an admin key.
To clear all MyKeys, use the information display controls on the steering wheel
to select the following:
Menu Item Action

Clear MyKeys Press and hold the OK button until a confirmation message
appears in the information display.
53
MyKey™
CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM MYKEY – TROUBLESHOOTING

STATUS
What is an admin key?
You can find information about your • An admin key is a key that has not been
programmed MyKeys by using the created as a MyKey. See Creating a
information display. See Information MyKey (page 52).
Displays (page 103).
Why can I not create a MyKey?
MyKey Distance
• The admin key is not placed in the
Tracks the distance when drivers use a backup position. See Passive Key
MyKey. The only way to delete the Backup Position (page 50).
accumulated distance is by using an admin
key to clear all MyKeys. If the distance does • The key used to switch the ignition on
not accumulate as expected, then the is not an admin key.
intended user is not using the MyKey, or an • The key used to switch the ignition on
admin key user recently cleared and then is the only admin key. There always has
recreated a MyKey. to be at least one admin key.
• The last MyKey was created without
Number of MyKeys switching the ignition off.
Indicates the number of MyKeys
programmed to your vehicle. Use this Why can I not program a MyKey?
feature to detect how many MyKeys you • The admin key is not inside your
have for your vehicle and determine when vehicle.
all MyKeys have been deleted.
• The key used to switch the ignition on
Number of Admin Keys is not an admin key.
• No MyKeys are created. See Creating
Indicates how many admin keys are a MyKey (page 52).
programmed to your vehicle. Use this
feature to determine how many admin Why can I not clear the MyKeys?
keys you have for your vehicle, and detect
if an additional MyKey has been • The admin key is not inside your
programmed. vehicle.
• The key used to switch the ignition on
USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE is not an admin key.
START SYSTEMS • No MyKeys are created. See Creating
a MyKey (page 52).
The system is not compatible with
non-Ford remote start systems.
Why does the MyKey distance not
accumulate?
• The key used to start the engine is an
admin key.
• An admin key and a MyKey are inside
your vehicle.
54
MyKey™
• No MyKeys are created. See Creating

a MyKey (page 52).
• The MyKeys have been cleared.
Why can I not start the engine with

a MyKey?
• An admin key and a MyKey are inside
your vehicle.
55
Doors and Locks
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING Unlocking the Doors

Press the button to unlock all
Note: Check your vehicle is locked before E267112
doors. One long flash of the
leaving it unattended. direction indicators confirms that
Note: Do not leave your keys in your vehicle. your vehicle has unlocked.
Note: The driver door can be unlocked with
Power Door Locks the key if the remote control is not
The power door lock control is on the driver functioning.
and front passenger door panels. Note: When you leave your vehicle
Press the button to unlock all unattended for several weeks, the remote
E267112
doors. control turns off. Unlocking your vehicle and
starting the engine enables the remote
Press the button to lock all control.
E267111 doors.
Reprogramming the Unlocking
Function
Door Lock Indicator
Note: When you press the unlock button,
An LED on the door window trim either all the doors are unlocked or only the
illuminates when you lock the door. It driver door is unlocked. Pressing the unlock
remains on for up to five minutes after you button again unlocks all the doors.
switch the ignition off. Press and hold the unlock and lock buttons
Door Lock Switch Inhibitor on the remote control simultaneously for
at least four seconds with the ignition off.
When you electronically lock your vehicle, The direction indicators flash twice to
the power door lock switch no longer confirm the change.
operates after 20 seconds. You must To return to the original unlocking function,
unlock your vehicle with the remote repeat the process. The available modes
control, or switch the ignition on, to restore appear in the information display. See
function to these switches. You can switch Information Displays (page 103).
this feature on or off in the information
display. See Information Displays (page Central Locking
103).
Press the button to lock all
Remote Control E267111 doors. One short flash of the
direction indicators confirms that
You can use the remote control at any time your vehicle has locked.
when the ignition is off.
When the ignition is on and your vehicle Mislock
speed is at or below 5 km/h (3 mph), you
can use the remote control to lock and This warns you that your vehicle has not
unlock the doors. locked.
56
Doors and Locks
When you press the lock button once, the Autounlock

direction indicators do not flash if:
Autounlock unlocks all the doors when all
• Any door or the luggage compartment of the following occur:
is open.
• The ignition is on, all the doors are
• The hood is open on vehicles that have closed and your vehicle is moving at a
an anti-theft alarm or remote start. speed greater than 20 km/h (12 mph).
The horn sounds indicating that your • Your vehicle comes to a stop and you
vehicle has pre-locked when you press the switch the ignition off or to the
lock button on the remote control again accessory position.
within three seconds and a door is open.
• You open the driver door within 10
You can switch this feature on or off in the
minutes of switching the ignition off or
information display. See Information
to the accessory position.
You can disable this function from the
Double Locking the Doors information display. See Information
WARNING: Do not use double Locking and Unlocking the Doors

locking when passengers or animals are From Inside
inside your vehicle. The doors cannot be
unlocked or opened from the inside when Use the power door lock control to lock or
double locked. unlock the doors from inside.
Locking and Unlocking the Doors

Double locking is a theft protection feature
with the Key Blade
that prevents someone from opening the
doors from the inside. You can only double Locking the Doors
lock the doors if all the doors are closed.
Turn the top of the key toward the front of
Press the button twice within your vehicle.
E267111 three seconds. Three short
flashes of the direction Double Locking the Doors
indicators confirm that your vehicle has
double locked. Turn the top of the key toward the front of
your vehicle twice within three seconds.
Auto Relock Unlocking the Doors
The doors automatically relock if you do Turn the top of the key toward the rear of
not open a door within 45 seconds of your vehicle.
unlocking the doors with the remote
control. The door locks and the alarm Note: If the child safety locks are on and
return to their previous state. you pull the interior door handle, you will
only switch off the emergency locking, not
the child safety lock. You can only open the
doors using the exterior door handle.
57
Doors and Locks
Individually Locking and Unlocking KEYLESS ENTRY

the Doors with the Key Blade
Principle of Operation
Locking the Doors
The system allows you to lock and unlock
your vehicle without taking the passive key
out of your pocket or purse.
E78276
E112203
A valid passive key must be within one of
If the central locking function does not the three external detection ranges. These
operate, individually lock the doors using are approximately 1 m (3 ft) from the front
the key in the position shown. door handles and the liftgate.
Left-Hand Side The system does not function if:
• The vehicle battery has no charge.
Turn clockwise to lock.
• The passive key battery has no charge.
Right-Hand Side • The passive key frequencies are
Turn counterclockwise to lock. jammed.
• The passive key is too close to metal
Unlocking the Doors objects or electronic devices, for
If the central locking function does not example keys or a cell phone.
operate, unlock the driver door and then If the system does not function, use the
individually unlock all other doors by remote control or the key blade to lock and
pulling the interior door handles. unlock your vehicle.
Note: If the doors have been unlocked using Locking the Doors
this method, the doors must be individually
locked until the central locking function has Lock sensors are on the top of all exterior
been repaired. door handles.
58
Doors and Locks
After unlocking the doors with the unlock

sensor, there is a brief delay before you can
lock your vehicle. When the delay period
is over, you can lock the doors again,
provided the passive key is within the
E248554 respective detection range.
Touch a lock sensor once to lock your Note: When your vehicle remains locked
vehicle and arm the alarm. The direction for longer than three days, the system enters
indicators flash. an energy-saving mode. This is to prevent
your vehicle battery running out of charge.
Touch a lock sensor twice within three
When your vehicle is unlocked while in this
seconds to double lock your vehicle and
mode, the reaction time of the system may
arm the alarm. The direction indicators
be a little longer than normal. To exit the
flash. Do not touch the unlock sensor on
energy-saving mode, unlock your vehicle.
the back of the door handle.
Keep the door handle clean to make sure Unlocking the Driver Door
the system correctly operates.
You can program the unlocking function
Note: Your vehicle does not automatically so that only the driver door unlocks when
lock. If you do not touch a lock sensor your you touch the unlock sensor. See Locking
vehicle remains unlocked. and Unlocking (page 56).
After locking the doors with the lock If you program the unlocking function so
sensor, there is a brief delay before you can that only the driver door unlocks, the
unlock your vehicle. This delay lets you following occurs:
pull the handle to make sure your vehicle • If you open the driver door first, all
is locked. When the delay period is over, other doors remain locked. You can
you can unlock the doors again, provided unlock all of the other doors from inside
the passive key is within the respective your vehicle using the power door lock
detection range. control on the driver door. You can
unlock individual doors by pulling the
Unlocking the Doors interior door handles on those doors.
Unlock sensors are on the back of all • If you open any other door first, all
exterior door handles. other doors and the liftgate unlock.
Unlocking the Liftgate
E248553
Touch the unlock sensor to unlock your

vehicle and disarm the alarm. The
direction indicators flash. Do not touch the
lock sensor on the top of the door handle.
E190028
Keep the door handle clean to make sure
the system correctly operates.
59
Doors and Locks
Press the exterior release button hidden Locking and Unlocking the Doors
above the license plate. with the Key Blade
Note: A valid passive key must be within
the detection range.
2
Locking the Liftgate
The liftgate locks after you fully close it.
Smart Unlocks for Passive Keys

If you electronically lock your vehicle with
a rear door or the liftgate open, the system 1
searches for a passive key inside your
vehicle after you close the last door. If the
system detects a key, all doors unlock
indicating that a key is inside.
Note: Your vehicle locks if another passive
key is within the detection range after you
close the last door.
E87964 1
Deactivated Passive Keys
1. Press and hold the buttons on the
The system deactivates passive keys left edges of the transmitter to release the
inside your vehicle when you lock it. You cover. Carefully remove the cover.
cannot switch the ignition on using a
deactivated passive key. Press the unlock 2. Remove the key blade from the
button on the remote control to reactivate transmitter.
a passive key. Switching Keyless Entry On and
Off
instrument cluster display. See General
Information (page 103).
60
Liftgate
MANUAL LIFTGATE Opening the Liftgate

Manually Opening the Liftgate
WARNING: It is extremely
dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside
or outside of a vehicle. In a crash, people
riding in these areas are more likely to be
seriously injured or killed. Do not allow
people to ride in any area of your vehicle
that is not equipped with seats and
seatbelts. Make sure everyone in your
vehicle is in a seat and properly using a E190028
seatbelt. Failure to follow this warning
could result in serious personal injury or 1. Press the button inside the liftgate
death. handle.
2. Pull the liftgate upward.
WARNING: Make sure that you fully
close the liftgate to prevent exhaust Remote Control
fumes from entering your vehicle. If you
Press twice within a few seconds
are unable to fully close the tailgate,
to unlatch the liftgate.
open the air vents or the windows to E138630
allow fresh air to enter your vehicle.
Failure to follow this instruction could Closing the Liftgate

close the liftgate to prevent passengers
and cargo from falling out. Failure to
Note: Be careful when opening or closing

the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
Note: Do not hang anything, for example
a bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This E252964
could damage the liftgate and its
components. A handle is located inside the liftgate to
help with closing.
Note: Do not leave the liftgate open when
driving. This could damage the liftgate and
its components.
61
Liftgate
POWER LIFTGATE • The liftgate is not fully closed and your

vehicle speed is more than 4 km/h
(2 mph).
WARNING: It is extremely • The system detects an obstacle.
dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside • The system has malfunctioned.
or outside of a vehicle. In a crash, people If the liftgate starts to close after it has
riding in these areas are more likely to be fully opened, this indicates there could be
seriously injured or killed. Do not allow excessive weight on the liftgate or a
people to ride in any area of your vehicle possible strut failure. A repetitive tone
that is not equipped with seats and sounds and the liftgate closes under
seatbelts. Make sure everyone in your control. If the liftgate continues to close
vehicle is in a seat and properly using a after opening, have the system checked
seatbelt. Failure to follow this warning as soon as possible.
could result in serious personal injury or
death. Note: The liftgate movement stops for a
short period of time if you try to open it
WARNING: Keep keys out of reach when it is closing under control.
of children. Do not allow children to Note: Do not hang anything, for example
operate or play near an open or moving a bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This
power liftgate. You should supervise the could damage the liftgate and its
operation of the power liftgate at all components.
times.
Opening the Liftgate
WARNING: Make sure all persons
are clear of the power liftgate area Allow the system to open the liftgate. Do
before using the power liftgate control. not manually push or pull the liftgate when
it is moving. This could damage the liftgate
Make sure the area behind your vehicle is and its components.
free from obstruction and that there is Do not leave the liftgate open when you
enough room for you to operate the are driving. This could damage the liftgate
liftgate. The liftgate could come into and its components.
contact with objects that are too close to
your vehicle, for example a wall, garage Opening the Liftgate From Outside
door or another vehicle. This could damage Your Vehicle
the liftgate and its components.
1. Unlock the liftgate with the remote
For vehicles with automatic transmission, control or power door unlock control.
the liftgate only operates with the If a passive key is within 1 m (3 ft) of
transmission in park (P). the liftgate, the liftgate unlocks when
A tone sounds when you attempt to open you press the liftgate release button.
the liftgate if:
• The ignition is on and the transmission
is not in park (P).
• The vehicle battery charge is low.
62
Liftgate
Make sure that you fully close the liftgate

before operating or moving your vehicle,
especially in an enclosure, for example a
garage or a parking structure.
Closing the Liftgate From Outside Your

Vehicle
E190028
2. Press the exterior release button.
Opening the Liftgate From Inside Your

Vehicle
Press the button next to the
lighting control. E265451
E159323
Press the button.

Opening the Liftgate With the Remote
Control Closing the Liftgate From Inside Your
Vehicle
Press the button twice within
three seconds. Press the button next to the
E138630
lighting control. A tone sounds
E159323 when the liftgate begins to close.
Closing the Liftgate
Closing the Liftgate With the Remote
WARNING: Make sure that you fully Control
close the liftgate to prevent exhaust Press the button twice within
fumes from entering your vehicle. If you three seconds. A tone sounds
are unable to fully close the liftgate, E138630
when the liftgate begins to close.
open the air vents or the windows to
Failure to follow this instruction could Setting the Liftgate Open Height
result in personal injury or death. 1. Open the liftgate.
close the liftgate to prevent passengers
and cargo from falling out. Failure to
WARNING: Keep clear of the

liftgate when using the rear switch.
E265451
2. Press the button to stop the liftgate

when it reaches the required height.
63
Liftgate
Note: When the liftgate stops moving, you • Pressing the liftgate button on the
can manually move it to the required height. instrument panel.
3. Press and hold the button until a tone • Moving your foot, in a single-kick
sounds, indicating programming is motion, without pausing, under and
complete. away from the rear bumper detection
*
area.
Note: You cannot program the height if the
*
liftgate height is too low or too high. Vehicles with a hands-free liftgate.
The liftgate opens to the new programmed Do not manually push or pull the liftgate
height the next time you open the liftgate. when it is moving. This could damage the
To change the programmed height again, liftgate and its components.
repeat the above procedure.
Note: If you disconnect the vehicle battery, Obstacle Detection
the system recalls the new programmed Closing the Liftgate
height after you reconnect it.
The system stops when it detects an
Stopping the Liftgate Movement obstacle. A tone sounds and the liftgate
could reverse to open. After you remove
You can stop the liftgate movement by
the obstacle, you can continue to operate
doing any of the following:
the liftgate.
• Pressing the liftgate control button.
• Pressing the liftgate button on the Opening the Liftgate
remote control twice. The system stops when it detects an
obstacle and a tone sounds. After you
remove the obstacle, you can continue to
operate the liftgate.
Switching the Power Liftgate On or Off

To switch the power liftgate on or off, use the information display controls on the
steering wheel to select the following:
Menu Item Action
Settings Press the menu button.

Vehicle settings Press the OK button.
Power liftgate Press the OK button.
Liftgate Ajar Warning Lamp

A warning illuminates in the
instrument cluster when you
E162453
switch the ignition on or if the
liftgate is open.
64
Liftgate
Liftgate Ajar Information Messages
Message Action
Liftgate open Displays if the liftgate is open. Fully close the liftgate.
65
Security
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT ANTI-THEFT ALARM -

SYSTEM VEHICLES WITH: INTEGRAL
BATTERY
The system prevents someone from Perimeter Alarm
starting the engine with an incorrectly The perimeter alarm is a deterrent against
coded key. unauthorized access to your vehicle
Note: Always take your keys and lock all through the doors and the hood.
doors when leaving your vehicle.
Interior Sensors
Coded Keys
The interior sensors are in the overhead
If you lose a key, you can obtain a console.
replacement from an authorized dealer. If When you lock your vehicle and arm the
possible, provide them with the key alarm, the sensors are designed to detect
number from the tag provided with the any movement inside your vehicle.
original keys. You can also obtain extra
keys from an authorized dealer. Note: Do not cover the interior sensors.
Note: Have all of your remaining keys Inclination Sensors
erased and recoded if you lose a key. Have
replacement keys coded together with When you lock your vehicle and arm the
recoding your remaining keys. Ask an alarm, the sensors are designed to detect
authorized dealer for more information. an attempt to raise your vehicle, for
example to remove a wheel or to tow it
Note: Metallic objects, electronic devices
away.
or a second coded key on the same key
chain may result in vehicle starting Battery Back-up Sounder (If Equipped)
problems, especially if they are too close to
the key when starting your vehicle. The battery back-up sounder is an
additional alarm component that has its
Arming the Engine Immobilizer own battery and sounds a siren if the
The engine immobilizer arms after a short vehicle battery or the battery back-up
period of time when you switch the ignition sounder is disconnected. The system arms
off. when you lock your vehicle and the ignition
is off.
Disarming the Engine Immobilizer
Triggering the Alarm
The engine immobilizer disarms when you
switch the ignition on with a correctly When armed, the alarm is triggered in any
coded key. of the following ways:
• If someone opens a door, the liftgate
If you are unable to start your vehicle with
or the hood without a valid key or
a correctly coded key, have your vehicle
remote control.
checked by an authorized dealer.
• If you switch your vehicle on without a
correctly coded key.
66
Security
• If the interior sensors detect movement Disarming the Alarm

inside your vehicle.
Vehicles Without Keyless Entry
• If the inclination sensors detect an
attempt to raise your vehicle. Disarm and silence the alarm by unlocking
• If someone disconnects the vehicle the doors with the key and switching your
battery or the battery back-up sounder. vehicle on with a correctly coded key, or by
If the alarm is triggered, the alarm horn control.
sounds for 30 seconds and the hazard
flasher flashes for 5 minutes. Vehicles with Keyless Entry
Any further attempts to carry out one of
Perimeter Alarm
the above sounds the alarm again.
Disarm and silence the alarm by unlocking
Full and Reduced Guard the doors and switching your vehicle on, or
by unlocking the doors with the remote
Full Guard control.
Full guard is the standard setting. Note: A valid passive key must be within
In full guard, the interior sensors are on the detection range of that door. See
when you arm the alarm. Keyless Entry (page 58).
Note: Do not arm the alarm with full guard Category One Alarm
if passengers, animals or other moving
objects are inside your vehicle. Disarm and silence the alarm by unlocking
the doors and switching your vehicle on, or
Reduced Guard by unlocking the doors or the liftgate with
the remote control.
In reduced guard, the inclination and
interior sensors are off when you arm the Note: A valid passive key must be within
alarm. the detection range of that door. See
Keyless Entry (page 58).
Selecting Full or Reduced Guard
You can select full or reduced guard using ANTI-THEFT ALARM -
the information display. See General VEHICLES WITH: INTERIOR
SENSOR
Ask on Exit (If Equipped)
Alarm System
You can set the information display to ask
you each time which level of guard you Note: Do not arm the alarm with full guard
wish to set. See General Information if passengers, animals or other moving
(page 103). objects are inside your vehicle. The alarm
could unintentionally turn on.
Arming the Alarm
The alarm arms when you lock your vehicle
and the ignition is off. See Doors and
Locks (page 56).
67
Security
Perimeter Alarm If the alarm is triggered, the alarm horn will

sound for 30 seconds and the hazard
The perimeter alarm is a deterrent against warning flasher will flash for five minutes.
unauthorized access to your vehicle
through the doors and the hood. It also Any further attempts to perform one of the
protects the audio unit. above will trigger the alarm again.
Interior Sensors Full and Reduced Guard

The interior lamp unit sensors are located Full Guard
in the overhead console.
Full guard is the standard setting.
Note: Do not cover up the interior lamp unit
sensors. In full guard, the interior sensors are on
when you arm the alarm.
The sensors act as a deterrent against
unauthorized intrusion by sensing any Reduced Guard
movement inside your vehicle.
In reduced guard, the interior sensors are
Inclination Sensors off when you arm the alarm.
When you lock your vehicle and arm the Selecting Full or Reduced Guard
alarm, the sensors are designed to detect
an attempt to raise your vehicle, for You can select full or reduced guard using
example to remove a wheel or to tow it the information display. See General
away. Information (page 103).
Triggering the Alarm Ask on Exit (If Equipped)
Once armed, the alarm is triggered in any You can set the information display to ask
of the following ways: you each time which level of guard you
wish to set.
• If someone opens a door, the liftgate
or the hood without a valid key or
remote control.
• If you switch your vehicle on without a
correctly coded key.
• If the interior sensors detect movement
within your vehicle.
Using the information display controls, scroll to:

Message Action and Description

Alarm Press the OK button.
68
Security
Message Action and Description
Ask on exit Press the OK button.

Reduced guard Appears in the information display each time you switch your
vehicle off.
If you wish to arm the alarm with reduced guard, press the
OK button when this message appears.
If you wish to arm the alarm with full guard, leave your vehicle
without pressing the OK button.
Note: Selecting reduced guard does not set the alarm permanently to reduced guard. It
sets it to reduced guard only for the current locking cycle.
Arming the Alarm

To arm the alarm, lock your vehicle. See
Doors and Locks (page 56).
Disarming the Alarm

Vehicles Without Keyless Entry
the doors with the key and switching your
vehicle on with a correctly coded key or
control.
Vehicles with Keyless Entry

Note: A valid passive key must be located
within the detection range of that door for
keyless entry. See Keyless Entry (page 58).
the doors and switching your vehicle on or
control.
69
Steering Wheel
ADJUSTING THE STEERING

WHEEL
WARNING: Do not adjust the

steering wheel when your vehicle is
moving.
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the

correct position. See Sitting in the Correct
Position (page 140).
E259855
3. Lock the steering column.
LOCKING THE STEERING

WHEEL
The steering wheel lock locks shortly after
you have parked your vehicle and the
passive key is outside it.
Note: The steering wheel lock does not lock
E259854
when the ignition is on or when your vehicle
is moving.
1. Unlock the steering column.
Unlocking the Steering Wheel
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
position. The steering wheel lock unlocks when the
system detects a valid passive key inside
your vehicle. If the steering wheel lock
relocks, switch the ignition on to unlock it.
Note: You may have to slightly rotate the
steering wheel to assist unlocking it.
HEATED STEERING WHEEL

Switch the heated steering wheel on and
off using the touchscreen.
Touch the button to switch the
heated steering wheel on and
off.
70
Steering Wheel
Note: You can use the heated steering

wheel only when the engine is running.
Note: The system uses a sensor and is
designed to control the temperature of the
steering wheel and to prevent it from
overheating.
Note: In warm temperatures, the steering
wheel quickly reaches its maximum
temperature and the system reduces the
current to the heating element. This could
cause you to think that the system has
stopped working but it has not. This is
normal.
71
Wipers and Washers
WINDSHIELD WIPERS Intermittent Wipe
E270969
E197526
A Short wipe interval.

E197525 B Intermittent wipe.
A Single wipe. C Long wipe interval.
B Intermittent wipe. Use the rotary control to adjust the

C Normal wipe. intermittent wipe interval.
D High-speed wipe. Note: When your vehicle speed increases,

the interval between intermittent wipes may
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before decrease.
you switch the windshield wipers on.
Note: Make sure that you switch the AUTOWIPERS (IF EQUIPPED)
windshield wipers off before entering a car
wash. Autowipers uses a rain sensor in the area
Note: If streaks or smears appear on the around the interior mirror. The wipers
windshield, clean the windshield and the operate when the rain sensor detects
wiper blades. See Checking the Wiper water on the windshield in front of it. The
Blades (page 330). If that does not resolve rain sensor continues to monitor the
the issue, install new wiper blades. See amount of water and adjusts the speed of
Changing the Wiper Blades (page 330). the wipers.
Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry You can switch autowipers on or off in the
windshield. This may scratch the glass or information display.
damage the wiper blades. Always use the Note: If you switch autowipers off in the
windshield washers before wiping a dry information display, the windshield wipers
windshield. operate in intermittent mode.
72
Wipers and Washers
If you leave autowipers on, it may not

operate when you switch the ignition on
during freezing temperatures. This is
because the system has deactivated the
rain sensor to prevent damage to the
windshield wipers. Defrost the windshield
before reactivating the rain sensor. You
can reactivate the rain sensor by moving
the rotary control or switching autowipers
off and on.
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before
E197526 you switch the windshield wipers on.
Note: Make sure that you switch the
A High sensitivity. windshield wipers off before entering a car
B Autowipers on. wash.
C Low sensitivity. Wet or winter weather conditions could
cause unexpected wiping or smearing.
Move the wiper lever upward to the first To keep the windshield clear:
position to switch autowipers on.
• Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers
Use the rotary control to adjust the to reduce the amount of smearing on
sensitivity of the autowipers. When you the windshield.
select low sensitivity, the wipers operate • Switch autowipers off.
when the sensor detects a large amount
of water on the windshield. When you Note: If streaks or smears appear on the
select high sensitivity, the wipers operate windshield, clean the windshield and the
when the sensor detects a small amount wiper blades. See Checking the Wiper
of water on the windshield. Blades (page 330). If that does not resolve
the issue, install new wiper blades. See
Note: Keep the outside of the windshield Changing the Wiper Blades (page 330).
clean. The rain sensor is very sensitive and
the wipers may operate if dirt, mist or
insects hit the windshield.
Settings
To switch autowipers on or off, use the information display controls on the steering
wheel to select the following:
Menu Item Action

Wipers Press the OK button.
Rain sensing Press the OK button.
73
Wipers and Washers
WINDSHIELD WASHERS Pull the lever toward you to operate the

windshield washers. When you release the
lever, the wipers operate for a short time.
A courtesy wipe occurs a short time after
the wipers stop to clear any remaining
washer fluid.
You can switch courtesy wipe on or off in
the information display.
Note: Do not operate the washers when
the washer reservoir is empty. This could
cause the washer pump to overheat.
E197528
Settings
To switch courtesy wipe on or off, use the information display controls on the
Menu Item Action

Courtesy wipe Press the OK button.
74
Wipers and Washers
REAR WINDOW WIPER AND A Intermittent wipe.

WASHERS (IF EQUIPPED) B Continuous wipe.
Rear Window Wiper C Rear window wiper off.
The rear window wiper also turns on when

you shift into reverse and the windshield
wipers are on.
You can switch reverse wipe off in the
information display.
Note: Make sure that you switch the rear
window wiper off before entering a car
wash.
E171615
Settings
To switch reverse wipe on or off, use the information display controls on the
Menu Item Action

Reverse wiper Press the OK button.
Push the lever away from you to operate

Rear Window Washer the rear window washer. When you release
the lever, the wiper operates for a short
time.
Note: Do not operate the washers when
the washer reservoir is empty. This could
cause the washer pump to overheat.
HEADLAMP WASHERS (IF

EQUIPPED)
If you operate the windshield washers

E167407
when the headlamps are on, the headlamp
washers turn on.
75
Wipers and Washers
Note: The headlamp washers do not

operate every time you use the windshield
washers. This is to prevent the washer fluid
reservoir from emptying quickly.
76
Lighting
GENERAL INFORMATION LIGHTING CONTROL

Condensation in the Exterior Front Lighting Control Positions
Lamps and Rear Lamps
Exterior front lamps and rear lamps have
vents to accommodate normal changes B C
in air pressure. A D
Condensation can be a natural by-product
of this design. When moist air enters the
lamp assembly through the vents, there is
a possibility that condensation can occur
when the temperature is cold. When
normal condensation occurs, a fine mist
can form on the interior of the lens. The
fine mist eventually clears and exits
through the vents during normal operation.
Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours
under dry weather conditions.
Examples of acceptable condensation are:
• The presence of a fine mist (no streaks,
E293185
drip marks or large droplets).
• A fine mist covers less than 50% of the
A Lamps off.
lens.
B Parking lamps, instrument panel
Examples of unacceptable condensation
lamps and license plate lamps.
are:
• A water puddle inside the lamp. C Headlamps.
• Streaks, drip marks or large droplets D Autolamps. See Autolamps
present on the interior of the lens. (page 78).
If you see any unacceptable condensation,
have your vehicle checked by an authorized Switching All of the Parking Lamps
dealer. On
1. Switch the ignition off.
2. Set the lighting control to the parking
lamps position.
Note: Parking lamps could turn off to
prevent the vehicle battery from running out
of charge.
Switching the Left-Hand Side or

the Right-Hand Side Parking
Lamps On (If Equipped)
77
Lighting
Flashing High Beam Headlamps

A
B E163719
E203715
2. Push the lever up or down to switch the Pull the lever toward you and release it to
parking lamps on. flash the high beam headlamps.
Note: Parking lamps could turn off to
prevent the vehicle battery from running out AUTOLAMPS
of charge.
Switching High Beam Headlamps

On and Off WARNING: The system does not
relieve you of your responsibility to drive
with due care and attention. You may
need to override the system if it does not
turn the headlamps on in low visibility
conditions, for example daytime fog.
E163718
Push the lever away from you to switch

the high beam headlamps on.
Push the lever forward again or pull the
lever toward you to switch the high beam
headlamps off.
E142451
Note: If you switch the autolamps on, you
cannot switch the high beam headlamps When the lighting control is in the
on until the system turns the headlamps on. autolamps position, the headlamps turn
on in low light situations, or when the
wipers turn on.
The headlamps remain on for a period of
time after you switch the ignition off. Use
the information display controls to adjust
the period of time that the headlamps
remain on.
78
Lighting
Note: If you switch the autolamps on, you AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM
cannot switch the high beams on until the
system turns the low beams on. CONTROL
Windshield Wiper Activated
Headlamps WARNING: The system does not
relieve you of your responsibility to drive
When you switch the autolamps on, the
with due care and attention. You may
headlamps turn on within 10 seconds of
need to override the system if it does not
switching the wipers on. They turn off
turn the high beams on or off.
approximately 60 seconds after you switch
the windshield wipers off.
WARNING: You may need to
The headlamps do not turn on with the override the system when approaching
wipers: other road users.
• During a single wipe.
WARNING: You may need to
• When using the windshield washers. override the system during inclement
• If the wipers are in intermittent mode. weather.
Note: If you switch the autolamps and the
autowipers on, the headlamps turn on when WARNING: Do not use the system
the windshield wipers continuously operate. in poor visibility, for example fog, heavy
rain, spray or snow.
INSTRUMENT LIGHTING WARNING: The system may not

DIMMER switch the high beams off if the lights of
oncoming vehicles are hidden by
The instrument lighting dimmer buttons obstacles, for example guard rails.
are on the lighting control.
WARNING: Inspect and replace the
Repeatedly press one of the windshield wiper blades regularly to
buttons to adjust the brightness. make sure the camera sensor has a clear
E291299
view. The windshield wiper blades must
be the correct length.
E291298
About Automatic High Beam
Control
HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY
The system is designed to turn the high
After you switch the ignition off, you can beams on if all of the following occur:
switch the headlamps on by pulling the • You switched the system on in the
direction indicator lever toward you. You information display.
will hear a short tone. The headlamps will
• You set the lighting control to the
switch off automatically after three
autolamps position.
minutes with any door open or 30 seconds
after the last door has been closed. You • The ambient light level is low enough
can cancel this feature by pulling the that high beams are required.
direction indicator lever toward you again
or switching the ignition on.
79
Lighting
• There is no traffic in front of your • The ambient light level is high enough
vehicle. that high beams are not required.
• Your vehicle speed is greater than • The system detects an approaching
approximately 40 km/h (25 mph). vehicle's headlamps or rear lamps.
The system is designed to turn the high • The system detects severe rain, snow
beams off if any of the following occur: or fog.
• You switch the system off in the • The system detects street lighting.
information display. • The camera has reduced visibility.
• You set the lighting control to any • Your vehicle speed falls below
position except autolamps. approximately 30 km/h (19 mph).
• You switch the rear fog lamps on.
Switching Automatic High Beam Control On or Off

To switch the system on or off, use the information display controls on the steering
wheel to select the following:
Menu Item Action

Lighting Press the OK button.
Auto highbeam Press the OK button.
You can switch the front fog lamps on if

Automatic High Beam Indicator any of the following occur:
It illuminates to confirm when • You set the lighting control to the
the system is ready to assist. parking lamps position.
headlamps position.
Overriding Automatic High Beam
Control • You set the lighting control to the
autolamps position and the headlamps
Push the lever away from you to switch are on.
between high beam and low beam. The front fog lamp button is on the lighting
control.
FRONT FOG LAMPS Press the button to switch the
front fog lamps on or off.
Switching the Front Fog Lamps On
or Off Note: The brightness of the daytime running
lamps may decrease when the front fog
Only switch the front fog lamps on during lamps are switched on.
reduced visibility.
80
Lighting
Front Fog Lamp Indicator HEADLAMP LEVELING -

It illuminates when you switch VEHICLES WITH: MANUAL
the front fog lamps on. HEADLAMP LEVELING
To adjust the level of the headlamp
REAR FOG LAMPS beams, do the following:
Switching the Rear Fog Lamps On

or Off
WARNING: Do not use the rear fog 2

lamps when it is raining or snowing and
visibility is more than 50 m (164.0 ft).
2
You can switch the rear fog lamps on if any
of the following occur: 1
• You switched the front fog lamps on.
headlamps position.
• You set the lighting control to the E132711
autolamps position and the headlamps
are on. 1. Press to release the control.
2. Rotate the control in accordance with
The rear fog lamp button is on the lighting
your vehicle load to prevent you from
control.
distracting other road users when the
Press the button to switch the headlamps are on.
E67040 rear fog lamps on or off. Note: Set the control to zero when your
vehicle is unloaded.
Rear Fog Lamp Indicator Note: Set the headlamp beams to give
between 35–100 m (115–328 ft) of road
It illuminates when you switch surface illumination when your vehicle is
E67040 the rear fog lamps on. partially or fully loaded.
3. Press to close the control.
HEADLAMP LEVELING -
VEHICLES WITH: AUTOMATIC
HEADLAMP LEVELING
This vehicle is equipped with a dynamic
automatic leveling system. The headlamps
do not require additional aim adjustment.
81
Lighting
CORNERING LAMPS
E72898
A Headlamp beam.
B Cornering lamp beam.
The cornering lamps illuminate the inside

of a corner when you are turning the DIRECTION INDICATORS
steering wheel.
E169255
Push the lever up or down to use the

direction indicators.
82
Lighting
Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the Type 2

direction indicators flash three times to
indicate a lane change.
INTERIOR LAMPS
The lamps turn on under the following
conditions:
• You open any door.
• You press a remote control button.
• You press button A on the front interior
lamp.
Front Interior Lamp

Note: The front interior lamp switches are
on the overhead console. The exact location
of each button on the overhead console
depends upon your vehicle features.
Note: Press the required button to switch D D
the door function off when you open any A B C
door. When the door function is off and you E192153
open a door, the courtesy and door lamps
stay off. The indicator lamp lights amber A All lamps on.
when the door function is off.
B Door function.
Note: Press the button again to switch the
door function back on. When the door C All lamps off.
function is on and you open a door, the D Individual dome lamps.
courtesy and door lamps turn on. The
indicator lamp lights blue when the door
function is on.
Type 1
D A
E167127
B C D
83
Lighting
Type 3 Type 2
E199026
Type 3
E199027
C B A C
Press the button to switch the lamps on
E199032 or off.
A Door function.
AMBIENT LIGHTING
B All lamps on.
C Individual dome lamps. The ambient lamps illuminate several
areas, for example footwells and cup
Note: You can switch individual map lamps holders.
on independently by pressing a map lens.
The ambient lamps illuminate in only one
Rear Interior Lamps (If Equipped) color.
Type 1 Switching the Ambient Lamps On

Note: You cannot permanently switch off
the ambient light.
E169470
84
Windows and Mirrors
POWER WINDOWS 4. Release the switch.

5. Lift and hold the switch until the
Opening and Closing the Windows window is fully closed.
Note: Repeat the procedure if the window
does not close when you use one-touch.
unattended in your vehicle and do not Rear Window Lock
let them play with the power windows.
Failure to follow this instruction could Press the control to lock or
result in personal injury. unlock the rear window controls.
It illuminates when you lock the
WARNING: When closing the rear window controls.
power windows, verify they are free of
obstruction and make sure that children Bounce-Back
and pets are not in the proximity of the
window openings. The window stops and reverses if it detects
an obstruction while closing.
Press the control to open the
window. Lift the control to close Overriding Bounce-Back
the window.
Note: The power windows operate with the WARNING: If you override
ignition on, and for several minutes after you bounce-back, the window does not
switch the ignition off or until you open a reverse if it detects an obstacle. Take
front door. care when closing the windows to avoid
To reduce wind noise or pulsing noise when personal injury or damage to your
one window is open, slightly open the vehicle.
opposite window.
1. Close the window until it reaches the
One-Touch Open (If Equipped) point of resistance and let it reverse.
Fully press the control and release it. Press 2. Lift the control within two seconds to
again or lift it to stop the window. override bounce-back and close the
window. Bounce-back is now disabled
One-Touch Close (If Equipped) and you can close the window
manually.
Fully lift the control and release it. Press
again or lift it to stop the window. Note: The window goes past the point of
resistance and you can fully close it.
Resetting One-Touch Close Note: If the window does not close, have
Start the engine. your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
1. Lift and hold the switch until the
window is fully closed. Keep the switch
pressed for a few seconds.
2. Release the switch.
3. Press and hold the switch until the
window is fully open.
85
Windows and Mirrors
Resetting Bounce-Back GLOBAL OPENING AND

CLOSING
WARNING: Bounce-back is off until
you reset the memory. Take care when
Using Global Opening
closing the windows to avoid personal 1. Press and release the unlock button on
injury or damage to your vehicle. the remote control.
2. Press and hold the unlock button on
Start the engine.
the remote control.
1. Lift and hold the switch until the 3. Release the button when the windows
window is fully closed. Keep the switch and moonroof start to open.
pressed for a few seconds.
Note: The moonroof stops in the vent
2. Release the switch. position.
3. Press and hold the switch until the
Press the lock or the unlock button on the
window is fully open.
remote control to stop global opening.
4. Release the switch.
Note: You can use global opening for a
5. Lift and hold the switch until the short period of time when you unlock your
window is fully closed. vehicle using the remote control.
Note: Repeat the procedure if the window
does not close when you use one-touch.
Switching Global Opening On and Off

To switch global opening on or off, use the information display controls on the
Menu Item Action

Vehicle Press the OK button.
Windows Press the OK button.
Remote Press the OK button.
1. Press and hold the lock button on the

Using Global Closing remote control.
2. Release the button when the windows
and moonroof start to close.
WARNING: When closing the
power windows, verify they are free of Press the lock or the unlock button on the
obstruction and make sure that children remote control to stop global closing.
and pets are not in the proximity of the Note: Bounce-back is on during global
window openings. closing. See Power Windows (page 85).
86
Windows and Mirrors
Switching Global Closing On and Off

To switch global closing on or off, use the information display controls on the
Menu Item Action

Vehicle Press the OK button.
Windows Press the OK button.
Remote Press the OK button.
To adjust a mirror:
EXTERIOR MIRRORS 1. Press A or C to select the mirror you
want to adjust. The control lights.
Power Exterior Mirrors 2. Press B to adjust the mirror's position.
3. Press the mirror control again. The light
WARNING: Do not adjust the turns off.
mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or death. Push the mirror toward the door window
glass. Make sure that you fully engage the
mirror in its support when returning it to its
original position.
Power-Folding Mirrors (If Equipped)
E195229
A Left-hand mirror.
B Adjustment control.
C Right-hand mirror. E195334
87
Windows and Mirrors
To fold both mirrors, make sure you switch Even though the power-folding mirrors
your vehicle on (with the ignition in typically operate electronically, you can
accessory mode or the engine running) and still fold and unfold them manually. After
then: any manual adjustment, however, the
1. Press the control to fold the mirrors. power-folding mirrors become
unsynchronized, even after repositioning
2. Press the control again to unfold. them.
Note: Once you press the control, you An unsynchronized mirror may:
cannot stop the mirrors midway through
their movement. Wait until the mirrors stop • Not fold or unfold normally.
moving and press the control again. • Not stay in its set position.
• Feel loose or even vibrate at normal
Auto-Folding Mirrors (If Equipped) driving speeds.
Note: The auto-fold mirrors operate only if You can reset the mirrors by doing the
they are in an unfolded position. If you following:
folded the mirrors using the power-folding 1. Use the power-folding mirror control
control, then you must unfold the mirrors to fold and unfold the mirrors.
using the power-folding control so the
auto-fold feature can work. 2. When you hear one or both of the
mirrors make a loud noise, it means
The mirrors fold automatically when you that you reset the mirrors successfully.
lock the vehicle. The mirrors unfold when This noise is normal.
you unlock the vehicle.
3. Repeat this process each time the
You can switch this feature on or off using power-folding mirrors fold or unfold
the vehicle settings menu in the manually.
Reverse Mirror Dipping (If Equipped)
Loose Mirror
One of your exterior mirrors automatically
If your power-folding mirrors are manually dips down when you place your vehicle into
folded, they may not work properly even reverse (R). This feature gives you a view
after you re-position them. You need to of the curb.
reset them if they:
To use, do the following:
• Vibrate while driving or feel loose.
1. Select a mirror using the power mirror
• Do not stay in the folded or unfolded
control.
position.
2. When you place your vehicle into
To reset the power-fold feature: reverse (R), the mirror automatically
1. Use the power-folding mirror control dips.
to fold and unfold the mirrors.
The exterior mirror automatically returns
2. When you hear one or both of the to its original position when:
mirrors make a loud noise, it means
that you reset the mirrors successfully. • Your vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h
This noise is normal. (5 mph).
3. Repeat this process each time the • Your vehicle is no longer in reverse (R).
mirrors are manually folded. • You switch the power mirror control
off.
88
Windows and Mirrors
Setting a Reverse Mirror Dipping INTERIOR MIRROR - VEHICLES

Position
WITHOUT: AUTO-DIMMING
1. Switch the ignition on. INTERIOR MIRROR
2. Select the mirror you want to adjust.
3. Put your vehicle into reverse (R).
4. Re-position the mirror to your WARNING: Do not adjust the
preference. mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This
Note: If you have already programmed a vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
position, wait for the mirror to stop its
movement before re-positioning it. Pull the tab below the mirror toward you
5. Use the memory preset control to save to reduce the effect of bright light from
the position. See Memory Function behind.
(page 147).
6. Put your vehicle into park (P). INTERIOR MIRROR - VEHICLES
Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped) WITH: AUTO-DIMMING
INTERIOR MIRROR
See Blind Spot Information System
(page 251).
Memory Mirrors (If Equipped) WARNING: Do not adjust the

mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This
You can save and recall the mirror could result in the loss of control of your
positions through the memory function. vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
See Memory Function (page 147).
The mirror dims to reduce the effect of
Auto-Dimming Feature (If Equipped) bright light from behind. It returns to
normal when the bright light from behind
The driver exterior mirror automatically is no longer present or if you shift into
dims when the interior auto-dimming reverse (R).
mirror turns on.
Do not block the sensors on the front and
Direction Indicator Mirrors (If Equipped) back of the mirror.
The outer portion of the appropriate mirror Note: A rear center passenger or raised rear
housing blinks when you switch on the center head restraint could prevent light
direction indicator. from reaching the sensor.
Blind Spot Monitor (If Equipped)

See Blind Spot Information System
(page 251).
89
Moonroof
OPENING AND CLOSING THE Press and release the control to

close the sun shade.
SUN SHADE
Opening the Sun Shade
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
MOONROOF
unattended in your vehicle and do not Opening the Moonroof
let them play with the sun shades.
result in personal injury. WARNING: Do not leave children
unattended in your vehicle and do not
The sun shade controls are on the let them play with the moonroof. Failure
overhead console and have one-touch to follow this instruction could result in
open. personal injury.
To stop the motion during a one-touch
operation, touch the control a second time. The moonroof controls are on the
overhead console and have one-touch
Note: The sun shade opens when you open open.
the moonroof.
Press and release the control to operation, touch the control a second time.
open the sun shade.
Press and release the control to
partially open the moonroof.
Closing the Sun Shade Press and release the control
again to fully open the moonroof.
WARNING: When closing the sun
shade, verify that it is free of obstruction Closing the Moonroof
and make sure that children and pets are
not in the proximity of the sun shade.
WARNING: When closing the
WARNING: Do not leave children moonroof, verify that it is free of
unattended in your vehicle and do not obstruction and make sure that children
let them play with the sun shades. and pets are not in the proximity of the
Failure to follow this instruction could roof opening.
result in personal injury.
The sun shade controls are on the unattended in your vehicle and do not
overhead console and have one-touch let them play with the moonroof. Failure
close. to follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
operation, touch the control a second time. The moonroof controls are on the
Note: You can only close the sun shade if overhead console and have one-touch
the moonroof is closed. close.
90
Moonroof

operation, touch the control a second time.
close the moonroof.
VENTING THE MOONROOF

unattended in your vehicle and do not
let them play with the moonroof. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
E287866 Press and release the control to

vent the moonroof.

close the moonroof.
MOONROOF BOUNCE-BACK
The moonroof stops and reverses if it
detects an obstruction.
Press and hold the control within
a few seconds to override
bounce-back.
91
Instrument Cluster
GAUGES - EXCLUDING: HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE (HEV)

Type 1 and 2
E144485
A Tachometer
B Information Display (Type 2 shown, Type 1 similar)
C Speedometer
D Fuel Gauge
E Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
92
Instrument Cluster
Type 3
E152749
A Tachometer
B Information Display
C Speedometer
D Fuel Gauge
E Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
Trip Computer
Information Display
See General Information (page 103).
Odometer
Vehicle Settings and Personalization
Located in the bottom of the information
display Registers the accumulated See General Information (page 103).
distance your vehicle has traveled.
Compass
Displays the vehicle’s heading direction.
93
Instrument Cluster
Engine Coolant Temperature The needle should move toward F when

Gauge you refuel your vehicle. If the needle points
to E after adding fuel, this indicates your
Shows the temperature of the engine vehicle needs service soon.
coolant. At normal operating temperature,
the needle will remain in the center section. After refueling some variability in needle
If the needle enters the red section, the position is normal:
engine is overheating. Stop the engine, • It may take a short time for the needle
switch the ignition off and determine the to reach F after leaving the gas station.
cause once the engine has cooled down. This is normal and depends upon the
Note: Do not restart the engine until the slope of pavement at the gas station.
cause of overheating has been resolved. • The fuel amount dispensed into the
tank is a little less or more than the
gauge indicated. This is normal and
WARNING: Never remove the depends upon the slope of pavement
coolant reservoir cap while the engine is at the gas station.
running or hot.
• If the gas station nozzle shuts off
before the tank is full, try a different
Fuel Gauge gas pump nozzle.
Note: The fuel gauge may vary slightly Low Fuel Reminder
when your vehicle is moving or on a gradient.
A low fuel reminder triggers when the fuel
Switch the ignition on. The fuel gauge will
gauge needle is at 1/16th.
indicate approximately how much fuel is
left in the fuel tank. The arrow adjacent to
the fuel pump symbol indicates on which
side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is
located.
Variations:
Driving type (fuel economy Fuel gauge position Distance-to-empty
conditions)
Highway driving 1/16th 56 km (35 mi) to 129 km

(80 mi)
Severe duty driving (trailer 1/16th 56 km (35 mi)
towing, extended idle)
94
Instrument Cluster
GAUGES - HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE (HEV)
E151261
A Left Information Display

B Speedometer
C Right Information Display
Regen Active
Left Information Display
A circular arrow symbol appears in the
Odometer center of the battery gauge when energy
Located in the bottom of the information is being recaptured through the
display. Registers the accumulated regenerative braking system.
distance your vehicle has traveled. This feature can be switched on or off in
the information displays settings menu.
95
Instrument Cluster
Fuel Gauge: • It may take a short time for the needle

to reach F after leaving the gas station.
Note: The fuel gauge may vary slightly This is normal and depends upon the
when your vehicle is moving or on a gradient. slope of pavement at the gas station.
Switch the ignition on. The fuel gauge will • The fuel amount dispensed into the
indicate approximately how much fuel is tank is a little less or more than the
left in the fuel tank. The arrow adjacent to gauge indicated. This is normal and
the fuel pump symbol indicates on which depends upon the slope of pavement
side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is at the gas station.
located.
• If the gas station nozzle shuts off
The needle should move toward F when before the tank is full, try a different
you refuel your vehicle. If the needle points gas pump nozzle.
to E after adding fuel, this indicates your
vehicle needs service soon. Low Fuel Reminder
After refueling some variability in needle A low fuel reminder triggers when the fuel
position is normal: gauge needle is at 1/16th.
Variations:
Driving type (fuel economy Fuel gauge position Distance-to-empty
conditions)
Highway driving 1/16th 56 km (35 mi) to 129 km

(80 mi)
Severe duty driving (trailer 1/16th 56 km (35 mi)
towing, extended idle)
Brake Coach Display:

Vehicle Settings and Personalization
The Brake Coach appears after your
Display/Trip vehicle has come to a stop. It coaches you
See General Information (page 103). to brake in a manner which maximizes the
amount of energy returned through the
Information regenerative braking system. The percent
displayed is an indication of the
See General Information (page 103). regenerative braking efficiency with 100%
Settings representing the maximum amount of
energy recovery.
This feature can be switched on or off in
the information displays settings menu.
96
Instrument Cluster
Trip Summary: Changes in driving pattern and climate

control use may cause the value to vary.
Trip Summary displays upon shutting off
your vehicle. The information is cumulative Trip Efficiency Leaves
over the last trip. A new trip begins each
time your start your vehicle (when the Trip Efficiency Leaves display upon
Ready to Drive message comes on). shutting off your vehicle. The number of
Corresponding trip efficiency leaves appear leaves represent the average for the last
on the right information display. trip. A new trip begins each time you start
your vehicle (when the Ready to Drive
• Distance - Displays the total distance message comes on). Corresponding Trip
traveled, distance traveled on battery Summary data displays on the left
power only (EV distance) and Regen information display.
distance. Regen distance is the
estimated range gained from energy
recaptured through regenerative WARNING LAMPS AND
braking. INDICATORS
• Energy Use - Displays the average fuel
economy and total fuel used. The following warning lamps and
• Brake Score - The percent displayed is indicators alert you to a vehicle condition
an indication of the regenerative that may become serious. Some lamps
braking efficiency for the trip. illuminate when you start your vehicle to
make sure they work. If any lamps remain
Right Information Display on after starting your vehicle, refer to the
respective system warning lamp for further
Entertainment information.
See Entertainment (page 392). Note: Some warning indicators appear in
the information display and operate the
Phone same as a warning lamp but do not
illuminate when you start your vehicle.
See Entertainment (page 392).
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicator
Navigation or Compass
It illuminates when you switch
the system on.
E144524
Fuel Economy
It illuminates white when the system is in
See General Information (page 103). standby mode. It illuminates green when
you set the adaptive cruise speed.
Vehicle Range
Vehicle range indicates the estimated Airbag Warning Lamp
distance your vehicle will travel with the If it does not illuminate when you
energy currently onboard. switch the ignition on, continues
The range shown is the estimated distance E67017 to flash or remains on when the
to empty based on the fuel remaining in engine is running, this indicates a
the tank. malfunction. Have your vehicle checked
97
Instrument Cluster
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Decklid Ajar Indicator

Lamp
It illuminates when the ignition
If it illuminates when you are is on and the decklid is not
driving, this indicates a E159323 completely closed.
malfunction. Your vehicle
continues to have normal braking without Direction Indicator
the anti-lock brake system function. Have
your vehicle checked as soon as possible. It flashes when you switch the
direction indicators on.
Automatic High Beam Indicator
Note: An increase in the rate of flashing
It illuminates to confirm when warns of a failed indicator bulb.
the system is ready to assist.
Door Ajar Indicator
Auto-Start-Stop Indicator It illuminates when the ignition
is on and any door is not
It illuminates green when the completely closed.
engine stops. It flashes amber
and a message appears when Electric Park Brake Warning Lamp
you need to take an action.
It flashes during operation and
It illuminates grey with a strike illuminates when the parking
out when the system is not brake is applied. See Electric
E146361
available. Parking Brake (page 205).
Note: You can display the reason why the
system is not available in the information Engine Coolant Temperature
display. Warning Lamp
Battery Warning Lamp If it illuminates when your vehicle
is moving, this indicates that the
If it illuminates when you are engine is overheating. Stop your
driving, this indicates a vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and
malfunction. Have your vehicle switch the engine off. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible. checked as soon as possible.
Blind Spot Information System Engine Oil Pressure Warning Lamp

Indicator
the system on or in conjunction WARNING: If it illuminates when
E151262
with a message. you are driving do not continue your
journey, even if the oil level is correct.
Have your vehicle checked.
Cruise Control Indicator
It illuminates when you switch It illuminates when you switch
the system on. the ignition on.
E71340
98
Instrument Cluster
If it illuminates when the engine is running Fasten Seatbelt Warning Lamp

this indicates a malfunction. Stop your
vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and It illuminates until you fasten
switch the engine off. Check the engine oil your seatbelt.
E71880
level. If the oil level is sufficient, this
indicates a system malfunction. Have your Front Fog Lamp Indicator
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
See Engine Oil Check (page 319). It illuminates when you switch
the front fog lamps on.
Engine Warning Lamps
Frost Warning Lamp
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Check Engine
WARNING: Even if the temperature
If it illuminates when the engine is running rises to above 4°C (39°F) there is no
this indicates a malfunction. The on-board guarantee that the road is free of hazards
diagnostics system has detected a caused by inclement weather.
malfunction to the emissions control
system. It illuminates when the outside
If it flashes, engine misfire may be air temperature is 4°C (39°F) or
occurring. Increased exhaust gas below.
temperatures could damage the diesel
particulate filter or other vehicle Fuel Operated Heater Enabled
components. Avoid heavy acceleration and Indicator
deceleration and have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible. It illuminates when you switch
the fuel operated heater on.
Powertrain Warning Lamp E181346
Fuel Operated Heater Operating

If it illuminates when the engine is running Indicator
this indicates a malfunction. If it flashes It illuminates when the fuel
when you are driving, immediately reduce operated heater is currently in
the vehicle speed. Avoid heavy E181347 operation.
acceleration and deceleration and have
your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Glow Plug Indicator
If both lamps illuminate when the engine
is running, stop your vehicle as soon as it If it illuminates, wait until it turns
is safe to do so. Continuing to drive your off before starting the engine.
vehicle may cause reduced power or the
engine to stop. Switch the ignition off and
attempt to restart the engine. Have your Grade Assist Indicator
vehicle checked as soon as possible. It illuminates when you switch
the grade assist on.
E144523
99
Instrument Cluster
Hazard Flasher Indicator Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp

It flashes when you switch the If it illuminates when you are
hazard flashers on. driving, refuel as soon as
possible.
High Beam Headlamp Indicator Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp

It illuminates when one or more
the high beam headlamps on.
of the tires are significantly under
inflated. See What Is the Tire
Hood Ajar Warning Lamp Pressure Monitoring System (page 353).
It illuminates when the ignition Ready to Drive Indicator

is on and the hood is not
E159324
completely closed. It illuminates when you switch
your vehicle on and it is ready to
E144692
Lamps on Indicator drive. A message may appear in
the low beam headlamps or the Rear Fog Lamp Indicator
parking lamps on.
Lane Keeping Alert Indicator E67040 the rear fog lamps on.

the system on. Selective Catalytic Reductant
System Warning Lamp
Lane Keeping Aid Warning Lamp It illuminates if the system
detects the diesel exhaust fluid
It illuminates when the system level is low or if there is a system
E251020
activates. malfunction.
If the warning lamp illuminates, the

Liftgate Ajar Warning Lamp information display messages give you an
It illuminates when the ignition indication whether the concern is fluid
is on and the liftgate is not related or if there is a selective catalytic
E162453
completely closed. reductant system malfunction. If the
warning lamp illuminates when your
vehicle is moving, and the fluid is at a
Low Beam Headlamp Warning sufficient level, this indicates a system
Lamp malfunction. Have your vehicle checked
If it illuminates when the low
beam headlamps are on, this
E250683
indicates that a low beam

headlamp bulb has failed.
100
Instrument Cluster
Shift Indicator Traffic Sign Recognition Speed

Limit Indicator
It illuminates to advise you that
shifting to a higher or lower gear It illuminates when the current
may give better performance, speed limit is detected by the
fuel economy or lower E181348 traffic sign recognition system.
emissions.
It flashes if the traffic sign speed warning
is enabled and you have exceeded the
speed limit detected by the traffic sign
Speed Limiter Indicator recognition system.
the speed limiter on. Water-In-Fuel Warning Lamp
E172886
If it illuminates when the engine
Stability Control and Traction is running this indicates there is
Control Indicator excess water in the fuel filter.
Immediately drain off the water.
It flashes during operation.
E252028 If it does not illuminate when you
switch the ignition on, or remains AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND
on when the engine is running, this INDICATORS
indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible. Key in Ignition Warning Chime
Stability Control and Traction Sounds when you open the driver's door
Control Off Warning Lamp and you have left the key in the ignition.
It illuminates when you switch Keyless Warning Alert (If Equipped)

the system off.
E130458 Sounds the horn twice when you exit your
vehicle with the intelligent access key, after
Stop Safely Warning Lamp the last door is closed and your keyless
vehicle is in RUN, indicating your vehicle is
It illuminates if your vehicle has still on.
E144693
an electrical component fault or
failure that causes your vehicle Headlamps On Warning Chime
to shutdown or enter into a limited
operating mode. A message may appear Sounds when you remove the key from the
in the information display. ignition and open the driver's door and you
have left the headlamps or parking lamps
on.
Traffic Sign Recognition No
Passing Indicator
It illuminates when a no passing
sign is detected by the traffic
E181349 sign recognition system.
101
Instrument Cluster
Parking Brake On Warning Chime

Sounds when you have left the parking
brake on and drive your vehicle. If the
warning chime remains on after you have
released the parking brake, have the
system checked by an authorized dealer
immediately.
102
Information Displays
GENERAL INFORMATION - • Use the OK button to make a selection.

EXCLUDING: HYBRID • Use the right arrow button to display
the submenu.
ELECTRIC VEHICLE (HEV)
Trip computer 1
WARNING: Driving while distracted Trip computer 2

can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that Dist to empty
you use extreme caution when using any AdBlue Info
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the AdBlue Range
safe operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any AdBlue Refill
hand-held device while driving and Trip odometer
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you Trip timer
that may affect the use of electronic Average fuel
Outside temp
Note: For your safety, some features are All values Dist to empty
speed-dependent. Their use is limited to
when your vehicle speed is not moving. Trip odometer
Information Display Controls Trip timer
Type 1 Average fuel
Fuel economy
Dist to empty
Instant fuel
Average fuel
Average speed
All values Dist to empty
Instant fuel
E144637
Average fuel
• Use the up and down arrow buttons to
scroll through a menu. Average speed
• Use the left arrow button to go back or Auto StartStop
to exit.
103
Driver assist
Driver assist
Tolerance
Traction control
Tyre monitor Tyre pressure
Local hazard info
Reset
Active CityStop
BLIS Settings
Cross traffic alrt Vehicle settings Alarm
Cruise control Auto engine off
Driver alert Chimes
Select. susp. Sport Easy entry/exit
Normal Lighting
Comfort KeyFree
Hill start assist Locks
Intelligent AWD Power mirror
Lane keeping Mode Oil life reset
Intensity Park heater
Pre-collision Alert sensitivity Park lock ctrl
Dist. indication Power liftgate
Active braking Remote start
Front Park Pilot Seatbelts
Rear Park Pilot Windows
Speed limiter Manual Wipers
Intelligent MyKey Create MyKey
Tolerance Emerg. Assist.
Traffic signs Speed warning Do not disturb
Speed Chime Traction control
Max speed
Speed minder
104
Settings
Trip computer
Volume limit
Trip computer 1
Clear MyKeys
Trip computer 2
Display Units
AdBlue Info
Temp unit
AdBlue Range
Tyre pressure
AdBlue Level
Language
Type 2 Fuel economy

Fuel economy
Average speed
Auto StartStop
Driver assist
Traction control
Local hazard info
Active City Stop
Adaptive steering
BLIS
E182848
Cross traffic alert
• Use the up and down arrow buttons to
scroll through a menu. Cruise control
• Use the left arrow button to go back or Driver alert
to exit.
• Use the OK button to make a selection. Hill start assist
• Use the right arrow button to display Intelligent AWD
the submenu.
Lane keeping Mode
Intensity
Pre-collision Assist Alert sensitivity
Distance indication
Active braking
105
Driver assist Settings

Front Park Pilot Windows
Rear Park Pilot Wipers
Tyre monitor Tyre pressure MyKey Create MyKey
Reset Emergency Assist-
ance
Speed limiter Manual
Do not disturb
Intelligent
Traction control
Tolerance
Max speed
Traffic signs Speed warning
Speed minder
Chime
Volume limit
Tolerance
Clear MyKeys
Settings Display Measure unit
Vehicle Alarm system Temperature unit
Drive control Tyre pressure
Chimes Language
Easy entry/exit
Auto engine off GENERAL INFORMATION -
HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE
Lighting
(HEV)
KeyFree
Locks
WARNING: Driving while distracted
Mirrors can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
Oil life you use extreme caution when using any
Park heater
road. Your primary responsibility is the
Park lock control safe operation of your vehicle. We
Power liftgate
Remote start
Seatbelts
106
hand-held device while driving and • Press and hold the left arrow button at
encourage the use of voice-operated any time to return to the main menu
systems when possible. Make sure you display (escape button).
are aware of all applicable local laws • Press the OK button to choose and
that may affect the use of electronic confirm settings or messages.
Main menu
Various systems on your vehicle can be From the main menu bar on the left side
controlled using the information display of the information display, you can choose
controls on the steering wheel. from the following categories:
Corresponding information is displayed in
the information display. Display/Trip
E144639
Information Display Controls
Information
E144642
Settings
E100023
Scroll up or down to highlight one of the

categories, and then press the right arrow
key or OK to enter into that category. Press
the left arrow key as needed to exit back
to the main menu.
E156010 Display/Trip
• Press the up and down arrow buttons Use the up or down arrow
to scroll through and highlight the buttons to choose between the
E144639
options within a menu. following display options.
• Press the right arrow button to enter a Note: The cluster will remember the menu
sub-menu. level 2 state when you change the key state
• Press the left arrow button to exit a from the RUN to the OFF position.
menu.
Display/Trip
Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5

Engage Help — —
(Split Power + Avg
Fuel Economy +
Battery Gauge + Fuel
Gauge)
Empower Help — —
107
Display/Trip
(Power (with engine

on/off threshold) +
Avg Fuel Economy +
Gauge)
MyView Change MyView Vehicle Range Vehicle Range
(MyView + Battery
Gauge + Fuel Gauge)
Average fuel Average fuel
Split power Instant fuel
Power + Threshold Coolant temp
Tach rpm x 1000 + Accessory power
Avg MPG
Accessory power Trip computer 1
Trip computer 1 Trip computer 2
Trip computer 2 Fuel history
Fuel history Coach
Coach Average speed
Blank Blank
Help — —
Trip 1 & 2: Trip Data + Help — —
Gauge
Empower
Engage
Empower provides a power demand gauge
Engage provides separate gauges for
in kilowatts (kW) which includes an engine
engine power and high voltage battery
on or off threshold.
power in kilowatts (kW). The engine power
gauge fill is white and the high voltage
battery power gauge fill is blue. You can
also see an optional instantaneous fuel
economy gauge. When your vehicle is
operating on battery power only, you will
see EV displayed and the gauges will
appear in blue.
108
• When your vehicle is operating with Unique content available in MyView:

battery power only (below the • Accessory Power— Indicates electrical
threshold), you will see EV displayed power demands from your vehicle’s
and the gauge fill is blue. accessory systems. Accessories use
• When your vehicle is operating with power but do not contribute to
both the engine and the high voltage propelling your vehicle. The gauge
battery providing power the gauge fill separately displays power demand in
is white. kilowatts (kW) for climate and other
• When power demand surpasses the accessories.Other includes all power
amber indicator, this level of demand being used by the low voltage
and associated fuel economy displays accessories (cabin fans, headlights,
in amber. heated seats, etc.).
• When the engine is on, reducing power • Coolant Temp – Indicates engine
demand to less than the threshold will coolant temperature. At normal
allow the engine to turn off. operating temperature, the level
indicator will be white and will be in the
You can also see an optional normal range (between H and C). If the
instantaneous fuel economy gauge. engine coolant temperature exceeds
Note: You can reset your average fuel the normal range, the level indicator
economy by pressing and holding the OK will change to red to indicate that the
button on the left hand steering wheel engine is overheating. Stop your vehicle
controls. as soon as safely possible, turn your
vehicle off and let the engine cool.
MyView
• Tach rpm x 1000 — When the gasoline
You can choose what to display in this engine is running, the tachometer
view. Selecting Change MyView in the gauge displays the engine speed in
options menu allows you to scroll through revolutions per minute (RPM). When
two columns of content choices. your vehicle is operating on battery
power only with the engine off, EV
• Press the up or down arrow to view
displays and the tachometer is greyed
content.
out.
• Press OK to save your selected
content. Note: The trip data, and average fuel
economy cannot be reset in MyView.
• You must select content in both
columns before you can save your new Trip 1 & 2
MyView.
Provides trip odometer, trip average fuel
economy and trip timer.
Distance traveled on battery power only
with the engine off is shown in blue next
to total trip distance.
109
Information In this mode, you can view

different vehicle system
E144642
information and perform a
system check.
Information
Warnings Help Displays a number of different system tutorials. Use the
up or down arrows to scroll through the tutorials. Then
press OK to view.
MyKey MyKeys (Number of MyKeys programmed)
MyKey Miles (km) (Distance traveled using a
programmed MyKey)
Admin Keys (Number of admin keys)
Seatbelts Displays the associated seat belt graphic.
System check All active warnings will display first if applicable. The
system check menu may appear different based upon
equipment options and current vehicle status. Use the
up or down arrow buttons to scroll through the list.
Note: Some items are optional and may

Settings not appear.
In this mode, you can configure Note: Some MyKey items will only appear
different driver setting choices. if a MyKey is set.
E100023
Settings
Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5 Menu level 6
Driver assist Traction On or Off —
control
Local hazard
info
Active City On or Off —
Stop
BLIS On or Off —
Pre-Collision Alert Sensitivity High, Normal or Low
Distance Indica- On or Off
tion
110
Settings
Active Braking On or Off
Cruise control Adaptive or —
Normal
ECO cruise On or Off —
Driver alert On or Off —
Lane keeping Mode Alert only or Alert + Aid
sys.
Intensity High, Normal or Low
Front Park On or Off —
Pilot
Rear Park On or Off —
Pilot
Traffic signs Speed warning On or Off
Speed Chime On or Off
Tolerance Speed Warning Tolerance
Speed limiter Manual —
Intelligent —
Tolerance —
Tyre monitor Tire Pressure —
Vehicle Alarm Settings Full or Reduced
Reminder on Exit On or Off
Auto Engine On or Off —
Off
Chimes Park Slot - check —
enabled or
uncheck disabled
Information - —
check enabled or
uncheck disabled
Easy Entry / On or Off —
Exit
111
Settings
Lighting Adaptive hdlamps Traffic setup Right Hand
Traffic or Left
Hand Traffic
Auto highbeam On or Off
Daytime Lights On or Off
Headlamp delay Select time interval
KeyFree Hold OK to switch on or off
Locks Auto lock On or Off
Auto unlock On or Off
Relock On or Off
Mislock On or Off
Remote unlocking All doors or Driver door
Mirrors Auto fold On or Off
Reverse tilt On or Off
Park lock On or Off —
control
Power liftgate On or Off —
Seatbelts Seatbelts —
Remote start Select a setting
Swicth inhibit On or Off
Tyre mobility Select number of years
kit
Windows Remote open On or Off
Remote close On or Off
Wipers Courtesy wipe On or Off
Rain sensing On or Off
MyKey Create MyKey Hold OK to Create MyKey
Emerg. assist. Always On or User Selectable
112
Settings
Traction Always On or User Selectable
control
Max speed Choose desired speed or off
Speed minder Choose desired speed or off
Volume limit On or Off
Do Not On or Off
disturb
Clear MyKeys Hold OK to Clear All MyKeys
Display Language Select the desired language - Hold OK to Set
Units Measure unit Miles & GAL, l/100km or km/l
Temperature unit Fahrenheit (°F) or Celsius (°C)
Brake coach On or Off
Regen active On or Off
Driving History Hold OK to Reset
• Press the left arrow button to exit a

Right-hand Information Display menu.
Controls
• Press the OK button to choose and
confirm your selection.
Main menu
From the main menu bar on the right side
of the information display, you can choose
from the following categories:
Entertainment
Phone
E179396
• Press the up and down arrow buttons
to scroll through and highlight the Navigation or Compass
options within a menu.
• Press the right arrow button to enter a
sub-menu.
113
Fuel Economy choose between the following display

options.
Use the up or down arrow buttons to
Note: The information display will remember the menu level 2 state when you change the
individual key state from the RUN to the OFF position.
Fuel Economy
Menu level 2 Menu level 3 Menu level 4 Menu level 5

Efficiency leaves Help — —
Fuel History Duration 5, 10 or 30 minutes —
(Instantaneous Fuel
Economy + Fuel Help — —
Economy History + Avg
Fuel Economy)
Coach Help — —
Coach
Efficiency Leaves
This view provides a comparison of your
Efficiency leaves indicate short term driving
recent acceleration, braking and cruising
efficiency measured over the last few
behavior, then recommends the most
minutes. The more leaves and vines that
efficient use of energy under present
appear on the display, the better your fuel
conditions. The horizontal bars fill from left
economy. Leaves and vines will
to right with best behavior and appear blue
occasionally appear and disappear to
when at least half full. When the bars are
indicate a change in your driving efficiency.
less than half full, the color is amber,
Fuel History suggesting that you need a change in your
driving behavior to achieve better energy
From left to right this view includes an efficiency.
instantaneous fuel economy gauge,
historical fuel economy data and average Note: Fuel Economy will be impacted by
fuel economy. The historical data your use of brakes, accelerator and
represents an average over time intervals accessories, as well as environmental
of either 1, 2 or 6 minutes, with the leftmost conditions such as hills and weather.
interval being the most recent. Shown at Note: Fuel economy is not always a
the bottom of the view is the total time measure of appropriate driving behavior. For
duration for the 5 intervals. You can select example, when driving uphill and
total duration in the options menu. maintaining an appropriate speed, your
Intervals shown in grey color are from the instant fuel economy may not be good
previous drive. The blue horizontal line (losing leaves) but the Coach may show a
represents the average fuel economy value blue bar for Acceleration and Cruising.
shown to the right.
Note: Hold OK to reset fuel history and
average fuel economy.
114
Common Displays Note: Average fuel economy cannot be

reset in MyView.
Both Average fuel economy and an
instantaneous fuel economy gauge are Instantaneous Fuel Economy
included in Engage, Empower and MyView
(if selected) on the left-hand information If your instantaneous fuel economy is
display. They are also included in Fuel greater than the maximum value
History on the right-hand information displayed, a + sign will be shown next to
display. the maximum scale number. When your
vehicle is operating on battery power only,
Average Fuel Economy EV will display and the gauge fill will show
in blue.
Average Fuel Economy is continuously
averaged since the last reset. You can reset
your average fuel economy by pressing and
holding the OK button on the
corresponding steering wheel controls.
INFORMATION MESSAGES
Active City Stop
Message Description
Active City Stop Auto The system is applying the brakes.

braking
Active City Stop Sensor The system sensors are blocked.
blocked Clean screen
Active City Stop Sensor The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
blocked Clean screen as soon as possible.
Active Park Assist
Message Description
Active Park malfunction The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
115
Adaptive Cruise Control
Message Description
Adaptive cruise malfunc- The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
tion as soon as possible.
Adaptive cruise not The system is not available. See Using Adaptive Cruise
available Control (page 228).
Adaptive cruise not The radar has reduced visibility. See Using Adaptive Cruise
available Sensor blocked Control (page 228).
See manual
Cruise control active You have switched normal cruise control on. Adaptive braking
Automatic braking turned turns off.
off
Front sensor not aligned The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
Adaptive cruise Driver The adaptive cruise has reinstated controls to the driver.
resume control
Adaptive cruise Speed Your vehicle speed is too slow to activate the adaptive cruise.
too low to activate
Adaptive cruise Shift The adaptive cruise is adjusting the gap distance. Shift into
down a lower gear.
Airbag
Message Description
Occupant sensor blocked The system has malfunctioned due to a blocked sensor.
Remove objects near Remove blockage.
passenger seat
Alarm
Message Description
Vehicle alarm Start Alarm triggered due to unauthorized entry. See Anti-Theft
vehicle to stop alarm Alarm (page 66).
116
All-Wheel Drive
Message Description
AWD temporarily The system temporarily turns off to protect itself from over-
disabled heating.
AWD off The system temporarily turns off to protect itself from over-
heating or if you are using the temporary spare tire.
AWD restored The system resumes normal function and clears this message
after driving a short distance with the road tire re-installed
or after the system cools.
AWD malfunction The system is not properly operating. If the message
Service required continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Automatic Engine Shutdown
Message Description
Engine stops in {seconds The engine is getting ready to shut off.

to shut off:#0} seconds
Engine stops for fuel The engine has shut off to help increase fuel economy.
economy
Engine stops in {seconds The engine is getting ready to shut off. You can press OK on
to shut off:#0} seconds the left steering wheel button to override the shut down.
OK = override
Automatic High Beam Control
Message Description
Front camera Low visib- The camera has reduced visibility. Clean the windshield. If
ility Clean screen the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked
Front camera temporarily The camera has malfunctioned. Wait a short period of time
not available for the camera to cool down. If the message continues to
appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Front camera malfunc- The camera has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
tion Service required as soon as possible.
117
Auto-Start-Stop
Message Description
Auto StartStop Press The system needs to restart the engine but requires your
brake to start engine confirmation. Press the brake pedal to restart the engine.
Auto StartStop Press The system needs to restart the engine but requires your
clutch to start engine confirmation. Press the clutch pedal to restart the engine.
Auto StartStop Press a The system needs to restart the engine but requires your
pedal to start engine confirmation. Press any pedal to restart the engine.
Auto StartStop Select The system needs to restart the engine but requires your
neutral to start engine confirmation. Shift into neutral (N) to restart the engine.
Auto StartStop Shift to P The system needs to restart the engine but requires your
Restart engine confirmation. Shift into park (P) to restart the engine.
Auto StartStop Manual The system is not functioning. Restart the engine.
restart required
Auto StartStop not avail- The system is not available. See Unique Driving Character-
able istics (page 165).
Auto StartStop malfunc- The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
Battery and Charging System
Message Description
Check Charging system The charging system needs servicing. If the message
continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Charging system Service The charging system needs servicing. If the message
soon continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Charging system Service The charging system needs servicing. Have your vehicle
now checked as soon as possible.
118
Message Description
Battery state of charge The battery management system determines that the battery
low is at a low state of charge. Switch the ignition off as soon as
possible to protect the battery. This message clears when
you restart your vehicle and the battery state of charge has
recovered.
Turn power off to save The battery management system determines that the battery
battery is at a low state of charge. Switch the ignition off as soon as
possible to protect the battery. This message clears when
you restart your vehicle and the battery state of charge has
recovered.
Low battery Features The battery management system detects an extended low-
temporarily turned off voltage condition. Your vehicle disables various features to
help preserve the battery. Switch off as many of the electrical
loads as soon as possible to improve system voltage.
Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert Systems
Message Description
BLIS malfunction The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
BLIS not available Sensor The system sensors are blocked. See Blind Spot Informa-
blocked See manual tion System (page 251).
Vehicle coming from left The system detects a vehicle. See Blind Spot Information
System (page 251).
Vehicle coming from right
Cross Traffic not avail- The system sensors are blocked. See Blind Spot Informa-
able Sensor blocked See tion System (page 251).
manual
Cross traffic system The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
malfunction as soon as possible.
Brake System
Message Description
Check brake system The system has malfunctioned. Stop your vehicle in a safe
place. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
119
Diesel Engine
Message Description
Engine warming Please In extremely cold weather, typically below -26°C (-15°F) and
wait {seconds:00} if the engine block heater is not utilized, the engine does not
seconds respond to accelerator pedal movement for 30 seconds. This
restriction allows the engine to circulate the oil properly in
order to avoid engine damage.
Doors and Locks
Message Description
Driver door open The door listed is not completely closed.

Passenger door open
Rear left door open
Rear right door open
Liftgate open
Boot open The luggage compartment is not completely closed.
Bonnet open The hood is not completely closed.
Switches inhibited The system has disabled the door switches.
Security mode
Child lock malfunction The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
Service required as soon as possible.
Driver Alert
Message Description
Driver fatigue warning Take a break due to low alertness levels.

Rest now
Driver fatigue warning We recommend that you take a break due to low alertness
Rest suggested levels.
120
Electric Parking Brake
Message Description
Park brake malfunction The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
Service now as soon as possible.
Park Brake not released The electric parking brake has not released. Manually release
the electric parking brake. If the message continues to appear,
Release park brake have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Park brake not applied The electric parking brake has not applied. Apply the electric
parking brake. If the message continues to appear, have your
Park brake System over- The electric parking brake has overheated. Wait for the elec-
heated tric parking brake to cool down.
Park brake Limited func- The electric parking brake has malfunctioned. Have your
tion Service required vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Park brake Use switch to The electric parking brake has not automatically released.
release Manually release the electric parking brake.
Park brake Press brake You have not pressed the brake pedal. Press the brake pedal
and switch to release to release the electric parking brake.
Park brake applied The electric parking brake is applied.
Park brake released The electric parking brake is released.
Engine
Message Description
Engine coolant overtem- Displays when the engine temperature is too high. Stop your
perature vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so, switch the engine off
and allow it to cool. Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Reduced engine power The engine has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
Stop safely now The engine has malfunctioned. Stop your vehicle as soon as
possible. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
121
Fuel System
Message Description
Fuel level low An early reminder of a low fuel condition.

Check fuel fill inlet The fuel fill inlet may not be properly closed.
Fuel pressure low The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
Water in fuel Drain filter The system detects there is excess water in the fuel filter.
Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Fuel door opening Wait for up to 15 seconds if the fuel system depressurizes.
Fuel door open The fuel system has finished depressurizing and you can begin
to refuel.
Close fuel door A reminder to close the fuel door.
Refuel error See manual There is an error in attempting to refill your vehicle.
Fuel-Operated Parking Heater
Message Description
Park heater not started The current fuel level is too low for the parking heater to
Low fuel level operate.
Park heater not started The current outside temperature is too high for the parking
Outside temperature too heater to operate.
high
Park heater not started Start the engine to operate the parking heater.
Vehicle not started over
7 days
Park heater not started The current battery state of charge is too low for the parking
Low battery state of heater to operate.
charge
Park heater timer A timer has been enabled for the parking heater. See Auxil-
enabled iary Heater (page 136).
122
Headlamps
Message Description
Check adaptive head- Displays if an electrical malfunction occurs with the headlamp
lamps See manual system. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Hill Start Assist
Message Description
Hill start assist not avail- The system is not available. Have your vehicle checked as
able soon as possible. See Hill Start Assist (page 209).
Lane Keeping System
Message Description
Lane keeping system The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
required
Front camera Low visib- The camera has reduced visibility. Clean the windshield. If
ility Clean screen the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked
Front camera malfunc- The camera has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
Front camera temporarily The camera has malfunctioned. Wait a short period of time
not available for the camera to cool down. If the message continues to
appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Keep hands on steering The system requests you to keep your hands on the steering
wheel wheel.
123
Maintenance
Message Description
Engine oil level low Add The engine oil level is low. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is
oil safe to do so and switch the engine off. Check the engine oil
level. See Engine Oil Check (page 319). If the message
possible.
Engine oil pressure low The engine oil pressure is low. Stop your vehicle as soon as
it is safe to do so and switch the engine off. Check the engine
oil level. See Engine Oil Check (page 319). If the message
possible.
Change engine oil soon The engine oil life remaining is 10% or less. See Engine Oil
Check (page 319).
Oil change required The oil life left is at 0%. See Engine Oil Check (page 319).
Brake fluid level low The brake fluid level is low or the brake system has
malfunctioned. See Brake Fluid Check (page 325). Have
Power reduced to lower The engine has reduced power to help reduce high engine
engine temperature temperature.
Transport mode Contact Transport mode is on. This may not allow some features to
dealer properly operate. Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Factory mode Contact Factory mode is on. This may not allow some features to
dealer properly operate. Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
MyKey
Message Description
MyKey not created The system fails to create a MyKey.

MyKey active Drive safely You are using a MyKey.
Speed limited to {my key MyKey speed limit is on.
limit metric:##0} km/h
Speed limited to {my key
limit imperial:##0} mph
124
Message Description
Check speed Drive safely You are using a MyKey and the MyKey speed limit is on.
Vehicle near top speed You are using a MyKey and your vehicle speed is approaching
the MyKey speed limit.
MyKey Vehicle at top You have reached the MyKey speed limit.
speed
Buckle up to unmute You are using a MyKey and your seatbelt is not fastened.
audio Fasten your seatbelt to unmute audio.
Parking Aid
Message Description
Check front Park Pilot The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
Check rear Park Pilot
Parking aid malfunction The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
Pre-Collision Assist
Message Description
Pre-collision assist not The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
available as soon as possible.
Pre-collision assist not The system sensors are blocked. See Pre-Collision Assist
available Sensor blocked (page 257).
Remote Control
Message Description
Key battery low Replace The key battery is low. Change the battery as soon as
soon possible.
125
Seats
Message Description
Memory recall not Memory seats are not available when driving.
permitted while driving
Memory {0} saved Displays where you have saved your memory setting.
Selective Catalytic Reductant System

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue) Level
Message Description
AdBlue® low Range : Indicates the approximate distance remaining before the
XXXX km Refill soon diesel exhaust fluid tank becomes empty. Refill the diesel
exhaust fluid tank as soon as possible.
AdBlue® low Range :
XXXX mls Refill soon
AdBlue® low No engine Indicates the approximate distance remaining before the
start in XXXX km diesel exhaust fluid tank becomes empty. The engine would
not restart if you switch the ignition off. Refill the diesel
AdBlue® low No engine exhaust fluid tank as soon as possible.
start in XXXX mls
AdBlue® level empty. The diesel exhaust fluid tank is empty. The engine would not
Refill to start engine restart if you switch the ignition off. Refill the diesel exhaust
fluid tank. The minimum AdBlue refill quantity required to
restart the engine is 5 L (1.1 gal).
Note: When filling the diesel exhaust fluid tank from empty, there may be a short period
before the increased diesel exhaust fluid level is registered.
Note: If your vehicle is on a slope, the minimum diesel exhaust fluid refill quantity required
to restart the engine may be greater than 5 L (1.1 gal).
126
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue) System Malfunction

Message Description
AdBlue® system The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
required
AdBlue® system No Indicates the approximate distance before a detected system
engine start in XXXX km fault would restrict the engine from starting. The engine would
not restart if you switch the ignition off. Have your vehicle
AdBlue® system No checked as soon as possible.
engine start in XXXX mls
AdBlue® system Service The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
required to start engine as soon as possible.
Stability Control
Message Description
ESC Service required The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
Starting System
Message Description
Full accessory power Displays if you switch the ignition on and do not start the
active engine.
Press brake to start A reminder to press the brake pedal when starting your
vehicle.
Press clutch to start A reminder to press the clutch pedal when starting your
vehicle.
Press brake and clutch to A reminder to press the brake and clutch pedals when starting
start your vehicle.
Cranking time exceeded Displays if your vehicle fails to start.
No key detected The system does not detect a valid passive key inside your
vehicle.
Starting system The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
127
Message Description
Restart now or key is Displays if you switch the engine off and the system does not
needed detect a valid passive key inside your vehicle.
Engine start pending The starter is attempting to start your vehicle.
Please wait
Pending start cancelled The system has cancelled the pending start.
Steering System
Message Description
Steering loss Stop safely The system has malfunctioned. Stop your vehicle in a safe
place. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Steering malfunction The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
Service now as soon as possible.
Steering assist malfunc-
tion Service required
Steering Lock Malfunc-
tion Service Now
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Message Description
Tyre pressure low One or more tires on your vehicle have low tire pressure.
Tyre pressure monitor The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
Tyre pressure sensor The system has malfunctioned or the spare tire is in use. If
malfunction the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked
128
Towing
Message Description
Trailer lighting module The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
malfunction See manual as soon as possible.
Trailer sway Reduce Your trailer sway control has detected trailer sway. Reduce
speed your speed.
Tow bar unlocked Swivel the tow ball arm again. If the message continues to
Towing prohibited See appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. See
manual Tow Ball (page 276).
Tow bar malfunction The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
Towing prohibited as soon as possible.
Service required
Tow bar not activated The vehicle battery may not have a full charge. Start the
Start engine and retry engine, and then swivel the tow ball arm. If the message
possible. See Tow Ball (page 276).
Tow bar extended Check Check the trailer wiring. If the message continues to appear,
trailer wiring have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Traction Control
Message Description
Spinout detected A spinout has occurred and the hazard flashers are on.
Hazards activated
Traffic Sign Recognition
Message Description
Traffic sign recognition Displays when system performance is reduced due to current
Reduced performance driving conditions. See Traffic Sign Recognition (page 255).
See manual
129
Transmission
Message Description
Transmission malfunc- The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
tion Service now as soon as possible.
Transmission Service
required
Transmission overtemper- The transmission is overheating and needs to cool. Stop your
ature Stop safely vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so, switch the engine off
and allow the transmission to cool. If the message continues
Transmission over- to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
heating Stop safely
Transmission too hot
Press brake
Transmission limited The transmission has limited functionality. Have your vehicle
function See manual checked as soon as possible.
Transmission warming Displays at low outside temperatures, if it takes a few seconds
up Please wait for the transmission to engage a gear.
Fully press the brake pedal until the message disappears
from the information display.
Transmission not in Park A reminder to shift into park (P).
Press brake pedal Press the brake pedal to unlock the transmission.
Transmission Adapt- The transmission is adjusting the shift strategy.
Mode
Transmission adjusted The transmission has adjusted the shift strategy.
Transmission Indicat- The transmission is locked.
Mode Lockup on
Transmission Indicat- The transmission is unlocked.
Mode Lockup off
Park will engage at low The transmission prepares to shift into park (P) when you
speed reach a certain speed.
Stay in neutral mode Press the brake pedal to unlock the transmission.
Press brake to unlock
shifter
130
Message Description
Select S to confirm Stay Displays when you shift into neutral (N).
in neutral mode
Sport not available in The transmission cannot shift into sport (S) in the current
selected gear gear.
Invalid gear selection Displays when you shift into an invalid gear at a certain speed.
131
Remote Start - Automatic Transmission
WHAT IS REMOTE START Use the FordPass App to start the vehicle.
Note: The turn signal lamps flash twice.
The system allows you to remotely start
your vehicle and therefore to heat or cool Note: The parking lamps turn on when the
the interior to a predetermined vehicle is running.
temperature. Note: The horn sounds if the system fails
to start.
REMOTE START LIMITATIONS Note: All other vehicle systems remain off
when you have remotely started the vehicle.
Remote start does not work if: Note: You may have to wait a short period
• The alarm horn is sounding. of time before remotely starting the vehicle
• The hood is open. after the vehicle stops running.
• The transmission is not in park (P). Note: The vehicle remains secured when
you have remotely started it. A valid key
• Remote start is not enabled. must be inside your vehicle to switch the
• The ignition is on. ignition on and drive your vehicle.
Note: Do not use remote start if your fuel Note: A maximum of two remote starts are
level is low. allowed. After that you need to turn the
ignition on and off before you can use
remote start again.
ENABLING REMOTE START
Use the FordPass App to switch the vehicle
1. Using the information display controls off.
on the steering wheel, select Settings.
2. Select Vehicle. REMOTE START SETTINGS -
3. Select Remote start. VEHICLES WITHOUT: HEATED
4. Switch System on. STEERING WHEEL
Note: To use remote start, make sure that
the modem is enabled. See Enabling and Climate Control Settings
Disabling the Modem (page 370).
1. Using the information display controls
REMOTELY STARTING AND 2. Select Vehicle.
STOPPING THE VEHICLE 3. Select Remote start.
4. Select Climate control.
WARNING: Do not start the engine 5. Select Auto or Last settings.
in a closed garage or in other enclosed Note: If you select Auto , the system
areas. Exhaust fumes are toxic. Always attempts to heat or cool the interior to 22°C
open the garage door before you start (72°F).
the engine. Failure to follow this Note: If you select Last settings, the
instruction could result in personal injury system remembers the last used settings.
or death.
132
Remote Start - Automatic Transmission
Note: You cannot adjust the climate control 4. Select Climate control.
settings when you have remotely started 5. Select Auto or Last settings.
the vehicle.
Note: If you select Auto , the system
Note: When you switch the ignition on, the attempts to heat or cool the interior to 22°C
climate control system returns to the last (72°F).
used settings.
Note: If you select Last settings, the
Heated Seat Settings system remembers the last used settings.
1. Using the information display controls Note: You cannot adjust the climate control
on the steering wheel, select Settings. settings when you have remotely started
the engine.
2. Select Vehicle.
Note: When you switch the ignition on, the
3. Select Remote start. climate control system returns to the last
4. Select Front seats. used settings.
5. Select Auto or Off.
Heated Seat and Steering Wheel
Note: If you switch the heated seat settings Settings
to Auto, the heated seats turn on during
cold weather. 1. Using the information display controls
Note: You cannot adjust the heated seat
settings when you have remotely started 2. Select Vehicle.
the vehicle. 3. Select Remote start.
Setting the Remote Start Duration 4. Select Front seats & steer..
5. Select Auto or Off.
You can set a duration for Remote Start
to run. Note: If you switch the heated seat and
steering wheel settings to Auto, the heated
1. Using the information display controls seats and steering wheel turn on during cold
on the steering wheel, select Settings. weather.
2. Select Vehicle. Note: You cannot adjust the heated seat
3. Select Remote start. and steering wheel settings when you have
4. Select Duration. remotely started the engine.
Setting the Remote Start Duration

REMOTE START SETTINGS - You can set a duration for Remote Start
VEHICLES WITH: HEATED to run.
STEERING WHEEL 1. Using the information display controls
Climate Control Settings
2. Select Vehicle.
1. Using the information display controls 3. Select Remote start.
4. Select Duration.
2. Select Vehicle.
3. Select Remote start.
133
Climate Control
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE Note: When you switch maximum defrost

off, the heated windshield and heated rear
CONTROL window remain on.
Switching the Climate Control On Switching Maximum Cooling On
and Off and Off (If Equipped)
Note: When you switch maximum cooling

Switching the Recirculated Air On off, air conditioning remains on.
and Off
Switching Auto Mode On and Off
The system controls the blower
motor speed and direction of air
Note: The air currently in the passenger to reach and mantain the
compartment recirculates. temperature you have set.
Note: Recirculated air could turn off or be
prevented from turning on in all air flow Press and hold the control for a few
modes except maximum cooling to reduce seconds to switch dual mode off.
the risk of the windows fogging up. It could
also turn on and off when you direct air to Setting the Blower Motor Speed
the instrument panel or footwell air vents Press and release + or - to set
during hot weather to improve cooling the volume of air circulated in
efficiency. the passenger compartment.
Switching the Air Conditioning On
and Off Directing Air to the Windshield Air
Vents
Note: Under certain conditions, the air

conditioning compressor could continue to
operate after you switch air conditioning off. Setting the Temperature
Switching Maximum Defrost On Press and release + or - on the left-hand

and Off side of the climate control to set the
left-hand temperature.
Press and release + or - on the right-hand
side of the climate control to set the
right-hand temperature.
Note: When you switch maximum defrost
on, the heated windshield, heated rear
window and air conditioning turn on. The
blower motor is set to the highest speed.
134
Climate Control
HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE Note: Adjusting the settings when your

vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold is
INTERIOR CLIMATE not necessary. The system automatically
adjusts to heat or cool the interior to your
General Hints selected temperature as quickly as possible.
Do not place objects under the front seats For the system to function efficiently, the
as this may interfere with directing air to instrument panel and side air vents should
the rear seats. be fully open.
Remove any snow, ice or leaves from the Quickly Cooling the Interior
air intake area at the base of the
windshield. • Press MAX A/C.
Note: You may feel a small amount of air Note: To improve the time to reach a
from the footwell air vents regardless of the comfortable temperature in hot weather,
air distribution setting. drive with the windows open until you feel
cold air through the air vents.
Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside
your vehicle, do not drive with the system Recommended Settings for
switched off or with recirculated air always Cooling
switched on.
• Press AUTO.
Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may
cause the windows to fog up. • Select the required temperature.
Note: Use air conditioning with recirculated Defogging the Side Windows in
air to improve cooling performance and Cold Weather
efficiency.
• Select maximum defrost.
Note: When you select automatic mode
and the outside temperature is low and the Defogging or Clearing the
engine is cold, air is directed to the Windshield of Thin Ice
windshield and the outer instrument panel
air vents. • Select maximum defrost.
Note: When you select automatic mode
and the outside temperature and in-vehicle HEATED WINDSHIELD
temperature is high, the system temporarily
selects recirculated air to maximize cooling. Press the button to clear the
Note: When you select maximum defrost, windshield of thin ice and fog.
air conditioning turns on and air is directed The heated windshield turns off
to the windshield air vents. after a short period of time.
Note: Make sure that the engine is running
Recommended Settings for before switching the heated windshield on.
Heating
Note: The system does not operate if the
• Press AUTO. battery charge level is low.
• Select the required temperature.
135
Climate Control
HEATED REAR WINDOW The system warms the engine and the
vehicle interior. It uses fuel from the
Press the button to clear the rear vehicle fuel tank.
window of thin ice and fog. The Used correctly the system will:
E184884
heated rear window turns off
• Keep the windows clear of ice in the
after a short period of time.
event of frost and prevent
Note: Do not use harsh chemicals, razor condensation.
blades or other sharp objects to clean or • Avoid cold starts to assist the engine
remove decals from the inside of the heated to reach operating temperature sooner.
rear window. The vehicle warranty may not
cover damage to the heated rear window Note: Make sure the heater exhaust outlet,
grid lines. behind the right front tire, is free from snow,
ice, mud, and any other blockages to avoid
issues with heater operation.
HEATED EXTERIOR MIRRORS
Note: The time and date on your vehicle’s
When you switch the heated rear window clock must be set correctly.
on, the heated exterior mirrors turn on.
Programming the Fuel-Operated
Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors Parking Heater (If Equipped)
with a scraper or adjust the mirror glass
when it is frozen in place. Principles of Operation
Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or Each mode is an independent operation
glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other and has its own duration. The heater may
petroleum-based cleaning products. The run or continue running for any of the
vehicle warranty may not cover damage modes in an overlapping manner. Use the
caused to the mirror housing or glass. information display controls on the
steering wheel. See Information
AUXILIARY HEATER Displays (page 103).
Note: If you request the heater to start and
it does not respond with the ignition off, an
WARNING: We recommend that explanation may appear in the information
you have a qualified technician check display when you switch the ignition on.
and repair the heater system after a Heater Modes
crash. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death. Note: For you to program and enable any
timer mode, you must check all pertinent
WARNING: Do not use the boxes in the information display menu. This
fuel-operated parking heater at fuel includes the box for the programming level
filling stations or near sources of menu and the box(es) for applicable heater
combustible vapors, dust or in enclosed mode menus.
spaces. This could result in serious
Note: The system chooses AM, PM or the
24-hour clock based on the preference you
choose in the information display.
Note: Depending on your vehicle options,
your vehicle may not come equipped with
a remote transmitter.
136
Climate Control
Automatic Mode Note: You can use this mode to maintain

a warm cabin after you switch the ignition
The system automatically enables the
off. After the heater completes this mode,
heater mode, not by user request. The
the cluster menu resets to unchecked.
heater starts automatically if the engine is
running and if other conditions are satisfied Remote Transmitter Mode
within a few seconds after you start the
engine. The heater may cycle on and off Note: Protect the transmitter from moisture
based on the coolant temperature during and water, strong impact, and direct
the entire drive cycle. Before you start a sunlight to provide the longest useful
petrol engine, you may need to set the lifetime.
climate controls to a heating mode. See The fuel-operated parking heater
Climate Control (page 134). transmitter allows the user to remotely
After the engine starts, the only two ways request the heater to start and run for up
the user can disable this specific heater to 30 minutes or to stop all heater modes
mode are to switch the engine off or press upon demand, regardless of ignition status
the off button on the transmitter. or engine status.
To request the heater to start using the
One Time Mode
remote transmitter: Press and hold the On
Allows you to perform one heating cycle or Heat button on the transmitter until a
for a specific day. If conditions permit, the green LED light illuminates on the
heater starts within 30 minutes prior to the transmitter. If the ignition is off for up to 10
set day and time to attempt to heat the seconds during a pre-start evaluation
cabin. period, the information display provides
indications that the park heater is running.
Time 1 and Time 2 Modes However, if conditions do not permit the
There are two programmable timers heater to start, the indications disappear.
available. Each timer mode allows you to If you switch the ignition off before 30
set different heating cycles for each day minutes have lapsed, the heater stops
of the week. These times remain stored automatic mode but keeps running the
and the system warms up your vehicle remainder of the remote transmitter mode.
according to the timer mode selected. To request the heater to stop all modes by
remote transmitter: Press and hold the Off
Continue Heat Mode button on the transmitter for a few
If you check this box in the cluster menu, seconds until a red LED light illuminates
as soon as you switch the ignition off the on the transmitter. This applies only for the
heater starts or continues running if heater mode running at the present time.
conditions permit. The heater continues Future Timer settings or future Continue
running in this mode regardless of future Heat settings do not disable.
ignition cycles for up to 30 minutes. Note: The LED light on the remote
You can start the heater immediately by transmitter does not indicate the actual
checking the Continue Heat box and status of the heater. The light does not
switching the engine off and on. guarantee the heater received a signal to
start or stop.
137
Climate Control
After you press and hold the On or Heat General Requirements

button for a few seconds:
Ambient Air Temperature: The heater may
• Solid Green: Indicates the transmitter start by Automatic Mode only if the
sent a radio signal. ambient air temperature is below 5°C
• Flashing Green: Indicates the (41°F). For other heater modes, the heater
transmitter sent a radio signal, but the may start only if the ambient air
heater did not receive the signal. temperature is below 10°C (50°F) for
• Solid Orange (2 seconds) then Solid petrol-fueled vehicles and below 15°C
Green (2 seconds): Indicates the (59°F) for diesel-fueled vehicles.
transmitter sent the radio signal, but Note: If you own a petrol-fueled vehicle,
the battery is weak. and you do not operate the heater for an
• Solid Orange (2 seconds) then Flashing extended number of days, it is possible that
Green (2 seconds): Indicates the the heater may require more than one start
transmitter did not send a radio signal attempt due to fuel evaporation.
due to a weak battery. Note: If you own a diesel-fueled vehicle, it
• Flashing Orange: Indicates a low is necessary to use a low temperature fuel
transmitter battery. to effectively operate the heater in
extremely cold temperatures.
After you press and hold the Off button for
a few seconds: Battery State of Charge: The vehicle
• Solid Red: Indicates the transmitter battery must be at least 60% charged for
successfully sent an off signal. the heater to start. An older or weakened
vehicle battery may also result in issues. If
• Flashing Red: Indicates the transmitter you connect a battery charger to the
sent a radio signal, but the heater did vehicle battery and it provides excessive
not receive the signal. voltage generally more than 15.5 volts, then
• Solid Orange (2 seconds) then Solid the heater may not be able to start or it
Red (2 seconds): Indicates the may stop running.
transmitter sent the radio signal, but Fuel Level: The heater may not start if the
the battery is weak. fuel level is low or parking your vehicle on
• Solid Orange (2 seconds) then Flashing a steep hill.
Red (2 seconds): Indicates the
transmitter did not send a radio signal Coolant Temperature: The heater starts
due to a weak battery. and stops automatically. The coolant
temperature target the heater is trying to
• Flashing Orange: Indicates a low reach is 80°C (176°F).
transmitter battery.
Time: All heater modes, except for
Note: The maximum range of the Automatic Mode, are limited to a
transmitter signal is about 300 meters. maximum 30 minute duration each. You
Electronic devices that operate in the same can attempt a re-start using the remote
frequency may affect the range. transmitter after you switch the heater off.
Note: Up to three transmitters can be Information: The engine start-stop function
paired to your vehicle. does not affect the heater operation and
is not considered an engine off state for
heater operation purposes.
138
Climate Control
Switching Off or Disabling the Heater

Before re-fueling your vehicle:
• Uncheck all of the heater boxes in the
information display menu.
• Switch off the engine.
• Press and hold the Off button on the
transmitter until a red LED light
illuminates on the transmitter.
• Place the transmitter in a secure
location.
Note: The heater turns off when you switch
the engine off. A message does not appear
in the information display, there is no noise
from the heater and no exhaust from the
heater exhaust pipe.
Note: While the heater is in the process of
stopping, excess fuel in the heater burns out
and there is some heat, exhaust and noise
for up to 3 minutes.
139
Seats
SITTING IN THE CORRECT We recommend that you follow these

guidelines:
POSITION
• Sit in an upright position with the base
of your spine as far back as possible.
WARNING: Do not recline the seat • Do not recline the seat backrest so that
backrest too far as this can cause the your torso is more than 30 degree from
occupant to slide under the seatbelt, the upright position.
resulting in personal injury in the event • Adjust the head restraint so that the
of a crash. top of it is level with the top of your
head and as far forward as possible.
WARNING: Always sit upright Make sure that you remain
against your seatback with your feet on comfortable.
the floor. • Keep sufficient distance between
yourself and the steering wheel. We
WARNING: Do not place objects recommend a minimum of 25 cm
higher than the top of the seat backrest. (10 in) between your breastbone and
Failure to follow this instruction could the airbag cover.
result in personal injury or death in the
event of a sudden stop or crash. • Hold the steering wheel with your arms
slightly bent.
• Bend your legs slightly so that you can
press the pedals fully.
• Position the shoulder strap of the
seatbelt over the center of your
shoulder and position the lap strap
tightly across your hips.
Make sure that your driving position is
comfortable and that you can maintain full
control of your vehicle.
HEAD RESTRAINTS
E68595
WARNING: Fully adjust the head
When you use them properly, the seat, restraint before you sit in or operate your
head restraint, seatbelt and airbags will vehicle. This will help minimize the risk
provide optimum protection in the event of neck injury in the event of a crash. Do
of a crash. not adjust the head restraint when your
vehicle is moving.
WARNING: Raise the rear head

restraints when passengers occupy the
rear seats.
140
Seats
Rear seat outboard head restraints

WARNING: When using a forward
facing child restraint on a rear seat,
always remove the head restraint from
that seat.
Front seat head restraints
E138645
The head restraints consist of:

A An energy absorbing head
restraint.
B Two steel stems.
E138642
C Guide sleeve adjust and unlock
Rear seat center head restraint button.
A D Guide sleeve unlock and remove
button.
E Fold button (rear seat center
only)
B
E
Adjusting the Head Restraint
C
Adjust the head restraint so that the top
of it is level with the top of your head.
D Raising the Head Restraint

E166700
Pull the head restraint up.
Lowering the Head Restraint

1. Press and hold button C.
2. Push the head restraint down.
Removing the Head Restraint

1. Pull the head restraint up until it
reaches its highest position.
2. Press and hold buttons C and D.
3. Pull the head restraint up.
141
Seats
Folding the Head Restraint MANUAL SEATS - VEHICLES

Note: The rear seat center head restraint WITH: 4-WAY MANUAL SEAT
may fold forward for improved visibility.
Note: If your vehicle has a dog guard, make
sure the folding center head restraint is in WARNING: Do not adjust the driver
the upright position before installing the dog seat or seat backrest when your vehicle
guard. See Load Carrying (page 265). is moving. This may result in sudden seat
movement, causing the loss of control
1. Press and hold button E.
of your vehicle.
2. Pull it back up to reset.
WARNING: Make sure the seat fully
Installing the Head Restraint locks into place by rocking it backward
Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and forward.
and push the head restraint down until in
locks. WARNING: Reclining the seatback
can cause an occupant to slide under the
Tilting Head Restraints seat's seatbelt, resulting in severe
personal injuries in the event of a crash.
The front head restraints tilt for extra
comfort. To tilt the head restraint, do the The manual front seats may consist of:
following:
E144631 A B C D
A A bar to move the seat backward
and forward.
E144727
B A rotary control to adjust the
1. Adjust the seatback to an upright lumbar of the seat backrest.
driving or riding position. C A lever to adjust the height of the
2. Pivot the head restraint forward toward seat.
your head to the desired position. D A lever or rotary control to adjust
After the head restraint reaches the the angle of the seat backrest.
forward-most tilt position, pivoting it
forward again will then release it to the
rearward, un-tilted position.
142
Seats
MANUAL SEATS - VEHICLES Adjusting the Seat Cushion

WITH: 8-WAY MANUAL SEAT
WARNING: Do not adjust the driver

seat when your vehicle is moving.
Moving the Seat Backward and

Forward
WARNING: Make sure the seat fully

locks into place by rocking it backward
and forward. Not securing the seat into
the locked position can be dangerous in
a crash and could cause serious personal
injury or death.
E265511
Adjusting the Seat Backrest
E265510
E265512
143
Seats
Adjusting the Seat Height Adjusting the Lumbar Support
E265514
POWER SEATS - VEHICLES

E265513
WITHOUT: MULTI-CONTOUR
SEATS
WARNING: Do not adjust the

driver's seat or seatback when your
vehicle is moving.
WARNING: Do not place cargo or

any objects behind the seatback before
returning it to the original position.
144
Seats
E144632
Power Lumbar (If Equipped) POWER SEATS - VEHICLES

WITH: MULTI-CONTOUR
SEATS
WARNING: Do not adjust the front

seat or seatback while your vehicle is
moving. This may result in sudden seat
movement, causing the loss of control
of your vehicle.
WARNING: Do not place cargo or

E165608 any objects behind the seatback before
returning it to the original position.
145
Seats
E144632
Note: The engine must be running or the

Power Lumbar vehicle must be in accessory mode to
activate the seats.
Note: Allow a few seconds for any selection
to activate. The seatback and cushion
massage cannot function at the same time.
E165608
Multi-Contour Front Seats With

Active Motion (If Equipped)
E156301
Note: The massage system will turn off
after 20 minutes.
146
Seats
Massage mode Lumbar and bolster mode
A Back massage intensity Upper lumbar

adjustment
B Massage intensity decrease Lumbar decrease
*
and off
C Cushion massage intensity Lower lumbar
**
adjustment
D Massage intensity increase Lumbar increase
E On and off -
*
The massage feature will default to an alternating massage mode with back massage
intensity adjustment. The lumbar and bolster feature will default to the middle lumbar
mode.
**
Press C a second time to adjust the back bolster. Press C a third time to adjust the
cushion bolster.
You can also adjust this feature through the touchscreen.
Press the Menu Settings icon,

then Vehicle. Choose MEMORY FUNCTION
E142607
Multi-Contour Seats.
When switched on, the system displays

WARNING: Before activating the
directions for you to adjust the lumbar
seat memory, make sure that the area
settings in your seat or to set the massage
immediately surrounding the seat is clear
function.
of obstructions and that all occupants
To access and make adjustments to the are clear of moving parts.
lumbar setting:
1. Choose the desired seat to adjust. WARNING: Do not use the memory
function when your vehicle is moving.
2. Press the + or - to adjust the lumbar
intensity. This feature automatically recalls the
To access and make adjustments to the position of the driver seat, power mirrors
massage setting: and power steering column. The memory
control is located on the driver door.
1. Press the Menu Settings icon, then
Vehicle. Choose Multi-Contour Seats.
2. Choose the desired seat to adjust.
3. Press OFF, LO or HI.
147
Seats
Linking a PreSet Position to Your

Remote Control or Intelligent
Access Key
Your vehicle can save the preset memory
positions for up to three remote controls
or intelligent access keys.
1. With the ignition on, move the memory
positions to the desired positions.
2. Press and hold the desired preset
button for about five seconds. A tone
E142554 sounds after about two seconds.
Continue holding until a second tone
Saving a PreSet Position is heard.
1. Switch the ignition on. 3. Within three seconds, press the lock
button on the remote control you are
2. Adjust the seat, exterior mirrors and linking.
steering column to your desired
position. To unlink a remote control, follow the
same procedure – except in step 3, press
3. Press and hold the desired preset the unlock button on the remote control.
button until you hear a single tone.
Note: Pressing any active memory feature
You can save up to three preset memory adjustment control - power seat, mirror, or
positions. You can save a memory preset optional steering column switch or any
at any time. memory button – during a memory recall
Recalling a PreSet Position cancels the operation.
A seat recall movement will also stop if
Press and release the preset button you drive your vehicle.
associated with your desired driving
position. The seat, mirrors and steering Note: If more than one linked remote
column move to the position stored for control or intelligent access key is in range,
that preset. the memory function moves to the settings
of the first key stored.
Note: You can only recall a preset memory
position when the ignition is off, or when the Easy Entry and Exit Function
transmission is in park (P) or neutral (N)
(and your vehicle is not moving) if the If you enable the easy entry and exit
ignition is on. feature, it automatically moves the driver
seat position rearward up to five
You can recall a preset memory position
centimeters when the transmission is in
by pressing the unlock button on your
park (P) and you remove the key or turn
remote control or intelligent access key if
off the keyless start ignition.
it is linked to a preset position.
The driver seat returns to the previous
position when you put the key in the
ignition or you activate the keyless start
ignition.
148
Seats
You can switch off the easy entry and exit

feature by using the driver information
display.
REAR SEATS
Note: Your vehicle may have split
seatbacks that you must fold individually.
Note: Make sure the center safety belt is
unbuckled before folding the seatback.
To lower the seat back(s) from inside the
vehicle, do the following:
E164098
3. Stow the safety belt in the stowage

clip. This will prevent the safety belt
from getting caught in the seat latch.
When raising the seat back(s), make sure
you hear the seat latch into place.
HEATED SEATS
Front Seats
E144634 WARNING: People who are unable

to feel pain to their skin because of
1. Pull the handle to release the seatback. advanced age, chronic illness, diabetes,
2. Push the seatback forward. spinal cord injury, medication, alcohol
use, exhaustion or other physical
conditions, must use caution when using
the heated seat. The heated seat may
cause burns even at low temperatures,
especially if used for long periods of time.
149
Seats
Do not place anything on the seat that cause burns even at low temperatures,
may block the heat, such as a blanket or especially if used for long periods of time.
cushion. This can cause the heated seat Do not place anything on the seat that
to overheat. Do not puncture the seat may block the heat, such as a blanket or
with pins, needles or other pointed cushion. This can cause the heated seat
objects. This damages the heating to overheat. Do not puncture the seat
element and can cause the heated seat with pins, needles or other pointed
to overheat. An overheated seat may objects. This damages the heating
cause serious personal injury. element and can cause the heated seat
to overheat. An overheated seat may
Do not do the following: cause serious personal injury.
• Place heavy objects on the seat.
Do not do the following:
• Operate the heated seat if water or any
other liquid spills on the seat. Allow the • Place heavy objects on the seat.
seat to dry thoroughly. • Operate the seat heater if water or any
other liquid spills on the seat. Allow the
Note: The heated seats will only function
seat to dry thoroughly.
when the engine is running.
Note: The heated seats will only function
when the engine is running.
The rear seat heat controls are on the rear
of the center console.
E146322
Press the heated seat symbol to cycle

through the various heat settings and off.
More indicator lights indicate warmer
settings. E146322
Note: After 90 minutes of operation, the Press the heated seat symbol to cycle
heated seats switch off. Press the heated through the various heat settings and off.
seat symbol to switch the heated seats on. More indicator lights indicate warmer
settings.
Rear Seats (If Equipped)
CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATS
WARNING: People who are unable
Heated Seats
to feel pain to their skin because of
advanced age, chronic illness, diabetes,
spinal cord injury, medication, alcohol
150
Seats
Cooled Seats
WARNING: People who are unable The cooled seats only function when the
to feel pain to their skin because of engine is running.
advanced age, chronic illness, diabetes,
spinal cord injury, medication, alcohol
cause burns even at low temperatures,
especially if used for long periods of time.
Do not place anything on the seat that
may block the heat, such as a blanket or
cushion. This can cause the heated seat E146309
to overheat. Do not puncture the seat
with pins, needles or other pointed Press the cooled seat symbol on the
objects. This damages the heating touchscreen to cycle through the various
element and can cause the heated seat cool settings and off. More indicator lights
to overheat. An overheated seat may indicate cooler settings.
cause serious personal injury. Note: After 60 minutes of operation, the
cooled seats switch off. Press the cooled
Note: Do not do the following: seat symbol to switch the cooled seats on.
• Place heavy objects on the seat.
• Operate the seat heater if water or any
other liquid spills on the seat. Allow the
seat to dry thoroughly.
• Operate the heated seats unless the
engine is running. Doing so can cause
the battery to lose charge.
E146322
Press the heated seat symbol on the

touchscreen to cycle through the various
heat settings and off. More indicator lights
indicate warmer settings.
Note: After 60 minutes of operation, the
heated seats switch off. Press the heated
seat symbol to switch the heated seats on.
151
Rear Occupant Alert System (If Equipped)
WHAT IS THE REAR

OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM WARNING: Do not leave children
The rear occupant alert system monitors Failure to follow this instruction could
vehicle conditions and notifies you to check result in personal injury or death.
for rear seat occupants when you switch
the ignition off.
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT
HOW DOES THE REAR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM The system does not detect the presence
WORK of objects or passengers in the rear seat.
It monitors when rear doors are opened
The system monitors when rear doors have and closed.
been opened and closed to indicate the Note: It is possible to receive an alert when
potential presence of an occupant in the there is no rear seat occupant, but alert
rear seat. conditions are met.
A message displays in the information and Note: It is possible to receive no alert when
entertainment display screen and an there is an occupant in the rear seat, if alert
audible warning sounds when you switch conditions are not met. For example, if a rear
the ignition off after any of the following seat occupant does not enter the vehicle
conditions have been met: through a rear door.
• A rear door is opened or closed while Note: The audible warning does not sound
the ignition is on. when the front door is opened before you
• You switch the ignition on within 15 switch the ignition off.
minutes of a rear door opening and
closing.
SWITCHING REAR OCCUPANT
• You switch the ignition on within 15
minutes of the alert having displayed ALERT SYSTEM ON AND OFF
or sounded.
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT 2. Press Vehicle.
SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS 3. Switch Rear Occupant Alert on or off.
Note: The default setting is on.
Note: Performing a master reset causes the
WARNING: On hot days, the system to switch on again.
temperature inside the vehicle can rise
very quickly. Exposure of people or Semiannual Reminder (If Equipped)
animals to these high temperatures for
even a short time can cause death or When you switch the system off, a
serious heat related injuries, including message appears every six months as a
brain damage. Small children are reminder that the system is off. You can
particularly at risk. switch the system back on or leave it off.
152
Rear Occupant Alert System (If Equipped)
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT

SYSTEM INDICATORS
E325002
Message
Check rear seats for occupants.
Displays when you switch your vehicle off

after the alert conditions are met.
The message displays for a short period of
time. Press Close to acknowledge and
remove the message.
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT

SYSTEM AUDIBLE WARNINGS
Sounds when you switch your vehicle off
after the alert conditions are met.
The warning sounds for a short period of
time.
153
Auxiliary Power Points
12 Volt DC Power Point Location

Power points may be in the following
WARNING: Do not use a power locations:
point for operating a cigar lighter. • On the front of the center console.
Incorrect use of the power points can • Inside the center console.
cause damage not covered by the
• On the rear of the center console.
vehicle warranty, and can result in fire or
serious injury. • Inside the luggage compartment.
Note: When you switch the ignition on, you 230 Volt AC Power Point (If Equipped)
can use the socket to power 12 volt
appliances with a maximum current rating
of 15 amps. WARNING: Do not keep electrical
devices plugged in the power point
If the power supply does not work after you whenever the device is not in use. Do not
switch the ignition off, switch the ignition use any extension cord with the 230 volt
on. AC power point, since it will defeat the
Note: Do not hang any accessory from the safety protection design. Doing so may
accessory plug. cause the power point to overload due
Note: Do not use the power point over the to powering multiple devices that can
vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or reach beyond the 150 watt load limit and
a fuse may blow. could result in fire or serious injury.
Note: Always keep the power point caps
closed when not in use. Note: The power point turns off when you
switch the ignition off, or when the battery
Do not insert objects other than an voltage drops below 11 volts.
accessory plug into the power point. This
damages the power point and may blow You can use the power point for electric
the fuse. devices that require up to 150 watts. It is
on the rear of the center console.
Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the
power point.
To prevent the battery from running out of
charge:
• Do not use the power point longer than
necessary when the engine is not
running.
• Do not leave devices plugged in
overnight or when you park your vehicle
for extended periods.
E206133
154
Auxiliary Power Points
When the indicator light on the power point

is:
• On: The power point is working, the
ignition is on and a device is plugged
in.
• Off: The power point is off, the ignition
is off or no device is plugged in.
• Flashing: The power point is in fault
mode.
The power outlet temporarily turns off
power when in fault mode if the device
exceeds the 150 watt limit. Unplug your
E103382
device and switch the ignition off. Switch
the ignition back on, but do not plug your Press the element in to use the cigar
device back in. Let the system cool off and lighter. It pops out after a short period of
switch the ignition off to reset the fault time.
mode. Switch the ignition back on and
make sure the indicator light remains on. Do not hold the cigar lighter element
pressed in.
Do not use the power point for certain
electric devices, including: Note: If the power supply does not work
after you switch the ignition off, switch the
• Cathode-ray, tube-type televisions. ignition on.
• Motor loads, such as vacuum cleaners,
Note: If you use the socket when the engine
electric saws and other electric power
is not running, the battery may run out of
tools or compressor-driven
charge.
refrigerators.
• Measuring devices, which process Note: When you switch the ignition on, you
precise data, such as medical can use the socket to power 12 volt
equipment or measuring equipment. appliances with a maximum current rating
of 15 amps.
• Other appliances requiring an
extremely stable power supply such as
microcomputer-controlled electric
blankets or touch-sensor lamps.
CIGAR LIGHTER
WARNING: Do not plug optional

electrical accessories into the cigar
lighter socket. Incorrect use of the cigar
lighter can cause damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty, and can result
in fire or serious injury.
155
Storage Compartments
CUP HOLDERS
Note: Stow items in the cupholder carefully
as items may become loose during hard
braking, acceleration or crashes, including
hot drinks which may spill.
WARNING: Use only soft cups in

the cup holders. Hard objects can injure
you in a crash.
156
Starting and Stopping the Engine
STARTING AND STOPPING PUSH BUTTON IGNITION

THE ENGINE – PRECAUTIONS SWITCH
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may

result in entry of harmful and potentially
lethal fumes into the passenger
compartment. If you smell exhaust E321258
fumes inside your vehicle, have your
vehicle inspected immediately. Do not
drive if you smell exhaust fumes.
Switching the Ignition Off
When the ignition is on or in accessory
WARNING: Extended idling at high mode, press the push button ignition
engine speeds can produce very high switch once without your foot on the brake
temperatures in the engine and exhaust or clutch pedal.
system, creating the risk of fire or other
damage. Switching the Ignition to
Accessory Mode
WARNING: Do not park, idle or
drive your vehicle on dry grass or other When the ignition is off, press the push
dry ground cover. The emission system button ignition switch once without your
heats up the engine compartment and foot on the brake or clutch pedal.
exhaust system, creating the risk of fire. All electrical circuits and accessories are
operational and the warning lamps and
WARNING: Do not start the engine indicators illuminate.
in a closed garage or in other enclosed
areas. Exhaust fumes are toxic. Always Starting the Engine
open the garage door before you start
the engine. Failure to follow this Press the brake or clutch pedal and press
instruction could result in personal injury the push button ignition switch. An
or death. indicator light on the button illuminates
when then ignition is on and when the
If you stop your vehicle and then leave the engine starts.
engine idling for long periods, we Note: The system may not function if the
recommend that you do one of the passive key is close to metal objects or
following: electronic devices, for example keys or a cell
• Open the windows at least 3 cm (1 in). phone.
• Set your climate control to outside air. Note: A valid key must be inside your
vehicle to switch the ignition on and start
the engine.
157
STARTING THE ENGINE Starting a Diesel Engine - Manual

Transmission, Vehicles With: Push
Button Start
Starting a Diesel Engine -
Automatic Transmission, Vehicles Before starting your vehicle, check the
With: Push Button Start following:
Before starting your vehicle, check the • Make sure that the headlamps and
following: electrical accessories are off.
• Make sure that the headlamps and • Make sure that the parking brake is on.
electrical accessories are off. • Make sure that the transmission is in
• Make sure that the parking brake is on. neutral.
• Make sure that the transmission is in 1. Fully press the clutch pedal.
park (P). Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
1. Fully press the brake pedal.
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
E321258
2. Press the push button ignition switch.

E321258
Note: The engine may continue cranking
2. Press the push button ignition switch. for up to 15 seconds or until it starts.
Note: The engine may continue cranking Note: The engine takes longer to start at
for up to 15 seconds or until it starts. lower temperatures. It may crank for several
seconds when very cold.
Note: The engine takes longer to start at
lower temperatures. It may crank for several Glow Plug Indicator
seconds when very cold.
The engine does not start until
Glow Plug Indicator the glow plug indicator turns off.
This may take several seconds
The engine does not start until in extremely cold conditions.
the glow plug indicator turns off.
This may take several seconds
in extremely cold conditions. Starting a Hybrid Electric Vehicle
System
Before starting your vehicle, check the
following:
• Make sure the headlamps and
electrical accessories are off.
• Make sure the parking brake is on.
• Make sure the transmission is in park
(P).
158
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal. STOPPING THE ENGINE

Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Stationary - Automatic
Transmission, Vehicles With: Push
Button Start
E321258 1. Shift into park (P).
2. Press the push button ignition switch. 2. Apply the parking brake.
Note: The green ready indicator illuminates 3. Wait until the engine reaches idle
letting you know that your vehicle is ready speed.
for driving. Since your vehicle is equipped
with a silent key start, the engine may not
start when your vehicle starts.
When the engine starts for the first time
on your drive, the idle speed increases, this E321258
helps to warm up the engine. If the engine
idle speed does not slow down, have your 4. Press the push button ignition switch.
vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.
The system does not function if: Stopping the Engine When Your
• The passive key frequencies are Vehicle is Stationary - Manual
jammed. Transmission, Vehicles With: Push
• The key battery has no charge. Button Start
1. Shift into neutral.
Restarting the Engine After 2. Apply the parking brake.
Stopping it
3. Wait until the engine reaches idle
The system allows you to start the engine speed.
within 10 seconds of switching it off, even
if it does not detect a valid passive key.
Within 10 seconds of switching the engine
off, fully press the brake or clutch pedal
and press the push button ignition switch.
E321258
After 10 seconds, you can no longer start
the engine if the system does not detect a 4. Press the push button ignition switch.
valid passive key.
When you start the engine, it remains
running until you press the push button
ignition switch, even if your vehicle does
not detect a valid passive key. If you open
and close a door when the engine is
running, the system searches for a valid
passive key.
159
Stopping the Engine When Your Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Moving - Automatic Vehicle is Moving - Manual
Transmission, Vehicles With: Push Transmission, Vehicles With: Push
Button Start Button Start
WARNING: Switching off the WARNING: Switching off the

engine when your vehicle is still moving engine when your vehicle is still moving
results in a significant decrease in results in a significant decrease in
braking assistance. Higher effort is braking assistance. Higher effort is
required to apply the brakes and to stop required to apply the brakes and to stop
your vehicle. A significant decrease in your vehicle. A significant decrease in
steering assistance could also occur. The steering assistance could also occur. The
steering does not lock, but higher effort steering does not lock, but higher effort
could be required to steer your vehicle. could be required to steer your vehicle.
When you switch the ignition off, some When you switch the ignition off, some
electrical circuits, for example airbags, electrical circuits, for example airbags,
also turn off. If you unintentionally switch also turn off. If you unintentionally switch
the ignition off, shift into neutral (N) and the ignition off, shift into neutral (N) and
restart the engine. restart the engine.
E321258 E321258
1. Press and hold the push button ignition 1. Press and hold the push button ignition
switch until the engine stops, or press switch until the engine stops, or press
it three times within two seconds. it three times within two seconds.
2. Shift into neutral and use the brakes to 2. Shift into neutral and use the brakes to
bring your vehicle to a safe stop. bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
3. Shift into park (P). 3. Apply the parking brake.
4. Apply the parking brake.
160
AUTOMATIC ENGINE STOP - STARTING AND STOPPING

VEHICLES WITH: PUSH THE ENGINE –
BUTTON START TROUBLESHOOTING
How Does Automatic Engine Stop Starting and Stopping the Engine
Work – Warning Lamps
Automatic engine stop automatically shuts Malfunction Indicator Lamp
down the vehicle if it has been idling for an Check Engine
extended period. The ignition also turns
off to save battery power. Before your If it illuminates when the engine is running
vehicle shuts down, a message appears in this indicates a malfunction. The On Board
the information display showing a timer Diagnostics system has detected a
counting down. If you do not intervene malfunction of the vehicle emission control
within 30 seconds, your vehicle shuts system.
down. Another message appears in the
information display to inform you that your If it flashes, engine misfire may be
vehicle has shut down to save fuel. Start occurring. Increased exhaust gas
your vehicle as normal. temperatures could damage the catalytic
converter or other vehicle components.
Avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration
Switching Automatic Engine Stop and have your vehicle immediately
On and Off serviced.
1. Press the menu button on the steering Powertrain Warning Lamp
wheel to enter the information display
main menu.
2. Select Settings. If it illuminates when the engine is running
3. Switch Auto engine off on or off. this indicates a malfunction. If it flashes
when you are driving, immediately reduce
Note: You cannot permanently switch off the vehicle speed. Avoid heavy
the automatic shutdown. If you switch it acceleration and deceleration and have
off, it turns on each time you switch the your vehicle immediately serviced.
ignition on.
If both lamps illuminate when the engine
is running, stop your vehicle as soon as it
Overriding Automatic Engine Stop is safe to do so. Continuing to drive your
vehicle may cause reduced power or the
You can stop the shutdown, or reset the
engine to stop. Switch the ignition off and
timer, at any point before the 30-second
attempt to restart the engine. Have your
countdown has expired by doing any of the
vehicle immediately checked.
following:
• Pressing the brake or accelerator pedal.
• Pressing the OK or RESET button
during the 30-second countdown.
161
Starting and Stopping the Engine – Information Messages
Message Action
Cranking time exceeded Displays if you exceed the starting time limit. You cannot
attempt to start the engine for 15 minutes. If you cannot start
the engine after 15 minutes passes, have your vehicle imme-
diately checked.
Starting system Displays if you are unable to start your vehicle with a correctly
malfunction coded key. The system has detected a fault that requires
service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
No key detected Displays if the system does not detect a valid passive key.
162
Starting and Stopping the Engine Note: The engine cranks for a short period
– Frequently Asked Questions - of time and then it stops.
Gasoline 4. Release the accelerator pedal.
Why is the engine idle speed high when
I am starting the engine?
The speed at which the engine idles
immediately after starting is optimized
to minimize vehicle emissions and E321258
maximize cabin comfort and fuel
economy. 5. Press the push button ignition switch.
Why does the engine not crank? Why does the system not detect a
passive key?
You can only attempt to start the
engine for a limited amount of time If the system does not detect a passive
before the starting system temporarily key and you are unable to start the
disables. If you exceed the starting engine, insert the passive key into the
time limit, a message may appear and backup position and press the push
you cannot attempt to start the engine button ignition switch to start the
for at least 15 minutes. engine. See Passive Key Backup
Position (page 50).
Why do I experience different driving
characteristics?
If you disconnect the battery, your – Frequently Asked Questions -
vehicle may exhibit some unusual Diesel, Vehicles With: Push Button
driving characteristics for Start
approximately 8 km (5 mi) after you
reconnect it. This is because the engine Why is the engine idle speed high when
management system must realign I am starting the engine?
itself with the engine. You can
disregard any unusual driving The speed at which the engine idles
characteristics during this period. immediately after starting is optimized
to minimize vehicle emissions and
Why can I not start the engine? maximize cabin comfort and fuel
If you cannot start the engine after 3 economy.
attempts, wait 10 seconds and do the Why does the engine not crank?
following:
You can only attempt to start the
1. Fully press the brake pedal or the engine for a limited amount of time
clutch pedal. before the starting system temporarily
Note: Make sure that the parking brake is disables. If you exceed the starting
applied. time limit, a message may appear and
you cannot attempt to start the engine
Note: Make sure that the transmission is in for at least 15 minutes.
park (P) or neutral (N).
2. Fully press the accelerator pedal and
hold it there.
3. Press the push button ignition switch.
163
Why do I experience different driving

characteristics?
If you disconnect the battery, your
vehicle may exhibit some unusual
driving characteristics for
approximately 8 km (5 mi) after you
reconnect it. This is because the engine
management system must realign
itself with the engine. You can
disregard any unusual driving
characteristics during this period.
Why can I not start the engine?
If you cannot start the engine, do the
following:
1. Fully press the brake pedal or the
clutch pedal.
Note: Make sure that the parking brake is
applied.
Note: Make sure that the transmission is in
park (P) or neutral (N).
E321258
2. Press the push button ignition switch

until the engine starts.
Why does the system not detect a
passive key?
If the system does not detect a passive
key and you are unable to start the
engine, insert the passive key into the
backup position and press the push
button ignition switch to start the
engine. See Passive Key Backup
Position (page 50).
164
HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE • Ascending a hill.

• Charge level of high voltage battery is
This hybrid vehicle combines electric and low.
gasoline propulsion to provide • Very high or low outside temperature
performance and efficiency. It requires no (to provide system cooling or heating).
special fuels and you never have to plug it
in. • Engine not warm enough to provide
passenger requested cabin
Note: You may notice higher engine speeds temperature.
upon start-up. This temporary condition is
normal and necessary to heat up the cabin Stopping: The gas engine may shut off
and minimize emissions. to conserve fuel as you come to a stop.
Restarting the vehicle is not required.
Starting: Switch the ignition on Simply press the accelerator when you are
while your transmission is in park ready to drive.
E144692
(P). The green ready indicator
light appears in the instrument cluster, Transmission Operation: Due to the
letting you know that the vehicle is ready technologically advanced,
for driving. electronically-controlled continuously
variable transaxle, you will not feel shift
The engine may not start because this changes like those of a non-hybrid vehicle.
vehicle is equipped with silent key start. Note: Since engine speed is controlled by
This fuel saving feature allows your vehicle the transmission, it may seem elevated at
to be ready to drive without requiring the times. This is normal hybrid operation and
gas engine to be running. This indicator helps deliver fuel efficiency and
remains on while the vehicle is on, whether performance.
the engine is running or not, to indicate the
vehicle is capable of movement (using the Neutral: We do not recommend idling the
electric motor, engine or both). Typically, vehicle in neutral (N) for an extended
the engine does not start unless the vehicle period of time because this discharges your
is cold, you make a climate control change, high voltage battery and reduces fuel
or you press the accelerator. economy. The engine will not start, and
cannot provide power to the hybrid system
Driving: The gas engine automatically in neutral (N).
starts and stops to provide power when
needed and to save fuel when not needed. Low Gear: Low gear (L) is designed to
While coasting at low speeds, coming to mimic the enhanced engine braking
a stop, or standing, the gas engine normally available in non-hybrid vehicles. Low gear
shuts down and the vehicle operates in produces high engine speeds to provide
electric-only mode. Conditions that may necessary engine braking. This is normal
cause the engine to start up or remain and does not damage your vehicle. In low
running include: gear, the gas engine remains on more often
than in drive (D).
• Considerable vehicle acceleration.
• Vehicle speed above 85 mph (137 Unique Hybrid Operating
km/h). However, the maximum speed Characteristics
for electric–only operation may be Your vehicle behaves differently compared
lower while driving in hot temperatures to a non-hybrid. Here is a description of the
or on hilly terrain. major differences:
165
Battery: Your hybrid is equipped with a Braking: Your hybrid is equipped with
high voltage battery. A cool battery ensures standard hydraulic braking and
battery life and provides the best possible regenerative braking. Your transmission
performance. performs regenerative braking and
captures brake energy then stores it in your
Cabin air cools the high voltage battery by
high voltage battery.
pulling air through vents in the rear
package tray. Avoid placing objects on the Driving To Optimize Fuel Economy
package tray which could block air flow
through the vents. Note: Having your engine running is not
always an indication of inefficiency. In some
If you leave your vehicle inoperative for
cases, it is actually more efficient than
over 31 days, it may be necessary to
jumpstart the vehicle. See Roadside driving in electric mode.
Emergencies (page 286). Your fuel economy should improve
throughout your hybrid's break-in period.
Engine: The engine speed in your hybrid
As with any vehicle, your driving habits and
is not directly tied to your vehicle speed.
accessory usage can significantly impact
Your vehicle's engine and transmission are
designed to deliver the power you need at your fuel economy. For best results, keep
the most efficient engine speed. During in mind these tips:
heavy accelerations, your hybrid may reach • Keep the tires properly inflated and
high engine speeds (up to 6000 RPM). only use the recommended size.
In prolonged mountainous driving, you may • Aggressive driving increases the
see the engine tachometer changing amount of energy required to move
without your input. This is intentional and your vehicle. In general, you can
maintains the battery charge level. You achieve better fuel economy with mild
may also notice during extended downhill to moderate acceleration and
driving that your engine continues to run deceleration. Moderate braking is
instead of shutting off. particularly important since it allows
you to maximize the energy captured
During this engine braking, the engine stays by the regenerative braking system.
on, but it is not using any fuel. You may also
hear a slight whine or whistle when Additional Tips:
operating your vehicle. This is the normal • Do not carry extra loads.
operation of the electric generator in the
• Be mindful of adding external
hybrid system.
accessories that may increase
During certain events (such as vehicle aerodynamic drag.
servicing) your low voltage 12-volt battery • Observe posted speed limits.
may become disconnected or disabled.
Once the battery is reconnected and after • Perform all scheduled maintenance.
driving the vehicle, the engine may • There is no need to wait for your engine
continue to operate for three to five to warm up. The vehicle is ready to
seconds after you switch it off. This is a drive immediately after starting.
normal condition.
166
Frequently Asked Questions
Question Answer
What are the series of clicks from the cargo The high voltage battery is electrically isol-
area when I first turn the key in the ignition? ated from the rest of the vehicle when the
key is off. When you turn the key to on, high
voltage contactors inside the battery close
to make the electricity available to the
motor/generator and enable the vehicle to
drive. The clicks are the sound of these
contactors as they close and open during
start up and shut down.
Why does the engine sometimes start at The vehicle's computer determines if an
key-on? engine start is required at key-on. Silent key
start starts the engine if it is necessary for
cabin heating, windshield defrost, or if the
outside temperature is low.
Why does it take a long time before the There are several reasons the engine stays
engine shuts down? on for an extended amount of time when
you first start it. One common reason is to
ensure that the emissions components are
warm enough to minimize tailpipe emis-
sions. As the climate gets cooler, this
engine-on time extends.
Why does my engine never shut down The engine is required to turn on above this
above 85 mph (137 km/h)? speed to protect the transmission hard-
ware.
Why does my engine stay on when it is In order to ensure that the climate control
extremely cold outside? system can begin heating the cabin or
defrosting the windshield as soon as a
driver requests it, the engine coolant
temperature has to be kept sufficiently hot.
Keeping the engine on is required to main-
tain the correct minimum temperature.
Why does my engine rev up so high some- Your vehicle's engine and transmission are
times when I accelerate? designed to deliver the power you need at
the most efficient engine speed. This may
be higher than expected during heavy
accelerations, and may fluctuate during
steady state driving. These are character-
istics of the Atkinson engine cycle and the
transmission technology that help
maximize your hybrid's fuel economy.
167
Question Answer
What is the fan noise I hear from the rear The fan noise comes from a fan located
of my hybrid? outside the high voltage battery. This fan
turns on when the battery requires cooling
air. The fan speed and associated noise
level changes, according to the amount of
cooling required to maintain good
performance. Maintaining the battery
temperature at optimal conditions also
prolongs the useful life of the battery and
helps to achieve better fuel economy. Do
not place objects on the package tray which
could block air flow through the hybrid
vehicle battery cooling vents.
How far can I go in Electric Drive if I run out We do not recommend running out of gas.
of gas? However, you may be able to go about one
mile, driving at 30 mph (48 km/h), if the
battery has a normal state of charge.
Can I put E15 or E85 in my vehicle, and how Your hybrid vehicle can use E15 (15%
will it affect my fuel economy? ethanol, 85% gasoline) fuel, but you may
notice slightly reduced fuel economy
because ethanol contains less energy per
gallon than gasoline. Your hybrid vehicle is
not designed to use E85 (85% ethanol).
How long will my high voltage battery last? The high voltage battery system is designed
Does it need maintenance? to last the life of the vehicle and requires
no maintenance.
Can you charge the battery with a plug into There are no provisions for charging the
an A/C outlet? high voltage battery from a power supply
external to the vehicle.
Can I tow the hybrid behind my motor home Yes. You can flat tow your hybrid vehicle
with all four wheels down? without modification.
When you drive with EcoSelect switched

on, you could notice:
ECOSELECT
• Changes in engine behavior.
About EcoSelect • Reduced acceleration performance.
EcoSelect is a drive mode that is designed • Reduced blower motor speed.
to help you reduce fuel consumption. It
changes the way that some vehicle
systems operate to make your vehicle
more efficient.
168
Switching EcoSelect On and Off

Press the button.
E194390
Note: It remains on until you switch it off.
EcoSelect Indicator
Illuminates when you switch
EcoSelect on.
E194390
169
Auto-Start-Stop - Automatic Transmission
WHAT IS AUTO-START-STOP Press the switch to switch the

system off.
The system is designed to help reduce fuel
consumption and CO2 emissions by Note: OFF illuminates in the switch.
stopping the engine when it is idling, for Press the switch again to switch the
example at traffic lights. system back on.
Note: The system is designed to turn off if
AUTO-START-STOP it detects a malfunction. If the system
malfunctions, have your vehicle checked as
PRECAUTIONS soon as possible.
WARNING: Apply the parking STOPPING THE ENGINE

brake, shift into park (P), switch the
ignition off and remove the key before Stop your vehicle, keep your foot on the
you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow brake pedal and the transmission in drive
this instruction could result in personal (D).
injury or death. Note: The engine stops when you shift into
park (P) or neutral (N) whether you have
WARNING: Apply the parking your foot on the brake pedal or not.
brake, shift into park (P), switch the
ignition off and remove the key before Note: Power assist steering turns off when
you open the hood or have any service the engine stops.
or repair work completed. If you do not
switch the ignition off, the engine could RESTARTING THE ENGINE
restart at any time. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury Release the brake pedal or press the
or death. accelerator pedal.
A message appears in the information
SWITCHING AUTO-START- display if the system requires you to take
action.
STOP ON AND OFF
The system turns on when you switch the
ignition on.
Auto StartStop Press brake The system needs to restart Press the brake pedal to
to start engine the engine but requires your restart the engine.
confirmation.
Auto StartStop Press a The system needs to restart Press the brake pedal or the
pedal to start engine the engine but requires your accelerator pedal to restart
confirmation. the engine.
170
AUTO-START-STOP The Auto-Start-Stop indicator

illuminates green when the
INDICATORS engine stops. It flashes amber
and a message appears when you need to
take action.
WARNING: The system may
require the engine to automatically The Auto-Start-Stop indicator
restart when the auto-start-stop illuminates gray with a
E146361
indicator illuminates green or flashes strikethrough when the system
amber. Failure to follow this instruction is not available.
could result in personal injury. Note: You can display the reason why the
system is not available in the information
display.
AUTO-START-STOP – TROUBLESHOOTING
Auto-Start-Stop – Information Messages
Auto StartStop Shift to P The system is not func- Shift into park (P) and
Restart engine tioning. restart the engine yourself.
Auto StartStop Manual The system is not func- Restart the engine yourself.
restart required tioning.
171
Auto-Start-Stop – Frequently • The engine is required to run to

Asked Questions maintain adequate brake system
assistance.
Why does the engine not always • The engine is required to run to
stop when I expect it to? maintain interior climate and reduce
The system is designed to work in a way fogging.
that complements other vehicle systems,
Can I permanently switch the
allowing them to operate at optimum
performance.
system off?
The system does not stop the engine if: No. The system plays an important role in
reducing the fuel consumption and the CO2
• The driver door is open.
emissions.
• The driver seatbelt is unfastened.
• Your vehicle is at high altitude. Will the frequent engine starts
cause parts to wear out?
• The heated windshield is on.
• The transmission is in manual (M). Your vehicle has an enhanced battery and
starter motor that are designed for the
• Your vehicle is on a steep grade.
increased number of engine starts.
• The engine is warming up.
• The outside temperature is too low or
too high.
• The battery charge is low.
• The battery temperature is outside the
optimal operating range.
• The engine is required to run to
maintain interior climate and reduce
fogging.
Why does the engine sometimes

restart when I do not expect it to?
The system is designed to work in a way
performance.
The system restarts the engine if:
• You switch the heated windshield on.
• You switch maximum defrost on.
• Your vehicle starts to roll downhill in
neutral.
172
Auto-Start-Stop - Manual Transmission
WHAT IS AUTO-START-STOP Press the switch to switch the

system off.
The system is designed to help reduce fuel
consumption and CO2 emissions by Note: OFF illuminates in the switch.
stopping the engine when it is idling, for Press the switch again to switch the
example at traffic lights. system back on.
Note: The system is designed to turn off if
AUTO-START-STOP it detects a malfunction. If the system
malfunctions, have your vehicle checked as
PRECAUTIONS soon as possible.
WARNING: Apply the parking STOPPING THE ENGINE

brake, shift into neutral, switch the
ignition off and remove the key before 1. Stop your vehicle.
you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow 2. Shift into neutral.
this instruction could result in personal 3. Release the clutch pedal and the
injury or death. accelerator pedal.
WARNING: Apply the parking Note: To obtain maximum benefit from the
brake, shift into neutral, switch the system, shift into neutral and release the
ignition off and remove the key before clutch pedal whenever you stop your vehicle
you open the hood or have any service for more than three seconds.
or repair work completed. If you do not Note: Power assist steering turns off when
switch the ignition off, the engine could the engine stops.
restart at any time. Failure to follow this
or death. RESTARTING THE ENGINE
Press the clutch pedal.
SWITCHING AUTO-START- A message appears in the information
STOP ON AND OFF display if the system requires you to take
action.
ignition on.
Auto StartStop Press a The system needs to restart Press the accelerator pedal,
pedal to start engine the engine but requires your brake pedal or clutch pedal
confirmation. to restart the engine.
Auto StartStop Select The system needs to restart Shift into neutral to restart
neutral to start engine the engine but cannot the engine.
because the transmission is
in gear.
173
AUTO-START-STOP The Auto-Start-Stop indicator

illuminates gray with a
INDICATORS E146361
strikethrough when the system
is not available.
Note: You can display the reason why the
WARNING: The system may system is not available in the information
require the engine to automatically display.
restart when the auto-start-stop
indicator illuminates green or flashes
amber. Failure to follow this instruction AUTO-START-STOP AUDIBLE
could result in personal injury. WARNING
The Auto-Start-Stop indicator The Auto-Start-Stop audible warning
illuminates green when the sounds if you open the driver door when
engine stops. It flashes amber the system has stopped the engine.
and a message appears when you need to
take action.
AUTO-START-STOP – TROUBLESHOOTING
Auto-Start-Stop – Information Messages
Auto StartStop Manual The system is not func- Shift into neutral and restart
restart required tioning. the engine yourself.
174
Auto-Start-Stop – Frequently Can I permanently switch the

Asked Questions system off?
Why does the engine not always No. The system plays an important role in
stop when I expect it to? reducing the fuel consumption and the CO2
emissions.
that complements other vehicle systems, Will the frequent engine starts
allowing them to operate at optimum cause parts to wear out?
performance.
Your vehicle has an enhanced battery and
The system does not stop the engine if: starter motor that are designed for the
• The driver door is open. increased number of engine starts.
• Your vehicle is at high altitude.
• The heated windshield is on.
• The engine is warming up.
• The outside temperature is too low or
too high.
• The battery charge is low.
• The battery temperature is outside the
optimal operating range.
fogging.
Why does the engine sometimes

restart when I do not expect it to?
performance.
The system restarts the engine if:
• You switch the heated windshield on.
• You switch maximum defrost on.
• Your vehicle starts to roll downhill in
neutral.
maintain adequate brake system
assistance.
fogging.
175
Fuel and Refueling
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS • Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling fuel

vapor can lead to eye and respiratory
tract irritation. In severe cases,
excessive or prolonged breathing of
WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel fuel vapor can cause serious illness and
tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank permanent injury.
may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire. • Avoid getting fuel in your eyes. If you
splash fuel in your eyes, immediately
WARNING: The fuel system may remove contact lenses (if worn), flush
be under pressure. If you hear a hissing with water for 15 minutes and seek
sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not medical attention. Failure to seek
refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise, proper medical attention could lead to
fuel may spray out, which could cause permanent injury.
serious personal injury. • Fuels can be harmful if absorbed
through the skin. If you splash fuel on
WARNING: Fuels can cause serious your skin, clothing or both, promptly
injury or death if misused or mishandled. remove contaminated clothing and
thoroughly wash your skin with soap
WARNING: Fuel may contain and water. Repeated or prolonged skin
benzene, which is a cancer-causing contact causes skin irritation.
agent. • Be particularly careful if you are taking
Antabuse or other forms of Disulfiram
WARNING: When refueling always for the treatment of alcoholism.
shut the engine off and never allow Breathing fuel vapors could cause an
sparks or open flames near the fuel tank adverse reaction, serious personal
filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell injury or sickness. Immediately call a
phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is physician if you experience any adverse
extremely hazardous under certain reactions.
conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.
Follow these guidelines when refueling: FUEL QUALITY - GASOLINE

• Extinguish all smoking materials and
any open flames before refueling your
vehicle. WARNING: Do not mix diesel with
• Always switch the engine off before gasoline, gasohol or alcohol. This could
refueling. cause an explosion.
• Automotive fuels can be harmful or WARNING: Do not use leaded
fatal if swallowed. Fuel is highly toxic gasoline or gasoline with additives
and if swallowed can cause death or containing other metallic compounds,
permanent injury. If fuel is swallowed for example manganese-based. They
immediately call a physician, even if no could damage the emission system.
symptoms are immediately apparent.
The toxic effects of fuel may not be Use minimum 95 octane unleaded
apparent for hours. gasoline that meets the specification
defined by EN 228 or the equivalent
national specification.
176
Fuel and Refueling
Note: We recommend that you only use

high quality fuel. We do not recommend the
use of aftermarket fuel additives or other
engine treatments.
Note: We do not recommend the use of
additional additives to prevent fuel waxing.
E268502 Long-Term Storage

Most diesel fuels contain biodiesel. We
Your vehicle is suitable for use with ethanol recommend that you fill the fuel tank with
blends up to 10% (E5 and E10). fuel that does not contain biodiesel if you
Note: We recommend that you only use intend to store your vehicle for more than
high quality fuel. We do not recommend the two months.
use of aftermarket fuel additives or other
engine treatments. FUEL FILLER FUNNEL
Long-Term Storage LOCATION
Most gasoline contains ethanol. We The fuel filler funnel is under the luggage
recommend that you fill the fuel tank with compartment floor covering.
fuel that does not contain ethanol if you
intend to store your vehicle for more than
two months. RUNNING OUT OF FUEL
Running out of fuel can cause damage not
FUEL QUALITY - DIESEL covered by the vehicle Warranty.
If your vehicle runs out of fuel:
• Add a minimum of 5 L (1.1 gal) of fuel
WARNING: Do not mix diesel with
to restart the engine.
gasoline, gasohol or alcohol. This could
cause an explosion. • You may need to switch the ignition
from off to on several times after
Use diesel that meets the specification refueling to allow the fuel system to
defined by EN 590 or the relevant national pump the fuel from the tank to the
specification. engine. When restarting, cranking time
takes a few seconds longer than
normal.
Note: If your vehicle is on a steep slope,
more fuel may be required.
E268503
Your vehicle is suitable for use with

biodiesel blends up to 7% (B7).
177
Fuel and Refueling
Filling a Portable Fuel Container When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from
a fuel container, use the fuel filler funnel
included with your vehicle. See Fuel Filler
WARNING: Flow of fuel through a Funnel Location (page 177).
fuel pump nozzle can produce static Note: Do not use aftermarket funnels as
electricity. This can cause a fire if you are they may not work with the capless fuel
filling an ungrounded fuel container. system and can damage it.
Use the following guidelines to avoid When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from
electrostatic charge build-up, which can a fuel container, do the following:
produce a spark, when filling an 1. Fully open the fuel filler door.
ungrounded fuel container:
2. Fully insert the fuel filler funnel into the
• Only use an approved fuel container to fuel filler inlet.
transfer fuel to your vehicle. Place the
container on the ground when filling it.
• Do not fill a fuel container when it is
inside your vehicle (including the cargo
area).
• Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact
with the fuel container when filling it.
• Do not use a device that holds the fuel
pump nozzle lever in the fill position.
Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel

Container
WARNING: Do not insert the nozzle E157452

of a fuel container or an aftermarket
funnel into the fuel filler neck. This may 3. Add fuel to your vehicle from the fuel
damage the fuel system filler neck or its container.
seal and cause fuel to run onto the
ground. 4. Remove the fuel filler funnel.
5. Fully close the fuel filler door.
WARNING: Do not try to pry open 6. Clean the fuel filler funnel and place it
or push open the capless fuel system back in your vehicle or correctly dispose
with foreign objects. This could damage of it.
the fuel system and its seal and cause
injury to you or others. Note: Extra funnels can be purchased from
an authorized dealer if you choose to
WARNING: Do not dispose of fuel dispose of the funnel.
in the household refuse or the public
sewage system. Use an authorized waste
disposal facility.
178
Fuel and Refueling
REFUELING
Refueling System Overview
A B
C
E206911
E267248
A Left-hand side. To open the fuel

A Fuel filler door. filler door, press the center rear
B Fuel tank filler valve. edge of the fuel filler door and
then release.
C Fuel tank filler pipe.
B Right-hand side. To open the
Your vehicle does not have a fuel tank filler fuel filler door, press the center
cap. rear edge of the fuel filler door
and then release.
C Left-hand side. Pull the rear of
the fuel filler door to open it.
D Right-hand side. Pull the rear of
the fuel filler door to open it.
Refueling Your Vehicle
WARNING: When refueling always

shut the engine off and never allow
sparks or open flames near the fuel tank
filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell
phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is
extremely hazardous under certain
conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.
179
Fuel and Refueling
WARNING: The fuel system may

be under pressure. If you hear a hissing
sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not
refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise,
fuel may spray out, which could cause
serious personal injury.
WARNING: Do not pry open the

fuel tank filler valve. This could damage
the fuel system. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in fire, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not remove the fuel

pump nozzle from its fully inserted
position when refueling.
WARNING: Stop refueling when E139202

the fuel pump nozzle automatically
shuts off for the first time. Failure to 3. Insert the fuel pump nozzle up to the
follow this will fill the expansion space first notch on the nozzle A. Keep the
in the fuel tank and could lead to fuel fuel pump nozzle resting on the fuel
overflowing. tank filler pipe.
WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel A

tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank
may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
WARNING: Wait at least five

seconds before removing the fuel pump
nozzle to allow any residual fuel to drain
into the fuel tank.
1. Fully open the fuel filler door. B

E139203
2. Select the correct fuel pump nozzle for
your vehicle. 4. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position
B when refueling. Holding the fuel
pump nozzle in position A can affect
the flow of fuel and shut off the fuel
pump nozzle before the fuel tank is full.
180
Fuel and Refueling
3. Apply the parking brake.

4. Fully open the fuel filler door.
5. Check the fuel tank filler valve for any
debris that may be restricting its
movement.
6. Remove any debris from the fuel tank
filler valve.
E206912 7. Fully insert a fuel pump nozzle or the
fuel filler funnel provided with your
5. Operate the fuel pump nozzle within
vehicle into the fuel filler pipe. See
the area shown.
Fuel Filler Funnel Location (page
177). This action should dislodge any
debris that may be preventing the fuel
tank filler valve from fully closing.
8. Remove the fuel pump nozzle or fuel
filler funnel from the fuel filler pipe.
9. Fully close the fuel filler door.
Note: The message may not immediately
E119081 reset. If the message continues to appear
and a warning lamp illuminates, have your
6. When you finish refueling slightly raise vehicle checked as soon as possible.
the fuel pump nozzle and slowly
remove it.
7. Fully close the fuel filler door. FUEL CONSUMPTION
Do not attempt to start the engine if you We derive CO2 and fuel consumption
have filled the fuel tank with incorrect fuel. figures in laboratory tests according to
Incorrect fuel use could cause damage not Regulation (EC) 715/2007 or CR (EC)
covered by the vehicle Warranty. Have your 692/2008 and subsequent amendments.
vehicle immediately checked.
They are intended as a comparison
Refueling System Warning (If Equipped) between makes and models of vehicles.
They are not intended to represent the real
If the fuel tank filler valve does not fully world fuel consumption you may get from
close, a message could appear in the your vehicle.
information display. Real world fuel consumption is governed
by many factors, for example driving style,
Message high speed driving, stop-start driving, air
conditioning usage, add-on accessories,
Check fuel fill inlet payload and towing.
If the message appears, do the following:

1. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe
to do so and switch the engine off.
2. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N).
181
Fuel and Refueling
Advertised Capacity
The advertised capacity is the maximum
amount of fuel that you can add to the fuel
tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty.
See Capacities and Specifications
(page 362).
In addition, the fuel tank contains an empty
reserve. The empty reserve is an
unspecified amount of fuel that remains
in the fuel tank when the fuel gauge
indicates empty.
Note: The amount of fuel in the empty
reserve varies and should not be relied upon
to increase driving range.
Fuel Economy
Your vehicle calculates fuel economy
figures through the trip computer average
fuel function.
The first 1,500 km (1,000 mi) of driving is
the break-in period of the engine. A more
accurate measurement is obtained after
3,000 km (2,000 mi).
Impacting Fuel Economy
• Incorrect tire inflation pressures. See
Tire Pressures (page 351).
• Fully loading your vehicle.
• Carrying unnecessary weight.
• Adding certain accessories to your
vehicle such as bug deflectors, rollbars
or light bars, running boards and ski
racks.
• Using fuel blended with alcohol. See
Fuel Quality (page 177).
• Fuel economy may decrease with lower
temperatures.
• Fuel economy may decrease when
driving short distances.
• You may get better fuel economy when
driving on flat terrain than when driving
on hilly terrain.
182
Engine Emission Control
CATALYTIC CONVERTER Note: Resulting component damage may

not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
On-Board Diagnostics System

WARNING: Do not park, idle or
drive your vehicle on dry grass or other Your vehicle has an on-board diagnostics
dry ground cover. The emission system system that monitors the emission control
heats up the engine compartment and system. If any of the following warning
exhaust system, creating the risk of fire. lamps illuminate, this may indicate that
the on-board diagnostics system has
WARNING: The normal operating detected an emission control system
temperature of the exhaust system is malfunction.
very high. Never work around or attempt
to repair any part of the exhaust system
until it has cooled. Use special care when
working around the catalytic converter.
The catalytic converter heats up to a very
high temperature after only a short
period of engine operation and stays hot
after the engine is switched off.
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may Continuing to drive your vehicle may cause
result in entry of harmful and potentially reduced power or the engine to stop.
lethal fumes into the passenger Failure to respond to a warning lamp may
compartment. If you smell exhaust cause component damage not covered by
fumes inside your vehicle, have your the vehicle Warranty. Have your vehicle
vehicle inspected immediately. Do not checked as soon as possible.
See Warning Lamps and Indicators
Your vehicle has various emission control (page 97).
components and a catalytic converter that
enables it to comply with applicable SELECTIVE CATALYTIC
exhaust emission standards.
REDUCTANT SYSTEM
To avoid damaging the catalytic converter:
• Do not crank the engine for more than Your vehicle has a selective catalytic
10 seconds at a time. reductant system. This reduces exhaust
emission levels by injecting AdBlue® into
• Do not run the engine with a spark plug
the exhaust system. The engine does not
lead disconnected.
start if you tamper with or disable the
• Do not push-start or tow-start your selective catalytic reductant system.
vehicle. Use booster cables. See Jump
Starting the Vehicle (page 286). For the system to correctly operate, you
must maintain the fluid level.
• Do not switch the ignition off when your
vehicle is moving. Note: When you switch the engine off the
selective catalytic reductant system pump
• Do not use leaded fuel.
runs for a short period of time. This is
• Avoid running out of fuel. normal.
183
AdBlue® Guidelines Filling the AdBlue® Tank

• Only use AdBlue® certified to
ISO-22241.
• Do not put AdBlue® in the vehicle fuel
tank. This can cause engine damage
not covered by the vehicle Warranty.
• Do not put fuel or any additives in the
AdBlue® tank. This can cause damage
not covered by the vehicle Warranty.
• Do not overfill the AdBlue® tank.
• Do not dilute with water or any other
liquid.
• Do not re-use an empty fluid container.
• Do not store in direct sunlight.
• Store at temperatures between -5°C
(23°F) and 20°C (68°F).
• Do not store fluid containers in your
E204215
vehicle.
• The fluid is non-flammable, non-toxic, The AdBlue® tank filler pipe is next to the
colorless and water-soluble. fuel tank filler pipe and has a blue cap. Fill
• Immediately remove any residue on the tank using a fluid pump at an AdBlue®
painted surfaces when filling with filling station or an AdBlue® container.
AdBlue®. Filling in Cold Climates
AdBlue® may freeze when the
temperature is below -11°C (12°F). Your
vehicle has a preheating system which
allows the fluid to operate below -11°C
(12°F). If you overfill the AdBlue® tank and
the fluid freezes, it may cause damage not
covered by the vehicle Warranty.
Note: It may not be possible to fully fill the
AdBlue® tank when the temperature is
below -11°C (12°F).
Note: If the AdBlue® tank is frozen, it could
not correctly display the fluid level or
recognize when you fill the tank. The
AdBlue® level updates when the tank
completely thaws out.
184
Filling the AdBlue® Tank Using a

Fuel Station Pump
WARNING: Do not allow diesel

exhaust fluid (AdBlue) to come into
contact with eyes, skin or clothing.
Should the fluid come into contact with
eyes, flush them with plenty of water and
seek medical attention. Clean affected
skin with soap and water. If swallowed,
drink plenty of water and seek medical
attention immediately.
WARNING: Refill the diesel exhaust

E268817
fluid (AdBlue) tank in a well-ventilated
area. When removing the tank cap or a
4. Operate the AdBlue® pump nozzle
container cap, ammonia vapor may
within the area shown.
escape. Ammonia vapor is an irritant to
the eyes, skin and mucous membranes. Note: The pump nozzle shuts off when the
Inhaling ammonia vapor can cause tank is full.
burning to the eyes, throat and nose 5. Slightly raise the AdBlue® pump nozzle
resulting in watering eyes or severe and then slowly remove it.
coughing.
6. Replace the AdBlue® tank filler cap.
Filling the AdBlue® tank using a fuel Turn it clockwise until you feel a strong
station pump is similar to refueling your resistance and it clicks.
vehicle. Do not attempt to start the engine if you
1. Fully open the fuel filler door. have filled the AdBlue® tank with incorrect
fluid. Incorrect fluid use could cause
damage not covered by the vehicle
Warranty. Have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
Filling the AdBlue® Tank Using a

Container
WARNING: Do not allow diesel

exhaust fluid (AdBlue) to come into
contact with eyes, skin or clothing.
E268809
Should the fluid come into contact with
eyes, flush them with plenty of water and
2. Remove the AdBlue® tank filler cap. seek medical attention. Clean affected
3. Fully insert the AdBlue® pump nozzle. skin with soap and water. If swallowed,
drink plenty of water and seek medical
attention immediately.
185
7. Allow any fluid remaining in the spout

WARNING: Refill the diesel exhaust to drain back into the container.
fluid (AdBlue) tank in a well-ventilated 8. Remove the spout from the AdBlue®
area. When removing the tank cap or a tank filler pipe.
container cap, ammonia vapor may 9. Remove the spout from the AdBlue®
escape. Ammonia vapor is an irritant to container and replace the cap.
the eyes, skin and mucous membranes.
Inhaling ammonia vapor can cause 10. Replace the AdBlue® tank filler cap.
burning to the eyes, throat and nose Turn it clockwise until you feel a
resulting in watering eyes or severe strong resistance and it clicks.
coughing. Do not attempt to start the engine if you
have filled the AdBlue® tank with incorrect
Use containers that have a seal on the fluid. Incorrect fluid use could cause
spout. damage not covered by the vehicle
Always follow the manufacturer's Warranty. Have your vehicle checked as
instructions. soon as possible.
1. Remove the fluid container cap. AdBlue® Consumption

2. Place the spout on to the container and AdBlue® consumption is directly related
tighten it until you feel a strong to fuel consumption and is governed by
resistance. many factors, for example driving style,
high speed driving, stop-start driving, air
conditioning usage, add-on accessories,
payload and towing. The AdBlue®
consumption may vary between 1% and
6% of the fuel consumption.
AdBlue® consumption is specified for a
vehicle variant and not for a single car.
You can find information about the
selective catalytic reductant system in the
information display. See Information
E268809
Selective Catalytic Reductant
3. Remove the AdBlue® tank filler cap.
System Warning Lamp
4. Insert the spout into the AdBlue® tank
filler pipe until the seal on the spout The warning lamp illuminates if
fully seats. the system detects the fluid level
is low or if there is a system
5. Pour the fluid into the tank. malfunction.
Note: The fluid stops flowing when the
tank is full.
6. Return the container to the vertical
position slightly below the AdBlue®
tank filler pipe.
186
If the warning lamp illuminates, the warning lamp illuminates when your
information display messages give you an vehicle is moving, and the fluid is at a
indication whether the concern is fluid sufficient level, this indicates a system
related or if there is a selective catalytic malfunction. Have your vehicle checked
reductant system malfunction. If the as soon as possible.
Selective Catalytic Reductant System Information Messages

AdBlue® Level
Message Action
AdBlue® low Range : Indicates the approximate distance remaining before the
XXXX km Refill soon AdBlue® tank becomes empty. Refill the AdBlue® tank as
soon as possible.
AdBlue® low Range :
XXXX mls Refill soon
AdBlue® low No engine Indicates the approximate distance remaining before the
start in XXXX km AdBlue® tank becomes empty. The engine would not restart
if you switch the ignition off. Refill the AdBlue® tank as soon
AdBlue® low No engine as possible.
start in XXXX mls
AdBlue® level empty. The AdBlue® tank is empty. The engine would not restart if
Refill to start engine you switch the ignition off. Refill the AdBlue® tank. The
minimum AdBlue® refill quantity required to restart the engine
is available in the information display. See Information
Note: When filling the AdBlue® tank from empty, there may be a short period before the
increased AdBlue® level is registered.
Note: If the AdBlue® tank freezes at low level, the displayed remaining distance could be
reduced.
187
AdBlue® Malfunction
Message Action
AdBlue® system The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
required
AdBlue® system No Indicates the approximate distance before a detected system
engine start in XXXX km fault would restrict the engine from starting. The engine would
not restart if you switch the ignition off. Have your vehicle
AdBlue® system No checked as soon as possible.
engine start in XXXX mls
AdBlue® system Service The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
required to start engine as soon as possible.
Gasoline Particulate Filter

GASOLINE PARTICULATE Regeneration
FILTER Particles in the exhaust gas collect in the
gasoline particulate filter causing a gradual
restriction over time. This restriction is
WARNING: Do not park or idle your removed through a regeneration process
vehicle over dry leaves, dry grass or other controlled by the engine control system.
combustible materials. The regeneration The regeneration process converts the
process creates very high exhaust gas particles in the exhaust gas into harmless
temperatures and the exhaust will gases.
radiate a considerable amount of heat Regeneration occurs during normal driving,
during and after regeneration and after to varying degrees depending on how you
you have switched the engine off. This is drive. Passive regeneration occurs when
a potential fire hazard. you drive at moderate to high speed but if
you generally drive short distances at low
To reduce the risk of causing damage to speed, the engine control system could
the gasoline particulate filter: actively raise the exhaust gas temperature
• Do not crank the engine for more than to remove the particles that have collected
10 seconds at a time. in the filter to make sure that it continues
to correctly operate.
• Do not push-start or tow-start your
vehicle. Use booster cables.
• Do not switch the ignition off when your
vehicle is moving.
• Do not ignore warning lamps, indicators
or information messages.
188
To assist passive regeneration, we Note: A warning lamp illuminates and a

recommend that you make occasional message appears in the information display
journeys that allow you to: on some vehicles.
• Drive at a varied range of conditions, If you do not take action when a warning
including highway conditions for a lamp illuminates or a message appears in
minimum of 20 minutes. the information display, you could cause
• Avoid prolonged engine idling. damage not covered by the vehicle
Warranty.
• Select a suitable gear to maintain
engine speed between 1500 and 4000 Gasoline Particulate Filter
RPM. Warning Lamps and Indicators
If the filter is saturated or is approaching
saturation, a warning lamp illuminates or Malfunction indicator lamp.
a message appears in the information
display.
Gasoline Particulate Filter Information Messages
Message Action
Exhaust filter at limit Drive • Drive at a varied range of conditions, including highway
to clean conditions for 20 minutes or until the message disap-
pears.
• Avoid prolonged engine idling.
• Select a suitable gear to maintain engine speed
between 1500 and 4000 RPM.
Exhaust filter over limit • Drive at a moderate speed.

Service now • Avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration.
• Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER WARNING: The normal operating

temperature of the exhaust system is
very high. Never work around or attempt
to repair any part of the exhaust system
WARNING: Do not park or idle your until it has cooled. Use special care when
vehicle over dry leaves, dry grass or other working around the diesel oxidation
combustible materials. The regeneration catalytic converter or the diesel
process creates very high exhaust gas particulate filter. The diesel oxidation
temperatures and the exhaust will catalytic converter and the diesel
radiate a considerable amount of heat particulate filter heat up to very high
during and after regeneration and after temperatures after only a short period
you have switched the engine off. This is of engine operation and remain hot after
a potential fire hazard. you switch the engine off.
189
Malfunction indicator lamp.

WARNING: Exhaust leaks may
result in entry of harmful and potentially
lethal fumes into the passenger Powertrain warning Lamp.
compartment. If you smell exhaust
fumes inside your vehicle, have your
vehicle inspected immediately. Do not Water in fuel warning lamp.
Your vehicle has various emission control If you continue to drive your vehicle with a
components and a diesel particulate filter warning lamp illuminated, the engine could
that enables it to comply with applicable stop without warning. This could result in
exhaust emission standards. It filters damage not covered by the vehicle
harmful diesel particulates, for example warranty. Have your vehicle checked as
soot from the exhaust gas. soon as possible.
To avoid damaging the diesel particulate See Warning Lamps and Indicators
filter: (page 97).
• Do not crank the engine for more than
10 seconds at a time. Diesel Particulate Filter Automatic
• Do not push-start or tow-start your Regeneration
vehicle. Use booster cables. See Jump
Starting the Vehicle (page 289).
WARNING: Do not park or idle your
• Do not switch the ignition off when your vehicle over dry leaves, dry grass or other
vehicle is moving. combustible materials. The regeneration
• Do not ignore warning lamps or process creates very high exhaust gas
information messages regarding temperatures and the exhaust will
exhaust system cleaning and radiate a considerable amount of heat
regeneration. during and after regeneration and after
Note: This could result in damage not you have switched the engine off. This is
covered by the vehicle Warranty. a potential fire hazard.
On-Board Diagnostics System WARNING: The normal operating

temperature of the exhaust system is
Your vehicle has an on-board diagnostics very high. Never work around or attempt
system that monitors the emission control to repair any part of the exhaust system
system. If any of the following warning until it has cooled. Use special care when
lamps illuminate, this indicates that the working around the diesel oxidation
on-board diagnostics system has detected catalytic converter or the diesel
an emission control system malfunction. particulate filter. The diesel oxidation
Engine coolant temperature catalytic converter and the diesel
warning lamp. particulate filter heat up to very high
temperatures after only a short period
of engine operation and remain hot after
Ignition warning lamp. you switch the engine off.
190
The diesel particulate filter on your vehicle • Frequently switching the engine on and
requires periodic regeneration to maintain off.
correct operation. The emission control • High levels of acceleration and
system automatically carries out this deceleration.
process. As soot gathers in the system it
begins to restrict the filter. The soot that We recommend you assist the
gathers inside the filter is cleaned in two regeneration process by:
different ways, passive regeneration and • Avoiding prolonged engine idling.
active regeneration. Both methods occur • Drive your vehicle in a manner to allow
automatically and require no actions from effective cleaning. Drive at a steady
the driver. During automatic regeneration, vehicle speed of 48 km/h (30 mph) or
the system cleans the diesel particulate above for approximately 20 minutes.
filter by oxidizing the soot. Cleaning
happens during normal engine operating If the soot load in the diesel
conditions at varying levels depending on particulate filter reaches a
driving conditions. critical level, the malfunction
indicator lamp illuminates with the diesel
Diesel particulate filter warning particulate filter warning message. A
lamp. service regeneration must be performed
E95449
to recover the particulate filter. Have your
If the diesel particulate filter is near or at vehicle checked as soon as possible to
saturation, a warning lamp or information prevent further damage.
message appears in the information
display. Drive your vehicle in a manner to Automatic regeneration raises the exhaust
allow effective diesel particulate filter temperature to eliminate the soot
cleaning. particles. During cleaning, soot particles
are converted to harmless gasses. Once
The warning lamp continues to illuminate
cleaned, the diesel particulate filter
until the automatic regeneration process
continues to trap harmful diesel particles.
completes. Continue to drive your vehicle
in a manner to allow effective diesel If you are driving your vehicle in a manner
particulate filter cleaning until the warning that allows effective cleaning, a message
lamp turns off. may appear in the information display to
indicate automatic regeneration is in
Failure to carry out regeneration when
progress.
required could result in a clogged diesel
particulate filter. If the diesel particulate If you are not driving your vehicle in a
filter fills beyond the regeneration manner that allows effective cleaning, a
threshold, the system disables the ability message may appear in the information
to carry out regeneration. This could result display to instruct you to drive in a manner
in damage not covered by the vehicle that allows automatic regeneration.
warranty.
Where vehicle use meets any of the
following conditions:
• Driving short distances.
• Prolonged engine idling.
191
The automatic regeneration process is

most effective when you drive at a steady
vehicle speed of 48 km/h (30 mph) or
above for approximately 20 minutes. The
frequency and duration of the regeneration
process varies by how you drive your
vehicle, the outside air temperature and
altitude. Frequency varies between 160 km
(100 mi) and 500 km (310 mi) and each
regeneration process lasts between 10 and
20 minutes.
Note: Changes in the engine or exhaust
sound may be heard during the regeneration
process.
Note: During regeneration at low speed or
engine idle, you could smell a hot metallic
odor and could notice a clicking metallic
sound. This is due to the high temperatures
reached during the regeneration process.
This is normal.
192
High Voltage Battery
GENERAL INFORMATION 4 Door
WARNING: This battery pack

should only be serviced by an authorized
electric vehicle technician. Improper
handling can result in personal injury or
death.
Note: The high voltage battery does not

require regular service maintenance.
Your vehicle consists of various high E159505
voltage components and wiring. All of the
high voltage power flows through specific The high voltage battery air vents are in
wiring assemblies which are labeled as the package tray behind the rear seats.
such or that are covered with a solid
Note: Do not block the flow of cabin air to
orange convolute, orange striped tape or
this area.
both. Do not come in contact with these
components. Wagon
The high voltage battery system is a high
voltage, lithium-ion battery system. The
pack is located in the rear cargo area.
High Voltage Battery Air Vents

The high voltage battery system uses an
air-cooled system to regulate the high
voltage battery temperature and help
maximize high voltage battery life.
The high voltage battery is equipped with
air vents that help to regulate its
temperature. It is important to keep these
openings free of obstructions.
E307150
The high voltage battery air vents are in

the side trim panels next to the rear seats.
Note: Do not block the flow of cabin air to
this area.
193
High Voltage Service Disconnect

The high voltage service disconnect turns
off power from the high voltage battery.
There is a disconnect circuit in your vehicle.
Disconnecting the circuit will automatically
disable the high voltage battery.
To disable the battery and stop all high
voltage electric activity in the vehicle, you
can access the high voltage disconnect
circuit. To do this, you must unplug the
circuit from the circuit port connected to E171513
the battery.
4. Slide the handle on the service
The service disconnect is equipped with disconnect outboard to the right.
an outer lever. This is to aid in properly
seating the service disconnect lever.
Remove this to disconnect the high voltage
service disconnect.
The high voltage service disconnect is
located behind the rear fold down seats.
Disabling the High Voltage Battery

1. Fold down the rear seats.
2. Locate the access door and remove
the plastic cover.
E147234
5. Pull the handle toward you and remove

the circuit from the vehicle to disable
the high voltage battery.
E159506
3. Pull the outer cover off to expose the

service disconnect lever.
E146133
194
6. Reverse this procedure to reinstall the

high-voltage service disconnect and
the outer lever to the service
disconnect.
Reactivating the High Voltage Battery

Note: If you have manually disconnected
your high voltage shut off circuit, you need
to reconnect the circuit before you can
reactivate it. The vehicle will detect if the
electrical system is safe and reactivate
automatically. If you have manually
disconnected your high voltage shut off
circuit, you need to reconnect the circuit
before you can reactivate it.
HIGH VOLTAGE SHUTOFF

SWITCH
The integrity of the high voltage system is
continuously monitored. After a substantial
collision or physical jolt, the high voltage
system could become deactivated. To
reinitialize the system.
1. Press the START/STOP button to
turn the ignition off.
2. Press the brake pedal and press the
START/STOP button.
3. If your vehicle is not powered on after
this sequence, repeat steps 1 and 2 up
to two more times.
Note: During this process, your vehicle will
detect if the electrical system is safe and
reactivate. Once your vehicle determines
the electrical system safe, you can start your
vehicle as you would normally by either
turning the ignition key or by pressing the
brake in combination with the
START/STOP button.
Note: In the event your vehicle does not
reactivate after the third key cycle, contact
an authorized dealer.
195
Transmission
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
General Information
Do not rest your hand on the gearshift lever
or use the gearshift lever to hang and
support objects. This could cause damage
to the transmission not covered by the
vehicle Warranty.
Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal
or use the clutch pedal to keep your vehicle
stationary when waiting on a hill. This
could cause damage to the clutch not
covered by the vehicle Warranty. E99067
Failure to fully press the clutch pedal could 3. Raise the collar and shift into reverse
cause increased shift efforts, prematurely gear.
wear transmission components or damage
to the transmission.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
If any gear is not fully engaged, fully press
the clutch pedal and shift into neutral. - HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE
Release the clutch pedal for a moment, (HEV), 6-SPEED AUTOMATIC
fully press the clutch pedal again and shift TRANSMISSION
into gear.
Shifting Into Reverse Gear

WARNING: Always set the parking
Do not shift into reverse gear when your brake fully and make sure you shift the
vehicle is moving. This could cause gearshift lever to first gear. Switch the
damage to the transmission not covered ignition off and remove the key whenever
by the vehicle Warranty. you leave your vehicle.
WARNING: Do not apply the brake
2. Fully press the clutch pedal and shift
pedal and accelerator pedal
into neutral.
simultaneously. Applying both pedals
simultaneously for more than a few
seconds will limit engine performance,
which may result in difficulty maintaining
speed in traffic and could lead to serious
injury.
196
Transmission
Understanding the Shift Positions Drive (D)

of Your Automatic Transmission
Drive (D) is the normal driving position for
Putting your vehicle in or out of gear: the best fuel economy. The overdrive
function allows automatic upshifts and
downshifts through all forward gears.
Grade Assist
E144820
1. Fully press down the brake pedal.

2. Move the gearshift lever into the
E146092
desired gear.
3. Come to a complete stop. To activate Grade Assist, press
the button on the gearshift lever.
4. Move the gearshift lever and securely E144523
The grade assist indicator light
latch it in park (P). illuminates in the instrument display.
Park (P)
The grade assist feature:
This position locks the transmission and • Provides additional grade braking with
prevents the wheels from turning. a combination of engine motoring and
high-voltage battery charging to help
Reverse (R) maintain vehicle speed when
With the gearshift lever in reverse (R), your descending a grade.
vehicle moves backward. Always come to • As your vehicle determines the amount
a complete stop before shifting into and of engine motoring and high-voltage
out of reverse (R). battery charging, you may notice the
engine speed increasing and/or
Neutral (N) decreasing to help maintain your
With the gearshift lever in neutral (N), your vehicle speed when descending a
vehicle can be started and is free to roll. grade.
Hold the brake pedal down when in this To deactivate Grade Assist, press the
position. button on the gearshift lever when Grade
Note: Do not leave your vehicle in neutral Assist is active. The grade assist light
(N) when the ignition is in the ON position deactivates.
for an extended time. Doing so can drain the
high voltage battery and create starting
problems.
197
Transmission
Low (L)
• Provides maximum engine braking.
• The transmission may be shifted into
low (L) at any vehicle speed.
• Not intended for use under extended
or normal driving conditions and results
in lower fuel economy.
Brake-Shift Interlock
E155984
WARNING: Do not drive your
vehicle until you verify that the 1. Remove the side panel on the right side
stoplamps are working. of the gearshift lever.
WARNING: When doing this

procedure, you need to take the
transmission out of park (P) which
means your vehicle can roll freely. To
avoid unwanted vehicle movement,
always fully apply the parking brake prior
to doing this procedure. Use wheels
chocks if appropriate.
WARNING: If the parking brake is

fully released, but the brake warning
lamp remains illuminated, the brakes E155985
may not be working properly. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible. 2. Locate the access hole.
Note: See your authorized dealer as soon

as possible if this procedure is used.
Note: For some markets this feature is
disabled.
Use the brake shift interlock lever to move
the gearshift lever from the park position
in the event of an electrical malfunction or
if your vehicle has a dead battery.
Apply the parking brake and turn the
ignition off before performing this E155983
procedure.
198
Transmission
3. Insert the screwdriver (or similar tool)

into the access hole and press the lever WARNING: Apply the parking
forward when pulling the gearshift brake, shift into park (P), switch the
lever out of the park (P) position and ignition off and remove the key before
into the neutral (N) position. you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow
4. Remove the tool and reinstall the this instruction could result in personal
panel. injury or death.
5. Start the vehicle and release the
parking brake. Transmission Selector Positions
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud
or Snow
Note: Do not rock the vehicle if the engine The instrument cluster displays the current
E317779
is not at normal operating temperature or position.
damage to the transmission may occur.
Note: Do not rock the vehicle for more than Park (P)
a minute or damage to the transmission and In park (P), power is not transmitted to the
tires may occur, or the engine may overheat. driven wheels and the transmission is
If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow, locked. You can start the engine with the
it may be rocked out by shifting between transmission in this position.
forward and reverse gears, stopping Shift into park (P) only when your vehicle
between shifts in a steady pattern. Press is stationary.
lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
Note: The electric parking brake could
automatically apply when you shift into park
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (P). See Electric Parking Brake (page 205).
- 8-SPEED AUTOMATIC Reverse (R)
TRANSMISSION
WARNING: Move the transmission
WARNING: Do not apply the brake selector lever to reverse (R) only when
pedal and accelerator pedal your vehicle is stationary and the engine
simultaneously. Applying both pedals is at idle speed.
simultaneously for more than a few
seconds will limit engine performance, Shift into reverse (R) only when your
which may result in difficulty maintaining vehicle is stationary and the engine is at
speed in traffic and could lead to serious idle speed.
injury.
Neutral (N)
WARNING: When your vehicle is
stationary, keep the brake pedal fully
pressed when shifting gears. Failure to WARNING: In neutral (N) your
follow this instruction could result in vehicle has the ability to roll freely. If you
personal injury, death or property intend to leave your vehicle, make sure
damage. you apply the parking brake.
199
Transmission
In neutral (N), power is not transmitted to Automatic Return to Park

the driven wheels but the transmission is
not locked. You can start the engine with Your vehicle shifts into park (P) when your
the transmission in this position. vehicle is stationary and any of the
following occur:
Drive (D) • You switch the vehicle off.
Drive (D) is the normal position for driving. • You open the driver door with your
seatbelt unlatched.
Sport (S) • You unlatch the driver seatbelt when
In sport (S), the transmission selects the the driver door is open.
optimum gear for best performance. Note: This feature does not operate when
your vehicle is in stay in neutral mode.
SelectShift™ (If Equipped)
Automatic return to park (P) may not work
About SelectShift™ if the door ajar switch is malfunctioning.
Use this feature to upshift or downshift See an authorized dealer if any of the
using the paddle shifters. following occur:
• Door ajar indicator does not illuminate
Using SelectShift™ with the driver door open.
You can only use this feature in drive (D) • Door ajar indicator illuminates with the
or sport (S). driver door closed.
• Transmission not in park message
appears with the driver door closed,
after you shift out of park (P).
Note: Do not use automatic return to park
(P) when your vehicle is moving, except in
an emergency.
Stay in Neutral Mode

E144821
This mode keeps your vehicle in neutral
Pull the right paddle (+) to switch the (N) when you switch your vehicle off. Use
feature on. this mode if you exit your vehicle or switch
your vehicle off at an automatic car wash.
• Pull the right paddle (+) to upshift.
• Pull the left paddle (–) to downshift. Your vehicle could shift to park (P) after
30 minutes, or when the vehicle battery
In sport (S), hold the right paddle (+) to charge level is low. Prolonged use of this
switch the feature off. mode can cause the vehicle battery to run
Note: SelectShift in drive (D) provides out of charge.
temporary manual control of the gear Do not tow your vehicle in this mode.
selection. Failure to follow these instructions could
result in vehicle damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Note: Automatic return to park (P) is
delayed when your vehicle is in this mode.
200
Transmission
Entering Stay in Neutral Mode 4. Shift from park (P) to neutral (N).
1. Power your vehicle on. See Starting 5. Press the sport (S) button.
a Diesel Engine (page 158). 6. Attempt to start your vehicle.
2. Bring your vehicle to a complete stop. Note: A confirmation message appears
3. Press and hold the brake pedal. when your vehicle enters the mode and the
neutral (N) button on the transmission
4. Shift into neutral (N). selector flashes.
Note: An instructional message appears.
7.Release the accelerator and brake
5. Press the sport (S) button. pedals.
Note: A confirmation message appears Note: Now your vehicle can freely roll.
when your vehicle enters the mode and the
8. Switch your vehicle off.
neutral (N) button on the transmission
selector flashes. Note: The transmission returns to park (P)
if the vehicle battery charge is low.
6. Release the brake pedal.
To return to park (P), press the brake pedal
Note: Your vehicle is free to roll.
and shift into park (P).
7. Switch your vehicle off.
Note: Do not tow your vehicle in this mode.
Exiting Stay in Neutral Mode

1. Press the brake pedal.
2. Shift into park (P), or power your
vehicle on and shift into drive (D) or
reverse (R).
Entering Stay in Neutral Mode - Failure

to Start
Use this feature to move the transmission
selector out of park (P) if you cannot start
the vehicle.
Note: This feature does not function if the
vehicle battery charge is low.
Do not tow your vehicle in this mode.
Failure to follow these instructions could
result in vehicle damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
1. Power your vehicle on without your
foot on the brake pedal.
2. Fully press the brake pedal. Keep the
brake pedal fully pressed.
3. Fully press the accelerator pedal. Keep
the accelerator pedal fully pressed.
201
All-Wheel Drive
USING ALL-WHEEL DRIVE reinstall the repaired or replaced road tire

as soon as possible. Major dissimilar tire
All-wheel drive uses all four wheels to sizes between the front and rear axles
power the vehicle. This increases traction, could cause the AWD system to stop
enabling you to drive over terrain and road functioning and default to front-wheel
conditions that a conventional two-wheel drive or damage the AWD system.
drive vehicle cannot. The AWD system
turns on when needed and does not require Driving on Snow and Ice
input from you.
Note: A warning message appears in the WARNING: If you are driving in
information display when an AWD system slippery conditions that require tire
fault is present. See Information chains or cables, then it is critical that
Messages (page 115). An AWD system fault you drive cautiously. Keep speeds down,
will cause the AWD system to default to allow for longer stopping distances and
front-wheel drive only mode. When this avoid aggressive steering to reduce the
warning message is displayed, have your chances of a loss of vehicle control
vehicle serviced at an authorized dealer which can lead to serious injury or death.
Note: A warning message appears in the If the rear end of your vehicle slides while
information display if the AWD system has cornering, steer in the direction of the
overheated. See Information Messages slide until you regain control of your
(page 115). This condition may occur if the vehicle.
vehicle was operated in extreme conditions
with excessive wheel slip, such as deep Note: Excessive tire slippage can cause
sand. To resume normal AWD function as driveline damage.
soon as possible, stop the vehicle in a safe AWD vehicles have advantages over 2WD
location and stop the engine for at least 10 vehicles in snow and ice but can skid like
minutes. As the engine restarts and the any other vehicle.
AWD system has adequately cooled, the
warning message turns off and normal AWD Should you start to slide when driving on
function returns. snowy or icy roads, turn the steering wheel
in the direction of the slide until you regain
Do not use a spare tire of a different size control.
other than the tire provided. If the
mini-spare tire is installed, the AWD Avoid sudden applications of power and
system may disable automatically and quick changes of direction on snow and
enter front-wheel drive only mode to ice. Apply the accelerator slowly and
protect driveline components. This steadily when starting from a full stop.
condition is indicated by a warning in the Avoid sudden braking as well. Although an
information display See Information AWD vehicle may accelerate better than
Messages (page 115). If there is a warning a two-wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice,
message in the information display from it won’t stop any faster, because as in other
using the spare tire, this indicator should vehicles, braking occurs at all four wheels.
turn off after reinstalling the repaired or Do not become overconfident as to road
replaced normal road tire and cycling the conditions.
ignition off and on. It is recommended to
202
All-Wheel Drive
Make sure you allow sufficient distance

between you and other vehicles for
stopping. Drive slower than usual and
consider using one of the lower gears. In
emergency stopping situations, apply the
brake steadily. Since your vehicle is
equipped with a four wheel (ABS), do not
pump the brakes. See Hints on Driving
With Anti-Lock Brakes (page 204). for
more information on the operation of the
anti-lock brake system (ABS).
203
Brakes
GENERAL INFORMATION Brake Assist

Brake assist detects when you brake
Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If
heavily by measuring the rate at which you
a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or
press the brake pedal. It provides
continuous squeal sound is present, the
maximum braking efficiency as long as you
brake linings may be worn-out. If your
press the pedal. Brake assist can reduce
vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder
stopping distances in critical situations.
in the steering wheel while braking, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized Anti-lock Brake System
dealer.
Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the This system helps you maintain steering
wheels, even under normal driving control and vehicle stability during
conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the emergency stops by keeping the brakes
brakes wear. See Cleaning Wheels (page from locking.
335).
Note: Depending on applicable laws and HINTS ON DRIVING WITH
regulations in the country for which your ANTI-LOCK BRAKES
vehicle was originally built, the brake lamps
may flash during heavy braking. Following The anti-lock brake system helps you
this the hazard warning flashers may also maintain steering control and vehicle
flash when your vehicle comes to a stop. stability during emergency stops by
Wet brakes result in reduced braking keeping the brakes from locking.
efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a The anti-lock brake system does not
few times when driving from a car wash or eliminate the risks when:
standing water to dry the brakes. • You drive too closely to the vehicle in
Brake Over Accelerator front of you.
• Your vehicle is hydroplaning.
In the event the accelerator pedal
• You take corners too fast.
becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady
and firm pressure to the brake pedal to • The road surface is poor.
slow the vehicle and reduce engine power. Note: If the system activates, the brake
If you experience this condition, apply the pedal may pulse and may travel further.
brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe Maintain pressure on the brake pedal. You
stop. Shift the transmission to park (P) may also hear a noise from the system. This
(automatic transmission) or to a low gear is normal.
(manual transmission), switch the engine
off and apply the parking brake. Inspect Anti-Lock Brake System Warning
the accelerator pedal and the area around Lamp
it for any items or debris that may be
obstructing its movement. If none are If it illuminates when you are
found and the condition persists, have your driving, this indicates a
vehicle towed to the dealer for service. malfunction. Your vehicle
continues to have normal braking without
the anti-lock brake system function. Have
204
Brakes
ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE - Note: You can apply the electric parking
brake when the ignition is off.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
automatically apply when you shift into park
(P). See Automatic Transmission (page
WARNING: Always fully apply the 199).
parking brake and make sure you shift
into park (P). Failure to follow this Applying the Electric Parking Brake in
instruction could result in personal injury an Emergency
or death.
Note: Do not apply the electric parking
WARNING: If you drive extended brake when your vehicle is moving, except
distances with the parking brake applied, in an emergency. If you repeatedly use the
you could cause damage to the brake electric parking brake to slow or stop your
system. vehicle, you could cause damage to the
brake system.
WARNING: The electric parking You can use the electric parking brake to
brake does not operate if the vehicle slow or stop your vehicle in an emergency.
battery is running out of charge.
E267156
Pull the switch upward and hold
Your vehicle has an electric parking brake. it.
You operate it with a switch instead of a
lever. The switch is on the center console The red warning lamp
or to the left-hand side of the steering illuminates, a tone sounds and
wheel, on the lower part of the instrument the stoplamps turn on.
panel.
The electric parking brake continues to
Note: The electric parking brake makes slow your vehicle down unless you release
noises during operation. This is normal. the switch.
Applying the Electric Parking Manually Releasing the Electric
Brake Parking Brake
E267156
Pull the switch upward. Switch the ignition on.
Press and hold the brake pedal.
The red warning lamp flashes E267156
Push the switch downward.
during operation and illuminates
when the parking brake is
applied. The red warning lamp turns off.
Note: It remains illuminated for a short
period of time after you switch the ignition
off. If it remains illuminated or flashes, the
If it continues to flash or does not system has malfunctioned. Have your
illuminate, the system has malfunctioned. vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
205
Brakes
Pulling Away on a Hill When Towing a Shift into gear.

Trailer Press the accelerator pedal and pull away
Press and hold the brake pedal. in a normal manner.
Pull the switch upward and hold The red warning lamp turns off.
E267156
it.
Shift into gear. If it remains illuminated or flashes, the

electric parking brake has not released.
Press the accelerator pedal until engine
Manually release the parking brake.
has developed sufficient torque to prevent
your vehicle from rolling down the hill. Releasing the Electric Parking
E267156
Release the switch and pull Brake if the Vehicle Battery is
away in a normal manner. Running Out of Charge
Connect a booster battery to the vehicle
Automatically Releasing the battery to release the electric parking brake
Electric Parking Brake if the vehicle battery is running out of
charge. See Jump Starting the Vehicle
Close the driver door. (page 289).
Electric Parking Brake Information Messages
Message Action
Park brake malfunction The electric parking brake has malfunctioned. Have your
Service now vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Park Brake Not Released The electric parking brake has not released. Manually release
have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
parking brake.If the message continues to appear, have your
Park brake press brake You have not pressed the brake pedal. Press the brake pedal
and switch to release to release the parking brake.
206
Brakes
Message Action
Park brake off The electric parking brake is released.

Release park brake The electric parking brake has not released. Manually release
Park brake on The electric parking brake is applied.
Note: It remains illuminated for a short

period of time after you switch the ignition
ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE - off.
MANUAL TRANSMISSION If it continues to flash or does not
illuminate, the system has malfunctioned.
Have your vehicle checked as soon as
WARNING: Always fully apply the possible.
parking brake. Failure to follow this
Note: You can apply the electric parking
brake when the ignition is off.
or death.
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and
WARNING: If you drive extended facing uphill, select first gear and turn the
distances with the parking brake applied, steering wheel away from the curb.
you could cause damage to the brake Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and
system. facing downhill, select reverse gear and turn
the steering wheel toward the curb.
WARNING: The electric parking
brake does not operate if the vehicle Applying the Electric Parking Brake in
battery is running out of charge. an Emergency
Your vehicle has an electric parking brake. Note: Do not apply the electric parking
You operate it with a switch instead of a brake when your vehicle is moving, except
lever. The switch is on the center console. in an emergency. If you repeatedly use the
electric parking brake to slow or stop your
Note: The electric parking brake makes vehicle, you could cause damage to the
noises during operation. This is normal. brake system.
Applying the Electric Parking You can use the electric parking brake to
Brake slow or stop your vehicle in an emergency.
Pull the switch upward. E267156
Pull the switch upward and hold
E267156
it.
The red warning lamp flashes The red warning lamp

during operation and illuminates illuminates, a tone sounds and
when the parking brake is the stoplamps turn on.
applied.
207
Brakes
The electric parking brake continues to E267156

Release the switch and pull
slow your vehicle down unless you release away in a normal manner.
the switch.
Manually Releasing the Electric Automatically Releasing the

Parking Brake Electric Parking Brake
Switch the ignition on. Close the driver door.
Press and hold the brake pedal. Shift into gear.
Push the switch downward. Press the accelerator pedal and pull away
E267156
in a normal manner.
The red warning lamp turns off.
The red warning lamp turns off.
If it remains illuminated or flashes, the

If it remains illuminated or flashes, the electric parking brake has not released.
system has malfunctioned. Have your Manually release the parking brake.
Pulling Away on a Hill When Towing a release if you release the clutch pedal and
Trailer press the accelerator pedal when the
transmission is in neutral.
Press and hold the brake pedal.
Pull the switch upward and hold Releasing the Electric Parking
E267156
it. Brake if the Vehicle Battery is
Running Out of Charge
Shift into gear. Connect a booster battery to the vehicle
Press the accelerator pedal until engine battery to release the electric parking brake
has developed sufficient torque to prevent if the vehicle battery is running out of
your vehicle from rolling down the hill. charge. See Jump Starting the Vehicle
(page 289).
Electric Parking Brake Information Messages
Message Action
Park brake malfunction The electric parking brake has malfunctioned. Have your
Service now vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Park Brake Not Released The electric parking brake has not released. Manually release
parking brake.If the message continues to appear, have your
208
Brakes
Message Action
Park brake press brake You have not pressed the brake pedal. Press the brake pedal
and switch to release to release the parking brake.
Park brake off The electric parking brake is released.
Release park brake The electric parking brake has not released. Manually release
Park brake on The electric parking brake is applied.
When the system is active, your vehicle

remains stationary on the slope for two to
HILL START ASSIST three seconds after you release the brake
pedal. This allows time to move your foot
from the brake to the accelerator pedal.
WARNING: The system does not The system releases the brakes
replace the parking brake. When you automatically once the engine has
leave your vehicle, always apply the developed sufficient drive to prevent your
parking brake. vehicle from rolling down the slope. This
is an advantage when pulling away on a
WARNING: You must remain in slope, for example from a car park ramp,
your vehicle when the system turns on. traffic lights or when reversing uphill into
At all times, you are responsible for a parking space.
controlling your vehicle, supervising the Note: The system only functions when you
system and intervening, if required. bring your vehicle to a complete standstill.
Failure to take care may result in the loss Shift the gearshift lever to reverse (R) when
of control of your vehicle, serious facing downhill and first gear (1) when
personal injury or death. facing uphill.
WARNING: The system turns off if Note: There is no warning light to indicate
there is a malfunction or if you the system is either on or off.
excessively rev the engine.
Using Hill Start Assist
The system makes it easier to pull away 1. Press the brake pedal to bring your
when your vehicle is on a slope without the vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep
need to use the parking brake. the brake pedal pressed.
209
Brakes
2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle

is on a slope, the system activates
automatically.
3. When you remove your foot from the
brake pedal, your vehicle remains on
the slope without rolling away for
about two to three seconds. This hold
time automatically extends if you are
in the process of driving off.
4. Drive off in the normal manner. The
system releases the brakes
automatically.
Note: When you remove your foot from the
brake pedal and press the pedal again when
the system is active, you will experience
significantly reduced brake pedal travel. This
is normal.
Switching the System On and Off

Vehicles with Manual Transmission
The system remembers the last setting
when you start your vehicle.
Vehicles with Automatic Transmission

ignition on and you cannot switch the
system off.
210
Traction Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Note: The system turns off if there is a

malfunction.
The traction control system helps avoid
drive wheel spin and loss of traction. Traction Control Off Warning
Lamp
If your vehicle begins to slide, the system
applies the brakes to individual wheels Illuminates when you switch the
and, when needed, reduces engine power system off.
at the same time. If the wheels spin when E130458
accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces,

the system reduces engine power in order Traction Control Indicator
to increase traction. Flashes during operation.
E252028 If it does not illuminate when you
USING TRACTION CONTROL switch the ignition on, or remains
on when the engine is running, this
WARNING: The stability and checked as soon as possible.
traction control light illuminates steadily
if the system detects a failure. Make sure
you did not manually disable the traction
control system using the information
display controls or the switch. If the
stability control and traction control light
is still illuminating steadily, have the
system serviced by an authorized dealer
immediately. Operating your vehicle with
the traction control disabled could lead
to an increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover, personal injury
and death.
If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow,

switching traction control off may be
beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin.
Switching Traction Control On or

Off
You can switch the system on and off using
the information display. See Information
Note: The system turns on when you switch
the ignition on.
Note: If you switch traction control off,
stability control remains on.
211
Stability Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION USING STABILITY CONTROL

WARNING: The system is designed ignition on and you cannot switch the
to aid the driver. It is not intended to system off.
replace your attention and judgment. Note: The system turns off if there is a
You are still responsible to drive with due malfunction.
care and attention.
Stability Control Indicator
The system supports stability when your
Flashes during operation.
vehicle starts to slide away from your
intended path. The system does this by E252028 If it does not illuminate when you
braking individual wheels and reducing switch the ignition on, or remains
engine torque. on when the engine is running, this
The system also provides an enhanced
traction control function by reducing
engine torque if the wheels spin when you
accelerate. This helps to pull away on
slippery roads or loose surfaces, and
improves comfort by limiting wheel spin in
hairpin bends.
E72903
A Without stability control.

B With stability control.
212
Parking Aids
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The sensing system warns the driver of

obstacles within a certain range of your
vehicle. The system automatically turns
on each time you switch the ignition on.
WARNING: The system may not
detect objects with surfaces that absorb You can turn the system on or
reflection. Always drive with due care off by pressing the parking aid
E139213 button. If your vehicle does not
and attention. Failure to take care may
result in a crash. have a parking aid button, the system can
be switched off through the information
WARNING: To help avoid personal display menu or from the pop-up message
injury, always use caution when in that appears once you shift the
reverse (R) and when using the sensing transmission into reverse (R). See
system. General Information (page 103).
WARNING: Traffic control systems, If a fault is present in the system, a warning

inclement weather, air brakes, external message appears in the information
motors and fans may affect the correct display and does not allow you to switch
operation of the sensing system.This the system on.
may cause reduced performance or false See Information Messages (page 115).
alerts.
WARNING: The system may not REAR PARKING AID

detect small or moving objects,
particularly those close to the ground. The rear sensors are only active when the
transmission is in reverse (R). As your
Note: Some accessories such as large vehicle moves closer to the obstacle, the
trailer hitches, bike or surfboard racks can rate of the audible warning increases.
cause reduced performance or false alerts. When the obstacle is less than 30 cm
(12 in) away, the warning sounds
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice continuously. If the system detects a
and large accumulations of dirt. Blocked stationary or receding object farther than
sensors may affect system accuracy. Do 30 cm (12 in) from the corners of the
not clean the sensors with sharp objects. bumper, the tone sounds for only three
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage seconds. Once the system detects an
leaving the sensors misaligned, this will object approaching, the warning sounds
cause inaccurate measurements or false again.
alerts.
Note: The sensing system cannot be turned
off when a MyKey is present. See Principle
of Operation (page 51).
We recommend that you take some time
to get to know the system and its
limitations by reading this section.
213
Parking Aids
Obstacle Distance Indicator (If

Equipped)
The system provides obstacle distance

indication through the information display.
The distance indicator displays when the
transmission is in reverse (R).
The indicator displays:
• As the distance to the obstacle
decreases the indicator blocks
illuminate and move towards the
vehicle icon.
• If there is no obstacle detected, the
E130178 distance indicator blocks are greyed
out.
Coverage area of up to 1.8 m (6 ft) from
the rear bumper. There may be decreased
coverage area at the outer corners of the
FRONT PARKING AID (IF EQUIPPED)
bumper.
The front sensors are active when the
The system detects certain objects while transmission is in any position other than
the transmission is in reverse (R): park (P) and your vehicle is traveling at low
• Your vehicle is moving toward a speed.
stationary object at a speed of 5 km/h
(3 mph) or less.
• Your vehicle is not moving, but a
moving object is approaching the rear
of your vehicle at a speed of 5 km/h
(3 mph) or less.
• Your vehicle is moving at a speed of
less than 5 km/h (3 mph) and a moving
object is approaching the rear of your
vehicle at a speed of less than 5 km/h
(3 mph).
The system provides audio warnings only E187330
when your vehicle is moving or when your
vehicle is stationary and the detected Coverage area of up to 70 cm (28 in) from
obstacle is less than 30 cm (12 in) away the front bumper. The coverage area
from the bumper. decreases at the outer corners.
When your vehicle approaches an object,
a warning tone sounds. When your vehicle
moves closer to an object, the warning
tone repeat rate increases. The warning
tone sounds continuously when an object
is 30 cm (12 in) or less from the front
bumper.
214
Parking Aids
You can switch the system off through the If the transmission is in neutral (N), the
information display menu or from the system provides visual indication only
pop-up message that appears once you when your vehicle is moving at 8 km/h
shift the transmission into reverse (R). See (5 mph) or below and an obstacle is inside
General Information (page 103). If your the detection area. Once your vehicle is
vehicle has a parking aid button, you can stationary, the visual indication stops after
switch the system off by pressing the four seconds.
button.
Obstacle Distance Indicator (If SIDE SENSING SYSTEM

Equipped)
The system provides obstacle distance WARNING: The system may not
indication through the information display. detect objects with surfaces that absorb
The indicator displays: reflection. Always drive with due care
and attention. Failure to take care may
• As the distance to the obstacle
result in a crash.
decreases the indicator blocks
illuminate and move towards the WARNING: The system may not
vehicle icon. detect small or moving objects,
• If there is no obstacle detected, the particularly those close to the ground.
distance indicator blocks turn grey.
If the transmission is in reverse (R), the WARNING: To help avoid personal
front sensing system provides audio injury, always use caution when in
warnings when your vehicle is moving and reverse (R) and when using the sensing
the detected obstacle is moving towards system.
your vehicle. Once the vehicle is stationary,
the audio warning stops after two seconds. WARNING: The parking aid system
Visual indication is always present in can only assist you to detect objects
reverse (R). when your vehicle is moving at parking
speeds. To help avoid personal injury you
If the transmission is in drive (D) or any must take care when using the parking
other forward gear (for example, low (L), aid system.
sport (S) or any forward gear in a manual
transmission), the front sensing system The system uses the front and rear
provides audio and visual warnings when outermost parking aid sensors to detect
your vehicle is moving below a speed of objects that are near to the sides of your
8 km/h (5 mph) and an obstacle is inside vehicle. The system displays them on a
the detection area. Once the vehicle is virtual map in the information display as
stationary, the audio warning stops after your vehicle moves past them.
two seconds and the visual indication
stops after four seconds. If the obstacles The sensors are on the front and rear
detected are within 30 cm (12 in), the bumpers.
visual indication remains on. Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt.
Note: Do not cover up the sensors.
215
Parking Aids
Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp When the system detects an object within
objects. the coverage area and the driving path of
your vehicle, an audible warning sounds.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage
As your vehicle moves closer to the object,
leaving the sensors misaligned, this may
the rate of the tone increases.
cause inaccurate measurements or false
alerts. Note: The system does not detect an object
that is moving toward the side of your
The system may not function if:
vehicle, for example another vehicle moving
• You switch the ignition on, off and back at low speed, if it does not pass a front or
on within a few seconds. rear sensor.
• Your vehicle remains stationary for over
two minutes. Object Distance Indicator (If Equipped)
• The anti-lock brake system activates.
• The traction control system activates.
Note: If you switch traction control off, the
side sensing system also turns off.
Note: Some accessories, for example large
trailer hitches or bike or surfboard racks can
cause reduced performance or false alerts.
To reinitialize the system, you may have to
drive your vehicle approximately 3 m
(10 ft).
E190459
The system provides object distance

indication through the information display.
• As the distance to the object
decreases, the indicator blocks
illuminate and move toward the vehicle
icon.
E190458
• If there is no object detected, the
The sensor coverage area is up to 60 cm distance indicator blocks are gray.
(24 in) from the side of your vehicle.
216
Parking Aids
When you shift into reverse (R), the system

provides audible warnings and a visual WARNING: Active park assist does
indication when detected objects are not apply the brakes under any
within 60 cm (24 in) and are inside the circumstances.
driving path of your vehicle. When you stop
your vehicle, the audible warnings turn off WARNING: You are responsible for
after two seconds. controlling your vehicle at all times. The
When you shift into any forward gear, the system is designed to be an aid and does
system provides audible warnings and a not relieve you of your responsibility to
visual indication when your vehicle is drive with due care and attention. Failure
moving at a speed of approximately to follow this instruction could result in
8 km/h (5 mph) or below and the system the loss of control of your vehicle,
detects an object within the detection personal injury or death.
zone. When you stop your vehicle, the
audible warnings turn off after two Active park assist is a multi-step process
seconds and the visual indication turns off and may require you to shift the
after four seconds. transmission multiple times. Follow the
When you shift into neutral (N), the system onscreen instructions until the parking
only provides a visual indication if your maneuver is complete.
vehicle is moving at a speed of If you are uncomfortable with the proximity
approximately 8 km/h (5 mph) or below. to any vehicle or object, you may choose
For example, your vehicle is moving on a to override the system by grabbing the
slope, and the system detects an object steering wheel, or by taking full control of
moving toward your vehicle. When you your vehicle after pressing the active park
stop your vehicle, the visual indication assist button.
turns off after four seconds.
Keep your hands, hair, clothing and any
If the system is not available, the side loose items clear of the steering wheel
distance indicator blocks do not display. when using active park assist.
The sensors are on the front and rear
ACTIVE PARK ASSIST bumpers.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
WARNING: You must remain in Note: Do not cover up the sensors.
your vehicle when the system turns on.
At all times, you are responsible for Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp
controlling your vehicle, supervising the objects.
system and intervening, if required. Note: The sensors may not detect objects
Failure to take care may result in the loss with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic waves.
of control of your vehicle, serious The sensors may falsely detect objects due
personal injury or death. to ultrasonic interference caused by
motorcycle exhausts, truck air brakes or
WARNING: The sensors may not horns, for example.
detect objects in heavy rain or other
conditions that cause interference. Note: If you change any tires, the system
must recalibrate and may not correctly
operate for a short time.
217
Parking Aids
The system may not correctly operate in If your vehicle is parked and after you
any of the following conditions: switch the ignition on, you can use the
• You use a spare tire or a tire that is information display to toggle through the
significantly worn more than the other modes. Press the button to switch the
tires. system on and open the system menu in
• One or more tires are incorrectly
inflated. Note: If your vehicle is parked, the default
mode is parallel park out assist. However,
• You try to park on a tight curve.
if you did not use active park assist to
• Something passes between the front parallel park your vehicle, use the
bumper and the parking space. For information display to select park out assist.
example, a pedestrian or cyclist.
Note: You can repeatedly press the active
• The edge of the neighboring parked park assist button to toggle through the
vehicle is high off the ground. For modes only after moving your vehicle
example, a bus, tow truck or flatbed approximately 10 m (33 ft).
truck.
To toggle through the modes, use the
• The weather conditions are poor. For buttons on the information display to
example, during heavy rain, snow, fog, select the following:
high humidity and high temperatures.
• Parallel parking.
Do not use the system if:
• Perpendicular parking.
• You have attached an add-on
accessory close to the sensors on the • Parallel park out assist.
front or rear of your vehicle. For • Switch the system off.
example, a bike rack or trailer. Note: There is no time limit for toggling
• You have attached an overhanging through the modes.
object to the roof. For example, a
surfboard. Parallel Parking
• The front bumper, rear bumper or the The system detects available parallel
side sensors are damaged. parking spaces and steers your vehicle into
• The correct tire size is not in use on your the space. You control the accelerator,
vehicle. For example, a mini-spare tire. gearshift and brakes. The system visually
and audibly guides you into a parallel
Using Active Park Assist parking space.
Selecting an Active Park Assist Mode Press the button once to search
for a parking space.
E146186
Press the button once to
activate parallel parking. Press Note: You can also switch the system on
E146186
the button a second time to after you have already driven partially or
activate perpendicular parking. If you press completely past a parking space. Press the
the button again the system switches off. active park assist button and the system
informs you if you have recently passed a
suitable parking space.
218
Parking Aids
When the vehicle speed is less than Note: If the vehicle speed is greater than
35 km/h (22 mph), the system scans both approximately 35 km/h (22 mph), the
sides of your vehicle for an available system shows a message to instruct you to
parking space. A message and a graphic reduce the vehicle speed.
appear in the information display to
indicate the system is searching for a Automatically Steering into a Parallel
parking space. Use the direction indicator Parking Space
lever to search for a parking space on the When you shift into reverse (R), with your
driver or passenger side of your vehicle. hands off the steering wheel and nothing
Note: The system scans both sides of your obstructing its movement, your vehicle
vehicle and offers parking spaces one side steers itself into the space. The system
at a time if you do not use the direction displays instructions to move your vehicle
indicator. backward and forward in the space.
Note: The system defaults to the passenger Note: If the vehicle speed exceeds
side if you do not use the direction indicator. approximately 9 km/h (6 mph), you
interrupt the maneuver, or the system
switches off, you must take full control of
your vehicle.
Note: If the system detects an object is very
close to your vehicle and it may be unsafe
E130107
to continue the maneuver, it may instruct
Drive your vehicle approximately 1 m (3 ft) you to stop your vehicle. The system may
and parallel to the other parked vehicles not provide any further instruction. Steering
when searching for a parking space. assistance continues to operate but you
must decide if it is safe to continue the
Note: If you drive your vehicle less than maneuver.
0.5 m (2 ft) or greater than 1.5 m (5 ft) away
from other parked vehicles, the system may
not be able to detect an available parking
space.
When the system detects a suitable space,
a message displays and a tone sounds.
E130108
Stop your vehicle and follow the onscreen When you believe your vehicle is correctly
instructions. If your vehicle is moving very parked, or a solid tone sounds and an
slowly, you may have to move forward a information message appears, bring your
short distance before the system is ready vehicle to a complete stop.
to park.
When the Active Park Assist maneuver is
Note: You must observe that the space the complete, a tone sounds and an
system selects remains clear of obstructions information message appears.
at all times during the maneuver.
Note: You are responsible for checking how
Note: The system always offers the last your vehicle is parked and making any
parking space it detects. For example, if your necessary corrections before leaving your
vehicle detects multiple spaces when you vehicle.
are driving, it offers the last one.
219
Parking Aids
Deactivating Active Park Assist When the vehicle speed is less than
30 km/h (19 mph), the system scans both
You can manually deactivate the system sides of your vehicle for an available
by: parking space. A message and a graphic
• Pressing the Active Park Assist button appear in the information display to
during an active maneuver. indicate the system is searching for a
• Grabbing the steering wheel during an parking space. Use the direction indicator
active maneuver. lever to search for a parking space on the
driver or passenger side of your vehicle.
• Driving above 35 km/h (22 mph) for 30
seconds when searching for a parking Note: The system scans both sides of your
space. vehicle and offers parking spaces one side
• Driving above 50 km/h (31 mph). at a time if you do not use the direction
indicator.
• Driving above 9 km/h (6 mph) during
an active maneuver. Note: The system defaults to the passenger
side if you do not use the direction indicator.
• Switching the traction control system
off.
Certain vehicle conditions may also
deactivate the system, for example:
• The traction control system activates
or fails. E186193
• The anti-lock brake system activates Drive your vehicle approximately 1 m (3 ft)
or fails. and perpendicular to the other parked
If the system malfunctions, a message vehicles when searching for a parking
appears and a tone sounds. Have your space.
vehicle checked as soon as possible. Note: If you drive your vehicle less than
0.5 m (2 ft) or greater than 1.5 m (5 ft) away
Perpendicular Parking from other parked vehicles, the system may
The system detects available not be able to detect an available parking
perpendicular parking spaces and steers space.
your vehicle into the space. You control the When the system detects a suitable space,
accelerator, gearshift and brakes. The a message displays and a tone sounds.
system visually and audibly guides you into Stop your vehicle and follow the onscreen
a perpendicular parking space. instructions. If your vehicle is moving very
Press the button twice to search slowly, you may have to move forward a
for a parking space. short distance before the system is ready
E146186 to park.
Note: You must observe that the space the
system selects remains clear of obstructions
at all times during the maneuver.
Note: The system always offers the last
detected parking space. For example, if your
vehicle detects multiple spaces when you
are driving, it offers the last one.
220
Parking Aids
Note: If the vehicle speed is greater than When the active park assist maneuver is
approximately 30 km/h (19 mph), the complete, a tone sounds and a message
system shows a message to instruct you to appears.
reduce the vehicle speed. Note: You are responsible for checking how
Automatically Steering into a your vehicle is parked and making any
Perpendicular Parking Space necessary corrections before leaving your
vehicle.
When you shift into reverse (R), with your
hands off the steering wheel and nothing Deactivating Active Park Assist
obstructing its movement, your vehicle You can manually deactivate the system
steers itself into the space. The system by:
displays instructions to move your vehicle
backward and forward in the space. • Pressing the Active Park Assist button
during an active maneuver.
Note: If the vehicle speed exceeds
approximately 9 km/h (6 mph), you • Grabbing the steering wheel during an
interrupt the maneuver, or the system active maneuver.
switches off, you must take full control of • Driving above 30 km/h (19 mph) for 30
your vehicle. seconds when searching for a parking
space.
Note: If the system detects an object is very
close to your vehicle and it may be unsafe • Driving above 50 km/h (31 mph).
to continue the maneuver, it may instruct • Driving above 9 km/h (6 mph) during
you to stop your vehicle. The system may an active maneuver.
not provide any further instruction. Steering • Switching the traction control system
assistance continues to operate but you off.
must decide if it is safe to continue the
maneuver. Certain vehicle conditions may also
deactivate the system, for example:
• The traction control system activates
or fails.
• The anti-lock brake system activates
or fails.
If the system malfunctions, a message
appears and a tone sounds. Have your
Parallel Park Out Assist

The system steers your vehicle out of a
E186191 parallel parking space. You control the
When you believe your vehicle is correctly accelerator, gearshift and brakes. The
parked, or a solid tone sounds and an system visually and audibly guides you out
information message appears, bring your of a parallel parking space.
vehicle to a complete stop. Note: This system is not intended to assist
when exiting a perpendicular parking space.
221
Parking Aids
Press the button once when your

vehicle is stationary in a parallel
E146186
parking space.
Note: If you did not use active park assist
to parallel park your vehicle, pressing the E188012
button once selects parallel park. You must After the system directs your vehicle to a
use the information display to select park position where you can exit the parking
out assist. space in a forward movement, a message
The system displays a message instructing appears instructing you to take full control
you to switch a direction indicator on. Use of your vehicle. Generally, hand-over is
the direction indicator to select which side when your vehicle is still inside the parking
of your vehicle you want to exit the parking space.
space. The system displays instructions to Note: Parallel Park Out Assist may not be
move your vehicle backward and forward available when the clearance to the front
in the space. or the rear of your vehicle is too small.
Note: If the system detects an object is very Note: If the vehicle speed exceeds
close to your vehicle and it may be unsafe approximately 9 km/h (6 mph), you
to continue the maneuver, it may instruct interrupt the maneuver, or the system
you to stop your vehicle. The system may switches off, you must take full control of
not provide any further instruction. Steering your vehicle.
assistance continues to operate but you
must decide if it is safe to continue the Note: You are responsible for controlling
maneuver. your vehicle and making sure the path is
clear prior to pulling into traffic.
Troubleshooting
Symptom Possible Cause
The system does not search for You may have switched the traction control off.
a parking space.
The transmission is in reverse (R). Your vehicle must
be moving forward to be able to detect a parking space.
The system does not offer a The sensors may be blocked. For example, snow, ice
parking space. or dirt buildup. Blocked sensors can affect how the
system functions.
There is not enough room in the parking space for your
vehicle to safely park.
There is not enough space for the parking maneuver on
the opposite side of the parking space.
The parking space is more than 1.5 m (5 ft) or less than
0.5 m (2 ft) away.
222
Parking Aids
Symptom Possible Cause
The vehicle speed is greater than 35 km/h (22 mph)

for parallel parking or greater than 30 km/h (19 mph)
for perpendicular parking.
You recently disconnected or replaced the battery. After
you reconnect the battery you must drive your vehicle
on a straight road for a short period of time.
The system does not correctly Your vehicle is rolling in the opposite direction of the
position your vehicle in a current transmission position. For example, rolling
parking space. forward when in reverse (R).
An irregular curb along the parking space prevents the
system from correctly aligning your vehicle.
Vehicles or objects bordering the space may not be
correctly parked.
Your vehicle stopped too far past the parking space.
The tires may not be correctly installed or maintained.
For example, not inflated correctly, improper size, or of
different sizes.
A repair or alteration changes the detection capabilities.
A parked vehicle has a high attachment. For example,
a salt sprayer, snowplow or moving truck bed.
The parking space length or position of parked objects
changes after your vehicle passes the space.
The temperature around your vehicle quickly changes.
For example, driving from a heated garage into the cold,
or after leaving a car wash.
REAR VIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING: Objects that are close
to either corner of the bumper or under
the bumper, might not be seen on the
screen due to the limited coverage of the
WARNING: The rear view camera camera system.
system is a reverse aid supplement
device that still requires the driver to use WARNING: Reverse your vehicle
it in conjunction with the interior and slowly. Failure to follow this instruction
exterior mirrors for maximum coverage. could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
223
Parking Aids
The system uses three types of guidelines

WARNING: Use caution when the to help you see what is behind your vehicle:
rear cargo door is ajar. If the rear cargo • Active guidelines: Show the intended
door is ajar, the camera will be out of path of your vehicle when reversing.
position and the video image may be • Fixed guidelines: Show the actual path
incorrect. All guidelines disappear when your vehicle is moving in while reversing
the rear cargo door is ajar. Failure to in a straight line. This can be helpful
follow this instruction could result in when backing into a parking space or
personal injury. aligning your vehicle with another
object behind you.
WARNING: Use caution when
turning camera features on or off when • Centerline: Helps align the center of
the transmission is not in park (P). Make your vehicle with an object (for
sure your vehicle is not moving. example, a trailer).
Note: If the transmission is in reverse (R)
The rear view camera system provides a and the rear cargo door is open, no rear view
video image of the area behind your camera features will display.
vehicle. Note: When towing, the camera only sees
During operation, lines appear in the what you are towing. This might not provide
display which represent your vehicle’s path adequate coverage as it usually provides in
and proximity to objects behind your normal operation and some objects might
vehicle. not be seen. In some vehicles, the guidelines
may disappear when you connect the trailer
tow connector.
The camera may not operate correctly
under the following conditions:
• Nighttime or dark areas if one or both
reverse lamps are not operating.
E142435
• Mud, water or debris obstructs the
camera's view. Clean the lens with a
soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive
cleaner.
• The rear of your vehicle is hit or
damaged, causing the camera to
The camera is on the rear cargo door. become misaligned.
Using the Rear View Camera Camera System Settings

System You can access the rear view camera
system settings through the display screen.
The rear view camera system displays
what is behind your vehicle when you place
the transmission in reverse (R). Camera Guidelines
Note: Active guidelines are only available
when the transmission is in reverse (R).
224
Parking Aids
The fixed and active guidelines fade in and

out depending on the steering wheel
A B C D E position. The active guidelines do not
display when the steering wheel position
is straight.
Always use caution while reversing.
Objects in the red zone are closest to your
vehicle and objects in the green zone are
farther away. Objects are getting closer to
your vehicle as they move from the green
zone to the yellow or red zones. Use the
side view mirrors and rear view mirror to
get better coverage on both sides and rear
of the vehicle.
Obstacle Distance Indicator (If

Equipped)
F
E142436
A Active guidelines
B Centerline
C Fixed guideline: Green zone
D Fixed guideline: Yellow zone
E Fixed guideline: Red zone
F Rear bumper
Active guidelines are only shown with fixed E190459

guidelines. To use active guidelines, turn
the steering wheel to point the guidelines The system will provide an image of your
toward an intended path. If you change vehicle and the sensor zones. The zones
the steering wheel position while reversing, will highlight green, yellow and red when
your vehicle might deviate from the original the parking aid sensors detect an object in
intended path. the coverage area.
225
Parking Aids
Manual Zoom
WARNING: When manual zoom is

on, the full area behind your vehicle may
not show. Be aware of your surroundings
when using the manual zoom feature.
Note: Manual zoom is only available when

the transmission is in reverse (R).
Note: When you enable manual zoom, only
the centerline is shown.
Selectable settings for this feature are
Zoom in (+) and Zoom out (-). Press the
symbol in the camera screen to change the
view. The default setting is Zoom OFF.
This allows you to get a closer view of an
object behind your vehicle. The zoomed
image keeps the bumper in the image to
provide a reference. The zoom is only
active while the transmission is in reverse
(R).
Rear Camera Delay

Selectable settings for this feature are ON
and OFF. The default setting for the rear
camera delay is OFF.
When shifting the transmission out of
reverse (R) and into any gear other than
park (P), the camera image remains in the
display until:
• Your vehicle speed sufficiently
increases.
• You shift your vehicle into park (P)
(automatic transmission).
• You apply the parking brake (manual
transmission).
226
Cruise Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Press the toggle button upward

or downward to set the current
Cruise control lets you maintain a set speed.
speed without keeping your foot on the
accelerator pedal. You can use cruise
control when your vehicle speed is greater
than 30 km/h (20 mph). Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
Note: The set speed appears in the
USING CRUISE CONTROL information display.
Changing the Set Speed

WARNING: Do not use cruise Press the toggle button upward
control on winding roads, in heavy traffic to increase the set speed.
or when the road surface is slippery. This
could result in loss of vehicle control, Press the toggle button
serious injury or death. downward to decrease the set
speed.
WARNING: When you are going
downhill, your vehicle speed could You can adjust the set speed in small or
increase above the set speed. The large increments. Press the toggle button
system does not apply the brakes. upward or downward once to adjust the
set speed in small increments. Press and
The cruise controls are on the steering hold the toggle button upward or
wheel. downward to adjust the set speed in large
increments.
Switching Cruise Control On
Note: If you accelerate by pressing the
Press the button. accelerator pedal, the set speed does not
change. When you release the accelerator
E71340 pedal, your vehicle returns to the speed that
you previously set.
Switching Cruise Control Off
Canceling the Set Speed
Press the button when the
system is in standby mode. The Press the button, or press the
E71340 system also turns off when you brake pedal to cancel the set
switch the ignition off. speed.
Note: The set speed erases when you Note: The set speed is stored.
switch the system off. Note: The system cancels if the vehicle
Setting the Cruise Speed speed drops below 16 km/h (10 mph) under
the set speed when driving uphill.
Drive to the required speed.
Resuming the Set Speed
Press to resume the set speed.
227
Cruise Control
Cruise Control Indicator

The indicator appears when you WARNING: The system does not
switch the system on. detect oncoming vehicles in the same
E71340 lane.
WARNING: The system is not a

USING ADAPTIVE CRUISE crash warning or avoidance system.
CONTROL - VEHICLES
The system adjusts your vehicle speed to
WITHOUT: STOP AND GO maintain the set gap between you and the
vehicle in front of you in the same lane.
You can select four gap settings.
WARNING: Pay close attention to The system uses a radar sensor that
changing road conditions such as projects a beam directly in front of your
entering or leaving a highway, on roads vehicle.
with intersections or roundabouts, roads
without visible lanes of travel, roads that
are winding, slippery, unpaved, or steep
slopes.
WARNING: Do not use the system

in poor visibility, for example fog, heavy
rain, spray or snow.

when towing a trailer that has
aftermarket electronic trailer brake
controls. Failure to follow this instruction
WARNING: Do not use tire sizes

other than those recommended because
this can affect the normal operation of
the system. Failure to do so may result E214117
in a loss of vehicle control, which could
result in serious injury. The adaptive cruise controls are on the
steering wheel.
detect stationary or slow moving Switching Adaptive Cruise Control
vehicles below 10 km/h (6 mph). On
WARNING: The system does not Press CAN/OFF.

detect pedestrians or objects in the road. The indicator, current gap setting
and set speed appear in the
E144529
228
Cruise Control
WARNING: The system only warns

of vehicles detected by the radar sensor.
In some cases there may be no warning
or a delayed warning. Apply the brakes
when necessary. Failure to follow this
or death.
E164805
Note: When you are following a vehicle and

Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed you switch on a direction indicator, adaptive
cruise control may provide a small
Note: When adaptive cruise control is
temporary acceleration to help you pass.
active, the speedometer may vary slightly
from the set speed displayed in the Note: The brakes may emit noise when
information display. applied by the system.
1. Drive to your preferred speed. When a vehicle ahead of you enters the
2. Press SET-. same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in
the same lane, the vehicle speed adjusts
3. A green indicator light, the current gap to maintain a preset gap distance. A
setting and your set speed appear in vehicle graphic illuminates in the
the information display. instrument cluster.
4. Take your foot off the accelerator Your vehicle maintains a consistent gap
pedal. from the vehicle ahead until:
• The vehicle in front of you accelerates
to a speed above the set speed.
• The vehicle in front of you moves out
of the lane you are in.
• You set a new gap distance.
The system applies the brakes to slow your
vehicle to maintain a safe gap distance
E164805 from the vehicle in front. The system only
applies limited braking. You can override
5. A vehicle image illuminates if the
the system by applying the brakes.
system detects a vehicle in front of you.
If the system determines that its maximum
Following a Vehicle braking level is not sufficient, an audible
warning sounds, a message appears in the
information display and an indicator
WARNING: When following a flashes when the system continues to
vehicle that is braking, your vehicle does brake.
not always decelerate quickly enough to
avoid a crash without driver intervention. Setting the Gap Distance
Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure
Note: The gap setting is time dependent
and therefore the distance automatically
adjusts with your vehicle speed.
229
Cruise Control
Note: It is your responsibility to select a gap

appropriate to the driving conditions. Adaptive Cruise Control Gap Settings
You can decrease or increase the distance Graphic Distance Gap Dynamic
between your vehicle and the vehicle in Display, Behavior
front by pressing the gap control. Bars Indic-
ated
Between
Vehicles
1 Closest. Sport.
2 Close. Normal.
A
3 Medium. Normal.
4 Far. Comfort.
Each time you switch the system on, it

B selects the last chosen gap setting.
Overriding the Set Speed
WARNING: If you override the

system by pressing the accelerator
E214118 pedal, it does not automatically apply
the brakes to maintain a gap from any
A Gap decrease. vehicle ahead.
B Gap increase.
When you press the accelerator pedal, you
override the set speed and gap distance.
When you override the system,
the green indicator light
E144529
illuminates and the vehicle
image does not appear in the information
display.
The system resumes operation when you
E82312 release the accelerator pedal. The vehicle
speed decreases to the set speed, or a
The selected gap appears in the lower speed if following a slower vehicle.
information display as shown by the bars
in the image.
230
Cruise Control
Changing the Set Speed Hilly Condition Usage

• Press RES+ or SET- to change the set Note: An audible alarm sounds and the
speed in small increments. system shuts down if it applies brakes for
• Press and hold RES+ or SET- to an extended period of time. This allows the
change the set speed in large brakes to cool. The system functions
increments. Release the control when normally again when the brakes have
you reach the desired speed. cooled.
The system may apply the brakes to slow Select a lower gear when the system is
the vehicle to the new set speed. The set active in situations such as prolonged
speed displays continuously in the downhill driving on steep grades, for
information display when the system is example in mountainous areas. The
active. system needs additional engine braking in
these situations to reduce the load on the
Canceling the Set Speed vehicle’s regular brake system to prevent
it from overheating.
Press CAN/OFF or tap the brake pedal.
The set speed does not erase. Switching Adaptive Cruise Control
Off
Resuming the Set Speed
Note: You erase the set speed and gap
Note: Only use resume if you are aware of setting when you switch the system off.
the set speed and intend to return to it.
Press CAN/OFF when the system is in
Press RES+. Your vehicle speed returns to standby mode, or switch the ignition off.
the previously set speed and gap setting.
The set speed displays continuously in the Detection Issues
information display when the system is
active.
WARNING: On rare occasions,
Automatic Cancellation detection issues can occur due to the
Note: If the engine speed drops too low, an road infrastructures, for example bridges,
audible warning sounds and a message tunnels and safety barriers. In these
appears in the information display. cases, the system may brake late or
Automatic braking releases. unexpectedly. At all times, you are
responsible for controlling your vehicle,
The system does not operate below supervising the system and intervening,
20 km/h (12 mph). if required.
Automatic cancellation can also occur if:
WARNING: If the system
• The tires lose traction. malfunctions, have your vehicle checked
• The engine speed is too low. as soon as possible.
• You apply the parking brake.
The radar sensor has a limited field of
vision. It may not detect vehicles at all or
detect a vehicle later than expected in
some situations. The lead vehicle graphic
does not illuminate if the system does not
detect a vehicle in front of you.
231
Cruise Control
In these cases, the system may brake late

or unexpectedly. You should stay alert and
take action when necessary.
If something hits the front end of your
vehicle or damage occurs, the
radar-sensing zone may change. This could
cause missed or false vehicle detections.
System Not Available

The system may not turn on if there is:
• A blocked sensor.
• High brake temperature.
• A failure in the system or a related
system.
Blocked Sensor
E71621
Detection issues can occur: E145632
A When driving on a different line Note: You cannot see the sensor. It is
than the vehicle in front. behind a fascia panel.
B With vehicles that edge into your A message displays if something obstructs
lane. The system can only detect the radar signals from the sensor. The
these vehicles once they move sensor is in the lower grille. The system
fully into your lane. cannot detect a vehicle ahead and does
not function when something blocks the
C There may be issues with the
sensor.
detection of vehicles in front
when driving into and coming out Note: Keep the front of your vehicle free of
of a bend or curve in the road. dirt, metal badges or objects. Vehicle front
protectors, aftermarket lights, additional
paint or plastic coatings could also degrade
sensor performance.
232
Cruise Control
Possible Causes and Actions for This Message Displaying:

Cause Action
The surface of the radar is dirty or Clean the grille surface in front of the radar
obstructed. or remove the object causing the obstruc-
tion.
The surface of the radar is clean but the Wait a short time. It may take several
message remains in the display. minutes for the radar to detect that it is free
from obstruction.
Heavy rain or snow is interfering with the Do not use the system in these conditions
radar signals. because it may not detect any vehicles
ahead.
Water, snow or ice on the surface of the Do not use the system in these conditions
road may interfere with the radar signals. because it may not detect any vehicles
ahead.
Due to the nature of radar technology, it is possible to get a blockage warning with no
actual block. This happens, for example, when driving in sparse rural or desert
environments. A false blocked condition either self clears or clears after a you restart your
vehicle.
Switching to Normal Cruise

Control USING ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL - VEHICLES WITH:
STOP AND GO
WARNING: Normal cruise control
will not brake when your vehicle is
approaching slower vehicles. Always be
aware of which mode you have selected WARNING: Pay close attention to
and apply the brakes when necessary. changing road conditions such as
entering or leaving a highway, on roads
You can change from adaptive cruise with intersections or roundabouts, roads
control to normal cruise control through without visible lanes of travel, roads that
the information display. are winding, slippery, unpaved, or steep
slopes.
The cruise control indicator light
replaces the adaptive cruise WARNING: Do not use the system
E71340 control indicator light if you in poor visibility, for example fog, heavy
select normal cruise control. The gap rain, spray or snow.
setting does not display, and the system
does not automatically respond to lead
vehicles. Automatic braking remains active
to maintain set speed.
233
Cruise Control

when towing a trailer that has
aftermarket electronic trailer brake
controls. Failure to follow this instruction
WARNING: Do not use tire sizes

other than those recommended because
this can affect the normal operation of
the system. Failure to do so may result E262918
in a loss of vehicle control, which could
result in serious injury. The cruise controls are on the steering
wheel. See Using Cruise Control (page
WARNING: The system may not 227).
detect stationary or slow moving
vehicles below 10 km/h (6 mph). Switching Adaptive Cruise Control
On
WARNING: The system does not
For vehicles without Speed
detect pedestrians or objects in the road.
Limiter, press and release the
E265296 button.
WARNING: The system does not
detect oncoming vehicles in the same For vehicles with Speed Limiter,
lane. press and release the button.
E144529
WARNING: The system is not a

The indicator, current gap setting and set
crash warning or avoidance system.
speed appear in the information display.
The system adjusts your vehicle speed to
maintain the set gap between you and the
vehicle in front of you in the same lane.
You can select four gap settings.
The system uses a radar sensor which
projects a beam directly in front of your
vehicle.
E164805
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed

Drive to your preferred speed.
Press and release the button.
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
234
Cruise Control

speed appear in the information display. WARNING: The system only warns
of vehicles detected by the radar sensor.
In some cases there may be no warning
or a delayed warning. Apply the brakes
when necessary. Failure to follow this
or death.
When a vehicle ahead of you enters the

E164805 same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in
the same lane, the vehicle speed adjusts
A vehicle graphic appears in the to maintain a preset gap distance. A
information display if the system detects vehicle graphic appears in the information
a vehicle in front of you. display.
Note: When adaptive cruise control is Note: The brakes may emit noise when
active, the speedometer may vary slightly applied by the system.
from the set speed displayed in the
information display. Note: When you are following a vehicle and
you switch on a direction indicator, adaptive
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed cruise control may provide a small
When Your Vehicle is Stationary temporary acceleration to help you pass.
Your vehicle maintains a consistent gap
Follow a vehicle to a complete stop.
from the vehicle ahead until:
Press while keeping the brake • The vehicle in front of you accelerates
pedal fully pressed. to a speed above the set speed.
E265299
• The vehicle in front of you moves out
The set speed adjusts to 30 km/h of the lane you are in.
(20 mph).
• You set a new gap distance.
speed appear in the information display. The system applies the brakes to slow your
vehicle to maintain a safe gap distance
Following a Vehicle from the vehicle in front. The system only
applies limited braking. You can override
the system by applying the brakes.
WARNING: When following a If the system determines that its maximum
vehicle that is braking, your vehicle does braking level is not sufficient, an audible
not always decelerate quickly enough to warning sounds, a message appears in the
avoid a crash without driver intervention. information display and an indicator
Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure flashes when the system continues to
to follow this instruction could result in brake. Take immediate action.
235
Cruise Control
Following a Vehicle to a Complete

Stop Adaptive Cruise Control Gap Settings
If your vehicle follows a vehicle to a Graphic Distance Gap Dynamic

complete stop and remains stationary for Display, Behavior
less than three seconds, your vehicle Bars Indic-
accelerates from a stationary position to ated
follow the vehicle ahead. Between
Vehicles
If your vehicle follows a vehicle
to a complete stop and remains 1 Closest. Sport.
E265299
stationary for more than three
seconds, press to follow the vehicle ahead. 2 Close. Normal.
Or press the accelerator pedal.
3 Medium. Normal.
Setting the Gap Distance 4 Far. Comfort.
You can decrease or increase the distance Each time you switch the system on, it
between your vehicle and the vehicle in selects the last chosen gap setting.
front by pressing the gap control.
Press and release to decrease Overriding the Set Speed
the gap distance.
E263697
Press and release to increase the WARNING: If you override the

gap distance. system by pressing the accelerator
E263696 pedal, it does not automatically apply
the brakes to maintain a gap from any
vehicle ahead.
When you press the accelerator pedal, you

override the set speed and gap distance.
Use the accelerator pedal normally to
intentionally exceed the set speed limit.
E164805
When you override the system, the vehicle
graphic disappears from the information
The selected gap appears in the display.
information display as shown by the bars The system resumes operation when you
in the image. release the accelerator pedal. The vehicle
Note: The gap setting is time dependent speed decreases to the set speed, or a
and therefore the distance adjusts with your lower speed if following a slower vehicle.
vehicle speed.
Changing the Set Speed
Note: It is your responsibility to select a gap
appropriate to the driving conditions. Press and release to increase the
set speed in small increments.
E265299
236
Cruise Control
Press and release to decrease Park Brake Application

the set speed in small
increments. Automatic parking brake application and
cancellation occurs if:
Press and hold either button to change the • You unbuckle the seatbelt and open
set speed in large increments. Release the the door after you stop the vehicle.
button when you reach your preferred
• You hold the vehicle at a stop
speed.
continuously for more than three
The system may apply the brakes to slow minutes.
the vehicle to the new set speed. The set
speed displays continuously in the Hilly Condition Usage
information display when the system is
active. Select a lower gear when the system is
active in situations such as prolonged
Canceling the Set Speed downhill driving on steep grades, for
example in mountainous areas. The
Press and release the button or system needs additional engine braking in
tap the brake pedal. these situations to reduce the load on the
E265298
vehicle’s regular brake system to prevent
Note: The system remembers the set it from overheating.
speed.
Note: An audible alarm sounds and the
Resuming the Set Speed system shuts down if it applies brakes for
an extended period of time. This allows the
Press and release the button. brakes to cool. The system functions
normally again after the brakes cool.
E265299
Your vehicle speed returns to the Switching Adaptive Cruise Control

previously set speed and gap setting. The Off
set speed displays continuously in the For vehicles without Speed
information display when the system is Limiter, press and release the
active. E265297 button when the system is in
Note: Only use resume if you are aware of standby mode or switch the ignition off.
the set speed and intend to return to it.
For vehicles with Speed Limiter,
Automatic Cancellation press and release the button
E144529
when the system is in standby
Automatic cancellation can also occur mode or switch the ignition off.
when:
Note: You erase the set speed when you
• The tires lose traction. switch the system off.
• You apply the parking brake.
237
Cruise Control
Detection Issues
WARNING: On rare occasions,

detection issues can occur due to the
road infrastructures, for example bridges,
tunnels and safety barriers. In these
cases, the system may brake late or
unexpectedly. At all times, you are
responsible for controlling your vehicle,
supervising the system and intervening,
if required.
WARNING: If the system

malfunctions, have your vehicle checked
The radar sensor has a limited field of view.

It may not detect vehicles at all or detect
a vehicle later than expected in some
situations. The lead vehicle graphic does
not display if the system does not detect
a vehicle in front of you.
E71621
Detection issues can occur:

A When driving on a different line
than the vehicle in front.
B With vehicles that edge into your
lane. The system can only detect
these vehicles once they move
fully into your lane.
C There may be issues with the
detection of vehicles in front
when driving into and coming out
of a bend or curve in the road.
In these cases, the system may brake late

or unexpectedly. You should stay alert and
take action when necessary.
If something hits the front end of your
vehicle or damage occurs, the
radar-sensing zone may change. This could
cause missed or false vehicle detection.
238
Cruise Control
Optimal system performance requires a Blocked Sensor

clear view of the road by the
windshield-mounted camera.
Optimal performance may not occur if:
• The camera is blocked.
• There is poor visibility or lighting
conditions.
• There are bad weather conditions.
System Not Available

Conditions that can cause the system to
deactivate or prevent the system from
activating when requested include:
• A blocked sensor.
• High brake temperature.
• A failure in the system or a related
system.
E249424
A message displays if something obstructs

the radar signals from the sensor. The
sensor is in the lower grille. The system
cannot detect a vehicle ahead and does
not function when something blocks the
sensor.
Note: You cannot see the sensor. It is
behind a fascia panel.
Note: Keep the front of your vehicle free of
dirt, metal badges or objects. Vehicle front
protectors, aftermarket lights, additional
paint or plastic coatings could also degrade
sensor performance.
239
Cruise Control
Possible Causes and Actions for This Message Displaying:

Cause Action
The surface of the radar is dirty or Clean the grille surface in front of the radar
obstructed. or remove the object causing the obstruc-
tion.
The surface of the radar is clean but the Wait a short time. It may take several
message remains in the display. minutes for the radar to detect that it is free
from obstruction.
Heavy rain or snow is interfering with the Do not use the system in these conditions
radar signals. because it may not detect any vehicles
ahead.
Water, snow or ice on the surface of the Do not use the system in these conditions
road may interfere with the radar signals. because it may not detect any vehicles
ahead.
You are in a desert or remote area with no Wait for a short time or switch to normal
other vehicles and no roadside objects. cruise control.
Due to the nature of radar technology, it is possible to get a blockage warning with no
actual block. This happens, for example, when driving in sparse rural or desert
environments. A false blocked condition either self clears, or clears after you restart your
vehicle.
Switching to Normal Cruise You can change from adaptive cruise

Control control to normal cruise control through
WARNING: Normal cruise control

will not brake when your vehicle is
approaching slower vehicles. Always be
aware of which mode you have selected
and apply the brakes when necessary.
The cruise control indicator

replaces the adaptive cruise
E71340 control indicator if you select
normal cruise control. The gap setting does
not display, and the system does not
respond to lead vehicles. Automatic
braking remains active to maintain set
speed.
240
Driving Aids
SPEED LIMITER - VEHICLES Switching the System On and Off

WITH: ADAPTIVE CRUISE Press LIM CNCL/OFF to set the limiter in
CONTROL standby mode. The information display
prompts you to set a speed. Press LIM
Principle of Operation CNCL/OFF with the limiter in standby
mode to turn the system OFF.
Setting the Speed Limit

downhill, your vehicle speed may • Press SET- with the limiter in standby
increase above the set speed. The mode to set the limiter to the current
system will not apply the brakes but a vehicle speed. Speed limitation
warning displays. Failure to follow this activates and the LIM symbol in the
warning could result in serious personal information display shows as green.
injury or death. • Press RES+ or SET- to select your
desired speed limit. The speed is
The system allows you to set a speed, to displayed in the information display
which your vehicle then becomes limited. and stored as the set speed.
The set speed becomes the effective
• You can adjust the set speed in small
maximum speed of your vehicle, but with
or large increments. Press the button
the option to temporarily exceed this limit
once to adjust the set speed in small
if required.
increments. Press and hold the button
Using the system to adjust the set speed in large
increments.
Note: The set speed limit can be • Press LIM CNCL/OFF to cancel the
intentionally exceeded for a short period of limiter and place it in standby mode.
time if required, for example when The LIM symbol in the information
overtaking. display shows as grey.
The system is operated by adjustment • Press RES+ to resume the limiter. The
controls mounted on the steering LIM symbol in the information display
wheel. shows as green.
Intentionally Exceeding the Set Speed

Limit
Firmly depress the accelerator to
temporarily turn the system off. The
system reactivates once your vehicle speed
drops below the set speed.
System Warnings
If you accidently exceed the set speed, the
set speed indicator in the information
E184571
display flashes and an audible warning
tone sounds.
241
Driving Aids
If you intentionally exceed the set speed, Switching the System On and Off
only the set speed indicator in the
information display flashes. Press LIM CNCL/OFF to set the limiter in
standby mode. The information display
Using the Intelligent Speed Limiter prompts you to set a speed or show the
(If Equipped)
detected speed limit as the set speed. The
Intelligent Speed Limiter does not limit the
vehicle speed in standby mode. The Auto
LIM symbol and set speed indication show
WARNING: You are responsible for as grey in standby mode. Press LIM
controlling your vehicle at all times. The CNCL/OFF with the limiter in standby
system is designed to be an aid and does mode to switch the system off.
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure Setting the Speed Limit
the loss of control of your vehicle, • Press Res+ with the limiter in standby
personal injury or death. mode to set the limiter to the detected
speed limit. Speed limitation activates
Note: When driving between countries that and the Auto LIM symbol shows as
use different units of measure (miles per green.
hour or kilometers per hour), there may be • Press SET- with the limiter in standby
a delay before the system changes between mode to set the limiter to the current
speed limit units. During this time, the vehicle speed. Speed limitation
display screen for the speed limiter may activates and the Auto LIM symbol
differ from the actual posted speed limit. shows as green.
For best performance, make sure that the • Press RES+ or SET- to gradually
navigation SD card is in the navigation change the current set speed to your
media port. desired speed limit. The speed is
The system allows you to automatically displayed in the information display
limit your vehicle speed to the speed limit and stored as the set speed.
that is detected by the Traffic Sign • You can adjust the set speed in small
Recognition system. or large increments. Press the button
You can change the speed limiter mode once to adjust the set speed in small
between manual and intelligent in the increments. Press and hold the button
information display. See General to adjust the set speed in large
Information (page 103). increments.
You can select a permanent set speed • Press LIM CNCL/OFF to cancel the
tolerance that is in addition to the detected limiter and place it in standby mode.
speed limit through the tolerance menu in The Auto LIM symbol shows as grey.
the information display. See General
242
Driving Aids
• Press RES+ to resume the limiter. The SPEED LIMITER - VEHICLES

Auto LIM symbol shows as green.
WITH: CRUISE CONTROL
• The limit speed adapts to the speed
limit detected by the Traffic Sign Principle of Operation
Recognition system. The Intelligent
Speed Limiter does not react to speed
limits shown with a supplementary sign
by the Traffic Sign Recognition system.
downhill, your vehicle speed may
If there is no speed limit information
increase above the set speed. The
available, the limiter switches to
system will not apply the brakes but a
standby mode.
warning displays. Failure to follow this
Intentionally Exceeding the Set Speed warning could result in serious personal
Limit injury or death.
Firmly depress the accelerator pedal to The system allows you to set a speed, to
temporarily turn the system off. The which your vehicle then becomes limited.
system reactivates once your vehicle speed The set speed becomes the effective
drops below the set speed. maximum speed of your vehicle, but with
the option to temporarily exceed this limit
System Warnings if required.
If the set speed is automatically set to a
lower value than your current vehicle
Using the Speed Limiter
speed, the set speed indicator in the Note: The set speed limit can be
information display flashes and an audible intentionally exceeded for a short period of
warning tone sounds if you are time if required, for example when
continuously exceeding the set speed. overtaking.
If you accidently exceed the set speed, the The system is operated by adjustment
set speed indicator in the information controls mounted on the steering
display flashes and an audible warning wheel.
tone sounds.
If you intentionally exceed the set speed,
information display flashes.
If the Traffic Sign Recognition system
detects a speed limit outside the
operational speed range, an audible
warning tone sounds and the system
switches to standby mode.
E191232
243
Driving Aids
Switching the System On and Off Using the Intelligent Speed Limiter
(If Equipped)
Press LIM to set the limiter in standby
mode. The information display prompts
you to set a speed. Press LIM again to
switch the system off. WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
Setting the Speed Limiter system is designed to be an aid and does
• Press SET+ or SET- with the limiter in drive with due care and attention. Failure
standby mode to set the limiter to the to follow this instruction could result in
current vehicle speed. The LIM symbol the loss of control of your vehicle,
in the information display shows as personal injury or death.
green.
• Press SET+ or SET- to select your Note: When driving between countries that
desired speed limit. The speed is use different units of measure (miles per
displayed in the information display hour or kilometers per hour), there may be
and stored as the set speed. a delay before the system changes between
• You can adjust the set speed in small speed limit units. During this time, the
or large increments. Press the button display screen for the speed limiter may
once to adjust the set speed in small differ from the actual posted speed limit.
increments. Press and hold the button For best performance, make sure that the
to adjust the set speed in large navigation SD card is in the navigation
increments. media port.
• Press CNCL to cancel the limiter and The system allows you to automatically
place it in standby mode. The LIM limit your vehicle speed to the speed limit
symbol in the information display that is detected by the Traffic Sign
shows as grey. Recognition system.
• Press RES to resume the limiter. The You can change the speed limiter mode
LIM symbol shows as green. between manual and intelligent in the
information display. See General
Intentionally Exceeding the Set Speed Information (page 103).
Limit
You can select a permanent set speed
Firmly depress the accelerator pedal to tolerance that is in addition to the detected
temporarily switch the system off. The speed limit through the tolerance menu in
system reactivates once your vehicle speed the information display. See General
drops below the set speed. Information (page 103).
System Warnings
If you accidently exceed the set speed, the
set speed indicator in the information
display flashes and an audible warning
tone sounds.
If you intentionally exceed the set speed,
information display flashes.
244
Driving Aids
Switching the System On and Off • Press RES to resume the limiter. The
Auto LIM symbol shows as green.
Press LIM to set the limiter in standby
mode. The information display prompts • The limit speed adapts to the speed
you to set a speed or show the detected limit detected by the Traffic Sign
speed limit as the set speed. The Intelligent Recognition system. The Intelligent
Speed Limiter does not limit the vehicle Speed Limiter does not react to speed
speed in standby mode. The Auto LIM limits shown with a supplementary sign
symbol and set speed indication show as by the Traffic Sign Recognition system.
grey in standby mode. Press LIM with the If there is no speed limit information
limiter in standby mode to switch the available, the limiter switches to
system off. standby mode.
Intentionally Exceeding the Set Speed System Warnings

Limit If the set speed is automatically set to a
Firmly depress the accelerator pedal to lower value than your current vehicle
temporarily switch the system off. The speed, the set speed indicator in the
system reactivates once your vehicle speed information display flashes and an audible
drops below the set speed. warning tone sounds if you are
continuously exceeding the set speed.
Setting the Speed Limiter If you accidently exceed the set speed, the
• Press RES with the limiter in standby set speed indicator in the information
mode to set the limiter to the detected display flashes and an audible warning
speed limit. Speed limitation activates tone sounds.
and the Auto LIM symbol shows as If you intentionally exceed the set speed,
green. only the set speed indicator in the
• Press SET- with the limiter in standby information display flashes.
mode to set the limiter to the current If the Traffic Sign Recognition system
vehicle speed. Speed limitation detects a speed limit outside the
activates and the Auto LIM symbol operational speed range, an audible
shows as green. warning tone sounds and the system
• Press SET+ or SET- to gradually switches to standby mode.
change the current set speed to your
desired speed limit. The speed is
displayed in the information display DRIVER ALERT
and stored as the set speed.
• You can adjust the set speed in small
or large increments. Press the button
once to adjust the set speed in small WARNING: You are responsible for
increments. Press and hold the button controlling your vehicle at all times. The
to adjust the set speed in large system is designed to be an aid and does
increments. not relieve you of your responsibility to
• Press CNCL to cancel the limiter and drive with due care and attention. Failure
place it in standby mode. The Auto LIM to follow this instruction could result in
symbol shows as grey. the loss of control of your vehicle,
245
Driving Aids
Using Driver Alert

WARNING: The system may not Switching the System On and Off
function if the sensor is blocked.
Switch the system on using the information
WARNING: Take regular rest display. See Information Displays (page
breaks if you feel tired. Do not wait for 103).
the system to warn you.
Note: The system remains on or off
depending on how it was last set.
WARNING: Certain driving styles
may result in the system warning you The system calculates your alertness level
even if you are not feeling tired. based upon your driving behavior in relation
to the lane markings and other factors.
WARNING: In cold and severe
weather conditions the system may not System Warnings
function. Rain, snow and spray can all
Note: The system does not warn you if the
limit sensor performance.
vehicle speed falls below approximately
65 km/h (40 mph).
WARNING: The system will not
operate if the sensor cannot track the The warning system has two stages:
road lane markings. 1. A temporary warning is issued to advise
you to take a rest. This message only
WARNING: The system may not appears for a short time.
operate properly if the sensor is blocked.
Keep the windshield free from 2. If you do not rest and the system
obstruction. continues to detect that your driving
deteriorates, it issues a further warning.
WARNING: If damage occurs in the This remains in the information display
immediate area surrounding the sensor, until you cancel it. See Information
have your vehicle checked as soon as Messages (page 115).
possible. Press OK on the steering wheel control to
remove the warning.
correctly operate if your vehicle is fitted Resetting the System
with a suspension kit not approved by
You can reset the system by:
us.
• Switching the ignition off and on.
Note: The system assists you when driving • Stopping your vehicle and then opening
on fast main roads and freeways. and closing the driver door.
Note: The system calculates an alertness
level at vehicle speeds above approximately
65 km/h (40 mph).
The system monitors your driving behavior.
The system is designed to alert you if it
calculates that you are becoming drowsy
or if your driving deteriorates.
246
Driving Aids
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM

correctly operate if your vehicle is fitted
WARNING: You are responsible for with a suspension kit not approved by
controlling your vehicle at all times. The us.
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to Note: The system works above 64 km/h
drive with due care and attention. Failure (40 mph).
to follow this instruction could result in Note: The system works as long as the
the loss of control of your vehicle, camera can detect one lane marking.
Note: When aid mode is on and the system
WARNING: Always drive with due detects no steering activity for a short
care and attention when using and period, the system alerts you to put your
operating the controls and features on hands on the steering wheel. The system
your vehicle. may detect a light grip or touch on the
steering wheel as hands off driving.
WARNING: In cold and severe Note: The system may not function if the
weather conditions the system may not camera is blocked, or if the windshield is
function. Rain, snow and spray can all damaged or dirty.
limit sensor performance.
WARNING: The system will not

operate if the sensor cannot track the
road lane markings.
WARNING: The sensor may

incorrectly track lane markings as other
structures or objects. This can result in
a false or missed warning.
WARNING: Large contrasts in

outside lighting can limit sensor E249505
performance.
When you switch the system on and it
WARNING: The system may not detects an unintentional drift out of your
operate properly if the sensor is blocked. lane is likely to occur, the system notifies
Keep the windshield free from or assists you to stay in your lane through
obstruction. the steering system and information
display. Depending on the feature
WARNING: If damage occurs in the operation mode you select, the system
immediate area surrounding the sensor, provides a warning by vibrating the steering
have your vehicle checked as soon as wheel or a steering assistance by gently
possible. counter steering your vehicle back into the
lane.
247
Driving Aids

Note: The system on or off setting is stored
until it is manually changed, unless a
MyKey™ is detected. If the system detects
a MyKey™, it defaults to on and the mode
is set to alert.
E165516
Aid only – Provides steering assistance

toward the lane center when the system
E132099 detects an unintended lane departure.
Press the button on the direction indicator
stalk to switch the system on or off.
System Settings
The system has optional setting menus
available. The system stores the
last-known selection for each of these
settings. You do not need to readjust your
settings each time you switch on the
system.
Mode: This setting allows you to select
E165517
which of the system features you can
enable.
A Alert
B Aid
Alert + Aid – Provides steering assistance

toward the lane center.
If your vehicle continues drifting out of the
lane after the lane keeping aid corrects the
vehicle, the system provides a steering
wheel vibration.
Note: The alert and aid diagrams illustrate
general zone coverage. They do not provide
E165515 exact zone parameters.
Intensity: This setting affects the intensity
Alert only – Provides a steering wheel
of the steering wheel vibration used for the
vibration when the system detects an
alert and alert + aid modes. This setting
unintended lane departure.
does not affect the aid mode.
248
Driving Aids
• Low • Your vehicle is under the activation

• Normal speed.
• High • The direction indicator is active.
• Your vehicle is in a dynamic maneuver.
System Display
• The road has no or poor lane markings
in the camera field of view.
• The camera is obscured or unable to
detect the lane markings due to
environmental, traffic or vehicle
conditions. For example, significant sun
angles, shadows, snow, heavy rain or
fog, following a large vehicle that is
blocking or shadowing the lane, poor
headlamp illumination.
See Troubleshooting for additional
information.
E151660
Green: Indicates that the system is
If you switch the system on in alert mode, available or ready to provide a warning or
an overhead graphic of a vehicle with lane intervention, on the indicated side.
markings appears in the information Yellow: Indicates that the system is
display. providing or has just provided a lane
If you switch the system on in aid or alert keeping aid intervention.
and aid mode, a separate white icon also Red: Indicates that the system is providing
appears, or in some vehicles, arrows or has just provided a lane keeping alert
display with the lane markings. warning.
When you switch the system off, the lane The system can be temporarily suppressed
marking graphics do not display. at any time by the following:
While the system is on, the color of the • Quick braking.
lane markings change to indicate the
system status. • Fast acceleration.
• Using the turn signal indicator.
Gray: Indicates that the system is
temporarily unable to provide a warning • Evasive steering maneuver.
or intervention on the indicated side. This • Driving too close to the lane marking.
may be because:
249
Driving Aids
Troubleshooting
Why is the feature not available (line markings are gray) when I can see the lane markings
on the road?
Your vehicle speed is outside the operational range of the feature.

The sun is shining directly into the camera lens.
A quick intentional lane change has occurred.
Your vehicle stays too close to the lane markings.
Driving at high speeds in curves.
The last alert warning or aid intervention occurred a short time ago.
Ambiguous lane markings, for example in construction zones.
Rapid transition from light to dark, or from dark to light.
Sudden offset in lane markings.
ABS or AdvanceTrac™ is active.
There is a camera blockage due to dirt, grime, fog, frost or water on the windshield.
You are driving too close to the vehicle in front of you.
Transitioning between no lane markings to lane markings or vice versa.
There is standing water on the road.
Faint lane markings, for example partial yellow lane markings on concrete roads.
Lane width is too narrow or too wide.
The camera has not been calibrated after a windshield replacement.
Driving on tight roads or on uneven roads.
250
Driving Aids
Why does the vehicle not come back toward the middle of the lane, as expected, in the
Aid or Aid + Alert mode?
High cross winds are present.

There is a large road crown.
Rough roads, grooves or shoulder drop-offs.
Heavy uneven loading of the vehicle or improper tire inflation pressure.
The tires have been changed, or the suspension has been modified.
The system is designed to detect vehicles

that may have entered the blind spot zone.
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION The detection area is on both sides of your
SYSTEM vehicle, extending rearward from the
exterior mirrors to approximately 4 m
(13 ft) beyond the rear bumper. The
WARNING: Do not use the blind detection area extends to approximately
spot information system as a 18 m (59 ft) beyond the rear bumper when
replacement for using the interior and the vehicle speed is greater than 48 km/h
exterior mirrors or looking over your (30 mph) to alert you of faster
shoulder before changing lanes. The approaching vehicles.
blind spot information system is not a Note: The system does not prevent contact
replacement for careful driving. with other vehicles. It is not designed to
detect parked vehicles, pedestrians, animals
WARNING: The system may not or other infrastructures.
operate properly during severe weather
conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy Using the Blind Spot Information
rain and spray. Always drive with due System
care and attention. Failure to take care
may result in a crash. Vehicles with Automatic Transmission
The system turns on when all of the
following occur:
• You start your vehicle.
• You shift into drive (D).
• The vehicle speed is greater than
10 km/h (6 mph).
Note: The system does not operate in park
(P) or reverse (R).
E255695
251
Driving Aids
Vehicles with Manual Transmission The sensors are behind the rear bumper
on both sides of your vehicle.
The system turns on when all of the
following occur: Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
• You start your vehicle.
• The vehicle speed is greater than Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper
10 km/h (6 mph). stickers, repair compound or other objects.
Note: The system does not operate in Note: Blocked sensors could affect system
reverse (R). performance.
If the sensors become blocked, a message
System Lights and Messages may appear in the information display. See
Information Messages (page 115). The
alert indicators remain illuminated but the
system does not alert you.
System Errors
If the system detects a fault, a warning
lamp illuminates and a message displays.
See Information Messages (page 115).

You can switch the system off using the
E142442 information display. See General
Information (page 103). When you switch
When the system detects a vehicle, an the system off, a warning lamp illuminates
alert indicator illuminates in the exterior and a message displays. When you switch
mirror on the side the approaching vehicle the system on or off, the alert indicators
is coming from. If you turn the direction flash twice.
indicator on for that side of your vehicle,
the alert indicator flashes. Note: The system remembers the last
setting when you start your vehicle.
Note: The system may not alert you if a
vehicle quickly passes through the detection Note: The system may not correctly operate
zone. when towing a trailer. For vehicles with a
trailer tow module and tow bar approved
Blocked Sensors by us, the system turns off when you attach
a trailer. For vehicles with an aftermarket
trailer tow module or tow bar, we
recommend that you switch the system off
when you attach a trailer.
To permanently switch the system off,
contact an authorized dealer.
E205199
252
Driving Aids
CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT The system is designed to alert you of

vehicles approaching from the sides when
you shift into reverse (R).
WARNING: Do not use the cross Using the Cross Traffic Alert
traffic alert system as a replacement for System
using the interior and exterior mirrors or
looking over your shoulder before The system is designed to detect vehicles
reversing out of a parking space. The that approach with a speed up to 60 km/h
cross traffic alert system is not a (37 mph). Coverage decreases when the
replacement for careful driving. sensors are partially, mostly or fully
obstructed. Slowly reversing helps increase
WARNING: The system may not the coverage area and effectiveness.
operate properly during severe weather The system turns on when you start the
conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy engine and you shift into reverse (R). The
rain and spray. Always drive with due system turns off when you shift out of
care and attention. Failure to take care reverse (R).
may result in a crash.
E142440
The sensor on the left-hand side is only

partially obstructed and zone coverage on
the right-hand side is maximized.
253
Driving Aids
E142441
Zone coverage also decreases when Note: In exceptional conditions, the system
parking at narrow angles. The sensor on could alert you even when there is nothing
the left-hand side is mostly obstructed and in the detection zone, for example a vehicle
zone coverage on that side is severely passing in the distance.
reduced. Blocked Sensors
System Lights, Messages and
Audible Alerts
E205199
The sensors are behind the rear bumper

on both sides of your vehicle.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
E142442
Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper
When the system detects a vehicle, an stickers, repair compound or other objects.
indicator illuminates in the exterior mirror
Note: Blocked sensors could affect system
on the side the approaching vehicle is
performance.
coming from. A tone sounds and a
message appears in the information
display.
254
Driving Aids
If the sensors are blocked, a message may To permanently switch the system off,
appear in the information display when contact an authorized dealer.
you shift into reverse (R). See
Information Messages (page 115).
TRAFFIC SIGN RECOGNITION
System Limitations
The system may not correctly operate
when any of the following occur:
• The sensors are blocked. WARNING: You are responsible for
• Adjacently parked vehicles or objects controlling your vehicle at all times. The
are obstructing the sensors. system is designed to be an aid and does
• Vehicles approach at speeds greater drive with due care and attention. Failure
than 60 km/h (37 mph). to follow this instruction could result in
• The vehicle speed is greater than the loss of control of your vehicle,
12 km/h (7 mph). personal injury or death.
• You reverse out of an angled parking
space. WARNING: The system may not
function if the sensor is blocked.
System Errors
Note: In cold and severe weather conditions
If the system detects a fault a message the system may not function. Rain, snow,
displays. See General Information (page spray and large contrasts in lighting can all
103). prevent the sensor from functioning
correctly.
Switching the System Off and On
Note: Do not carry out windshield repairs
You can temporarily switch the system off in the immediate area surrounding the
using the information display. See General sensor.
Information (page 103). When you switch
Note: If your vehicle has a suspension kit
system off, a message displays. See
not approved by us, the system may not
Information Messages (page 115).
correctly function.
Note: The system turns on each time you
Note: Always replace headlamp bulbs with
switch the ignition on and you shift into
those specifically designed for your vehicle.
reverse (R). If you temporarily switch the
Other bulbs may reduce system
system off, it turns on the next time you
performance.
switch the ignition on.
Note: The system may not detect all traffic
Note: The system may not correctly operate
signs and may incorrectly read signs.
when towing a trailer. For vehicles with a
trailer tow module and tow bar approved Note: Keep the windshield free from
by us, the system turns off when you attach obstructions for example bird droppings,
a trailer. For vehicles with an aftermarket insects and snow or ice.
trailer tow module or tow bar, we Note: The system is designed to detect
recommend that you switch the system off traffic signs meeting the Vienna convention.
when you attach a trailer.
255
Driving Aids
Note: Traffic sign data provided by the 3. After a predetermined distance they
navigation system contains information are greyed out.
integrated to the data carrier release. 4. After another predetermined distance
The sensor is behind the interior rear view they are deleted.
mirror. It continuously monitors road signs If the system detects a supplementary
to inform you of the current maximum traffic sign, it displays below the respective
speed limit and overtaking regulations. traffic sign. For example, when passing a
The system detects recognizable traffic reduced speed limit in wet road conditions
signs, for example: sign.
• Speed limit signs. If your vehicle has a navigation system,
• No overtaking signs. stored traffic sign data may influence the
indicated speed limit value.
• Speed limit cancellation signs.
• No overtaking cancellation signs. Switching Speed Warning On and Off
Using Traffic Sign Recognition You can switch the speed warning on and
off using the information display. See
Setting the System Speed Warning General Information (page 103).
The system has a number of speed Note: The system remembers the last
warning levels that you can set using the setting when you start your vehicle.
Information (page 103). ECO
System Display
The system is designed to monitor certain
driving characteristics to help you drive
more efficiently. See Driving
Economically (page 283).
Note: The efficiency levels do not result in
a defined fuel consumption figure. See Fuel
Consumption (page 181).
E132994 Note: The system only indicates the
The system can display two traffic signs efficiency level for the current trip. The
in parallel. system resets each time you switch the
ignition on.
You can view the status at any time using
the information display. Eco Mode System Display
The system displays recognizable traffic You can view the instantaneous efficiency
signs in four stages as follows: level or the trip summary in the information
1. All new traffic signs appear brighter display.
than the others in the display. 1. Press the menu button on the steering
2. After a predetermined time they wheel to enter the information display
display normally. main menu.
256
Driving Aids
2. Select Display settings.

3. Select Eco coach. WARNING: The system may fail or
4. Select a setting and press the OK operate with reduced function during
button. cold and severe weather conditions.
Snow, ice, rain, spray and fog can
Instantaneous Efficiency Level adversely affect the system. Keep the
front camera and radar free of snow and
The display circle illuminates as the ice. Failure to take care may result in the
instantaneous efficiency level increases. loss of control of your vehicle, serious
The level continuously updates to indicate personal injury or death.
the efficiency level for the current trip.
Trip Summary operate properly if your vehicle has a
You can check the trip summary status for non-Ford windshield. Do not carry out
acceleration, deceleration and speed windshield repairs in the area around the
during the total distance traveled by your sensor.
vehicle for the current trip in the
information display. WARNING: In situations where the
vehicle camera has limited detection
Checking Trip Summary Status capability, this may reduce system
performance. These situations include
1. Press the menu button on the steering but are not limited to direct or low
wheel to enter the information display sunlight, vehicles at night without tail
main menu. lights, unconventional vehicle types,
2. Select Select screens. pedestrians with complex backgrounds,
3. Select Eco behaviour. running pedestrians, partly obscured
pedestrians, or pedestrians that the
4. Select the screen on your main screen. system cannot distinguish from a group.
See General Information (page 103). Failure to take care may result in the loss
of control of your vehicle, serious
PRE-COLLISION ASSIST personal injury or death.
WARNING: The Pre-Collision Assist

system with brake support cannot help
WARNING: You are responsible for prevent all collisions. Do not rely on this
controlling your vehicle at all times. The system to replace your judgment and the
system is designed to be an aid and does need to maintain correct distance and
not relieve you of your responsibility to speed.
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in The pre-collision assist system is active
the loss of control of your vehicle, when your vehicle reaches a speed greater
personal injury or death. than approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).
Pedestrian detection is active at speeds
WARNING: The system does not up to 80 km/h (50 mph).
operate during hard acceleration or
steering. Failure to take care may lead Note: The system is not designed to detect
to a crash or personal injury. animals.
257
Driving Aids
Note: The system is not designed to detect If your vehicle is rapidly approaching
vehicles or cyclists that are traveling in a another stationary vehicle, a vehicle or
different direction. cyclist traveling in the same direction as
yours, or a pedestrian within your driving
path, the system is designed to provide
three levels of functionality.
E156130
Level of Functionality Description
Alert When activated, a warning lamp flashes and an audible

warning sounds.
Brake support The system is designed to help reduce the impact speed by
preparing the brakes for rapid braking. The system does not
automatically apply the brakes. If you press the brake pedal,
the system could apply additional braking up to maximum
braking force, even if you lightly press the brake pedal.
Active braking - vehicles The system is designed to apply the brakes if it detects a
without adaptive cruise crash is imminent. This may help reduce impact or avoid the
control crash.
The system is active at speeds up to 130 km/h (80 mph).
Active braking - vehicles The system is designed to apply the brakes if it detects a
with adaptive cruise crash is imminent. This may help reduce impact or avoid the
control crash.
To switch active braking on or off, use the information display controls on the
Menu Item Action
Driver assist Press the menu button.

Pre-collision Assist Press the OK button.
Active braking Press the OK button.
Note: The warning lamp does not

Distance Alert (If Equipped) illuminate if cruise control or adaptive cruise
control is active.
A warning lamp illuminates if the distance
to the vehicle ahead is small.
258
Driving Aids
Distance Alert Sensitivity Settings
To adjust the distance alert sensitivity settings, use the information display
controls on the steering wheel to select the following:
Menu Item Action

Alert sensitivity Press the OK button. Press the toggle button upward or
downward to choose your required setting. Press the OK
button.
Note: The graphic does not display if you

Distance Indication (If Equipped) switch on cruise control or adaptive cruise
control.
A graphical indication displays the time
gap to vehicles ahead of you traveling in
the same direction.
Vehicle Speed System Sensit- Distance Indic- Distance Gap Time Gap
ivity ator Color
100 km/h Normal. Gray. Greater than Greater than 0.9
(62 mph) 25 m (82.0 ft) . seconds.
Yellow. 17–25 m 0.6-0.9
(55.8–82.0 ft). seconds.
Red. Less than 17 m Less than 0.6
(55.8 ft). seconds.
Switching Distance Indication On or Off
To switch distance indication on or off, use the information display controls on

the steering wheel to select the following:
Menu Item Action

Distance indication Press the OK button.
259
Driving Aids
Pre-Collision Assist System The camera is mounted behind the interior

Sensors mirror.
Vehicles without Adaptive Cruise

Control
E243054
E244279
The camera is mounted behind the interior The radar sensor is behind the front grille
mirror. below the license plate.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt. and large accumulations of dirt.
Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp Note: Do not clean the sensors with sharp
objects. objects.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage Note: If your vehicle sustains damage
leaving the sensors misaligned, this may leaving the sensors misaligned, this may
cause inaccurate measurements or false cause inaccurate measurements or false
alerts. alerts.
Blocked sensors could affect system Blocked sensors could affect system
accuracy. A message may appear in the accuracy. A message may appear in the
information display. information display.
Vehicles with Adaptive Cruise Control Pre-Collision Assist Warning Lamp
It illuminates if your vehicle
rapidly approaches another
vehicle, to warn you of the risk of
a crash with the vehicle in front of you.
It could illuminate red if the distance to the

vehicle ahead is small.
E243054
It illuminates when the system is not
available.
260
Driving Aids
Pre-Collision Assist Information Messages
Message Action
Pre-collision assist not The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked
available as soon as possible.
Pre-collision assist not The sensors are dirty. Clean the sensors. If the message
available Sensor blocked continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
The following table lists possible causes and actions for when a blocked sensor
message may display.
Cause Action
The surface of the radar in the radiator grille Clean the radiator grille in front of the radar
is dirty or obstructed. or remove any obstruction.
The surface of the radar is clean but the Wait for a short period of time. It may take
message remains in the display. several minutes for the system to detect
that there is no obstruction.
Heavy rain, spray, snow, or fog is interfering The system is temporarily disabled. The
with the radar signals. system should reactivate after a short
period of time when the weather conditions
improve.
The radar is misaligned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
The windshield in front of the camera is Clean the outside of the windshield in front
dirty or obstructed. of the camera.
The windshield in front of the camera is Wait for a short period of time. It may take
clean but the message remains in the several minutes for the camera to detect
display. that there is no obstruction.
Excessive heat around the camera. Wait for a short period of time. The
message should clear when the temper-
ature around the camera decreases.
261
Driving Aids
DRIVE CONTROL Modes:

• Comfort – Provides a more relaxed
Driver Select Suspension driving experience, maximizing comfort.
Your steering effort decreases and the
Driver select suspension delivers a unique suspension movement is more fluid.
driving experience through a suite of Comfort mode is ideal when you desire
sophisticated electronic vehicle systems. enhanced traveling comfort.
These systems continuously monitor your
driving inputs and the road conditions to • Normal – Delivers a balanced
optimize ride comfort, steering and combination of comfortable, controlled
handling. ride and confident handling. This mode
provides an engaging drive experience
Driver select suspension consists of the and a direct connection to the road
following systems: without sacrificing any of the
• Continuously controlled damping composure demanded from your
dynamically adjusts the shock vehicle.
absorbers stiffness in real time to • Sport – Provides a sportier driving
match the road surface and driver experience. The suspension stiffens,
inputs. This system continuously with an emphasis on handling and
monitors your vehicle’s motion (roll, control. The engine responds more
pitch, bounce), suspension position, directly to your inputs. Sport mode is
load, speed, road conditions, and ideal for use during more spirited
steering to adjust the suspension driving.
damping for optimal vehicle control.
Note: The Drive Control has diagnostic
• Electronically power-assisted steering checks that continuously monitor the
adjusts steering effort and feel based system to ensure proper operation. Certain
on your vehicle speed and your inputs. types of system errors will gray out the
• Adaptive steering optimizes your mode selections within the information
vehicle's steering response based on display, preventing you from changing states
your steering wheel input, changes in when the gear position is changed. Other
vehicle speed, or other conditions. types of errors will produce a temporary
message that states a malfunction. If either
You can configure which of the modes are
condition persists for multiple key cycles,
active from the main menu on the
have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer.
Adaptive Steering
The adaptive steering system provides a
mode selection that changes how much
your vehicle responds to your steering
wheel input.
You can configure which of the modes are
active from the main menu on the
262
Driving Aids
Modes:
• Normal – Provides an enhanced
fun-to-drive feel used for everyday
driving.
• Sport – Provides a more responsive
and engaging driving experience.
263
Local Hazard Information
WHAT IS LOCAL HAZARD CHECKING LOCAL HAZARD

INFORMATION INFORMATION STATUS
The system is designed to provide near 1. Using the information display controls
real-time information about the road in on the steering wheel, select Driver
front of you. assist.
2. Select Local hazard info.
LOCAL HAZARD
INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You are responsible for

controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
drive with due care and attention. Failure
the loss of control of your vehicle,
ENABLING LOCAL HAZARD

INFORMATION
Note: Make sure that the modem is
enabled. See Enabling and Disabling the
Modem (page 370).
1. Select Settings.
2. Select FordPass Connect.
3. Select Connectivity settings.
4. Switch Vehicle connectivity on.
5. Switch Location on.
6. Switch Vehicle data & Remote ctrl on.
7. Switch Live Traffic on.
8. Switch Local hazard information on.
264
Load Carrying
GENERAL INFORMATION LUGGAGE ANCHOR POINTS

Wagon
WARNING: Make sure that you
properly secure objects in the luggage
compartment. Failure to follow this
in the event of a sudden stop or crash.

on the luggage cover. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury or death in the event of a sudden
stop or crash.
WARNING: The appropriate

loading capacity of your vehicle can be
limited either by volume capacity (how
much space is available) or by payload
capacity (how much weight the vehicle
should carry). Once you have reached E86912
the maximum payload of your vehicle,
do not add more cargo, even if there is 4-door and 5-door
space available. Overloading or
improperly loading your vehicle can
contribute to loss of vehicle control and
vehicle rollover.

close the liftgate to prevent exhaust
fumes from entering your vehicle. If you
are unable to fully close the liftgate,
open the air vents or the windows to
WARNING: Do not exceed the

maximum front and rear axle loads for
your vehicle.
E86913
Note: When loading long objects into your
vehicle, for example pipes, timber or
furniture be careful not to damage the
interior trim.
265
Load Carrying
Hybrid CARGO NETS - WAGON

Luggage retention net
Installing the net
E87052
E192808
1. Push the ends of the upper bar toward
each other and insert them into the
REAR UNDER FLOOR retainers on the headliner. Push the bar
forward into the narrow section of the
STORAGE retainers.
E192810
Raise the loadspace floor to gain access

to the storage compartment. E87053
266
Load Carrying
2. Attach the net to the luggage anchor LUGGAGE COVERS

points. See Luggage Anchor Points
(page 265).
on the luggage cover.
E87054
3. Tighten the belts.
Removing the net

E112571
Pull out the cover until it locks.
E87135
1. Release the belts.

2. Remove the net from the luggage
anchor points. E112572
3. Remove the upper bars.
267
Load Carrying
Release it from the retaining points by ROOF RACKS AND LOAD

pressing below the handle. Roll it slowly
back into the case. CARRIERS
WARNING: When loading the roof

racks, evenly distribute the load, and
maintain a low center of gravity. Loaded
vehicles with higher centers of gravity
may handle differently than unloaded
vehicles. Take extra precautions, such
as slower speeds and increased stopping
distance, when you drive a heavily
loaded vehicle.

maximum axle load for your vehicle. See
Vehicle Identification Plate.
E112588
WARNING: Read and follow the
To remove or install the cover, push either manufacturer’s instructions when you
end of the case inward. install a roof rack.
Stowing the luggage cover - Estate WARNING: Do not place loads

without full size spare wheel directly on the roof panel.
WARNING: If you use a roof rack,

your vehicle uses more fuel and you may
experience different driving
characteristics.

maximum permissible roof load of 75 kg
(165 lb) (including the roof rack).
Make sure that you securely fasten the

load. Check to make sure the straps are
secure before driving and at each fuel stop.
When using the roof rack system, we
recommend you use Ford genuine
accessory crossbars designed specifically
for your vehicle.
To reduce fuel consumption, remove cross
E134798 rails when not in use.
Stow the luggage cover beneath the

luggage compartment floor.
268
Load Carrying
DOG GUARD - WAGON,

EXCLUDING: HYBRID
Note: Leave at least 1 cm (0.4 in) space
between the dog guard and the seats in
front of it.
Note: Passengers should not sit in the row
of seats directly behind the installed dog
guard.
Note: Do not overtighten the handwheels
that connect the grille to the lower bar.
Make sure the lower bar's frame is not bent.
Installing the Dog Guard Behind

the Front Seats
E188614
2. Attach the grille to the lower bar with

the supplied handwheels. Do not
tighten the handwheels.
E86848
1. Push the ends of the bar on the grille

toward each other and insert them into
the retainers on the roof. Push the bar
retainers.
269
Load Carrying

the Rear Seats
E86848

E188613 retainers.
3. Attach the dog guard to the lower
anchor points using the supplied
handwheels. Do not tighten the
handwheels.
4. Tighten the handwheels at the lower
anchor points.
5. Tighten the handwheels at the
grille-lower bar attachment points.
Remove in the reverse order.
270
Load Carrying
DOG GUARD - HYBRID

ELECTRIC VEHICLE (HEV),
WAGON
Note: Leave at least 1 cm (0.4 in) space
between the dog guard and the seats in
front of it.
Note: Passengers should not sit in the row
of seats directly behind the installed dog
guard.
Note: Do not overtighten the handwheels
that connect the grille to the lower bar.
Make sure the lower bar's frame is not bent.

the Front Seats
E188615
2. Remove two screws from each of the

luggage anchor points. See Luggage
Anchor Points (page 265).
3. Attach the lower bar to the grille with
4. Attach the dog guard lower bar to the
luggage anchor points and secure with
E86848
the new supplied screws.
5. Tighten the handwheels. 1. Push the ends of the bar on the grille
retainers.
271
Load Carrying
E188614 E188613
2. Attach the grille to the lower bar with 3. Attach the dog guard to the lower
the supplied handwheels. Do not anchor points using the supplied
tighten the handwheels. handwheels. Do not tighten the
handwheels.
anchor points.
272
Load Carrying

the Rear Seats
E86848

retainers. E294141
2. Attach the grille to the lower bar with

3. Attach the dog guard to the lower
anchor points using the supplied
handwheels. Do not tighten the
handwheels.
anchor points.
273
Towing
TOWING A TRAILER - 4-DOOR, When towing a trailer:

EXCLUDING: HYBRID • Obey country specific regulations for
towing a trailer.
• Do not exceed 100 km/h (60 mph)
even if a country allows higher speeds
under certain conditions.
WARNING: Do not exceed
• Place loads as low as possible and
100 km/h (60 mph). Failure to follow
central to the axle of your trailer. If you
this instruction could result in the loss of
are towing with an unloaded vehicle,
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
you should place the load in your trailer
death.
toward the front, within the maximum
WARNING: The rear tire pressures vertical load, as this gives the best
must be increased by 0.2 bar (3 psi) stability. See Capacities and
above specification. Do not exceed the Specifications (page 356).
maximum pressure stated on the tire • The trailer vertical weight on the tow
sidewall. This could cause serious ball is essential for the driving stability
personal injury. of your vehicle and trailer.
• The vertical weight on the tow ball
WARNING: Do not exceed the should be at least 4% of the trailer
maximum gross vehicle weight stated weight and not exceed the maximum
on the vehicle identification plate. Failure permissible weight. See Capacities
to follow this instruction could result in and Specifications (page 356).
personal injury.
• Reduce speed immediately if the trailer
WARNING: Towing trailers beyond shows any sign of swaying. See Trailer
the maximum recommended gross Sway Control (page 276).
trailer weight exceeds the limit of your • Use a low gear when descending a
vehicle and could result in engine steep slope.
damage, transmission damage, Note: We recommend that you use a trailer
structural damage, loss of vehicle safety cable. Read and follow the
control, vehicle rollover and personal manufacturer's instructions when you use
injury. a trailer safety cable.
WARNING: Do not exceed the Note: The maximum permissible trailer
maximum vertical load on the tow ball. vertical weight on the trailer identification
Failure to follow this instruction could plate is the trailer manufacturer’s testing
result in the loss of control of your value. The vehicle maximum permissible
vehicle, personal injury or death. trailer vertical weight may be lower.
The stability of your vehicle-to-trailer
WARNING: The anti-lock brake combination depends on the quality of the
system does not control the trailer trailer.
brakes.
Towing a trailer changes the handling
characteristics of your vehicle and
increases stopping distances. Adapt your
speed and driving behaviour to the load of
the trailer.
274
Towing
The gross train weight stated on the

vehicle identification plate applies for road WARNING: Do not exceed the
gradients up to 12% and altitudes up to maximum gross vehicle weight stated
1,000 m (3,281 ft) when towing a trailer. In on the vehicle identification plate. Failure
mountainous regions the engine to follow this instruction could result in
performance decreases due to lower air personal injury.
density with increasing altitude. In high
altitude regions above 1,000 m (3,281 ft), WARNING: Towing trailers beyond
you should reduce the stipulated the maximum recommended gross
maximum permitted gross train weight by trailer weight exceeds the limit of your
10% for every additional 1,000 m (3,281 ft). vehicle and could result in engine
Note: Not all vehicles are suitable or damage, transmission damage,
approved to have a tow bar fitted. Ask an structural damage, loss of vehicle
authorized dealer for more information. control, vehicle rollover and personal
injury.
TOWING A TRAILER - HYBRID WARNING: Do not exceed the
ELECTRIC VEHICLE (HEV), 4- maximum vertical load on the tow ball.
DOOR Failure to follow this instruction could
result in the loss of control of your
WARNING: Your vehicle is not WARNING: The anti-lock brake

approved for trailer towing. Never tow a system does not control the trailer
trailer with your vehicle. brakes.
When towing a trailer:

TOWING A TRAILER - 5-DOOR/ • Obey country specific regulations for
WAGON towing a trailer.
• Do not exceed 100 km/h (62 mph)
even if a country allows higher speeds
WARNING: Do not exceed under certain conditions.
100 km/h (60 mph). Failure to follow • Place loads as low as possible and
this instruction could result in the loss of central to the axle of your trailer. If you
control of your vehicle, personal injury or are towing with an unloaded vehicle,
death. you should place the load in your trailer
toward the front, within the maximum
WARNING: The rear tire pressures vertical load, as this gives the best
must be increased by 0.2 bar (3 psi) stability. See Capacities and
above specification. Do not exceed the Specifications (page 356).
maximum pressure stated on the tire
sidewall. This could cause serious • The trailer vertical weight on the tow
personal injury. ball is essential for the driving stability
of your vehicle and trailer.
275
Towing
• The vertical weight on the tow ball TRAILER SWAY CONTROL

should be at least 4% of the trailer
weight and not exceed the maximum If the trailer begins to sway the stability
permissible weight. See Capacities control warning lamp flashes in the
and Specifications (page 356). information display. The system applies
• Reduce speed immediately if the trailer the brakes to the individual wheels and
shows any sign of swaying. See Trailer reduces engine torque to aid vehicle
Sway Control (page 276). stability.
• Use a low gear when descending a Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to
steep downhill gradient. do so. Check the vertical weight on the tow
Note: We recommend that you use a trailer ball and trailer load distribution. See Load
safety cable. Read and follow the Carrying (page 265).
manufacturer's instructions when you use Note: This feature does not prevent trailer
a trailer safety cable. sway, but reduces it once it begins.
Note: The maximum permissible trailer Note: This feature cannot stop all trailers
vertical weight on the trailer identification from swaying.
plate is the trailer manufacturer’s testing
Note: In some cases, if your vehicle speed
value. The vehicle maximum permissible
is too high, the system may turn on multiple
trailer vertical weight may be lower.
times, gradually reducing your vehicle speed.
The stability of your vehicle-to-trailer
combination depends on the quality of the
trailer. TOW BALL - VEHICLES WITH:
Towing a trailer changes the handling DETACHABLE TOW BALL
characteristics of your vehicle and
increases stopping distances. Adapt your
speed and driving behavior according to WARNING: Do not exceed the
the trailer load. lowest rating capacity for your vehicle or
The gross train weight stated on the trailer hitch. Overloading your vehicle or
vehicle identification plate applies for road trailer hitch can impair your vehicle
gradients up to 12% and altitudes up to stability and handling. Failure to follow
1,000 m (3,281 ft) when towing a trailer. In this instruction could result in the loss of
mountainous regions the engine control of your vehicle, personal injury or
performance decreases due to lower air death.
density with increasing altitude. In high
altitude regions above 1,000 m (3,281 ft), WARNING: Do not cut, drill, weld
you should reduce the stipulated or modify the trailer hitch. Modifying the
maximum permitted gross train weight by trailer hitch could reduce the hitch rating.
10% for every additional 1,000 m (3,281 ft).
Do not disassemble or repair the tow ball
Note: Not all vehicles are suitable or arm.
approved to have a tow bar fitted. Ask an
authorized dealer for more information.
276
Towing
2. Insert the key and turn it

counterclockwise to unlock the
handwheel.
3. Hold the tow ball arm. Pull the
handwheel outward and turn it fully
clockwise until it clicks.
Note: The red mark on the handwheel must
align with the white dot on the tow ball arm.
4. Release the handwheel.
5. Pull the tow ball arm downward to
remove it.
E71328 6. Turn the trailer wiring connection
socket upward through 90° until it
Detaching the Tow Ball Arm engages in the end position.
WARNING: Always place the tow

ball arm in a secure location in your
vehicle so it does not become a projectile
in a crash. Failure to follow this
or death.
You must detach the tow ball arm when

not in use. We recommend that you
securely stow the tow ball arm in the
luggage compartment.
Do not use any tools to detach the tow ball
arm.
E265433
Never unlock or detach the tow ball arm
with a trailer attached. 7. Insert the blanking plug.
Attaching the Tow Ball Arm

Do not use any tools to attach the tow ball
3 arm.
Note: You can only attach the tow ball arm
if it is unlocked.
1
2
E71329
1. Remove the protective cap.
277
Towing
2. Insert the key and turn it clockwise to

lock the handwheel.
3. Fit the protective cap. Fully push it back
over the lock.
4. Turn the trailer wiring connection
socket downward through 90° until it
engages in the end position.
A
E265433
E71331 B
Check the following:
• The green mark on the handwheel is
aligned with the white dot on the tow
ball arm.
1 • The handwheel (A) is locked.
• You have removed the key (B).
Note: If any of these cannot be met, do not
use the tow ball arm. Have your vehicle
Quickly Detaching the Tow Ball

Arm
Never unlock or detach the tow ball arm
with a trailer attached.
2
E71330
1. Remove the blanking plug and fully
insert the tow ball arm until it engages.
Note: Do not place your hand near the
handwheel.
Note: The green mark on the handwheel
must align with the white dot on the tow
ball arm.
278
Towing
2. Insert the key and turn it clockwise to

lock the handwheel.
3. Fit the protective cap. Fully push it back
over the lock.
Tow Ball Arm Guidelines

• Replacement keys are available. We
recommend that you record the key
3 number on the lock cylinder.
• Keep the system clean. Periodically
lubricate bearings, sliding surfaces and
locking balls with resin-free grease or
oil. Lubricate the lock with graphite.
2
• Remove the trailer wiring plug from the
trailer wiring connection socket when
not in use. Failure to do so may result
in corrosion of the trailer wiring
connection socket. Clean the trailer
wiring connection socket regularly and
1 make sure the socket cover is fully
E71332 closed.
• If you use a high pressure water jet to
1. Remove the protective cap. Insert the clean your vehicle, disconnect the
key and turn it counterclockwise to trailer wiring plug. Do not aim the water
unlock the handwheel. jet directly at the trailer wiring
2. Hold the tow ball arm. Pull the connection socket. We recommend
handwheel outward and turn it that you detach the tow ball arm
clockwise against the stop. before washing your vehicle.
3. Pull the tow ball arm downward to
remove it. TOW BALL - VEHICLES WITH:
4. Release the handwheel. RETRACTABLE TOW BALL
5. Insert the blanking plug.
Quickly Attaching the Tow Ball Arm WARNING: An audible warning

When the tow ball arm is quickly detached, tone sounds when the tow ball arm is
it can be quickly reattached. not in the fully stowed position or in
proper towing position. If the audible
1. Remove the blanking plug and fully warning tone does not sound when the
insert the tow ball arm until it engages. tow ball arm moves or when the system
Note: Do not place your hand near the switches on, do not use the tow bar. See
handwheel. an authorized dealer.
Note: The green mark on the handwheel WARNING: Do not touch the tow
must align with the white dot on the tow ball arm when it is moving.
ball arm.
279
Towing
Note: If something is blocking the tow ball

WARNING: Make sure there are no arm during its swivel process, the system
obstacles preventing the tow ball arm tries to reverse. If the tow ball arm stops
from moving. before it is fully in towing position or stowed
position, restart the swivel process by
pressing the button twice.
Note: We recommend keeping the tow ball
arm in the stowed position when you are Swiveling the Tow Ball Arm Out
not using it. In addition, consider local
regulations and insurance terms. Note: If the tow ball arm does not operate,
but you hear an audible double tone (low
Note: Remove any adapter from the tow
pitch followed by a high pitch), switch on
bar socket. Failure to do so may result in
the ignition for 10 seconds, and then press
corrosion of the socket. Clean the tow bar
the brake pedal and try operating the tow
socket regularly and make sure no dirt
ball arm again.
prevents the socket lid from closing
properly. 1. Press the button. An audible double
tone (low pitch followed by a high
pitch) sounds to let you know the
system is operating.
2. Press the button again within four
seconds to swivel the tow ball arm. A
series of audible tones sounds and the
LED flashes while the tow ball arm
swivels.
3. When the tow ball arm finishes
swiveling, the LED stops flashing and
an audible double tone (high pitch
followed by a low pitch) sounds.
E184882
The tow ball arm is ready for use when it
A Tow ball arm. finishes swiveling into the towing position.
B 13-pin trailer socket. Swiveling the Tow Ball Arm In
Swiveling the Tow Ball Arm Before swiveling the tow ball arm in:
• Unhitch the trailer or dismantle load
Note: Do not attach any plug to the 13-pin carriers and their attachments.
trailer socket.
• Dismantle attachments for tracking
Note: Make sure the vehicle battery has a stabilization.
full charge. • Remove the plug for the trailer power
Note: The vehicle has to be stationary for supply and the adapter from the trailer
the tow ball arm to operate. socket. Failure to do so may cause
damage to the bumper when the tow
ball arm swivels into its stowed
position.
280
Towing
To start swiveling the tow ball arm in, press Note: When cleaning the vehicle with a
the swivel button twice within four steam jet, do not direct the high-pressure
seconds. jet directly onto the swivel joint of the tow
The tow ball arm swivels into the stowed ball arm and socket. After cleaning the
position automatically. vehicle, unplug the connector or open the
trailer socket to make sure no water entered.
Tow Ball Arm Fault Conditions If water is present, dry the socket.
If the LED on the swivel button is rapidly

flashing and an audible tone sequence TOWING THE VEHICLE ON
(high pitch) sounds, repeat the swivel FOUR WHEELS - HYBRID
process. If this does not resolve the ELECTRIC VEHICLE (HEV), 8-
problem, see an authorized dealer.
SPEED AUTOMATIC
A message may appear in the information
display. See Information Messages TRANSMISSION
(page 115).
If you need to tow your vehicle, contact a
Driving with a Trailer professional towing service or, if you are a
member of a roadside assistance program,
your roadside assistance service provider.
WARNING: In the event of a vehicle
breakdown, disconnect the trailer before TOWING THE VEHICLE ON
towing the vehicle.
FOUR WHEELS - MANUAL
WARNING: If any of the conditions TRANSMISSION
below cannot be met, do not use the tow
bar and have it checked by a properly
trained technician. Before starting your
journey, make sure that the tow ball arm WARNING: You must switch the
is properly locked. ignition on when your vehicle is being
towed. Failure to follow this warning
could seriously increase the risk of injury
Check that:
or death.
• There is a last audible low pitch tone
when the locking procedure finishes. WARNING: The brake and steering
• The tow ball arm properly locks. Make assistance will not operate unless the
sure it does not move when jerked. engine is running. Press the brake pedal
harder and be aware of increased
Maintenance stopping distances and heavier steering.
Note: The towing hitch and control unit are WARNING: If your vehicle has a
maintenance-free. Do not grease or oil these steering wheel lock make sure the
components. ignition is in the accessory or on position
Note: Do not attempt to service the towing when being towed.
hitch. Only the manufacturer should carry
out repairs or dismantle the hitch. WARNING: Too much tension on
a tow rope could cause damage to your
vehicle or the vehicle that is towing.
281
Towing
WARNING: When towing your

vehicle you must select neutral. Failure
to follow this warning could damage the
transmission and may lead to a crash or
injury.
Drive off slowly and smoothly without

jerking the vehicle you are towing.
You must only use the towing eye that was
delivered with your vehicle. See Towing
Points (page 292).
Tow ropes or rigid towing bars must be
placed on the same side. For example; right
hand rear towing point to right hand front
towing point.
You must use a tow rope or rigid towing
bar that is of the correct strength for the
weight of the towing vehicle and the
vehicle that is being towed.
The weight of the vehicle that is being
towed must not exceed the weight of the
towing vehicle.
Do not exceed 50 km/h (31 mph). See
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels
(page 281).
282
Driving Hints
COLD WEATHER DRIVING ECONOMICALLY

PRECAUTIONS
The following helps to improve fuel
The functional operation of some consumption:
components and systems can be affected • Drive smoothly, accelerate gently and
at temperatures below approximately anticipate the road ahead to avoid
-25°C (-13°F). heavy braking.
• Regularly check your tire pressures and
PRECONDITIONING YOUR make sure that they are inflated to the
correct pressure.
VEHICLE FOR COLD WEATHER
• Follow the recommended maintenance
DRIVING schedule and carry out the
recommended checks.
• Fully charge your vehicle before
heading out into cold weather. This • Plan your journey and check the traffic
helps maximize your driving range. before you set off. It is more efficient
to combine errands into a single trip
• Plug in your vehicle to maintain the whenever possible.
best battery operating temperature
before driving. • Avoid idling the engine in cold weather
or for extended periods. Start the
• When your vehicle is plugged in it uses engine only when you are ready to set
energy from your charging source to off.
heat the cabin and ensure maximum
battery charge level. • Do not carry unnecessary weight in your
vehicle as extra weight wastes fuel.
• To maximize battery charge level, use
heated seats and a lower climate • Do not add unnecessary accessories
control temperature setting. to the exterior of your vehicle, for
example running boards. If you use a
Note: You can precondition your vehicle roof rack, remember to fold it down or
prior to your departure using the FordPass remove it when not in use.
app. • Do not shift into neutral when you are
braking or when your vehicle is slowing
BREAKING-IN down.
• Shut all windows when driving at high
Tires speeds.
You need to break in new tires for • Switch off all electric systems when
approximately 480 km (300 mi). During not in use, for example air conditioning.
this time, your vehicle may exhibit some Make sure that you unplug any
unusual driving characteristics. accessories from the auxiliary power
points when not in use.
Brakes and Clutch
Avoid heavy use of the brakes and clutch
if possible for the first 160 km (100 mi) in
town and for the first 1,600 km (1,000 mi)
on freeways.
283
Driving Hints
DRIVING THROUGH SHALLOW FLOOR MATS

WATER
WARNING: Use a floor mat
WARNING: Do not attempt to designed to fit the footwell of your
cross a deep or flowing body of water. vehicle that does not obstruct the pedal
Failure to follow this instruction could area. Failure to follow this instruction
result in the loss of control of your could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death. vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Pedals that cannot

Note: Driving through standing water can
move freely can cause loss of vehicle
cause vehicle damage.
control and increase the risk of serious
Note: Engine damage can occur if water personal injury.
enters the air filter.
Before driving through standing water, WARNING: Secure the floor mat
check the depth. Never drive through water to both retention devices so that it
that is higher than the bottom of the front cannot slip out of position and interfere
rocker area of your vehicle. with the pedals. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of
death.
WARNING: Do not place additional

floor mats or any other covering on top
of the original floor mats. This could
result in the floor mat interfering with the
operation of the pedals. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in the loss of
death.
E266447
WARNING: Always make sure that
When driving through standing water, drive objects cannot fall into the driver foot
very slowly and do not stop your vehicle. well while your vehicle is moving. Objects
Your brake performance and traction could that are loose can become trapped
be limited. After driving through water and under the pedals causing a loss of
as soon as it is safe to do so: vehicle control.
• Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the
brakes and to check that they work.
• Turn the steering wheel to check that
the steering power assist works.
Check the function of the following:
• Horn
• Exterior lights
284
Driving Hints
E142666
To install the floor mats, position the floor

mat eyelet over the retention post and
press down to lock in position.
To remove the floor mat, reverse the
installation procedure.
Note: Regularly check the floor mats to
make sure they are secure.
285
HAZARD FLASHERS JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE

- HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE
The hazard flasher switch is on
the instrument panel. (HEV)
Use the hazard flashers if your vehicle is

creating a safety hazard for other road WARNING: Batteries normally
users. produce explosive gases which can
cause personal injury. Therefore, do not
Switching the Hazard Flashers On allow flames, sparks or lighted
or Off substances to come near the battery.
When working near the battery, always
Press the button to switch the shield your face and protect your eyes.
hazard flashers on. Always provide correct ventilation.
Press the button again to switch
the hazard flashers off. Do not attempt to push start your vehicle.
You may cause transmission damage.
Note: All direction indicators flash.
Note: Do not disconnect the 12 volt battery
Note: Prolonged use of the hazard flashers from your vehicle electrical system.
could cause the vehicle battery to run out
of charge. Preparing Your Vehicle
Note: Depending on applicable laws in the 1. Check all battery terminals and remove
country your vehicle was built for, if you any excessive corrosion before you
heavily brake, the hazard flashers could turn attach the battery cables. Ensure that
on. vent caps are tight and level.
Hazard Flasher Indicator 2. Turn the heater fan on in both vehicles
to protect from any electrical surges.
Flashes when you switch the Turn all other accessories off.
hazard flashers on.
WARNING TRIANGLE
Space is provided in the luggage
compartment.
286
To Connect the Booster Cables A Vehicle with low charge battery.

B Booster battery vehicle.
C Positive connection cable.
D Negative connection cable.
Your vehicle has two battery connections

A that are accessible from under the hood,
even though the actual battery is located
in the trunk. Your vehicle can be jumped
the same way conventional vehicles can
be using these connections. The illustration
below shows the two connections used
for jump-starting your vehicle.
C D
E102925
287
E175005
A Ground point (-).

B Positive connection (+).
3. Connect the negative (-) terminal of

vehicle B to the ground point of vehicle
WARNING: Make sure that the A (cable D).
cables are clear of any moving parts and
fuel delivery system parts. To Start Your Vehicle
WARNING: Do not connect the 1. Run the engine of vehicle B at a
negative jumper cable to any other part moderately high speed.
of your vehicle. Use the ground point. 2. Start the disabled vehicle. Check the
instrument cluster for the Ready to
1. Remove the red cap from the positive Drive light as the gasoline engine may
connection (B) on your vehicle before not start, but the electric motor may
connecting the cables. be running.
2. Connect the positive (+) terminal of 3. Run both vehicles for a minimum of
vehicle B with the positive (+) terminal three minutes before disconnecting the
of vehicle A (cable C). Battery positions cables.
may vary.
288
Note: Disconnect the cables in the reverse To Connect the Booster Cables
order.
JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE

- EXCLUDING: HYBRID
A
WARNING: Keep batteries out of
reach of children. Batteries contain
sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin,
eyes or clothing. Shield your eyes when
working near the battery to protect C
against possible splashing of acid
D
solution. In case of acid contact with skin
or eyes, flush immediately with water for
a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt
medical attention. If acid is swallowed,
call a physician immediately.
WARNING: Batteries normally B

produce explosive gases which can
allow flames, sparks or lighted
substances to come near the battery.
shield your face and protect your eyes. E102925
Always provide correct ventilation.
A Flat battery vehicle.
WARNING: Use only the specified
jacking points. If you use other positions, B Booster battery vehicle.
you may damage the body, steering, C Positive connection cable.
suspension, engine, braking system or
the fuel lines. D Negative connection cable.
WARNING: Use only adequately

sized cables with insulated clamps. WARNING: Make sure that the
Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the fuel delivery system parts.
disabled vehicle as this could damage the
vehicle's electrical system. Park the booster vehicle close to the hood
of the disabled vehicle, making sure the
two vehicles do not touch.
1. Switch off the engine and any electrical
equipment.
289
2. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable 3. Once the disabled vehicle has been
to the positive (+) terminal of the started, run both vehicle engines for an
discharged battery. additional three minutes before
disconnecting the jumper cables.
Remove the jumper cables in the reverse
order that they were connected.
Note: Do not switch the headlamps on
when disconnecting the cables. The peak
voltage could blow the bulbs.
COLLISION, DAMAGE OR FIRE

EVENT
E152134
Guidance for Ford Motor Company
Electric and Hybrid-Electric
3. Make the final connection of the Vehicles Equipped With High
negative (-) cable to an exposed metal Voltage Batteries
part of the stalled vehicle's engine,
away from the battery and the fuel (Vehicle Owner/Operator/General
injection system, or connect the Public)
negative (-) cable to a ground Electric and Hybrid-Electric Vehicle
connection point if available. Considerations
In the event of damage or fire involving an

WARNING: Do not connect the end electric vehicle or hybrid-electric vehicle:
of the second cable to the negative (-) • Always assume the high-voltage
terminal of the battery to be jumped. A battery and associated components
spark may cause an explosion of the are energized and fully charged.
gases that surround the battery. • Exposed electrical components, wires,
and high-voltage batteries present
WARNING: Make sure that the potential high-voltage shock hazards.
fuel delivery system parts. • Venting high-voltage battery vapors
are potentially toxic and flammable.
To Start the Engine • Physical damage to the vehicle or
high-voltage battery may result in
1. Start the engine of the booster vehicle immediate or delayed release of toxic,
and rev the engine moderately, or press flammable gases and fire.
the accelerator gently to keep your
engine speed between 2000 and 3000
RPM, as shown in your tachometer.
2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle.
290
Vehicle information and general safety • Avoid contact with leaking fluids and
practices: gases, and remain out of the way of
• Know the make and model of your oncoming traffic until emergency
vehicle. responders arrive.
• Review the owner’s manual and • When emergency responders arrive,
become familiar with your vehicle’s tell them that the vehicle involved is an
safety information and recommended electric vehicle or hybrid-electric
safety practices. vehicle.
• Do not attempt to repair damaged Fires
electric and hybrid-electric vehicles
yourself. As with any vehicle, call emergency
assistance immediately if you see sparks,
Contact an authorized dealer. smoke or flames coming from the vehicle.
Remain a safe distance from the vehicle
Crashes
and try to stay clear of the smoke.
A crash or impact significant enough to • Exit the vehicle immediately.
require an emergency response for
conventional vehicles would also require • Advise emergency assistance that an
the same response for an electric or electric or hybrid-electric vehicle is
hybrid-electric vehicle. involved.
• As with any vehicle fire, do not inhale
If possible: smoke, vapors or gas from the vehicle,
• Move your vehicle to a safe, nearby as they may be hazardous.
location and remain on the scene. • Stay out of the roadway and stay out
• Roll down the windows before of the way of any oncoming traffic
switching your vehicle off. while awaiting the arrival of emergency
responders.
• Place your vehicle in park (P), set the
parking brake, switch off the vehicle, Post-Incident
activate the hazard warning flashers
and move your key(s) at least 5 m • Do not store a severely damaged
(15 ft) away from the vehicle. vehicle with a lithium-ion battery inside
a structure or within 15 m (49 ft) of any
Always:
structure or vehicle.
• Call emergency assistance if needed
• Make sure that passenger and luggage
and advise that an electric or
compartments remain ventilated.
hybrid-electric vehicle is involved.
• Call emergency assistance if you
• Exposed electrical components, wires,
observe leaking fluids, sparks, smoke
and high-voltage batteries present
or flames, or hear gurgling or bubbling
potential high-voltage shock hazards.
from the high-voltage battery.
291
POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM

The system flashes the direction indicator
lamps in the event of a serious impact that
deploys an airbag (front, side, side curtain
or Safety Canopy) or the seatbelt
pretensioners.
The lamps turn off when:
• You press the hazard control button.
• You press the panic button (if
equipped) on the remote entry E146284
transmitter.
• Your vehicle runs out of power.
TOWING POINTS
Due to local market requirements in some
countries, some vehicles may be equipped
with a recovery hook.
Recovery Hook Location

If your vehicle is equipped with a screw-in
recovery hook, it is with the spare tire kit or E188420
the rear under floor storage.
Remove the recovery hook cover by prying
Installing the Recovery Hook it off at the notch with a screwdriver or
similar object.
There is an installation point for the
Note: Use a soft cloth to cover the prying
recovery hook located behind the fascia.
tool. This helps prevent scratch marks to
Note: The screw-in recovery hook has a the vehicle's paint.
left-hand thread. Turn it counterclockwise
to install it. Make sure that the recovery hook
is fully tightened.
292
Crash and Breakdown Information
AUTOMATIC CRASH SHUTOFF
What Is Automatic Crash Shutoff

The automatic crash shutoff is designed
to stop the fuel going to the engine in the
event of a moderate or severe crash.
Note: Not every impact causes a shutoff.
Automatic Crash Shutoff

Precautions

involved in a crash, have the fuel system
checked. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in fire, personal injury or
death.
Re-Enabling Your Vehicle

2. Attempt to start your vehicle.
4. Attempt to start your vehicle.
Note: If your vehicle does not start after the
third attempt, have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
293
Fuses
FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART - EXCLUDING: HYBRID ELECTRIC

VEHICLE (HEV)
Power Distribution Box
E144783
Fuse Or Relay Fuse Amp Rating Protected Components

Number
1 1 RH front wiper motor.

25A
2 — Starter relay.
3 2 Autowipers (rain sensor).
15A
Rear wipers.
4 — Blower motor relay.
5 1 Back of console auxiliary power point.
20A
6 — Auxiliary heater relay.
294
Fuses

Number
7 2 Powertrain control module.

20A
20A
9 — Powertrain control module relay.
10 1 Driver front auxiliary power point.
20A
15A
15A
10A
10A
15 — Run-start relay.
16 1 Console auxiliary power point.
20A
17 1 Trunk auxiliary power point (wagon only).
20A
10A
19 2 Power steering.
10A
20 2 Headlamps.
10A
Headlamp switch.
21 2 Transmission control module.
15A
Transmission oil pump.
22 2 Air conditioning.
10A
23 2 Blind spot monitor.
15A
Rear view camera.
Adaptive Cruise Control.
Pre-collision warning indicator.
Voltage quality module.
Air quality sensor.
24 2 Not used (spare).
10A
295
Fuses

Number
25 3 Anti-lock brake system.

10A
10A
27 — Not used.
28 2 Rear washer pump.
10A
29 — Not used.
30 — Not used.
31 — Not used.
32 — Cooling fan relay.
33 — Air conditioning relay.
34 2 Electric steering column lock.
15A
35 — Not used.
36 — Not used.
37 — Not used.
40 — Not used.
41 — Horn relay.
42 — Fuel pump relay.
43 — Not used.
44 2 Heated washer nozzle.
5A
45 — Not used.
46 3 Alternator.
10A
47 3 Brake on-off switch.
10A
48 2 Horn.
20A
296
Fuses

Number
49 2 Mass air flow monitor.

5A
2 Fuel heater element-Diesel.
20A
50 2 Power transfer unit cooling fan.
10A
51 — Not used.
52 — Not used.
53 2 Power seats.
10A
54 3 Fuel operated heater remote control.
5A
5A
1 M-type fuse.
2 Microfuse.
3 Dual micro fuse.
Power Distribution Box - Bottom

There are fuses located on the bottom of
the fuse box. To reach the bottom of the
fuse box:
E145983
1. Release the two latches, located on

both sides of the fuse box.
297
Fuses
2. Raise the inboard side of the fuse box 4. Pivot the outboard side of the fuse box
from the cradle. to reach the bottom side.
3. Move the fuse box toward the center
of the engine compartment.
E144949
Fuse Or Relay Fuse Amp Rating Protected Component

Number
56 — Not used.
57 1 Diesel vaporizer.
20A
58 1 Fuel pump.
30A
59 2 Cooling fan.
30A
2 Cooling fan (DW10F and 2.0L GTDI AU).
40A
60 2 Cooling fan.
30A
298
Fuses

Number
40A
61 1 Left-hand heated windshield element.
40A
62 2 Body control module.
50A
63 1 Cooling fan.
25A
30A
64 1 Auxiliary heater.
30A
65 1 Front heated seat.
20A
66 1 Right-hand heated windshield element.
40A
50A
68 1 Heated rear window.
40A
30A
70 1 Passenger seat.
30A
60A
72 1 Moonroof.
30A
73 1 Rear heated seat.
20A
74 1 Driver seat module.
30A
30A
76 1 Transmission oil pump.
20A
77 1 Climate control seat module.
30A
78 1 Trailer tow module.
40A
79 1 Blower motor.
40A
299
Fuses

Number
80 1 Power luggage compartment module.

30A
81 1 220 volt inverter.
40A
82 2 Anti-lock brake system pump.
60A
25A
84 1 Starter solenoid.
30A
85 1 Fuel fire heater.
20A
1 M-type fuse.
2 J-type fuse.
Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel
E145984
300
Fuses
Fuse or Relay Fuse Amp Rating Protected Components

Number
1 — Not used.
2 1 Memory seat.
7.5A
Driver seat lower back support.
Panoramic power sunshade (5-door only).
3 1 Driver door unlock.
20A
Fuel flap unlock.
5A
20A
10A
10A
8 2 Anti-theft alarm horn.
10A
10A
10 2 Power liftgate module.
5A
Telematics control unit.
11 2 Combined security module.
5A
12 2 Front control integration module (climate
7.5A
and radio control).
13 2 Steering wheel column.
7.5A
Instrument cluster.
Data link connector.
10A
15 2 Data link gateway.
10A
16 1 Child lock.
15A
Luggage compartment-liftglass release.
17 2 Battery backed-up sounder.
5A
18 2 Ignition switch.
5A
301
Fuses

Number
Push button ignition switch.

19 2 Passenger airbag deactivation indicator.
7.5A
20 2 Headlamp control module.
7.5A
21 2 Passenger compartment thermometer.
5A
Humidity sensor.
5A
23 1 Delayed accessory power.
10A
24 1 Lock-unlock.
20A
25 1 Driver door window.
30A
Driver door mirror.
26 1 Front passenger door window.
30A
Front passenger door mirror.
27 1 Moonroof.
30A
28 1 Audio amplifier.
20A
29 1 Rear driver side door window.
30A
30 1 Rear passenger side door window.
30A
15A
32 1 Global positioning system module.
10A
Voice control (SYNC).
Information and entertainment display.
Radio frequency receiver.
33 1 Radio.
20A
34 1 Run/start bus (fuse #19, 20, 21, 22, 35, 36,
30A
37, circuit breaker).
35 1 Restraints control module.
5A
36 1 Auto-dimming interior mirror.
15A
302
Fuses

Number
Rear heated seat module.

CCD module.
Lane keeping system.
Auto high beam.
37 1 All wheel drive module.
15A
Heated steering wheel.
30A
1 Micro fuse.
2 Dual micro fuse.
303
Fuses
FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART - HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE

(HEV)
Power Distribution Box
E144783
Fuse Or Relay Fuse Rating Protected Component

Number

25A
2 — Not used.
3 2 Autowipers (rain sensor).
15A
Rear wiper.
4 — Blower motor relay.
5 1 Back of console auxiliary power point.
20A
6 — Not used.
304
Fuses

Number

20A
20A
9 — Powertrain control module relay.
10 1 Driver front auxiliary power point.
20A
15A
15A
10A
10A
15 — Run-start relay.
16 1 Console auxiliary power point.
20A
17 — Not used.
10A
19 2 Power steering.
10A
20 2 Headlamps.
10A
Headlamp switch.
21 2 Transmission control module.
15A
Transmission oil pump.
Hybrid electric vehicle inverter.
22 — Not used.
23 2 Blind spot monitor.
15A
Rear view camera.
Adaptive Cruise Control.
Pre-collision warning indicator.
Voltage quality module.
Air quality sensor.
Heads up display.
24 — Not used.
305
Fuses

Number

10A
10A
27 — Not used.
28 — Not used.
29 2 Battery electronic control module.
15A
30 — Not used.
31 — Not used.
32 — Not used.
33 — Not used.
34 2 Electric steering column lock.
15A
15A
15A
37 — Not used.
38 — Vacuum pump relay.
39 — Vacuum pump relay.
40 — Fuel pump relay.
41 — Horn relay.
42 — Not used.
43 — Not used.
44 2 Heated washer nozzle.
5A
45 2 Vacuum pump monitor.
5A
10A
47 3 Brake on-off switch.
10A
306
Fuses

Number
48 2 Horn.
20A
49 2 Mass air flow monitor.
5A
50 — Not used.
51 3 Inverter system control.
15A
52 3 Battery electronic control module.
15A
53 2 Power seats.
10A
54 3 Electric cooling pump.
10A
55 3 Electric air conditioning.
10A
1 M-type fuse.
2 Microfuse.
3 Dual micro fuse.
Power Distribution Box - Bottom

There are fuses on the bottom of the fuse
box. To reach the bottom of the fuse box:
E145983
1. Release the two latches, located on

both sides of the fuse box.
307
Fuses
2. Raise the inboard side of the fuse box 4. Pivot the outboard side of the fuse box
from the cradle. to reach the bottom side.
3. Move the fuse box toward the center
of the engine compartment.
E144949

Number
56 1 Fuel pump.
30A
20A
58 — Not used.
40A
60 1 Electronic fan.
40A
61 1 Left-hand heated windshield element.
40A
308
Fuses

Number

50A
63 — Not used.
30A
65 1 Front heated seat.
20A
66 1 Right-hand heated windshield element.
40A
50A
68 1 Heated rear window.
40A
69 — Not used.
70 1 Passenger seat.
30A
60A
72 — Not used.
73 1 Rear heated seat.
20A
74 1 Driver seat module.
30A
75 — Not used.
76 1 Transmission oil pump.
20A
77 1 Climate control seat module.
30A
40A
79 1 Blower motor.
40A
80 — Not used.
81 1 Inverter.
40A
82 — Not used.
83 1 Right-hand front wiper motor.
25A
309
Fuses

Number
84 — Not used.
20A
1 M-type fuse.
2 J-type fuse.
Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel
E145984

Number
1 — Not used.
2 1 Memory seat.
7.5A
Driver seat lower back support.
Panoramic power sunshade (5-door only).
3 1 Driver door unlock.
20A
Fuel flap unlock.
5A
310
Fuses

Number

20A
10A
10A
8 2 Anti-theft alarm horn.
10A
10A
10 2 Power decklid module.
5A
Telematics control unit.
11 2 Combined security module.
5A
12 2 Front climate control integration module
7.5A
(climate and radio control).
13 2 Steering wheel column.
7.5A
Instrument cluster.
Data link connector.
14 2 HEV-Battery electronic control module.
10A
Direct current converter.
15 2 Data link gateway.
10A
16 1 Child lock.
15A
Decklid release.
17 2 Battery backed-up sounder.
5A
18 2 Ignition switch.
5A
Push button ignition switch.
19 1 Passenger airbag deactivation indicator.
7.5A
20 1 Headlamp control module.
7.5A
21 2 Passenger compartment thermometer.
5A
Humidity sensor.
22 2 Pedestrian sounder.
5A
311
Fuses

Number
23 1 Delayed accessory power.

10A
24 1 Lock-unlock.
20A
25 1 Driver door window.
30A
Driver door mirror.
26 1 Front passenger door window.
30A
Front passenger door mirror.
27 1 Moonroof.
30A
28 1 Audio amplifier.
20A
29 1 Rear driver side door window.
30A
30 1 Rear passenger side door window.
30A
15A
32 1 Global positioning system module.
10A
Voice control (SYNC).
Information and entertainment display.
Radio frequency receiver.
33 1 Radio.
20A
Active noise control.
34 1 Run/start bus (fuse #19, 20, 21, 22, 35, 36,
30A
37, circuit breaker).
35 1 Restraints control module.
5A
36 1 Auto-dimming interior mirror.
15A
Rear heated seat module.
Computer Controlled Dwell module.
Lane keeping system module.
Auto high beam.
37 1 Heated steering wheel.
15A
30A
1 Micro fuse.
2 Dual micro fuse.
312
Fuses
CHANGING A FUSE
Fuses
WARNING: Always replace a fuse

with one that has the specified
amperage rating. Using a fuse with a
higher amperage rating can cause severe E217331
wire damage and could start a fire.
If electrical components in the vehicle are
not working, a fuse may have blown. Blown
fuses are identified by a broken wire within
the fuse. Check the appropriate fuses
before replacing any electrical
components.
Fuse Types
E207206
Callout Fuse Type
A Micro 2
B Micro 3
C Maxi
D Mini
313
Fuses
Callout Fuse Type
E M Case
F J Case
G J Case Low Profile
314
Maintenance
GENERAL INFORMATION Check Monthly

• Engine oil level. See Engine Oil Check
(page 319).
WARNING: Do not work on a hot • Engine coolant level. See Engine
engine. Coolant Check (page 320).
• Brake fluid level. See Brake Fluid
WARNING: Switch the ignition off Check (page 325).
and apply the parking brake.
• Pipes, hoses and reservoirs for leaks.
WARNING: Do not touch the • Air conditioning operation.
electronic ignition system parts after you • Parking brake operation.
have switched the ignition on or when
the engine is running. The system • Horn operation.
operates at high voltage. Failure to • Tightness of lug nuts. See Lug Nuts
adhere to this warning could result in (page 352).
serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: Keep your hands and

OPENING AND CLOSING THE
clothing clear of the engine cooling fan. HOOD
Under certain conditions, the engine Opening the Hood
cooling fan may continue to run for several
minutes after you switch your vehicle off.
See Engine Cooling Fan (page 320).
Make sure that you fit filler caps securely
after carrying out maintenance checks.
We recommend that you carry out the
following checks.
Check Daily
• Exterior lamps.
• Interior lamps.
• Warning lamps and indicators. E142457
Check When Refueling 1. Inside the vehicle, pull the hood release
• Washer fluid level. See Washer Fluid handle located under the left-hand
Check (page 330). side of the instrument panel.
• Tire pressures. See Tire Pressures 2. Slightly lift the hood.
(page 351).
• Tire condition. See Wheels and Tires
(page 339).
315
Maintenance
4. Open the hood. The hood strut

2 automatically supports the hood.
3
Closing the Hood
1. Lower the hood to approximately
20 cm (8 in).
2. Firmly push down on the front of the
hood to close it fully.
Note: Make sure that the hood is correctly
closed.
Note: If the hood does not close fully, open
the hood and close it again.
E191431
3. Move the catch to the left. UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW -

2.0L HYBRID
4
WARNING: The inverter system
controller contains various high-voltage
components that can cause serious
bodily harm or death. The inverter
system controller is not serviceable and
should never be touched, probed, or
tampered with.
Note: Do not attempt to service any of the

high-voltage components or wiring. For
easier identification, the high-voltage wiring
E191432 insulation is color coated orange.
316
Maintenance
A B C D E
E146046
I H G F
A Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 320).

B Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 319).
C Air filter.
D Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 325).
E Engine compartment fuse box. See Fuses (page 294).
F Inverter system controller.
G Inverter system controller coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page
320).
H Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 319).
I Washer system fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 330).
317
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 2.0L ECOBLUE
A B C D E F
H G
E269968
A Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 320).

B Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 319).
C Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 319).
D Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 325).
E Battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 326).
F Engine compartment fuse box. See Fuse Specification Chart (page 294).
G Air filter.
H Windshield and rear window washer reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page
330).
318
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 2.0L 2. Check the oil level before starting the
engine, or switch the engine off and
HYBRID wait 10 minutes for the oil to drain into
the oil pan.
3. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with
a clean, lint-free cloth.
4. Reinstall the dipstick and make sure it
is fully seated.
5. Remove the dipstick again to check the
oil level.
Note: If the oil level is between the
maximum and minimum marks, the oil level
is acceptable. Do not add oil.
E250320
6. If the oil level is at the minimum mark,
immediately add oil.
A Minimum. 7. Reinstall the dipstick. Make sure it is
fully seated.
B Nominal.
Note: The oil consumption of new engines
C Maximum. reaches its normal level after approximately
5,000 km (3,000 mi).
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 2.0L Adding Engine Oil
ECOBLUE
WARNING: Do not add engine oil
A B when the engine is hot. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury.
WARNING: Do not remove the filler

cap when the engine is running.
E226469 Do not use supplemental engine oil

additives because they are unnecessary
A Minimum. and could lead to engine damage that the
vehicle warranty may not cover.
B Maximum.
1. Clean the area surrounding the engine
oil filler cap before you remove it.
ENGINE OIL CHECK 2. Remove the engine oil filler cap.
3. Add engine oil that meets our
1. Make sure that your vehicle is on level specifications. See Capacities and
ground. Specifications (page 356).
319
Maintenance
4. Reinstall the engine oil filler cap. Turn

it clockwise until you feel a strong WARNING: To reduce the risk of
resistance. personal injury, make sure the engine is
Note: Do not add oil further than the cool before unscrewing the coolant
maximum mark. Oil levels above the pressure relief cap. The cooling system
maximum mark may cause engine damage. is under pressure. Steam and hot liquid
Note: Immediately soak up any oil spillage can come out forcefully when you loosen
with an absorbent cloth. the cap slightly.
WARNING: Do not add coolant

ENGINE COOLING FAN further than the MAX mark.
When the engine is cold, check the

WARNING: Keep your hands and concentration and level of the coolant at
clothing clear of the engine cooling fan. the intervals listed in the scheduled
maintenance information.
Under certain conditions, the engine Note: Make sure that the coolant level is
cooling fan may continue to run for several between the MIN and the MAX marks on
minutes after you switch your vehicle off. the coolant reservoir.
Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The
ENGINE COOLANT CHECK - level may extend beyond the MAX mark.
EXCLUDING: HYBRID Note: Automotive fluids are not
ELECTRIC VEHICLE (HEV) interchangeable. Do not use coolant or
windshield washer fluid outside of its
specified function and vehicle location.
WARNING: Do not remove the Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is system sealants, or non-specified additives
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10 as they can cause damage to the engine
minutes for the cooling system to cool cooling or heating systems. Resulting
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap component damage may not be covered by
with a thick cloth to prevent the the vehicle Warranty.
possibility of scalding and slowly remove Maintain coolant concentration within
the cap. Failure to follow this instruction 48% to 50%, which equates to a freeze
could result in personal injury. point between -30°F (-34°C) and -34°F
(-37°C). Coolant concentration should be
WARNING: Do not put coolant in checked using a refractometer. We do not
the windshield washer reservoir. If recommend the use of hydrometers or
sprayed on the windshield, coolant could coolant test strips for measuring coolant
make it difficult to see through the concentration.
windshield.
320
Maintenance
Adding Coolant 1. Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure

escapes as you unscrew the cap.
2. Add prediluted coolant meeting the
WARNING: Do not add engine correct specification. See Capacities
coolant when the engine is on or the and Specifications (page 356).
cooling system is hot. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal 3. Add enough prediluted coolant to
injury. reach the correct level.
4. Replace the coolant reservoir cap. Turn
WARNING: Do not remove the the cap clockwise until it contacts the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hard stop.
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10 5. Check the coolant level in the coolant
minutes for the cooling system to cool reservoir the next few times you drive
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap your vehicle.
with a thick cloth to prevent the
possibility of scalding and slowly remove If you have to add more than 1 L (1.1 qt) of
the cap. Failure to follow this instruction engine coolant per month, have your
could result in personal injury. vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Operating an engine with a low level of
It is very important to use prediluted coolant can result in engine overheating
coolant meeting the correct specification and possible engine damage.
in order to avoid plugging the small Note: During normal vehicle operation, the
passageways in the engine cooling system. coolant may change color from orange to
See Capacities and Specifications pink or light red. As long as the coolant is
(page 364). Incorrect prediluted coolant clear and uncontaminated, this color change
use can cause damage not covered by the does not indicate the coolant has degraded
vehicle Warranty. nor does it require the coolant to be drained,
Note: If prediluted coolant is not available, the system to be flushed, or the coolant to
use the approved concentrated coolant be replaced.
diluting it to 50/50 with distilled water. See Do not mix different colors or types of
Capacities and Specifications (page 356). prediluted coolant in your vehicle. Mixing
Using water that has not been deionized of prediluted coolant or using an incorrect
may contribute to deposit formation, prediluted coolant may harm the engine
corrosion and plugging of the small cooling or cooling system components and may
system passageways. not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
Note: Coolants marketed for all makes and In case of emergency, you can add a large
models may not be approved to Ford amount of water without engine coolant
specifications and may cause damage to in order to reach a vehicle service location.
the cooling system. Resulting component In this instance, qualified personnel:
damage may not be covered by the vehicle
Warranty. 1. Must drain the cooling system.
2. Chemically clean the cooling system.
If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, add prediluted coolant 3. Refill with prediluted coolant as soon
immediately. as possible.
To top up the coolant level do the
following:
321
Maintenance
Water alone, without prediluted coolant, If you drive in extremely hot climates:
can cause engine damage from corrosion, • It may be necessary to decrease the
overheating or freezing. coolant concentration to 40%.
Do not use the following as a coolant • A coolant concentration of 40%
substitute: provides improved overheat
• Alcohol. protection. Coolant concentrations
• Methanol. below 40% decrease the freeze and
corrosion protection characteristics of
• Brine. the coolant and may cause engine
• Any coolant mixed with alcohol or damage.
methanol antifreeze. Vehicles driven year-round in non-extreme
Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine climates should use prediluted coolant for
damage from overheating or freezing. optimum cooling system and engine
protection.
Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to
the coolant. These can be harmful and Coolant Change
compromise the corrosion protection of
the coolant. At specific mileage intervals, as listed in
the scheduled maintenance information,
Recycled Coolant the coolant should be changed. Add
prediluted coolant approved to the correct
We do not recommend the use of recycled specification. See Capacities and
coolant as an approved recycling process Specifications (page 356).
is not yet available.
Dispose of used engine coolant in an Fail-Safe Cooling
appropriate manner. Follow your
community's regulations and standards Fail-safe cooling allows you to temporarily
for recycling and disposing of automotive drive your vehicle before any incremental
fluids. component damage occurs. The fail-safe
distance depends on ambient
Severe Climates temperature, vehicle load and terrain.
If you drive in extremely cold climates: How Fail-Safe Cooling Works

• It may be necessary to increase the If the engine begins to overheat, the
coolant concentration above 50%. coolant temperature gauge moves toward
• A coolant concentration of 60% the red zone:
provides improved freeze point A warning lamp illuminates and
protection. Coolant concentrations a message may appear in the
above 60% decrease the overheat information display.
protection characteristics of the
coolant and may cause engine
damage.
322
Maintenance
If the engine reaches a preset Your vehicle has limited engine power
over-temperature condition, the engine when in the fail-safe mode, drive your
automatically switches to alternating vehicle with caution. Your vehicle does not
cylinder operation. Each disabled cylinder maintain high-speed operation and the
acts as an air pump and cools the engine. engine may operate poorly.
When this occurs, your vehicle still Remember that the engine is capable of
operates, however: automatically shutting down to prevent
• Engine power is limited. engine damage. In this situation:
• The air conditioning system turns off. 1. Pull off the road as soon as safely
possible and switch the engine off.
Continued operation increases the engine
temperature, causing the engine to 2. If you are a member of a roadside
completely shut down. Your steering and assistance program, we recommend
braking effort increases in this situation. that you contact your roadside
assistance service provider.
When the engine temperature cools, you
can re-start the engine. Have your vehicle 3. If this is not possible, wait a short
checked as soon as possible to minimize period for the engine to cool.
engine damage. 4. Check the coolant level. If the coolant
level is at or below the minimum mark,
When Fail-Safe Mode Is Activated add prediluted coolant immediately.
5. When the engine temperature cools,
you can re-start the engine. Have your
WARNING: Fail-safe mode is for
vehicle checked as soon as possible to
use during emergencies only. Operate
minimize engine damage.
your vehicle in fail-safe mode only as
long as necessary to bring your vehicle Engine Coolant Temperature
to rest in a safe location and seek Management (If Equipped)
immediate repairs. When in fail-safe
mode, your vehicle will have limited
power, will not be able to maintain
high-speed operation, and may WARNING: To reduce the risk of
completely shut down without warning, crash and injury, be prepared that the
potentially losing engine power, power vehicle speed may reduce and the
steering assist, and power brake assist, vehicle may not be able to accelerate
which may increase the possibility of a with full power until the coolant
crash resulting in serious injury. temperature reduces.
WARNING: Do not remove the If you tow a trailer with your vehicle, the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is engine may temporarily reach a higher
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10 temperature during severe operating
minutes for the cooling system to cool conditions, for example ascending a long
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap or steep grade in high ambient
with a thick cloth to prevent the temperatures.
possibility of scalding and slowly remove At this time, you may notice the coolant
the cap. Failure to follow this instruction temperature gauge moves toward the red
could result in personal injury. zone and a message may appear in the
323
Maintenance
You may notice a reduction in vehicle ENGINE COOLANT CHECK -

speed caused by reduced engine power in
order to manage the engine coolant HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE
temperature. Your vehicle may enter this (HEV)
mode if certain high-temperature and
high-load conditions take place. The
amount of speed reduction depends on WARNING: Do not remove the
vehicle loading, grade and ambient coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
temperature. If this occurs, there is no need on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10
to pull off the road. You can continue to minutes for the cooling system to cool
drive your vehicle. down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap
The air conditioning may automatically with a thick cloth to prevent the
turn on and off during severe operating possibility of scalding and slowly remove
conditions to protect the engine from the cap. Failure to follow this instruction
overheating. When the coolant could result in personal injury.
temperature decreases to the normal
operating temperature, the air conditioning WARNING: Do not allow the fluid
turns on. to touch your skin or eyes. If this
happens, rinse the affected areas
If the coolant temperature gauge moves
immediately with plenty of water and
fully into the red zone, or if the coolant
contact your physician.
temperature warning or service engine
soon messages appear in your information
WARNING: Undiluted coolant is
display, do the following:
flammable and may ignite if spilled on a
1. Pull off the road as soon as safely hot exhaust.
possible and shift the transmission into
park (P). Your vehicle is equipped with two separate
2. Leave the engine running until the cooling systems. One is for cooling the
coolant temperature gauge needle engine and one is for cooling the inverter
returns to the normal position. If the system controller that is specific to the
temperature does not drop after hybrid operating system. The two systems
several minutes, follow the remaining operate similarly, with the inverter system
steps. controller cooling system generally
operating at a lower temperature and
3. Switch the engine off and wait for it to pressure.
cool. Check the coolant level.
4. If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, add prediluted coolant
immediately.
5. If the coolant level is normal, restart
the engine and continue.
324
Maintenance
Adding Inverter System Controller

Coolant
1. Open the inverter system controller
coolant reservoir cap.
2. Use a funnel to add prediluted coolant
to the inverter system controller
coolant reservoir. Make sure that the
level is between the MIN and MAX
marks on the inverter system controller
coolant reservoir. Use prediluted
coolant meeting the Ford specification.
E169064
See Capacities and Specifications
Make sure that the coolant level is (page 356).
between the MIN and the MAX marks. If 3. Close the inverter system controller
the coolant level is on or below the MIN coolant reservoir cap.
mark, add coolant that meets the correct
specification immediately. See Whenever you add coolant, check the
Capacities and Specifications (page coolant level in the inverter system
356). controller coolant reservoir the next few
times you drive the vehicle. If necessary,
Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The add enough prediluted coolant to bring the
level may therefore extend beyond the MAX inverter system controller coolant level to
mark. the proper level.
Adding Engine Coolant
BRAKE FLUID CHECK
1. Remove the filler cap.
2. Add engine coolant to the MAX mark,
do not overfill. WARNING: Do not use any fluid
3. Replace the filler cap. Turn the cap other than the recommended brake fluid
clockwise until it contacts the hard as this will reduce brake efficiency. Use
stop. of incorrect fluid could result in the loss
Note: Add a 50/50 mixture of antifreeze of vehicle control, serious personal injury
and water, or prediluted engine coolant that or death.
meets the correct specification. See
Capacities and Specifications (page 356). WARNING: Only use brake fluid
from a sealed container. Contamination
Note: In an emergency you can add just with dirt, water, petroleum products or
water to the cooling system to reach a other materials may result in brake
vehicle service station. system damage or failure. Failure to
Note: Prolonged use of an incorrect dilution adhere to this warning could result in the
of engine coolant can cause engine damage, loss of vehicle control, serious personal
for example corrosion, overheating or injury or death.
freezing.
325
Maintenance
CLUTCH FLUID CHECK -

WARNING: Do not allow the fluid MANUAL TRANSMISSION
to touch your skin or eyes. If this
happens, rinse the affected areas The clutch and brake systems share the
immediately with plenty of water and same fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid
contact your physician. Check (page 325).
WARNING: A fluid level between
the MAX and MIN lines is within the CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY
normal operating range and there is no - EXCLUDING: HYBRID
need to add fluid. A fluid level not in the
normal operating range could ELECTRIC VEHICLE (HEV)
compromise the performance of the
system. Have your vehicle checked
immediately. WARNING: Batteries normally
allow flames, sparks or lighted
substances to come near the battery.
shield your face and protect your eyes.
WARNING: When lifting a

plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure
on the end walls could cause acid to flow
through the vent caps, resulting in
personal injury and damage to the
vehicle or battery. Lift the battery with a
battery carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.

reach of children. Batteries contain
E170684
sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin,
eyes or clothing. Shield your eyes when
To avoid fluid contamination, the reservoir working near the battery to protect
cap must remain in place and fully tight, against possible splashing of acid
unless you are adding fluid. solution. In case of acid contact with skin
or eyes, flush immediately with water for
Only use fluid that meets Ford a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt
specifications. See Capacities and medical attention. If acid is swallowed,
Specifications (page 356). call a physician immediately.
326
Maintenance
To maintain correct operation of the

WARNING: Battery posts, battery management system, if you add
terminals and related accessories any electrical devices to your vehicle, do
contain lead and lead compounds, not connect the ground connection directly
chemicals known to the State of to the negative battery terminal. A
California to cause cancer and connection at the negative battery terminal
reproductive harm. Wash your hands can cause inaccurate measurements of
after handling. the battery condition and potential
incorrect system operation.
WARNING: For vehicles with Note: If you add electrical accessories or
Auto-Start-Stop the battery requirement components to your vehicle this may
is different. You must replace the battery adversely affect battery performance,
with one of exactly the same durability and the performance of other
specification. electrical systems on your vehicle.
If you replace the battery make sure it
The battery is in the engine compartment. matches the electrical requirements of
See Under Hood Overview (page 316). your vehicle.
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free If you disconnect or replace the battery
battery. It does not require additional and your vehicle has an automatic
water during service. transmission, it must relearn its adaptive
If the vehicle battery has a cover, make strategy. Because of this, the transmission
sure you correctly install it after cleaning may shift firmly when first driven. This is
or replacing the battery. normal operation while the transmission
fully updates its operation to optimum
For longer, trouble-free operation, keep the
shift feel.
top of the battery clean and dry and the
battery cables tightly fastened to the Remove and Reinstall the Battery
battery terminals. If any corrosion is
present on the battery or terminals, remove To disconnect or remove the battery, do
the cables from the terminals and clean the following:
with a wire brush. You can neutralize the
1. Apply the parking brake and switch the
acid with a solution of baking soda and
ignition off.
water.
2. Switch all electrical equipment off, for
Note: If you only disconnect the negative example lights and radio.
battery cable terminal, make sure it is
isolated or placed away from the battery 3. Wait a minimum of two minutes before
terminal to avoid unintended connection or disconnecting the battery.
arcing. Note: The engine management system has
a power hold function and remains powered
for a period of time after you switch the
ignition off. This is to allow diagnostic and
adaptive tables to be stored. Disconnecting
the battery without waiting can cause
damage not covered by the vehicle
Warranty.
327
Maintenance
4. Disconnect and isolate the positive

battery cable terminal. WARNING: When lifting a
5. Remove the battery securing clamp. plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure
6. Pull the battery forward. on the end walls could cause acid to flow
through the vent caps, resulting in
7. Disconnect the negative battery cable personal injury and damage to the
terminal. vehicle or battery. Lift the battery with a
8. Remove the battery. battery carrier or with your hands on
9. To install, reverse the removal opposite corners.
procedure.
Note: Before reconnecting the battery, reach of children. Batteries contain
make sure the ignition remains switched off. sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin,
Note: Make sure the battery cable terminals eyes or clothing. Shield your eyes when
are fully tightened. working near the battery to protect
against possible splashing of acid
If you disconnect or replace the vehicle solution. In case of acid contact with skin
battery, you must reset the following or eyes, flush immediately with water for
features: a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt
• Window bounce-back. See Power medical attention. If acid is swallowed,
Windows (page 85). call a physician immediately.
• Clock Settings.
WARNING: Battery posts,
• Pre-set radio stations. terminals and related accessories
contain lead and lead compounds,
Battery Disposal
chemicals known to the State of
Make sure that you dispose of California to cause cancer and
old batteries in an reproductive harm. Wash your hands
E107998 environmentally friendly way. after handling.
Seek advice from your local authority
about recycling old batteries. WARNING: For vehicles with
Auto-Start-Stop the battery requirement
is different. You must replace the battery
CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY with one of exactly the same
specification.
- HYBRID ELECTRIC VEHICLE
(HEV) The battery is in the luggage compartment.
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free
battery. It does not require additional
WARNING: Batteries normally water during service.
cause personal injury. Therefore, do not If the vehicle battery has a cover, make
allow flames, sparks or lighted sure you correctly install it after cleaning
substances to come near the battery. or replacing the battery.
shield your face and protect your eyes.
328
Maintenance
For longer, trouble-free operation, keep the 2. Switch all electrical equipment off, for
top of the battery clean and dry and the example lights and radio.
battery cables tightly fastened to the 3. Wait a minimum of two minutes before
battery terminals. If any corrosion is disconnecting the battery.
present on the battery or terminals, remove
the cables from the terminals and clean Note: The engine management system has
with a wire brush. You can neutralize the a power hold function and remains powered
acid with a solution of baking soda and for a period of time after you switch the
water. ignition off. This is to allow diagnostic and
adaptive tables to be stored. Disconnecting
Note: If you only disconnect the negative the battery without waiting can cause
battery cable terminal, make sure it is damage not covered by the vehicle
isolated or placed away from the battery Warranty.
terminal to avoid unintended connection or
arcing. 4. Remove the battery securing clamp.
To maintain correct operation of the 5. Disconnect the negative battery cable
battery management system, if you add terminal.
any electrical devices to your vehicle, do 6. Disconnect the positive battery cable
not connect the ground connection directly terminal.
to the negative battery terminal. A 7. Remove the battery.
connection at the negative battery terminal
can cause inaccurate measurements of 8. To install, reverse the removal
the battery condition and potential procedure.
incorrect system operation. Note: Before reconnecting the battery,
Note: If you add electrical accessories or make sure the ignition remains switched off.
components to your vehicle this may Note: Make sure the battery cable terminals
adversely affect battery performance, are fully tightened.
durability and the performance of other
electrical systems on your vehicle. If you disconnect or replace the vehicle
battery, you must reset the following
If you replace the battery make sure it features:
matches the electrical requirements of • Window bounce-back. See Power
your vehicle. Windows (page 85).
If you disconnect or replace the battery • Clock Settings.
and your vehicle has an automatic
transmission, it must relearn its adaptive • Pre-set radio stations.
strategy. Because of this, the transmission Battery Disposal
may shift firmly when first driven. This is
normal operation while the transmission Make sure that you dispose of
fully updates its operation to optimum old batteries in an
shift feel. E107998 environmentally friendly way.
Seek advice from your local authority
Remove and Reinstall the Battery about recycling old batteries.
To disconnect or remove the battery, do
the following:
ignition off.
329
Maintenance
WASHER FLUID CHECK Changing the Front Wiper Blades

1. Pull the wiper blade and arm away
When adding fluid, use a mixture of washer
from the glass.
fluid and water to help prevent freezing
and improve the cleaning capability. For
information on fluid dilution follow the
manufacturer's instructions.
Note: The reservoir supplies the front and
rear washer systems.
CHECKING THE WIPER

BLADES
E239324
2. Press the locking buttons together.

3. Rotate and remove the wiper blade.
4. Install in the reverse order.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
E142463
into place. Lower the wiper arm and blade
back to the windshield. The wiper arms will
Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of automatically return to their normal position
the blade to check for roughness. when the ignition is turned on.
Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid Changing the Rear Window Wiper
or water applied with a soft sponge or Blades
cloth.
5-Door
CHANGING THE WIPER 1. Pull the wiper blade and arm away
BLADES from the glass.
The wiper arms can be manually moved

when the ignition is off. This allows for ease
of blade replacement and cleaning under
the blades.
Replace wiper blades at least once per
year for optimum performance.
Poor wiper quality can be improved by
cleaning the wiper blades and the
windshield.
E239324
330
Maintenance
2. Press the locking buttons together. CHANGING A BULB

3. Rotate and remove the wiper blade.
4. Install in the reverse order.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks WARNING: Switch all of the lamps
into place. Lower the wiper arm and blade and the ignition off. Failure to follow this
back to the windshield. The wiper arms will warning could result in serious personal
automatically return to their normal position injury.
when the ignition is turned on.
WARNING: Bulbs become hot
Wagon when in use. Let them cool down before
you remove them.
1. Lift the wiper arm.
Use the correct specification bulb. See
Bulb Specification Chart (page 366).
Install in the reverse order unless otherwise
stated.
Headlamp
You must remove the headlamp assembly
prior to replacing any bulb.
E183236
2. Remove the wiper blade. D C B

3. Install new wiper blades in the reverse E159753
order.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks A Front side lamp.
into place. Lower the wiper arm and blade B High beam.
back to the windshield.
C Low beam.
D Front direction indicator.
Front Side Lamp

1. Remove the headlamp.
2. Remove the cover.
331
Maintenance
3. Remove the bulb holder by pulling it The following lamps are LED:
straight out. • Brake and rear lamps.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight • Central high mounted brake lamp.
out.
• Daytime running lamps.
Front Direction Indicator • Rear direction indicators.
1. Remove the headlamp. • Side direction indicators.
2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise Reverse Lamp
and remove it.
Note: You cannot separate the bulb from Remove Rear Lamp Assembly, 4-door
the bulb holder. and 5-door
Headlamp Low Beam

1
3. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
4. Disconnect the electrical connector.
Note: Do not touch the bulb glass.
Note: You cannot separate the bulb from
the bulb holder.
Headlamp High Beam

3. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise 2
and remove it.
4. Disconnect the electrical connector.
Note: Do not touch the bulb glass.
Note: You cannot separate the bulb from
the bulb holder.
High-Intensity Discharge Headlamps

These lamps operate at a high voltage. See 3
an authorized dealer if they fail. 4
E193239
LED Lamps
1. Carefully remove trim plate.
LED lamps are not serviceable items. See
2. Remove the wing nut.
an authorized dealer if they fail.
332
Maintenance
3. Carefully remove the luggage Remove the Bulb

compartment weather strip and gently
pull away the inner body side trim to
gain access to the second wing nut.
4. Remove the wing nut.
5. Gently pull the lamp assembly away
from the vehicle.
Remove Rear Lamp Assembly, Wagon
E145779
E193238
1. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
1. Carefully remove the screw caps and
and remove the bulb holder.
remove the screws.
2. Gently pull the lamp assembly away
from the vehicle.
E145780
2. Remove the bulb from the bulb holder.
333
Maintenance
Replacing the License Plate Lamp

Bulb
E72789
1. Carefully release the spring clip.

2. Remove the lamp.
3. Remove the bulb.
334
Vehicle Care
CLEANING THE EXTERIOR Cleaning Chrome, Aluminium or

Stainless Steel
Cleaning the Exterior Precautions We recommend that you only use a car
shampoo, a soft cloth and water on
Immediately remove fuel spillages, AdBlue bumpers and other chrome, aluminium or
residuals, bird droppings, insect deposits stainless steel parts.
and road tar. These may cause damage to
your vehicle’s paintwork or trim over time. Note: For additional information and
assistance, we recommend that you contact
Remove any exterior accessories, for an authorized dealer.
example antennas, before entering a car
wash. Note: Rinse the area well after cleaning.
Note: Do not use abrasive materials, for
Cleaning Headlamps and Rear example steel wool or plastic pads, as they
Lamps can scratch these surfaces.
Note: Do not use chrome cleaner, metal
We recommend that you only use cold or cleaner or polish on wheels or wheel covers.
lukewarm water containing car shampoo
to clean the headlamps and the rear
lamps. Cleaning Wheels
Do not scrape the lamps. Only use a recommended wheel and tire
Do not wipe lamps when they are dry. cleaner to clean the wheels weekly. For
additional information and assistance, we
recommend that you contact an
Cleaning Windows and Wiper authorized dealer.
Blades
1. Use a sponge to remove heavy
To clean the windshield and wiper blades: deposits of dirt and brake dust.
• Clean the windshield with a 2. Rinse well after cleaning.
non-abrasive glass cleaner. Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to
Note: When cleaning the interior of the warm or hot wheel rims and covers.
windshield, avoid getting any glass cleaner If you intend on parking your vehicle for an
on the instrument panel or door panels. extended period after cleaning the wheels
Wipe any glass cleaner off these surfaces with a wheel cleaner, drive your vehicle for
immediately. a few minutes before parking your vehicle.
• Clean the wiper blades with washer This reduces the risk of corrosion of the
fluid or water applied with a soft brake discs, brake pads and linings.
sponge or cloth. Do not clean the wheels when they are hot.
Note: Do not use razor blades or other Note: Some car washes could damage
sharp objects to clean or remove decals wheel rims and covers.
from the inside of the heated rear window.
This can cause damage not covered by the Note: Using non-recommended cleaners,
vehicle Warranty. harsh cleaning products, chrome wheel
cleaners or abrasive materials could
damage wheel rims and covers.
335
Vehicle Care
Cleaning the Engine Compartment Cleaning Camera Lenses and

Sensors
Use a vacuum cleaner to remove debris
from the screen area below windshield. We recommend that you only use
Note: If you are not familiar with the parts lukewarm or cold water and a soft cloth
around the engine do not wash the engine to clean the camera lens and sensors.
compartment. Avoid frequent engine Note: Do not pressure wash camera lens
washes. and sensors.
When washing the engine compartment:
• Never wash or rinse the engine while it Cleaning the Underbody
is hot or running.
Flush the complete underside of your
• Never wash or rinse any ignition coil, vehicle frequently. Keep body and door
spark plug wire or spark plug well. drain holes free from packed dirt.
• Cover the battery, power distribution Rear suspension components may require
box, and air filter assembly to prevent regular cleaning with a power washer or a
water damage. thorough rinse with a strong stream of
Note: If your vehicle has an engine cover water if the vehicle is operated in dusty or
remove the cover before application of muddy environments. Rear leaf springs or
shampoo and degreaser. other suspension components may emit
squeaking or popping noises while
• Spray an approved engine shampoo operating the vehicle if particles, such as
and degreaser on all parts that require dirt, rocks, or other debris, are present in
cleaning and rinse with water. the components.
Cleaning Stripes or Graphics

CLEANING THE INTERIOR
It is recommended to wash your vehicle by
hand however, pressure washing may be Cleaning the Instrument Panel
used under the following conditions:
• Use a spray with a 40° wide spray
angle pattern. WARNING: Do not use chemical
• Keep the nozzle at a 305 mm (12 in) solvents or strong detergents when
distance and 90° angle to your cleaning the steering wheel or
vehicle's surface. instrument panel to avoid contamination
of the airbag system.
• Do not use water pressure higher than
14,000 kPa (2,000 psi).
We recommend that you only clean the
• Do not use water hotter than 82°C instrument panel and cluster lens with a
(179°F). damp soft cloth. Dry the area with a clean,
Note: Holding the pressure washer nozzle soft cloth.
at an angle to the vehicle's surface may For additional information and assistance,
damage graphics and cause the edges to we recommend that you contact an
peel away from the vehicle's surface. authorized dealer.
336
Vehicle Care
Note: Avoid cleaners or polishes that 4. Rub the conditioner into the leather
increase the gloss of the upper portion of until it disappears. Allow the
the instrument panel. The dull finish in this conditioner to dry, then repeat the
area helps protect you from undesirable process for the entire interior. If a film
windshield reflection. appears, wipe it off with a dry, clean
cloth.
Cleaning Plastic 5. For additional information and
assistance, we recommend that you
We recommend that you only use a mild contact an authorized dealer.
soap and water solution on a soft cloth.
Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.
Cleaning Fabric Seats and
Headliners
Cleaning Displays and Screens
We recommend that you only use a
WARNING: On vehicles equipped
microfiber cloth in a circular motion to
with seat-mounted airbags, do not use
clean off the fingerprint or dust.
chemical solvents or strong detergents.
If dirt or fingerprints are still on the screen, Such products could contaminate the
apply a small amount of alcohol to the side airbag system and affect
cloth and try to clean it again. performance of the side airbag in a crash.
Note: Do not pour or spray alcohol onto the
touchscreen. We recommend that you only clean the
fabric seats and headliners in the following
Note: Do not use detergent or any type of way:
solvent to clean the touchscreen.
1. Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
Cleaning Leather and Vinyl
2. Wipe the surface with a soft, damp
We recommend that you only clean the cloth and a mild soap and water
leather and vinyl surfaces in the following solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft
way: cloth.
1. Remove dust and loose dirt with a 3. For additional information and
vacuum cleaner. assistance, we recommend that you
contact an authorized dealer.
2. Wipe the surface with a soft, damp
cloth and a mild soap and water For heavy stains, spot clean the area. If a
solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft ring forms on the fabric, clean the entire
cloth. area immediately, but do not oversaturate
or the ring could set.
3. Make sure the leather is dry, then apply
a small amount of conditioner to a
clean, dry cloth. Cleaning Carpets and Floor Mats
We recommend that you only clean your
carpets in the following way:
1. Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
337
Vehicle Care
2. Wipe the surface with a soft, damp Cleaning Moonroof Tracks

cloth and a mild soap and water
solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft 1. Remove debris from the tracks with a
cloth. vacuum cleaner.
3. For additional information and 2. Wipe the bulb seal and mating painted
assistance, we recommend that you roof metal surface with a soft, damp
contact an authorized dealer. cloth and a mild soap and water
solution.
For heavy stains, spot clean the area. If a
ring forms on the fabric, clean the entire
area immediately, but do not oversaturate REPAIRING MINOR PAINT
or the ring could set. DAMAGE
We recommend that you only clean your
floor mats in the following way: Authorized dealers have touch-up paint to
1. Remove dust and loose dirt with a match your vehicle’s color. Your vehicle
vacuum cleaner. color code is printed on a sticker on the
front, left-hand side door jamb. Take your
2. Wash rubber floor mats using mild color code to your authorized dealer to
soap and lukewarm or cold water. make sure you get the correct color.
3. Completely dry the floor mat before Before repairing minor paint damage, use
placing them back in your vehicle. a cleaner to remove particles such as bird
droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar
Cleaning Seatbelts spots, road salt and industrial fallout.
Read the instructions before using cleaning
products.
WARNING: Do not use cleaning
solvents, bleach or dye on the vehicle's
seatbelts, as these actions may weaken WAXING YOUR VEHICLE
the belt webbing.
Wax the high-gloss painted surface of your
1. Wipe the surface with a soft, damp prewashed vehicle once or twice a year.
cloth and a mild soap and water We recommend that you only use an
solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft approved quality wax that does not
cloth. contain abrasives. Follow the
manufacturer's instructions to apply and
Cleaning Storage Compartments remove the wax. For additional information
and assistance, we recommend that you
1. Remove dust and loose dirt with a contact an authorized dealer.
vacuum cleaner. When washing and waxing, park your
2. Wipe the surface with a soft, damp vehicle in a shaded area out of direct
cloth and a mild soap and water sunlight.
solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft Note: Avoid waxing unpainted or low-gloss
cloth. black colored parts, they discolor over time.
338
Wheels and Tires
GENERAL INFORMATION If your vehicle does not have a spare wheel

it has a tire sealant and inflator kit. The kit
The recommended tire inflation pressures is in the luggage compartment. Only use
are on the tire information label on the the kit supplied with your vehicle.
driver side B-pillar. Note: The kit can only temporarily repair
Check and set the tire pressure at the one tire puncture with a maximum puncture
ambient temperature in which you are size of up to 6 mm (0.24 in).
intending to drive your vehicle and when
the tires are cold. See Tire Pressures A B C D
(page 351).
Note: Check your tire pressures regularly to
optimize fuel economy.
Only use approved wheel and tire sizes.
Using other sizes could damage your
vehicle and could make the National Type
Approval invalid.
Installation of any tires that are not the
original equipment tire size can cause the
speedometer to display incorrect vehicle
speed.
TIRE SEALANT AND INFLATOR

KIT
G F E
WARNING: Do not use the inflator E257262
kit on run flat tires. This could cause loss
of vehicle control.
A Pressure Gauge.
WARNING: Depending on the type
and extent of tire damage, some tires B Sealant bottle access cap.
can only be partially sealed or not sealed C Warning label.
at all. Loss of tire pressure can affect
vehicle handling, leading to loss of D Power switch.
vehicle control. E Sealant bottle.
WARNING: Do not use the kit on a F Tire inflation pipe.

previously damaged tire, for example G 12 volt DC power point
when it has been driven under inflated. connector.
This could cause loss of vehicle control,
personal injury or death. Note: Make sure you regularly check the
expiry date on the sealant bottle.
339
Wheels and Tires
If the low tire pressure warning To temporarily repair a punctured tire, do

lamp illuminates do the the following:
following:
1. Gradually reduce the vehicle speed and

stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe
to do so.
ignition off.
3. Check for a punctured tire.
Note: Do not remove objects, for example
nails or screws from a punctured tire.
Using the Tire Sealant and Inflator

Kit
WARNING: Check the sidewall of

the tire prior to inflation. If there are any
cracks, bumps or similar damage, do not E257263
attempt to inflate the tire. This could
cause personal injury.
1. Release the tire inflation pipe and the
WARNING: Watch the sidewall of 12 volt DC power point connector from
the tire when inflating. If any cracks, the underside of the compressor.
bumps or similar damage appears,
switch the compressor off and let the air
out by means of the pressure relief valve.
Do not continue driving with this tire. This
could cause loss of vehicle control.
WARNING: Do not stand directly

beside the tire while the compressor is
operating. This could cause personal
injury if the tire bursts.
E257264
WARNING: Do not leave the kit
unattended when it is in use. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in 2. Turn the sealant bottle access cap
personal injury or death. counterclockwise and remove it.
WARNING: Do not keep the
compressor operating for more than 10
minutes. This could cause the
compressor to malfunction causing
serious personal injury.
340
Wheels and Tires
E257006
E256963
3. Remove the sealant bottle cap. Do not 5. Remove the tire valve dust cap and
pierce or remove the seal. attach the tire inflation pipe.
E257022
6. Plug the 12 volt DC power point

connector into the 12 volt DC socket.
E257265
See Auxiliary Power Points (page
4. Attach the sealant bottle to the 154).
compressor. Turn the sealant bottle 7. Start the engine.
clockwise until you feel a strong
resistance.
Note: Attaching the sealant bottle to the
compressor pierces the seal. Do not loosen
the bottle as sealant could escape.
341
Wheels and Tires
11. Disconnect the tire inflation pipe and

the 12 volt DC power point connector.
Note: Do not remove the sealant bottle
from the compressor.
12. Reinstall the tire valve dust cap.
13. Place the warning label on the
steering wheel and correctly stow the
kit.
E257266
8. Switch the compressor on.
E257942
14. Immediately drive your vehicle for

3–10 km (2–6 mi). Do not exceed
80 km/h (50 mph).
E257121
9. Inflate the tire to between 2–3 bar

(29–44 psi).
Note: If the tire pressure does not reach
1.8 bar (26 psi) within 10 minutes, the tire
could be damaged beyond a temporary
repair. Have your vehicle immediately
checked. Do not drive your vehicle.
10. When the tire reaches the
recommended tire pressure of
between 2–3 bar (29–44 psi), switch E257121
the compressor and the ignition off.
342
Wheels and Tires
15. After driving between 3–10 km • Regularly check the tire pressure until
(2–6 mi), stop your vehicle and the sealed tire is repaired or replaced
recheck the tire pressure. See Tire by a tire specialist. Before the tire is
Pressures (page 351). removed from the rim, you must inform
Note: If the tire pressure has dropped to the tire specialist that the tire contains
1.8 bar (26 psi) or below, the tire could be sealant.
damaged beyond a temporary repair. Have • Take the kit to an authorized dealer to
your vehicle immediately checked. Do not have the sealant bottle and the tire
drive your vehicle. inflation pipe replaced.
Note: If the tire pressure has dropped but
is still above 1.8 bar (26 psi), use the kit to TIRE CARE
inflate the tire again.
Note: Front tires shown on the left side of
After Using the Tire Sealant and the diagram.
Inflator Kit
Non-directional tires
WARNING: If you experience heavy

vibrations, unsteady steering behavior or
noises while driving, reduce your speed
gradually and stop your vehicle as soon
as it is safe to do so. Recheck the tire and
its pressure. If the tire pressure is less
than 1.3 bar (18.9 psi) or if there are any
cracks, bumps or similar damage visible,
do not continue driving with this tire. This
could cause loss of vehicle control.
E142547
The kit only provides temporary mobility.
Regulations concerning tire repair or Directional tires
replacement after using the kit could differ
from country to country. We recommend
you consult a tire specialist.
After using the kit:
• Do not drive your vehicle more than
200 km (124 mi) before repairing or
replacing the punctured tire.
• Inform all other users of your vehicle
that a tire was sealed using the kit.
Make them aware of the special driving E70415
conditions that must be observed.
343
Wheels and Tires
To make sure the front and rear tires of

your vehicle wear evenly and last longer, WARNING: Snow tires must be the
we recommend that you swap the tires same size, load index and speed rating
from front to rear and vice versa at regular as those originally provided by Ford. Use
intervals between 5,000 km (3,000 mi) of any tire or wheel not recommended
and 10,000 km (6,000 mi). by Ford can affect the safety and
performance of your vehicle, which could
WARNING: Do not scrub the result in an increased risk of loss of
sidewalls of the tires when you are control, vehicle rollover, personal injury
and death. Additionally, the use of
parking.
non-recommended tires and wheels can
cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer
If you have to mount a curb, do so slowly
case or power transfer unit failure.
and approach it with the wheels at
Follow the Ford recommended tire
right-angles to the curb.
inflation pressure found on the Safety
Examine the tires regularly for cuts, foreign Compliance Certification Label (on the
objects and uneven wear of the tread. door hinge pillar, door latch post or the
Uneven wear could mean that the wheel door edge that meets the door latch
alignment is outside specification. post, next to the driver seat), or Tire
Check the tire pressures (including the Label on the B-Pillar or the edge of the
spare) when cold, every two weeks. driver door. Failure to follow the tire
pressure recommendations can cause
uneven treadwear patterns and
USING WINTER TIRES adversely affect the way your vehicle
handles.
USING SNOW CHAINS
WARNING: Do not exceed 50 km/h

(30 mph).
WARNING: Do not use snow chains

on snow-free roads.
E278852 WARNING: Only fit snow chains to

specified tires. See Tire Pressures
We recommend that you use winter or (page 351).
all-season tires carrying this symbol when
the temperature is 7°C (45°F) or lower, or WARNING: If your vehicle has
in snow and ice conditions. wheel trims, remove them before fitting
Inflate the winter tires to the same tire snow chains.
pressures as those listed in the tire
pressures table. See Tire Pressures (page Only use snow chains of 10 millimeters or
351). smaller.
Only use snow chains on the front wheels.
344
Wheels and Tires
Note: The anti-lock braking system will If the spare wheel is exactly the same type
continue to operate normally. and size as the other fitted road wheels,
you can replace the existing road wheel
Vehicles with Stability Control with the spare wheel and continue to drive
in the normal manner. We recommend that
When stability control is on, your vehicle you have the damaged road wheel and tire
may exhibit some unusual driving repaired or replaced as soon as possible.
characteristics. To reduce this, switch
traction control off. See Using Stability Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire
Control (page 212). Assembly Information
CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL

WARNING: Failure to follow these
guidelines could result in an increased
risk of loss of vehicle control, injury or
WARNING: Do not fit more than death.
one spare wheel on your vehicle at any
one time. WARNING: If you are not sure what
type of spare wheel your vehicle has, do
WARNING: Do not carry out any not exceed 80 km/h (50 mph).
tire repairs on a spare wheel.
If the spare wheel is different to the other
WARNING: Do not switch off
fitted road wheels, it may have a warning
stability control or select sport mode,
label with the appropriate maximum speed
when using a temporary spare wheel or
limit. Drive cautiously when using a
after inflating a tire using the temporary
dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly.
mobility kit.
A dissimilar spare wheel and tire is for
If a tire deflates when your vehicle is temporary use only. Drive the shortest
moving, do the following: distance possible and have the damaged
road wheel and tire repaired or replaced
• Firmly hold the steering wheel.
as soon as possible. If the dissimilar spare
• Avoid heavy braking. wheel or tire is damaged, it must be
• Gradually reduce the vehicle speed and replaced.
stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe If you use a dissimilar spare wheel and tire
to do so. assembly, this can lead to impairment of
• Fully apply the parking brake. the following:
• Switch the ignition off. • Handling, stability and braking
The spare wheel, vehicle jack, towing eye, performance.
lug nut tool and wheel trim remover are in • Comfort and noise.
the luggage compartment under the floor • Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
covering or in the side panel.
• Winter weather driving capability.
• Wet weather driving capability.
• All-wheel driving capability.
345
Wheels and Tires
A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly • Do not use more than one dissimilar
is different in size and appearance from spare tire at a time.
the road wheels and tires and can be one • Do not use commercial car washing
of three types: equipment.
T-type Mini-spare Wheel Full-size Dissimilar Spare Wheel
The spare tire has the letter T preceding Without a Label on the Wheel
the tire size, for example T125/80R15 and If the spare wheel is exactly the same type
may have Temporary Use Only molded in and size as the other fitted road wheels,
the sidewall. you can replace the existing road wheel
When driving with this type of a dissimilar with the spare wheel and continue to drive
spare wheel: in the normal manner.
• Do not exceed the maximum speed Removing the Spare Wheel,
shown on the label. Vehicle Jack and Lug Nut Tool
• Do not load your vehicle beyond
maximum vehicle load rating listed on
the safety compliance label. 1
• Do not tow a trailer.
• Do not use snow chains on the end of
your vehicle with the dissimilar spare
tire.
• Do not use more than one dissimilar
spare tire at a time.
• Do not use commercial car washing
equipment.
Full-size Dissimilar Spare Wheel With

a Label on the Wheel
The label on the wheel states: THIS
WHEEL AND TIRE ASSEMBLY FOR
TEMPORARY USE ONLY.
When driving with this type of a dissimilar
spare wheel:
• Do not exceed the maximum speed
shown on the label.
E178549
• Do not load your vehicle beyond
maximum vehicle load rating listed on 1. Turn the securing nut counterclockwise
the safety compliance label. and remove it. Remove the wheel from
• Do not tow a trailer. the spare wheel well.
• Do not use snow chains on the end of
your vehicle with the dissimilar spare
tire.
346
Wheels and Tires
4. Unfold the vehicle jack handle and the

hexagonal end into the correct position
prior to use. Use the hexagonal end to
operate the vehicle jack screw and to
remove the lug nuts.
2 Assembling the Lug Nut Tool
Fully unfold the vehicle jack handle and
lug nut tool.
Vehicles Without a Spare Wheel

Vehicles without a spare wheel have a
temporary mobility kit. See Tire Sealant
and Inflator Kit (page 339).
Removing the Wheel Trim (If Equipped)

Use the hook on the vehicle jack handle
and lug nut tool to remove the wheel trim.
3 Note: Make sure that you pull the wheel

trim remover at right angles to the trim.
E178548 Vehicle Jack
2. Turn the vehicle jack securing bolt
counterclockwise and remove it.
WARNING: Check that the vehicle
3. Turn the vehicle jack screw jack is not damaged or deformed and
counterclockwise to remove the vehicle the thread is lubricated and clean.
jack handle and lug nut tool from the
vehicle jack. WARNING: Never place anything
between the vehicle jack and the ground.
4 WARNING: Never place anything
between the vehicle jack and your
vehicle.
WARNING: Use a jack with a

minimum lifting capacity of 1,500 kg
(3,307 lb) and a lifting plate with a
minimum diameter of 80 mm (3.1 in).
WARNING: The jack supplied with

this vehicle is only intended for changing
wheels. Do not use the vehicle jack other
than when you are changing a wheel in
E245204 an emergency.
347
Wheels and Tires
WARNING: Do not work on your

vehicle when the jack is the only support
as your vehicle could slip off the jack.
WARNING: No person should place

any portion of their body under a vehicle
that is supported by a jack.
WARNING: Do not get under a

vehicle that is only supported by a
vehicle jack.
E93020
Refer to vehicle jack manufacturer's

instructions.
Vehicle Jacking Points
WARNING: Use only the specified

jacking points. If you use other positions,
E166722
you may damage the body, steering,
suspension, engine, braking system or
Workshop Type Hydraulic Trolley Jack the fuel lines.
WARNING: Use a jack with a

minimum lifting capacity of 1,500 kg
(3,307 lb) and a lifting plate with a
minimum diameter of 80 mm (3.1 in).
We recommend you use a workshop type

hydraulic trolley jack for changing between
summer and winter tires.
E269166
1. Locate the vehicle jacking points. Small

arrow-shaped marks indicate the
locations.
348
Wheels and Tires
WARNING: Make sure all

passengers are out of your vehicle.
WARNING: Make sure that the

vehicle jack is vertical to the jacking point
and the base is flat on the ground.
WARNING: Secure the diagonally

opposite wheel with an appropriate
block or wheel chock.
E283869
2. Carefully position the vehicle jack onto

the vehicle jacking point.
3. Place the hexagonal end of the vehicle
jack handle and lug tool onto the
vehicle jack.
4. Turn the vehicle jack handle clockwise
to raise the vehicle. 1
Removing a Road Wheel
WARNING: Park your vehicle in

such a position that neither the traffic
nor you are hindered or endangered. 2
WARNING: Park your vehicle so
that you do not obstruct the flow of
traffic or place yourself in any danger and
set up a warning triangle.
WARNING: Make sure that your E181745

vehicle is on firm and level ground with
the front wheels pointing straight ahead. 1. If your vehicle has locking lug nuts,
install the locking lug nut tool and
WARNING: Switch the ignition off loosen the locking lug nut first.
and apply the parking brake. 2. Loosen the lug nuts.
WARNING: If your vehicle has a 3. Raise your vehicle until the tire is clear
manual transmission, shift into first or of the ground.
reverse gear. If your vehicle has an 4. Remove the lug nuts and the wheel.
automatic transmission, shift into park
Note: Do not lay alloy wheels face down
(P).
on the ground. This may damage the paint.
349
Wheels and Tires
Installing a Road Wheel
WARNING: When you install a

wheel, always remove any corrosion, dirt
or foreign materials present on the
mounting surfaces of the wheel or the
surface of the wheel hub, brake drum or
brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make
sure to secure any fasteners that attach
the rotor to the hub so they do not
interfere with the mounting surfaces of E145950
the wheel. Installing wheels without
correct metal-to-metal contact at the 1. Inspect the wheel pilot bore (A) and
wheel mounting surfaces can cause the mounting surface prior to installation.
wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to Remove any visible corrosion or loose
come off while your vehicle is in motion, particles.
resulting in loss of vehicle control, 2. Install the wheel.
3. Install the lug nuts finger tight.
WARNING: Make sure there is no Note: Make sure that the cones on the lug
grease or oil on the threads or the nuts are against the wheel.
surface between the wheel lugs and
nuts. This can cause the lug nuts to
loosen while driving.
1
WARNING: Use only approved
wheel and tire sizes. Using other sizes
could damage your vehicle and will make
the National Type Approval invalid. 3 4
WARNING: Do not fit run flat tires
on vehicles that were not originally fitted
with them. Contact an authorized dealer
for more details about compatibility.
5 2
WARNING: Do not install alloy
wheels using lug nuts designed for use
with steel wheels. E75442
4. Partially tighten the lug nuts in the

WARNING: Have the lug nuts
sequence shown.
checked for tightness and the tire
pressure checked as soon as possible. 5. Lower your vehicle and remove the
vehicle jack.
6. Fully tighten the lug nuts in the
sequence shown. See Lug Nuts (page
352).
350
Wheels and Tires
7. Carefully install the wheel trim. Check all tire pressures when they are cold,
at least once every two weeks.
TIRE PRESSURES Note: You may need to remove the spare
wheel from the spare wheel well to check
The recommended tire inflation pressures the tire pressure.
are on the tire information label on the
driver side B-pillar.
Up to 160 km/h (100 mph)

Normal Load Full Load
Tire Size Front Rear Front Rear
bar (psi) bar (psi) bar (psi) bar (psi)
215/60R16 95V
1
2.4 (35) 2.4 (35) 2.5 (36) 3.2 (46)
215/60R16 99XL V
1
2.4 (35) 2.4 (35) 2.5 (36) 3.2 (46)
215/60R16 95W
1
2.4 (35) 2.4 (35) 2.5 (36) 3.2 (46)
215/55R17 98XL V
1
2.4 (35) 2.4 (35) 2.5 (36) 3.2 (46)
215/55R17 98XL W
1
2.4 (35) 2.4 (35) 2.5 (36) 3.2 (46)
235/45R18 98XL W 2.5 (36) 2.2 (32) 2.6 (38) 2.9 (42)
235/45R18 98XL Y 2.4 (35) 2.2 (32) 2.5 (36) 2.9 (42)
235/40R19 96XL W 2.6 (38) 2.2 (32) 2.6 (38) 2.9 (42)
1 Only fit snow chains to specified tires. See Using Snow Chains (page 344).
Continuous Speed in Excess of 160 km/h (100 mph) or under trailer tow conditions
up to 100 km/h (62 mph)
215/60R16 95V 2.5 (36) 2.4 (35) 2.7 (39) 3.2 (46)
215/60R16 99XL V 2.5 (36) 2.4 (35) 2.6 (38) 3.2 (46)
215/60R16 95W 2.5 (36) 2.4 (35) 2.6 (38) 3.2 (46)
351
Wheels and Tires
215/55R17 98XL V 2.6 (38) 2.4 (35) 2.7 (39) 3.2 (46)
215/55R17 98XL W 2.5 (36) 2.4 (35) 2.7 (39) 3.2 (46)
235/45R18 98XL W 2.5 (36) 2.2 (32) 2.7 (39) 2.9 (42)
235/45R18 98XL Y 2.4 (35) 2.2 (32) 2.5 (36) 2.9 (42)
235/40R19 96XL W 2.7 (39) 2.2 (32) 2.9 (42) 3.1 (45)
Temporary Spare Wheel
WARNING: Do not switch off stability control or select sport mode, when using
a temporary spare wheel or after inflating a tire using the temporary mobility kit.
Tire Size bar (psi)
215/60R16 95V 3.2 (45)

215/60R16 95W 3.2 (45)
T125/80R16 97M 4.2 (60)
Do not exceed the maximum speed stated on the label attached to the temporary spare
wheel.
LUG NUTS
Lug Nut Torque
Nm ( lb.ft)
135 (100)
Locking Lug Nuts

You can obtain a replacement locking lug
nut key and replacement locking lug nuts
from an authorized dealer using the
reference number certificate.
352
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (If Equipped)
WHAT IS THE TIRE PRESSURE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING

MONITORING SYSTEM SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
The tire pressure monitoring The warning lamp can illuminate when:
system measures the vehicle's • You use a spare wheel or a tire sealant
tire pressures. A warning lamp and inflator kit.
illuminates if one or more tires are
significantly underinflated or if there is a • The outside air temperature drops
system malfunction. significantly. The tire pressure could
decrease and activate the low tire
pressure warning lamp. Check each tire
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING to verify that none are flat. Inflate the
tires, if needed, to the recommended
SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS pressures and carry out the reset
procedure.
Note: Regularly checking the vehicle tire
WARNING: The tire pressure pressures can reduce the possibility for the
monitoring system is not a substitute for warning lamp to illuminate due to outside
manually checking tire pressures. You air temperature changes.
should periodically check tire pressures
using a pressure gauge. Failure to Note: After you inflate the tires to the
correctly maintain tire pressures could correct pressure, it may take up to two
increase the risk of tire failure, loss of minutes of driving over 32 km/h (20 mph)
control, vehicle rollover and personal for the warning lamp to turn off.
injury.
VIEWING THE TIRE
WARNING: Do not use the tire
pressure displayed in the information PRESSURES
display as a tire pressure gauge. Failure
Note: The use of tire sealants can damage

the tire pressure monitoring system.
E250820

on the steering wheel, select Driver
assist.
2. Select Tyre monitor.
3. Select Tyre pressure.
353
RESETTING TIRE PRESSURE 2. Select Tyre monitor.

MONITORING SYSTEM 3. Select Tyre pressure.
4. Press and hold the OK button until the
You must reset the tire pressure monitoring system reset confirmation appears.
system after each tire replacement, tire
rotation or after inflating the tires to the
correct tire pressure. TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
Note: If you have a new sensor or have SYSTEM –
rotated the vehicle tires, park your vehicle TROUBLESHOOTING
for at least 20 minutes, before resetting the
system.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Note: The tire pressure monitoring system – Warning Lamps
automatically re-learns the tire pressure
sensors the next time you drive your vehicle The low tire pressure warning
for approximately 15 minutes. lamp combines functions.
on the steering wheel, select Driver
assist.
Warning Lamp Possible Cause Action
Solid warning One or more Inflate the tires to the recommended tire pressure.
lamp tires are signific- See Tire Pressures (page 351). Check the tires for
antly underin- damage and repair them if necessary. Carry out the
flated system reset procedure.
Solid warning Temporary Repair the damaged road wheel and tire and refit it
lamp or flashing spare wheel in to your vehicle to restore the correct operation of
warning lamp use the system.
Tire pressure If the tires are inflated to the recommended tire
monitoring pressures and the temporary spare wheel is not in
system use, the system has detected a fault that requires
malfunction service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
354
Tire Pressure Monitoring System – Information Messages
Message Action
Tyre pressure low Inflate the tires to the recommended tire pressure.
Check the tires for damage and repair them if
necessary. Carry out the system reset procedure.
Tyre pressure monitor malfunction The system has detected a fault that requires
service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Tyre pressure sensor malfunction The temporary spare wheel is either in use or the
system has detected a fault in the sensor that
requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
355
VEHICLE DIMENSIONS - 4-DOOR
Dimension Description Dimension mm (in)
Overall length. 4,872 (191.8)

Overall width including the exterior mirrors. 2,130 (83.9)
Overall height excluding the antenna. 1,465–1,496 (57.7–58.9)
Wheelbase. 2,850 (112.2)
Front track. 1,589–1,599 (62.6–63.0)
Rear track. 1,585–1,595 (62.4–62.8)
356
VEHICLE DIMENSIONS - 5-DOOR

Wheelbase. 2,850 (112.2)
Front track. 1,589–1,599 (62.6–63.0)
Rear track. 1,585–1,595 (62.4–62.8)
357
VEHICLE DIMENSIONS - WAGON

Wheelbase. 2,850 (112.2)
Front track. 1,589–1,599 (62.6–63.0)
Rear track. 1,585–1,595 (62.4–62.8)
358
TOWBAR DIMENSIONS - 4-DOOR/5-DOOR
E
A
B D
F
G
E291507
C H
Item Dimension Description Dimension mm (in)
A Bumper to center of tow ball. 79 (3.1)

B Attachment point to center of tow ball. 4 (0.2)
C Wheel center to center of tow ball. 1,165 (45.9)
D Center of tow ball to side member. 426 (16.8)
E Distance between side members. 862 (33.9)
F Center of tow ball to center of first attachment point. 450 (17.7)
Center of tow ball to center of second attachment
G 511 (20.1)
point.
Center of tow ball to center of third attachment
H 753 (29.6)
point.
Maximum Permissible Trailer Vertical

Weight
90 kg (198 lb)
359
TOWBAR DIMENSIONS - WAGON
E
A
B
D
F
G
E291557 C H
Item Dimension Description Dimension mm (in)
A Bumper to center of tow ball. 80 (3.1)

B Attachment point to center of tow ball. 4 (0.2)
C Wheel center to center of tow ball. 1,163 (45.8)
D Center of tow ball to side member. 426 (16.8)
E Distance between side members. 862 (33.9)
F Center of tow ball to center of first attachment point. 448 (17.6)
Center of tow ball to center of second attachment
G 509 (20.0)
point.
Center of tow ball to center of third attachment
H 751 (29.6)
point.
360
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
Maximum Permissible Trailer Vertical PLATE
Weight
90 kg (198 lb) Note: Your vehicle identification plate

design may vary to that shown.
Note: The information shown on the vehicle
identification plate is dependent upon
market requirements.
E135662
A Model
B Variant
C Engine designation
D Engine power and emission level
E Vehicle identification number
F Gross vehicle weight
G Gross train weight
H Maximum front axle weight
I Maximum rear axle weight
Your vehicle identification number and

maximum weights are shown on a plate, VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
located at the bottom of the lock side of NUMBER
the right-hand door aperture.
You can find the vehicle identification
number at the following locations.
361
Stamped into the floor panel on the

right-hand side, in front of the front seat.
CAPACITIES AND
SPECIFICATIONS - 2.0L
HYBRID
Use oil and fluid that meets the defined
specification and viscosity grade.
If you do not use oil and fluid that meets
the defined specification and viscosity
grade, it could result in:
• Component damage not covered by
the vehicle Warranty.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
E163915 • Increased emission levels.
• Reduced engine performance.
On the left-hand side of the instrument
panel. • Reduced fuel economy.
• Reduced brake performance.
E163913
Engine
Engine Oil
Capacities
Variant Including the Oil Filter
All. 4.3 L (0.9 gal)

Note: The quantity of engine oil required to raise the indicated level on the dipstick from
minimum to maximum is 0.9 L (0.2 gal).
362
Materials
Name Specification
Engine Oil - SAE 5W-20 WSS-M2C948-B
Note: Do not use more than 0.5 L (0.1 gal)

Engine Oil Top-Up of the alternative engine oil between
If you are unable to find engine oil that scheduled service intervals.
meets the specification defined by
WSS-M2C948-B, you can top-up with a
SAE 5W-20 engine oil that is defined by
ACEA A5/B5.
Engine Coolant
Capacities
Variant Quantity
All. 7 L (1.5 gal)
Materials
Name Specification
Antifreeze Super Plus Premium WSS-M97B44-D

FU7J-19544-xx
Antifreeze Super Plus Premium Ready Mix WSS-M97B44-D2
2U2J-19544-xxxx
Fuel Tank
Capacities
Variant Quantity
All. 49 L (10.8 gal)
363
Washer Reservoir
Capacities
Variant Quantity
All. 4.5 L (1.0 gal)
Materials
Name Specification
Screen Wash WSS-M14P19-A

FU7J-19C544-AA/BA/DA/EA/GA/HA
Brake System
Materials
Name Specification
Brake Fluid DOT 4 LV High Performance WSS-M6C65-A2

BU7J-M6C65-xxxx
If you do not use oil and fluid that meets

the defined specification and viscosity
CAPACITIES AND grade, it could result in:
SPECIFICATIONS - 2.0L • Component damage not covered by
ECOBLUE the vehicle Warranty.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
Use oil and fluid that meets the defined
specification and viscosity grade. • Increased emission levels.
• Reduced engine performance.
• Reduced fuel economy.
• Reduced brake performance.
Engine
Engine Oil
Capacities
Variant Including the Oil Filter
All. 6.4 L (1.4 gal)

Note: The quantity of engine oil required to raise the indicated level on the dipstick from
minimum to maximum is 1.9 L (0.4 gal).
364
Materials
Name Specification
Engine Oil - SAE 0W-30 WSS-M2C950-A
Note: Do not use more than 1 L (0.2 gal) of

Engine Oil Top-Up the alternative engine oil between
If you are unable to find engine oil that scheduled service intervals.
meets the specification defined by
WSS-M2C950-A, you can top-up with a
SAE 0W-30 engine oil that is defined by
ACEA C2.
Engine Coolant
Capacities
Variant Quantity
Vehicles without a fuel fired heater or an auxiliary 10.7 L (2.4 gal)

heater.
Vehicles with a fuel fired heater. 11.4 L (2.5 gal)
Vehicles with an auxiliary heater. 12 L (2.6 gal)
Vehicles with a fuel fired heater and an auxiliary 12.7 L (2.8 gal)
heater.
Materials
Name Specification
Antifreeze Super Plus Premium WSS-M97B44-D

FU7J-19544-xx
Fuel Tank
Capacities
Variant Quantity
Front wheel drive. 60 L (13.2 gal)

All-wheel drive. 61 L (13.4 gal)
365
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue) Tank

Capacities
Variant Quantity
All. 11.2 L (2.5 gal)
Washer Reservoir
Capacities
Variant Quantity
All. 4.5 L (1.0 gal)
Materials
Name Specification
Screen Wash WSS-M14P19-A

FU7J-19C544-AA/BA/DA/EA/GA/HA
Brake System
Materials
Name Specification
Brake Fluid DOT 4 LV High Performance WSS-M6C65-A2

BU7J-M6C65-xxxx
BULB SPECIFICATION CHART

Exterior Lamps
Lamp Specification Power (Watt)
Front direction indicator.

1
W5W 5
Daytime running lamps.

1
H15 15
Headlamp high beam.

1
H15 55
366
Headlamp low beam.

1
H7 55
Front fog lamp.

1
H8 35
Side direction indicator.

1
PWY19W 19
Rear lamp and stoplamp. LED. LED.

Central high mounted stoplamp. LED. LED.
Rear direction indicator. LED. LED.
Rear fog lamp. LED. LED.
Reversing lamps. W16W 16
License plate lamp. W5W 5
1 Theselamps are also available as LED lamps.
Note: If the LED fails have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Interior Lamps
Interior lamp. LED. LED.

Luggage compartment lamp. LED. LED.
Map reading lamp. LED. LED.
Note: If the LED fails have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
367
FUEL CONSUMPTION FIGURES During NEDC phase-out, WLTP fuel

consumption and CO2 emissions are being
Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions correlated back to NEDC. There will be
some variance to the previous fuel
The declared fuel/energy consumptions, economy and emissions as some elements
CO2-Emissions and electric range are of the tests have altered, so the same car
determined according to the technical might have different fuel consumption and
requirements and specifications of the CO2 emissions.
European Regulations (EC) 715/2007 and
(EU) 2017/1151 as last amended. Light Duty European Directive 1999/94/EC
Vehicle type-approved using the World
Harmonised Light Vehicle Test Procedure In addition to the fuel efficiency of a car,
(WLTP) will have Fuel/Energy driving behaviour as well as other
Consumption and CO2-Emission non-technical factors play a role in
information for New European Drive Cycle determining a car's fuel consumption and
(NEDC) and WLTP. WLTP will fully replace CO2 emissions. CO2 is the main
the NEDC latest by the end of the year greenhouse gas responsible for global
2020. The applied standard test warming. A guide on fuel economy and
procedures enable comparison between CO2 emissions which contains data for all
different vehicle types and different new passenger car models is available at
manufacturers. any point of sale free of charge.
FUEL CONSUMPTION FIGURES - 2.0L HYBRID

NEDC
Combined CO2 Emissions
L/100 km (mpg) g/km
4.9–4.2 (58–67) 96-111
WLTP
Combined CO2 Emissions
L/100 km (mpg) g/km
6.2–5.5 (46–51) 127-142
368
FUEL CONSUMPTION FIGURES - 2.0L ECOBLUE

NEDC
Urban Extra-Urban Combined CO2 Emissions
L/100 km (mpg) L/100 km (mpg) L/100 km (mpg) g/km
6.4–5.3 (44–53) 4.9–3.6 (58–78) 5.6–4.4 (50–64) 115–146
WLTP
CO2 Emis-
Low Medium High Extra-High Combined
sions
L/100 km L/100 km L/100 km L/100 km L/100 km

g/km
(mpg) (mpg) (mpg) (mpg) (mpg)
8.8–6.4 6.9–5.1 6–4.3 6.9–4.9

6.9–5 (41–56) 130–180
(32–44) (41–55) (47–66) (41–58)
369
Connected Vehicle
WHAT IS A CONNECTED Enabling and Disabling the Modem

VEHICLE 1. Press Settings.
A connected vehicle has technology that 2. Press FordPass Connect.
allows your vehicle to connect to a mobile 3. Press Connectivity settings.
network and for you to access a range of 4. Switch connectivity features on or off.
features. When used in conjunction with
the FordPass app, it could allow you to
monitor and control your vehicle further, Connecting FordPass to the
for example checking the tire pressures, Modem
the fuel level and the vehicle location. For
additional information, refer to the local 1. Make sure that the modem is enabled
Ford website. using the vehicle settings menu.
2. Open the FordPass app on your device
and log in.
CONNECTED VEHICLE
3. Add your vehicle or select your vehicle
REQUIREMENTS if already added.
Connected service and related feature 4. Select the option for vehicle details.
functionality requires a compatible vehicle 5. Select the option to activate your
network. vehicle.
Some remote features require additional 6. Make sure that the name on the screen
service activation. Log in to your Ford matches the name shown in your
account for details. Some restrictions, third FordPass account.
party terms and message or data rates 7. Confirm that FordPass account is
may apply. connected to the modem.
CONNECTED VEHICLE CONNECTING THE VEHICLE TO

LIMITATIONS A WI-FI NETWORK
Evolving technology, cellular networks, or 1. Press Settings.
regulations could affect functionality and
availability, or continued provision of some 2. Press Wi-Fi.
features. These changes could even stop 3. Switch Wi-Fi on.
some features from functioning.
4. Press View available networks.
5. Select an available Wi-Fi network.
CONNECTING THE VEHICLE TO
Note: Enter the network password to
A MOBILE NETWORK connect to a secure network.
What Is the Modem

The modem allows access to a
range of features built into your
vehicle.
370
Connected Vehicle
CONNECTED VEHICLE – TROUBLESHOOTING - VEHICLES WITH:

MODEM
Symptom Possible Cause and Resolution
I cannot confirm the – Modem is not enabled.

connection of my FordPass • Switch connectivity features on.
account to the modem.
– Weak network signal.
• Move your vehicle closer to a place where the
network signal is not obstructed.
371
Connected Vehicle
CONNECTED VEHICLE – TROUBLESHOOTING - VEHICLES WITH:

SYNC 3
I cannot connect to a Wi-Fi – Password error.

network. • Enter the correct network password.
• Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to
a place where the network signal is not obstructed.
– Multiple access points in range with the same SSID.
• Use a unique name for your SSID. Do not use the
default name unless it contains a unique identifier,
for example as part of the MAC address.
The Wi-Fi connection – Weak network signal.

disconnects after successful • Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to
connection. a place where the network signal is not obstructed.
I am close to a Wi-Fi hotspot – Obstructed network signal.

but the network signal • If your vehicle has a heated windshield, position
strength is weak. your vehicle so that the windshield is not facing the
Wi-Fi hotspot.
• If your vehicle has metallic tinting on the windows
but not on the windshield, position your vehicle so
that the windshield is facing the Wi-Fi hotspot or
open the windows that are facing the hotspot.
and the windshield, open the windows that are
facing the hotspot.
• If your vehicle is in a garage and you have the
garage door closed, open the garage door.
I cannot see a network in the – Hidden network.

list of available networks • Make the network visible and try again.
that I expect to see.
372
Connected Vehicle
I cannot see the Wi-Fi – System limitation.

hotspot name when I search • Make sure Wi-Fi hotspot visibility is on.
for Wi-Fi networks on my
cell phone or other device. • The system does not provide a Wi-Fi hotspot at
this time.
Software downloads take – Weak network signal.

too long. • Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to
– Wi-Fi hotspot in high demand or has a slow Internet
connection.
• Use a more reliable Wi-Fi hotspot.
The system seems to – No software update available.

connect to a Wi-Fi network – Wi-Fi network requires a subscription or acceptance
and the signal strength is of terms and conditions.
excellent but the software
does not update. • Test the connection using another device. If the
network requires a subscription or acceptance of
terms and conditions, contact the network service
provider.
373
Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot
CREATING A VEHICLE WI-FI Note: Secure websites do not redirect.

HOTSPOT Note: If you have an active plan, the system
does not redirect to the vehicle network
You can create a Wi-Fi hotspot in your carrier’s portal when you connect a device.
vehicle and allow devices to connect to it Visit the vehicle network carrier’s website
for access to the Internet. to purchase more data.
1. Select Settings. Note: If data usage information is available
in the vehicle hotspot menu, it is
approximate.
3. Select Vehicle Hotspot.
Note: If you carry out a master reset, the
Note: The vehicle hotspot default setting system does not remove your vehicle from
is on. your vehicle network carrier’s account. To
4. Select Settings. remove your vehicle from the account,
contact your vehicle network carrier.
5. Select Edit.
Note: The vehicle network carrier provides
6. Select Wi-Fi visibility.
Vehicle Hotspot services, subject to your
Note: The Wi-Fi Visibility default setting is vehicle network carrier agreement, coverage
on. and availability.
Finding the Wi-Fi Hotspot Name
and Password CHANGING THE VEHICLE WI-
1. Select Settings.
FI HOTSPOT NAME OR
PASSWORD
3. Select Vehicle Hotspot. 1. Select Settings.
4. Select Settings. 2. Select FordPass Connect.
Note: The SSID is the hotspot name. 3. Select Vehicle Hotspot.
5. Select View password. 4. Select Settings.
Connecting a Device to the Wi-Fi 5. Select Edit.
Hotspot 6. Select Change SSID name.
1. On your device, turn on Wi-Fi and select 7. Enter your required SSID.
the hotspot from the list of available 8. Select Done.
Wi-Fi networks. 9. Select Change password .
2. When prompted, enter the password. 10. Enter your required password.
Purchasing a Data Plan 11. Select Done.
1. Connect a device to the hotspot.
Note: The vehicle network carrier’s portal
opens on your device.
2. If the portal does not open on your
device, open a website and it redirects
to the vehicle network carrier’s portal.
374
Audio System
GENERAL INFORMATION Note: Listening to loud audio for long

periods of time could damage your hearing.
Radio Frequencies and Reception
Factors
Radio reception factors
Distance and Strength The further you travel away from an FM station, the weaker
the signal and the weaker the reception.
Terrain Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with the reception.
Station overload When you pass near a radio transmission tower, a stronger
signal can override a weaker signal and can cause interfer-
ence in the audio system.
CD and CD Player Information MP3 and WMA Track and Folder

Structure
Note: CD units play commercially pressed
12 cm (4.7 in) audio compact discs only. Due Audio systems capable of recognizing and
to technical incompatibility, certain playing MP3 and WMA individual tracks
recordable and re-recordable compact discs and folder structures work as follows:
may not function correctly when used in • There are two different modes for MP3
Ford CD players. and WMA disc playback: MP3 and
WMA track mode (system default) and
Note: Do not insert CDs with homemade MP3 and WMA folder mode.
paper (adhesive) labels into the CD player
as the label may peel and cause the CD to • MP3 and WMA track mode ignores any
become jammed. You should use a folder structure on the MP3 and WMA
permanent felt tip marker rather than disc. The player numbers each MP3
adhesive labels on your homemade CDs. and WMA track on the disc (noted by
Ballpoint pens may damage CDs. Ask an the MP3 or WMA file extension) from
authorized dealer for more information. T001 to a maximum of T255. The
maximum number of playable MP3 and
Note: Do not use any irregularly shaped WMA files may be less depending on
discs or discs with a scratch protection film the structure of the CD and exact
attached. model of radio present.
Always handle discs by their edges only.
Clean the disc with an approved CD
cleaner only. Wipe it from the center of
the disc toward the edge. Do not clean in
a circular motion.
Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or
heat sources for extended periods.
375
Audio System
• MP3 and WMA folder mode represents AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES

a folder structure consisting of one
level of folders. The CD player numbers WITHOUT: SONY AUDIO
all MP3 and WMA tracks on the disc SYSTEM
(noted by the MP3 or WMA file
extension) and all folders containing
MP3 and WMA files, from F001 (folder) WARNING: Driving while distracted
T001 (track) to F253 T255. can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
• Creating discs with only one level of and injury. We strongly recommend that
folders helps with navigation through you use extreme caution when using any
the disc files. device that may take your focus off the
If you are burning your own MP3 and WMA road. Your primary responsibility is the
discs, it is important to understand how safe operation of your vehicle. We
the system reads the structures you create. recommend against the use of any
While various files may be present, (files hand-held device while driving and
with extensions other than MP3 and encourage the use of voice-operated
WMA), only files with the MP3 and WMA systems when possible. Make sure you
extension are played; other files are are aware of all applicable local laws
ignored by the system. This enables you to that may affect the use of electronic
use the same MP3 and WMA disc for a devices while driving.
variety of tasks on your work computer,
home computer and your in-vehicle Note: Depending on your vehicle option
system. package, your system may look different
from what you see here.
In track mode, the system displays and
plays the structure as if it were only one
level deep (all MP3 and WMA files play,
regardless of being in a specific folder). In
folder mode, the system only plays the
MP3 and WMA files in the current folder.
376
Audio System
E248209
A VOL and Power: Press to turn the system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume.
B CD slot: Insert a CD.
C TUNE: Turn to search the frequency in individual increments.
D Seek, Fast Forward and Reverse: In radio mode, select a frequency band
and press either button. The system stops at the first station it finds in that
direction. In Media mode, press to select the next or previous track. Press and
hold to move quickly forward or backward through the current track.
E Eject: Press to eject a CD.

AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH: recommend against the use of any
SONY AUDIO SYSTEM encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
WARNING: Driving while distracted that may affect the use of electronic
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash devices while driving.
you use extreme caution when using any Note: The touchscreen system controls
device that may take your focus off the most of the audio features. See your SYNC
road. Your primary responsibility is the information.
377
Audio System
E185814
A Power: Press to switch the system on and off.

B CD slot: Insert a CD.
C Eject: Press this button to eject a CD.
D TUNE: In radio mode, press to manually search through the radio frequency
band.
E Volume: Turn to adjust the volume.
F Seek, Fast Forward and Reverse: In radio mode, select a frequency band
and press this button. The system stops at the first station it finds in that
direction. In Media mode, press to select the previous or next track. Press and
hold to move quickly forward through the current track.
Press the up and down arrow buttons to

Menu Structure scroll through the options.
Note: Depending on your system, some Press the right arrow to enter a menu.
options may appear slightly different. Press the left arrow to exit a menu.
Press the menu button. Press the ok button to confirm a selection.
378
Audio System
Radio
Scan Select for a brief sampling of all available

channels.
AST Select to store the six strongest local
stations on the AM-AST and FM-AST
frequency bands.
Radio text * Select to display extra information such as
artist name.
*
Extra information may not always be available.
Audio Settings
Alternative Frequency With the alternative frequency option

active, the system re-tunes to a different
frequency with better reception for the
same station.
Regional Mode Regional mode controls the behavior of
alternative frequencies, switching between
regionally related networks.
News announcement With the news announcement option
active, the system interrupts the active
audio source to provide incoming news
announcements, if the currently tuned
station (or last tuned station in case of
other active media) supports news.
Service linking * With Service Linking active the system
automatically switches from DAB to FM, in
case DAB becomes unavailable.
Adaptive volume Automatically adjusts the volume to
compensate for speed and wind noise. You
can set the system between 0 and +7.
Sound Select to adjust settings for Treble,
Midrange, Bass, Fade or Balance.
379
Audio System
Audio Settings
DSP occupancy Select to optimize sound quality for the

chosen seating position.
DSP Choose between the stereo modes. Only
with the external sound systems.
*
Only within DAB variants.
CD Settings
Scan All Select to scan all disc selections.

Scan Folder Select to scan all music in the current MP3 folder.
Clock Settings
Set date and time Select to set the time and calendar date.
24-hour Select to view clock time in a 12-hour mode or 24-hour
mode.
Display Settings
Dimming Select to change display brightness.

Language Select to display the language in English, French or
Spanish.
Temp. Setting Select to display the outside temperature in Fahrenheit
or Celsius.
The following formats are supported:

DIGITAL RADIO • DAB.
• DAB+.
General Information • DMB-Audio (Digital Multimedia
The system allows you to listen to DAB Broadcasting).
(Digital Audio Broadcast) radio stations. Ensembles
Note: Coverage differs from region to region
and influences the quality of reception. It is Ensembles contain a group of radio
broadcast nationwide, regionally and stations. Each ensemble can consist of
locally. Coverage may vary on weather several different radio stations.
conditions and terrain.
380
Audio System
The radio station name displays below the Radio Station Tuning Control
ensemble name.
Seek Tuning (Alternative 1)
Note: When you tune from one ensemble
to another, it can take a while until the 1. Press a seek button. The system stops
system synchronizes to the next ensemble. at the first radio station it finds in the
The system mutes during synchronization. direction chosen.
Service Linking Radio Station List (Alternative 2)

If you leave the coverage area of a DAB This feature displays all the available radio
radio station the system will automatically stations in a list.
switch to the corresponding FM radio 1. Press function button 1.
station.
2. Press the left or right arrow buttons to
You can switch this feature on and off change ensembles. Press the up or
using the information display. See General down arrow buttons to navigate to your
Information (page 375). required radio station.
Note: If a DAB radio station has no 3. Press OK to confirm your selection.
corresponding FM radio station, the audio Note: The display only shows radio stations
will mute when attempting to switch. in the current ensemble.
Note: The system displays the FM symbol
when DAB and FM radio stations link. Manual Tuning (Alternative 3)
Note: The sound quality changes when your 1. Turn the TUNE dial to the left or right.
system switches from DAB to the
corresponding FM station. Radio Station Preset Buttons
This feature allows you to store up to 10
Using Digital Audio Broadcast on favorite radio stations from any ensemble
a Non-Touchscreen in each preset bank.
Selecting Radio Band 1. Select a radio station.
DAB1 and DAB2 operate in the same way. 2. Press and hold one of the preset
You can store up to 10 different presets on buttons. When the system stores the
each band. station, a message appears. The
system mutes momentarily as
1. Press the RADIO button. confirmation.
2. Press the left arrow button to display
Once stored press a preset button at any
the available wavebands.
time to select a favorite radio station.
3. Select DAB1 or DAB2.
Note: Radio stations stored on the preset
4. You can also press the RADIO button buttons may not always be available if you
multiple times to toggle through all have left the coverage area. The system
wavebands. mutes when this happens. This may result
Note: When you reach the first or last radio in unexpected changes to radio station
station within an ensemble, further tuning presets.
will skip to the next ensemble. There may
be a delay during this change and the audio
will briefly mute.
381
Audio System
Radio Text Note: The display only shows radio stations

in the current ensemble.
You can display extra information. For
example; artist name. To switch this option Manual Tuning (Alternative 3)
on, select a radio station and press
function button 3. 1. Press the tune buttons. Press and hold
to move through the waveband quickly.
Note: Extra information may not always be
available. 2. Press OK to confirm your selection.
Using Digital Audio Broadcast and Radio Station Preset Buttons

SYNC with Touchscreen This feature allows you to store up to 6
favorite radio stations from any ensemble
Selecting Radio Band in each preset bank.
DAB1, DAB2 and DAB3 operate in the same 1. Select a radio station.
way. You can store up to 6 different
presets on each band. 2. Press and hold one of the preset
buttons. When the system stores the
1. Press the RADIO button. station, a message appears. The
2. Press the left arrow button to display system mutes momentarily as
the available wavebands. confirmation.
3. Select DAB1, DAB2 or DAB3. Once stored, press a preset button at any
time to select a favorite radio station.
Note: When you reach the first or last radio
station within an ensemble, further tuning Note: Radio stations stored on the preset
skips to the next ensemble. There may be a buttons may not always be available if you
delay during this change and the audio have left the coverage area. The system
briefly mutes. mutes when this happens. This may result
in unexpected changes to radio station
Radio Station Tuning Control presets.
Seek Tuning (Alternative 1) Radio Text
1. Press a seek button. The system stops You can display extra information. For
at the first radio station it finds in the example; artist name. To switch this option
direction chosen. on select Options > Radio Text On.
Radio Station List (Alternative 2) Note: Extra information may not always be
available.
This feature displays all the available radio
stations in a list.
1. Press the browse button.
USB PORT
2. Press the left or right arrow keys to
change ensembles. Navigate through
the list and select the station by WARNING: Driving while distracted
pressing the touchscreen area can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
displaying your selection. and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
3. Press OK to confirm your selection. device that may take your focus off the
382
Audio System

that may affect the use of electronic
E205592
The USB Port is below the climate control.

You can use the USB port to play media
and charge a device.
USING VOICE RECOGNITION

Phone Voice Service
This system allows you to use the voice
recognition features of your phone and
focus on your driving.
Press the voice control button
on the steering wheel.
E142599
Note: This only works when connected via
Bluetooth®.
Note: When using voice recognition use the
language set on the device.
Note: We recommend that you check your
data plan before using your phone voice
service through the system. Using them
could result in additional charges.
383
SYNC™ 3
GENERAL INFORMATION Using the Touchscreen
WARNING: Driving while distracted

can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
you use extreme caution when using any
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving. E293823
About SYNC A Status bar.

The system allows you to interact with the B Home screen.
entertainment, information and C Clock. See Settings (page 408).
communication systems on your vehicle
using voice commands and a touchscreen. D Outside air temperature.
The system provides easy interaction with E Feature bar.
audio, phone, navigation, mobile apps and
settings. Status Bar
Note: You can switch the system on and
Cell phone microphone muted.
use it for up to an hour without switching
the ignition on.
Note: You can use the system after you Audio system muted.
switch the ignition off for up to 10 minutes
or until you open a door.
Note: For your safety, some features are Software update installed.
speed-dependent. Their use is limited to
when your vehicle speed is less than 5 km/h
(3 mph). Wi-Fi connected.
Cell phone roaming.
Text message received.
384
SYNC™ 3
Emergency Assistance off. Select to adjust system settings.

See Settings (page 408).
E280315
Cell phone network signal

Cleaning the Touchscreen
strength.
See Cleaning Displays and Screens
Vehicle data sharing on. (page 337).
Updating the System

Vehicle location sharing on.
Updating the System Using a USB Drive
Downloading an Update
Vehicle data and vehicle location
sharing on. 1. Go to the SYNC update page on the
local Ford website.
Traffic data source: Live traffic. 2. Download the update.
E323531 Note: The website notifies you if an update
is available.
Traffic data source: Traffic
broadcast. 3. Insert a USB drive into your computer.
Note: The USB drive needs to be empty and
Wireless charger active. meet the minimum requirements detailed
on the website.
4. Follow the instructions provided to
Feature Bar download the update to the USB drive.
Select to use the radio, a USB, a Installing an Update
media player or a Bluetooth
E100027
device. See Entertainment Note: You can use the system when
(page 392). installation is in progress.
1. Disconnect all other USB devices from
Select to adjust climate settings.
the USB ports.
See Climate (page 394).
E283811 2. Connect the USB drive with the update
Select to make calls and access to a USB port.
the phonebook on your cell Note: Installation starts automatically
phone. See Phone (page 397). within 10 minutes.
Select to use the navigation Updating the System Using a Wi-Fi
system. See Navigation (page Network Connection
399).
Switching Automatic System Updates
Select to search for and use On
compatible apps on your iOS or
Android device. See Apps (page 1. Select Settings.
407). 2. Select Automatic updates.
3. Switch Automatic system updates on.
385
SYNC™ 3
The system is now set to check for and USING VOICE RECOGNITION
receive system updates when it is
connected to a Wi-Fi network. The system allows you to interact with the
Note: You can use the system when entertainment, information and
download is in progress. communication systems on your vehicle
using voice commands. This allows you
Note: If the system is disconnected from to keep your hands on the steering wheel
the Wi-Fi network when download is in and focus on what is in front of you.
progress, the download continues the next
time the system is connected to a Wi-Fi Press the voice control button
network. on the steering wheel and wait
E142599 for the voice prompt.
Connecting to a Wi-Fi Network
Note: Press the voice control button again
See Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi to interrupt a voice prompt and begin
Network (page 370). speaking.
Note: Turn the volume control when a voice
Additional Information and prompt plays to adjust the volume.
Assistance
Note: Press and hold the voice control
For additional information and assistance, button on the steering wheel to use Siri on
we recommend that you contact an your iOS device.
authorized dealer or refer to the local Ford
website. The following voice commands are
designed to help you from any screen:
• List of commands
• Help
The following tables list some of the more
frequently used voice commands. For a
complete list of voice commands, refer to
the local Ford website.
General
Voice Command Description
___ list of commands 1

Get a list of voice commands for a specific feature.
Cancel Cancel an active voice session.
___ help 1
Get a list of voice commands for a specific feature.
Back Return to the previous screen.
Main menu Go to the main menu.
386
SYNC™ 3
Next page Go to the next page.

Previous page Go to the previous page.
1 Add the name of the feature to the command.
Entertainment
Audio Source
Radio Use the radio.

CD Player Use the CD player.
Bluetooth audio Use a Bluetooth device.
USB Use a USB or media player.
Radio
AM Listen to AM radio.
___ AM 1
Tune to a specific AM frequency.
DAB Listen to DAB radio.
FM Listen to FM radio.
___ FM 1
Tune to a specific FM frequency.
1 Add the radio frequency to two decimal places to the command.
387
SYNC™ 3
USB and Media Player
Play album ___

Play artist ___
Play audiobook ___
Play genre ___ Play your music by category.
1
Play playlist ___

Play podcast ___
Play song ___
Browse all albums
Browse all artists
Browse all audiobooks
Browse all genres Browse music on a USB device.
Browse all playlists
Browse all podcasts
Browse all tracks
Browse album ___
Browse artist ___
Browse audiobook ___
1
Browse your music by category on a USB device.
Browse genre ___
Browse playlist ___
Browse podcast ___
1 Add
an album name, artist name, audiobook name, genre name, playlist name, podcast
name or track name to the command. Say the name exactly as it appears on your device.
388
SYNC™ 3
Phone
Pair phone Pair a cell phone or Bluetooth enabled device.

Redial Redial the last number that you dialed.
Dial ___ 1
Dial a number.
Call ___ 2
Call a specific contact from your phonebook.
Call ___ ___ Call a specific contact from your phonebook at a
3
specific location.
Listen to message Listen to a text message.
Listen to message ___ Listen to a specific text message from a list of text
messages.
Reply to message Reply to the last text message.
1 Add the number you want to dial to the command.
2 Add a contact name from your phonebook to the command. Say the first and last name
of your contact exactly as it appears on your device.

3 Add a contact name and location from your phonebook to the command. Say the first
and last name of your contact exactly as it appears on your device.
389
SYNC™ 3
Navigation (If Equipped)

Setting a Destination
Find an address Enter a destination address. When prompted,

provide the house number, the street and city.
Find a POI Search for a point of interest by name or by category.
Find nearest ___ 1
Search for a nearby point of interest by category.
Find a POI category 1
Search for a point of interest category.
Destination home Set your saved home address as your destination.
Destination work Set your saved place of work as your destination.
Previous destinations Display and select from a list of previous destina-
tions.
Favourite destinations Display and select from a list of favorite destinations.
1 Add a point of interest category or the name of a major brand or chain to the command.
Route Guidance
Cancel route Cancel the current route.

Reroute Select an alternate route.
Repeat last instruction Repeat the last guidance prompt.
Show route Display an overview of the route.
Show map Display the map on the touchscreen.
Show north up Display a two-dimensional map with north toward
the top of the touchscreen.
Show heading up Display a two-dimensional map with the direction
you are traveling toward the top of the touchscreen.
Show 3D Display a three-dimensional map with the direction
you are traveling toward the front.
390
SYNC™ 3
Apps
General
Mobile apps Start an app. The system prompts your for the app
name.
List apps Get a list of apps running on your device.
Find apps Search and connect to apps running on your device.
Active App
___ help 1
Get a list of voice commands for a specific app.
Close ___ 1
Close an app.
1 Add an app name to the command.
Voice Settings
Voice settings Go to the voice settings menu.

Interaction mode standard Switch long voice prompts on.
Interaction mode advanced Switch short voice prompts on.
Call confirmation on Switch call confirmation on. The system prompts
you to confirm before making a call.
Call confirmation off Switch call confirmation off. The system does not
prompt you to confirm before making a call.
Voice command lists on Switch the display of voice commands on.
Voice command lists off Switch the display of voice commands off.
391
SYNC™ 3
Automatic Blower Motor Speed Using the Radio

Reduction
Setting an AM/FM Radio Station
If necessary, the system decreases the
blower motor speed when you are using 1. Select Sources.
voice commands to reduce the amount of 2. Select AM or FM.
background noise in your vehicle. It returns
to normal when you are finished.
Switching Automatic Blower Motor

Speed Reduction Off
Simultaneously press the A/C and
recirculated air buttons.
ENTERTAINMENT
Select the audio option on the
feature bar.
A E270235
3. Rotate the control to change the

frequency.
Selecting a FM Radio Station From a

List
1. Select Sources.
2. Select FM.
3. Select Stations.
4. Select a radio station from the list.
E293491
B Selecting a Digital Radio Station From
a List
A Audio source. Select to choose 1. Select Sources.
a different audio source. 2. Select DAB.
B Presets. Swipe left to view more 3. Select Stations.
presets.
4. Select an ensemble.
You can access these options using the 5. Select a radio station from the list.
touchscreen or voice commands.
392
SYNC™ 3
Manually Changing Digital Radio Note: If you switch traffic announcements

Stations on, traffic announcements broadcast by
radio stations interrupt the current audio
source to help you plan your route.
Streaming Music From a Bluetooth

Device
Check the compatibility of your device on
Pair your device. See Phone (page 397).
Select Sources.
Select Bluetooth.
Searching for Tracks on a Bluetooth

E270235 Device
Rotate the control to change the station. Select Browse.
Select a track.
Automatically Changing Radio
Stations Note: Select the cover art to view
information about the current track.
Press to seek the next station up
the frequency band. Playing Tracks on a Bluetooth Device
Press and hold to quickly seek in a Random Order
up the frequency band. E309027 Select to play tracks in a random
Press to seek the next station order.
down the frequency band.
Press and hold to quickly seek Repeating Tracks on a Bluetooth
down the frequency band. Device
Select the repeat icon to repeat
Storing a Radio Station tracks.
Press and hold one of the preset buttons. Note: You can repeat one track or all tracks
Note: The radio briefly mutes to indicate on an audio format Bluetooth device. You
the station has been stored. can repeat one track, all tracks or all tracks
in one folder on a Bluetooth device.
Note: You can add additional preset pages
using the settings option on the feature bar. Note: A small number one appears next to
the repeat icon to indicate that a track is set
Switching Traffic Announcements On to repeat. A small folder icon appears next
to it to indicate that a folder is set to repeat.
Select Traffic (TA).
393
SYNC™ 3
Playing Music From a USB or Media Supported Devices

Player
The system supports most USB and media
Connect your device to a USB port. players, including iOS and Android devices.
Select Sources. Supported File Formats
E309028 Select USB. The system supports the following file
formats:
Note: The system indexes your music • MP3, MP4, WMA, WAV, AAC, AIFF, APE,
before you can play it. DSD, and FLAC audio file formats.
• MP3, WMA, WAV, M4A, M4B, AAC, and
Searching for Tracks on a USB or Media FLAC file extensions.
Player
• FAT, exFAT, and NTFS file systems.
Select Browse.
Audio File Metadata
Select a track.
Note: Select the cover art to view The system organizes files on your USB or
information about the current track. media player by metadata tags. Metadata
tags contain information about the file. If
Note: You can also browse by album, artist, the metadata tags for the files on your USB
audiobook, genre, playlist, podcast or track or media player contain no information,
name. the system classifies them as unknown.
The system can index up to 50000 tracks
Playing Tracks on a USB or Media on a USB device or media player, and up
Player in a Random Order to 10 devices.
E309027 Select to play tracks in a random
order. CLIMATE
Repeating Tracks on a USB or Media Touch the climate button on the
Player touchscreen to access your climate control
features.
Select the repeat icon to repeat
tracks. Note: You can switch temperature units
between Fahrenheit and Celsius. See
Note: You can repeat one track or all tracks Settings (page 408).
on an audio format USB or media player.
You can repeat one track, all tracks or all Accessing the Climate Control
tracks in one folder on a USB or media Menu
player. Touch the button to access
Note: A small number one appears next to additional controls for the front
E265038
the repeat icon to indicate that a track is set climate system.
to repeat. A small folder icon appears next
to it to indicate that a folder is set to repeat. Directing the Airflow
Touch the button to direct
airflow to the windshield air
vents and de-mister.
394
SYNC™ 3
Touch the button to direct MAX A/C: Touch the button to activate
E244097 airflow to the instrument panel and maximize cooling. The driver and
air vents. passenger temperatures are set to LO,
recirculated air flows through the
Touch the button to direct instrument panel vents, air conditioning
airflow to the footwell air vents. automatically turns on and the fan
automatically adjusts to the highest speed.
You can direct air through any combination
A/C: Touch to switch the air conditioning
of these air vents.
on or off. Use A/C with recirculated air to
Setting the Blower Motor Speed improve cooling performance and
efficiency.
Touch up or down to increase or Note: In certain conditions, such as
decrease the volume of air that maximum defrost, the air conditioning
circulates in your vehicle. compressor may continue to operate even
though you switch off the air conditioning.
Setting the Temperature
Switching the Climate Control On
Touch up or down on the left-hand and Off
temperature control to set the left-hand
temperature. Touch the button.
Note: This control also adjusts the
right-hand side temperature when you
switch off dual zone mode. Switching the Climate Controlled
Touch up or down on the right-hand Seats On and Off
temperature control to set the right-hand Touch the button to cycle
temperature. through the various climate
E265282
controlled seat settings.
Switching Auto Mode On and Off
Touch the button to switch on Switching Dual Zone Mode On and
automatic operation, then set Off
the temperature.
Touch the button to switch on
The system adjusts the blower motor temperature control for the
speed, air distribution, air conditioning E265280 right-hand side of the vehicle.
operation, and outside or recirculated air
to reach and maintain the temperature you Switching the Heated Exterior
have set. Mirrors On and Off
Switching the Air Conditioning On Touch the button.
and Off
E266189
A pop-up appears on the screen
to display the air conditioning
options.
395
SYNC™ 3
Switching the Heated Windshield You can also use this setting to defog and
On and Off clear the windshield of a thin covering of
ice.
Touch the button to clear the
windshield of thin ice and fog. Note: To prevent window fogging, you
The heated windshield turns off cannot select recirculated air when
after a short period of time. maximum defrost is on.
Note: The heated rear window also turns
Switching the Heated Rear on when you select maximum defrost.
Window On and Off
Switching Recirculated Air On and
Touch the button to clear the Off
rear window of thin ice and fog.
E184884 Touch the button to switch
between outside air and
Switching the Heated Seats On recirculated air.
and Off
The air currently in the passenger
Touch the button to cycle compartment recirculates. This may
through the various heat reduce the time needed to cool the interior,
settings. when used with A/C, and reduce unwanted
odors from entering your vehicle.
Switching the Heated Steering Note: Recirculated air may turn off, or
Wheel On and Off prevent you from switching on, in all air flow
Touch the button. modes except MAX A/C to reduce the risk
of fogging. Recirculation may also turn on
and off in various air distribution control
combinations during hot weather to improve
Switching Maximum Air cooling efficiency.
Conditioning On and Off
Switching the Ventilated Seats On
Touch the button for maximum and Off
cooling.
Touch the button to cycle
Recirculated air flows through the through the various ventilated
instrument panel air vents, air conditioning
E268558
seat settings.
turns on and the blower motor adjusts to
the highest speed. Accessing Rear Climate Controls
Switching Maximum Defrost On Touch the button to access
and Off additional controls for the rear
E270447
climate system.
Touch the button for maximum
defrosting. Rear Climate Control Lock
Indicator
Air flows through the windshield air vents,
and the blower motor adjusts to the Touch the button.
highest speed.
E265289
396
SYNC™ 3
When on, you can only operate the rear hand-held device while driving and
passenger settings through the front encourage the use of voice-operated
controls. systems when possible. Make sure you
Switching Rear Auto Mode On and that may affect the use of electronic
Off devices while driving.
Touch the button to switch on
Check the compatibility of your device on
rear automatic operation, then
set the temperature.
Pairing Your Cell Phone for the
Switching the Rear Climate First Time
Controlled Seats On and Off
Go to the settings menu on your cell phone
Touch the button to cycle and switch Bluetooth on. Make sure your
through the various climate cell phone is discoverable. See your cell
E265282
controlled seat settings. phone's user manual.
Select the phone option on the
Switching the Rear Heated Seats feature bar.
On and Off
Touch the button to cycle 1. Select Pair phone.
through the various heat Note: A prompt alerts you to search for your
settings. vehicle on your cell phone.
2. Select your vehicle on your cell phone.
Switching the Rear Ventilated Note: A number appears on your cell phone
Seats On and Off and on the touchscreen.
Touch the button to cycle 3. Confirm that the number on your cell
through the various ventilated phone matches the number on the
E268558
seat settings. touchscreen.
Note: The touchscreen indicates that you
have successfully paired your cell phone.
PHONE
4. Download the phonebook from your
cell phone when you are prompted.
WARNING: Driving while distracted Note: If you pair more than one cell phone,
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash use the phone settings to specify the
and injury. We strongly recommend that primary phone. You can change this setting
you use extreme caution when using any at any time.
road. Your primary responsibility is the Using Your Cell Phone
recommend against the use of any Recent Call list
Display and select an entry from a list of
previous calls.
397
SYNC™ 3
Contacts Phone Voice Assistant

Display a smart search form to look up your Connect to the phone voice service on your
contacts. Use the List button to Android device.
alphabetically sort your contacts.
Text Messaging
Your phone
Setting Text Message Notification
Change ring tones, alerts or pair another
cell phone. iOS
Change device 1. Go to the settings menu on your cell

phone.
Display the list of paired or connected
2. Select Bluetooth.
devices that you can select.
3. Select the information icon to the right
Do not disturb of your vehicle.
Reject incoming calls and switch ring tones 4. Switch text message notification on.
and alerts off.
Android
Phone Keypad 1. Go to the settings menu on your cell
Directly dial a number. phone.
2. Select Bluetooth.
Text messages
3. Select the profiles option.
Display the cell phone messages. 4. Select the phone profile.
Siri 5. Switch text message notification on.
Connect to Siri on your iOS device.
Using Text Messaging
Menu Item Description
Hear it Hear the text message.

View View the text message.
Call Call the sender.
Reply Reply to the text message with a standard text message.
Note: Certain features of the system are

Apple CarPlay not available when you are using Apple
CarPlay.
1. Connect your device to a USB port.
2. Follow the instructions on the Switching Apple CarPlay Off
touchscreen.
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Apple CarPlay preferences.
398
SYNC™ 3
3. Switch Apple CarPlay off. C Zoom in.

Android Auto D Route guidance menu.
1. Connect your device to a USB port. E Destination entry menu.
2. Follow the instructions on the
touchscreen. Setting a Destination
Note: You might need to enable Android Setting a Destination Using the Text
Auto from the settings menu. Entry Screen
Note: Certain features of the system are
not available when you are using Android
Auto.
Switching Android Auto Off

1. Select Settings.
2. Select Android Auto.
3. Switch Android Auto off.
NAVIGATION
Note: For more information, refer to the
local Ford website.
Select the navigation option on E297558
the feature bar.
A Text entry field.
B Automatic suggestions based on
the text you enter.
C Information icon.
D Search.
E Keyboard settings.
Note: Select one of the suggestions to copy
the detail to the text entry field.
Note: You can enter a destination in a
number of formats, city street number, city
number street, zip code or point of interest.
Note: You do not have to enter the
E297557
destination country.
Note: To enter mutated vowels or accented
A Map view menu. characters, for example ä or é, press and
hold the corresponding character on the
B Zoom out.
keyboard.
399
SYNC™ 3
Select Search. Zoom

Select Start to begin route guidance. Display more or less detail on the map.
Setting a Destination Using the Map Note: You can use pinch gestures to zoom
Screen in and out. Place two fingers on the screen
and move them apart to zoom in. Place two
fingers on the screen and bring them
together to zoom out.
Route Guidance
E297559
A Re-center the map.

B Selected location.
F
C 3D map rotation. Swipe left or E297560
right.
A Turn indicator. Select to hear the
D Start route guidance.
last guidance prompt.
E Destination name.
B Point of interest.
Select the location on the map. C Estimated time of arrival,
Select Start to begin route guidance. distance to destination or time
to destination.
Changing the Format of the Map D Current road.
Display the map in one of the following E Mute guidance prompts.
formats: F Cancel route guidance.
• A two-dimensional map with the
Note: To change guidance prompt volume,
direction you are traveling toward the
turn the volume control when a guidance
top of the screen.
prompt plays.
• A two-dimensional map with north
toward the top of the screen.
• A three-dimensional map with the
direction you are traveling toward the
front.
400
SYNC™ 3
Route Guidance Menu
Menu Item Description
Screen view Adjust your map preferences for when route guidance is active.
Full map View a full screen map when route guidance is active.
Motorway exit info View exit information for your current route.
Turn list View the turn list for your current route. Select a road to avoid
it.
Traffic list 1
View traffic nearby or on your current route.
Navigation settings Adjust navigation settings.
Where am I? View information about your current location.
Cancel route Cancel route guidance.
Show route View the entire current route on the map.
Re-route View an alternative route compared to your current one.
Edit waypoints Change the order or remove waypoints.
Optimise order The system determines the order of waypoints for you.
Start Go to the next screen and start the new route.
Search Enter a destination address.
Home Set your saved home address as your destination
Work Set your saved place of work as your destination.
Favourites Display and select from a list of favorite destinations.
Previous destinations Display and select from a list of previous destinations.
POI Display the point of interest categories.
1 Reliant upon traffic message channel or live traffic.
Note: If you have inadvertently adjusted

Adjusting the Guidance Prompt the volume to zero, press the turn indicator
Volume button to play the last voice prompt and
then adjust the volume to the desired level.
Turn the volume control when a guidance
prompt plays to adjust the volume.
401
SYNC™ 3
Muting Guidance Prompts

A B C
Select the mute option on the
screen to mute guidance
prompts.
Note: The system mutes the next and all
future guidance prompts.
Adding Waypoints
You can add a waypoint to a navigation
route as a destination along your route.
You can add up to five waypoints.
1. Select the search option on the map.
2. Set a destination. E D
E309627
3. Select the flag icon.
4. Select Start. A Traffic congestion.
Canceling Route Guidance B Road closure.
C Live traffic active.
Canceling Route Guidance From the
Route Guidance Menu D Urgent warning.
Select the route guidance menu E Traffic incident.
option on the active guidance
screen. Switching Live Traffic On
Select Cancel route. Note: Make sure that the modem is

enabled. See Connecting the Vehicle to
Canceling Route Guidance From the Main a Mobile Network (page 370).
Map
1. Select Settings.
E309522 Select the icon in the upper 2. Select FordPass Connect.
right-hand corner of the main
map to cancel route guidance. 3. Select Connectivity settings.
4. Switch Vehicle connectivity on.
Live Traffic (If Equipped) 5. Switch Location on.
Live traffic provides near real-time traffic 6. Switch Vehicle data & Remote ctrl on.
information to help you plan the fastest 7. Switch Live Traffic on.
route to your destination. You must have
an active subscription for Live Traffic. Navigation Map Updates
Please check the local Ford website or
contact your dealership for navigation map
updates.
402
SYNC™ 3
HERE is the digital map provider for the ELECTRIC VEHICLE

navigation application. If you find map
data errors, you can report them directly INFORMATION
to HERE by visiting www.here.com. HERE
evaluates all reported map errors and Power Flow
responds with the result of their The power flow information for
investigation by e-mail. your Hybrid vehicle is available
E305549
through the Apps section of the
touch screen.
E304642
Callout Item Description
A Power This indicates which mode is active within the vehicle

system.
Menu Item Action and Description
Status: Hybrid drive The electric motor and
gasoline engine are
powering the vehicle.
403
SYNC™ 3
Status: charging high The hybrid system is storing

voltage battery power in the high-voltage
battery.
Status: Idle The vehicle is either at rest,
or sharing very little power
between the electric system
parts.
Status: Electric drive The vehicle is driving in
electric mode (the power is
coming from the electric
motor). The gasoline engine
is off in this mode.
B Motor-to-Wheel Flow Shows the direction of power flow between the
wheels and the electric motor.
C Electric motor Represents the hybrid electric motor. The higher the
motor power is, the larger the circle around this node.
Any time the vehicle is ready to be driven, the motor
node illuminates.
D Battery-to- 1 Shows the direction of power flow between the high-
Motor Flow voltage battery and the electric motor. Flow toward
the motor indicates the battery is providing power to
accelerate the vehicle (discharging the battery). Flow
toward the battery indicates the electric motor is
providing power to the battery (charging the battery).
E Other 2 Includes all power usage from the low voltage
accessories such as the climate control fan, head-
lights and heated seats. The higher the power usage
is from these accessories, the larger the circle around
the node. This node illuminates anytime the vehicle
is on since there is always some low level power in
use.
F Climate 2,3 Includes the power usage from the high-voltage
climate control components such as the electric A/
C compressor. The higher the power usage is from
these components, the larger the circle around this
node.
404
SYNC™ 3
G Battery Represents your high-voltage battery. A circle illumin-

ates around the node when the high-voltage battery
is receiving power from regenerative braking or engine
charging. The higher the power going into the high-
voltage battery, the larger the circle around this node.
H Fuel Represents the fuel tank in the vehicle.
I Fuel-to-Engine Flow Shows flow from the fuel tank to the engine when
the engine is on and using fuel (there are some cases
where the engine is on, but not using any fuel). When
the engine is on, but not using fuel, the engine node
is active, but the fuel flow path is off. An example of
this is when your foot is off the accelerator pedal and
the vehicle is traveling at a high speed.
J Engine on due to: Provides you with the reason(s) the gasoline engine
is on. When the gasoline engine is off, this display
does not appear. Engine On due to reasons
displayed by the system are in a chart following this
list.
K Motor-to-Engine Flow Shows the direction of power flow between the
engine and the electric motor. The direction indicates
if the engine is providing power to the high-voltage
electrical system, or if the high-voltage electrical
system is providing power to control or start the
engine.
L Engine Represents the gasoline engine. It illuminates only
when the gasoline engine is on. The higher the engine
power is, the larger the circle around this node.
M Engine-to-Wheels Flow Shows the direction of the power flow between the
engine and the wheels.
N Drive Represents the power going to the wheels. The higher
the wheel power is, the larger the circle around this
node. When the engine is off, drive power displays in
blue. When the engine is on, drive power displays in
grey.
405
SYNC™ 3
1 2
The battery-to-motor flow includes Accessories indicates electrical power
battery power the vehicle is using for demands from your vehicle’s accessory
acceleration. It does not include energy the systems. Accessories use power but do not
vehicle is using for accessories (such as air contribute to making the vehicle move. The
conditioning, headlights and radio). This power flow displays power usage from the
screen displays accessories and climate climate control system and other
usage separately. accessories separately.
3
The climate control system may
determine A/C is necessary even when you
turn it off. In this case, you may see some
climate power when the A/C is off.
Engine On due to
Heater setting The engine is on because of the heater setting. Reduce

or turn off the heater setting to return to electric mode.
High speed The engine is on because the vehicle speed exceeds
the level for electric mode operation. Reduce the speed
to return to electric mode.
Drive power The engine is on when applying pressure to the acceler-
ator pedal or switching on the speed control. Reduce
pressure on the accelerator pedal or switch off the
speed control to return to full electric mode.
Neutral gear The engine is on because the vehicle is in neutral gear.
Shift out of neutral gear to return to electric mode.
Low gear The engine is on because the vehicle is in low gear. Shift
out of low gear to return to electric mode.
Battery charging The engine is on to charge the high-voltage battery. The
vehicle returns to electric mode once the battery is
charged.
Normal operation The engine is on to optimize vehicle operation. The
vehicle returns to electric mode when possible.
Engine braking active The engine is on to provide increased powertrain
braking. This can occur when you turn on the grade
assist feature, when speed control is on or when driving
with your foot off the accelerator pedal. Turning off
grade assist or speed control may allow the vehicle to
return to electric mode.
406
SYNC™ 3
APPS Note: Connect your device to a USB port if

you want to use a navigation app. When
Note: For more information about available using a navigation app, keep your device
apps, supported devices and unlocked and the app open.
troubleshooting, refer to our local website.
Using Apps on an Android Device
When you start an app through the system
for the first time, you could be asked to Select the apps option on the
grant certain permissions. You can review feature bar.
and change the permissions that you have
granted at any time when your vehicle is 1. If your device is connected via USB,
not moving. See Settings (page 408). switch Android Auto off. See Phone
Note: We recommend that you check your (page 397).
data plan before using your apps through 2. Switch on Enable Mobile apps via USB
the system. Using them could result in in the Mobile Apps Settings tile.
additional charges. 3. Pair your device. See Phone (page 397).
Note: We recommend that you check the 4. Start the apps on your device that you
app provider's terms and conditions and want to use through SYNC.
privacy policy before using their app.
Note: If you close the apps on your device,
Note: Make sure that you have an active you will not be able to use them through the
account for apps that you want to use system.
through the system.
5. Select Find mobile apps.
Note: Some apps will work with no setup.
Note: The system searches and connects
Others require you to configure some
to compatible apps that are running on your
personal settings before you can use them.
device.
Using Apps on an iOS Device 6. Select the app that you want to use on
the touchscreen.
Select the apps option on the
feature bar. Note: Mobile Apps on your device use the
USB port to establish a connection with
1. If your device is connected via USB, SYNC. Some devices may lose the ability to
play music over USB when Mobile Apps are
switch Apple CarPlay off. See Phone
enabled.
(page 397).
2. Connect your device to a USB port or Using Mobile Navigation on an
pair and connect using Bluetooth. Android Device
3. If prompted to enable CarPlay, select 1. Connect your device to a USB port.
Disable.
2. Switch Android Auto off. See Phone
4. Start the apps on your device that you (page 397).
want to use through SYNC.
3. Switch on Enable Mobile apps via USB
Note: If you close the apps on your device, in the Mobile Apps Settings tile.
you will not be able to use them through the
system. 4. Select the apps option on the feature
bar.
5. Select the app that you want to use on
the touchscreen.
407
SYNC™ 3
5. Select the navigation app that you Clock

want to use on the touchscreen.
You can adjust the clock settings.
Note: When using a navigation app, keep
your device unlocked and the app open. Display
Note: Mobile Apps on your device use the
You can adjust display settings like
USB port to establish a connection with
brightness and auto dim.
SYNC. Some devices may lose the ability to
play music over USB when Mobile Apps are Emergency Assistance
enabled.
You can switch Emergency Assistance on
and off.
SETTINGS
FordPass
Select the settings option on the
feature bar. You can adjust the FordPass settings.
E280315
Select a tile to access the settings. General

Select the option to display extra You can adjust settings like language,
information. measurement units, or reset the system.
E268570
Mobile Apps
Ambient Lighting
You can adjust permissions, enable,
You can adjust the ambient lighting disable, and update mobile apps.
settings.
Android Auto
You can adjust navigation settings like map
You can switch Android Auto on and off. preferences and route guidance.
Apple CarPlay Phone
You can switch Apple CarPlay on and off. You can connect and disconnect your
device, or manage the connected device
Audio settings.
You can adjust the audio settings. Seats (If Equipped)
Automatic Updates You can adjust the position and the
You can switch automatic updates on and massage function of the seats.
off and adjust the settings.
Sound
Bluetooth You can adjust the sound settings.
You can switch Bluetooth on and off and
pair your cell phone. Valet Mode (If Equipped)
You can enable and disable the valet
mode.
408
SYNC™ 3
Vehicle (If Equipped) Wi-Fi

You can adjust the camera settings. You can switch Wi-Fi on and off and adjust
the settings.
Voice Control
You can adjust the voice control settings.
409
SYNC™ 3
SYNC™ 3 TROUBLESHOOTING
Voice Recognition
The system does not under- – You are using the wrong voice commands.
stand what I am saying. • See Using Voice Recognition (page 386).
• For a complete list of voice commands, refer to the
local Ford website.
– You are speaking too soon.
• Wait for the voice prompt before you speak.
The system does not under- – Device limitation. Bluetooth does not support voice
stand the name of a track or commands.
artist. • Connect your device to a USB port.
• If you have an iOS device, press and hold the voice
control button on the steering wheel to use Siri to
play specific tracks.
– You are using the wrong voice commands.
• See Using Voice Recognition (page 386).
• For a complete list of voice commands, refer to the
local Ford website.
– You are not saying the name exactly as it appears on
your device.
• Say the name of the track or artist exactly as it
appears on your device. Spell out any abbreviations
in the name.
The song or artist name may have some special char-
acters that are not being recognized by the system.
– The name contains special characters, for example *,
- or +.
• Rename the files on your device or use the touch-
screen to select and play the track.
410
SYNC™ 3
The system does not under- – You are not saying the name exactly as it appears on
stand the name of a contact your device.
in the phonebook on my • Say the first and last name of the contact exactly
device and calls the wrong as it appears on your device. Spell out any abbrevi-
contact. ations in the name.
– The name contains special characters, for example *,
- or +.
• Rename the contact on your device or use the
touchscreen to select and call the contact.
The system does not under- – You are not saying the name exactly as it appears on
stand foreign names of your device.
contacts in the phonebook • Say the first and last name of the contact exactly
on my device. as it appears on your device. The system applies
phonetic pronunciation rules of the selected
language to the names of contacts in the phone-
book on your device. Select the name of the
contact on the touchscreen and use the Hear it
option to get an idea of how the system expects
you to pronounce it.
The system voice prompts – Device limitation.

and the pronunciation of • The system uses text-to-speech technology and
some words does not seem uses a synthetically generated voice rather than
to be very accurate. pre-recorded human voice.
USB and Bluetooth Audio
I cannot connect my device. – Device malfunction.

• Disconnect your device. Switch your device off,
reset it and try again.
– Cable connection issue.
• Correctly connect the cable to your device and the
vehicle USB port.
– Incompatible cable.
• Use the cable recommended by the manufacturer
of your device.
411
SYNC™ 3
– Incorrect device settings.

• Make sure that your device does not have an auto-
install program or active security settings.
• Check that your device is not set only to charge.
– Device lock screen enabled.
• Unlock your device before connecting it.
The system does not recog- – Device limitation.

nize my device. • Do not leave your device in your vehicle during very
hot or very cold weather conditions.
The system does not under- – Device limitation. Bluetooth does not support voice
stand the name of a track or commands.
artist. • Connect your device to a USB port.
• If you have an iOS device, press and hold the voice
control button on the steering wheel to use Siri to
play specific tracks.
I cannot stream audio from – Incompatible device.

my Bluetooth device. • Check the compatibility of your device on the local
Ford website.
– Device not connected.
• Pair your device. See Phone (page 397).
– Media player not running.
• Start the media player on your device.
The system does not recog- – Missing or incorrect audio file metadata, for example
nize the music on my device. artist, song title, album or genre.
• Repair the files on your device.
– Corrupt files.
• Repair the files on your device.
– Copyright protected files.
• Use a device that contains files that are not copy-
right protected.
– Unsupported file format.
• Repair or convert the files to a supported format.
412
SYNC™ 3
– Device indexing required.

• Re-index your device. See Settings (page 408).
– Device lock screen enabled.
• Unlock your device before connecting it.
Sometimes I cannot hear a – Device malfunction.

track playing on my device. • Disconnect your device. Switch your device off,
reset it and try again.
When I disconnect my iOS – Device limitation.

device the audio volume is • Turn the volume down on your device
set to maximum.
The system does not play If the system does not play the tracks on your USB device
the tracks on my USB drive in the correct order, the following information could help:
in the correct order. – If you are selecting USB as the audio source when the
system is still indexing, SYNC plays tracks sorted
alphabetically by file name in the root directory.
– If you are selecting USB as the audio source after the
system has finished indexing, SYNC plays all tracks
sorted alphabetically by the title in the ID3 tag
regardless of where they are located. SYNC uses the
file name if the title in the ID3 Tag does not exist.
– If you are selecting the option to play all tracks from
the browsing menu, SYNC plays all tracks sorted
alphabetically by the title in the ID3 tag regardless of
where they are located. SYNC uses the file name if the
title in the ID3 Tag does not exist.
– If you are selecting a track when using the explore
device option, SYNC plays tracks sorted alphabetically
by file name in the folder you have selected. SYNC
then plays all tracks in any subfolders in the folder you
have selected.
413
SYNC™ 3
Phone
During a call, I can hear – Incorrect cell phone settings.

excessive background noise. • Check and adjust the audio settings on your cell
phone. Refer to your cell phone's user manual.
During a call, I can hear the – Cell phone malfunction.

other person but they • Switch your cell phone off, reset it and try again.
cannot hear me.
– Cell phone microphone muted.
• Unmute your cell phone microphone.
During a call, I cannot hear – System restart required.

the other person and they • Restart the system. Switch the ignition off and
cannot hear me. open the door. Close the door and lock the vehicle.
Wait until the touchscreen is off and any illumin-
ated USB ports are not illuminated. Unlock the
vehicle, switch the ignition on and try again.
I cannot download phone- – Incompatible cell phone.

book. • Check the compatibility of your cell phone on the
local Ford website.
– Incorrect cell phone settings.
• Allow the system to retrieve contacts from your
cell phone. Refer to your cell phone's user manual.
– Incorrect system settings.
• Switch automatic phonebook download on. See
Settings (page 408).
– Cell phone malfunction.
• Switch your cell phone off, reset it and try again.
A message displays – Incorrect cell phone settings.

suggesting that my phone- • Allow the system to retrieve contacts from your
book has downloaded but it cell phone. Refer to your cell phone's user manual.
is empty or it has missing
contacts. • Check the location of the missing contacts on your
cell phone. If they are stored on the SIM card, move
them to the cell phone memory.
– Incorrect system settings.
• Switch automatic phonebook download on. See
414
SYNC™ 3
I cannot connect my cell – Incompatible cell phone.

phone. • Check the compatibility of your cell phone on the
local Ford website.
• Install the latest cell phone firmware.
• Delete your device from system and delete SYNC
from your device and try again.
• Switch automatic phonebook download off. See
Text messaging does not – Incompatible cell phone.

work. • Check the compatibility of your cell phone on the
local Ford website.
I cannot hear text messages. – Incompatible cell phone.

• Check the compatibility of your cell phone on the
local Ford website.
I cannot enter a street name – Incorrect entry method.

when I am abroad. • Enter the street name with the country.
The system does not recog- – You are using the wrong coordinates format.
nize coordinates. • Use the format ##. #####, ##. ##### (for N/S ,
E/W). Add a minus before coordinates if the
direction is West and keep a positive value if the
direction is East, for example 12.5412 means East
and -12.5412 means West.
415
SYNC™ 3
Apps
The system cannot find any – Incompatible device.

apps. • You need an Android device with OS 4.3 or higher
or an iOS device with iOS 8.0 or higher. Pair and
connect your Android device to find AppLink
compatible apps. Connect your Android or iOS
device to a USB port or pair and connect using
Bluetooth.
I have a compatible device – AppLink compatible apps not installed on your device.
and it is correctly connected • Download and install the latest version of the app.
but the system still cannot
find any apps. – AppLink compatible apps not running on your device.
• Start the apps to allow the system to find them
and make sure you sign in to any apps if required.
– Incorrect app settings.
• Check and adjust the app settings on your device
and allow SYNC to access the app if required.
I have a compatible device, – Apps failed to fully close.

it is correctly connected and • Restart the apps and try again.
my apps are running but the
system still cannot find any • If you have an Android device with apps that have
apps. an exit or quit option, use this and then restart the
apps. Alternatively, use the force stop option in the
settings menu on your device.
• If you have an iOS device with iOS 7.0 or higher, tap
the home button on your device twice and then
swipe the app upward to close it.
I have an Android device – An issue on some older versions of the Android oper-
that is correctly connected, ating system could result in apps not being found.
I have restarted my apps • Switch Bluetooth off and on again to force the
and they are running but the system to reconnect to your device.
system still cannot find
them.
416
SYNC™ 3
I have an iOS device that is – Cable connection issue.

correctly connected, I have • Disconnect the cable from your device, wait for a
restarted my apps and they moment and then connect it again to force the
are running but the system system to reconnect to your device.
still cannot find them.
I have an Android device – Device volume is low.
running a media app which • Turn the volume up on your device.
the system has found but I
cannot hear the sound or
the sound is very quiet.
I have an Android device – Device limitation. Some Android devices have a limited
running a number of number of Bluetooth ports that apps can use to
compatible apps but the connect. If you have more apps running on your device
system cannot find all of than the number of available Bluetooth ports, the
them. system cannot find all of them.
• Close some of the apps to allow the system to find
those that you want to use.
417
SYNC™ 3
Wi-Fi Connectivity
I cannot connect to a Wi-Fi – Password error.

network. • Enter the correct network password.
• Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to
– Multiple access points in range with the same SSID.
• Use a unique name for your SSID. Do not use the
default name unless it contains a unique identifier,
for example as part of the MAC address.
The Wi-Fi connection – Weak network signal.

disconnects after successful • Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to
connection. a place where the network signal is not obstructed.
I am close to a Wi-Fi hotspot – Obstructed network signal.

but the network signal • If your vehicle has a heated windshield, position
strength is weak. your vehicle so that the windshield is not facing the
Wi-Fi hotspot.
but not on the windshield, position your vehicle so
that the windshield is facing the Wi-Fi hotspot or
open the windows that are facing the hotspot.
and the windshield, open the windows that are
facing the hotspot.
• If your vehicle is in a garage and you have the
garage door closed, open the garage door.
418
SYNC™ 3
I cannot see a network in the – Hidden network.

list of available networks • Make the network visible and try again.
that I expect to see.
Software downloads take – Weak network signal
too long. • Move your vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi hotspot or to
– Wi-Fi hotspot in high demand or has a slow Internet
connection.
• Use a more reliable Wi-Fi hotspot.
The system seems to – No software update available.

connect to a Wi-Fi network – Wi-Fi network requires a subscription or acceptance
and the signal strength is of terms and conditions.
excellent but the software
does not update. • Test the connection using another device. If the
network requires a subscription or acceptance of
terms and conditions, contact the network service
provider.
Resetting the System

1. Simultaneously press and hold the
seek up and the audio unit power
buttons until the screen goes black.
2. Wait three minutes to allow the system
to complete the reset.
3. Press the audio unit power button to
switch the system on.
Note: You can reset the system to restore
functionality that has stopped working. The
system reset is designed to restore
functionality and not delete any data that
you have stored.
Additional Information and

Assistance
For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer or refer to the local Ford
website.
419
Appendices
ELECTROMAGNETIC Note: We test and certify your vehicle to

meet electromagnetic compatibility
COMPATIBILITY legislation. It is your responsibility to make
sure that any equipment an authorized
dealer installs on your vehicle complies with
WARNING: Do not place objects applicable local legislation and other
or mount equipment on or near the requirements. Installation of some
airbag cover, on the side of the front or aftermarket electronic devices could
rear seatbacks, or in areas that may degrade the performance of vehicle
come into contact with a deploying functions, which use radio frequency signals
airbag. Failure to follow these such as broadcast radio receiver, tire
instructions may increase the risk of pressure monitoring system, push button
personal injury in the event of a crash. start, Bluetooth® connectivity or satellite
navigation.
WARNING: Do not fasten antenna Note: Any radio frequency transmitter
cables to vehicle wiring, fuel pipes and equipment in your vehicle (such as cellular
brake pipes. telephones and amateur radio transmitters)
must keep to the parameters in the
WARNING: Keep antenna and following illustrations and table. We do not
power cables at least 10 cm (4 in) from provide any other special provisions or
any electronic modules and airbags. conditions for installations or use.
Car/SUV
E239120
420
Appendices
Van
E239122
Truck
E239121
421
Appendices
Frequency Band Maximum output power Watt (Peak Antenna Positions

MHz RMS)
1-30 50 1
50-54 50 2, 3
68-88 50 2, 3
142-176 50 2, 3
380-512 50 2, 3
806-870 10 2, 3
422
Appendices
ECALL USER INFORMATION

eCall User Information According to Regulation (EU) 2017/78, Annex I,
Part 3
1 DESCRIPTION OF THE ECALL IN-VEHICLE SYSTEM
1.1. Overview of the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system, its operation and functional-
ities: See eCall (page 42).
1.2. The 112-based eCall service is a public service of general interest and is
accessible free of charge.
1.3. The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is activated by default. It is activated
automatically by means of in-vehicle sensors in the event of a severe accident.
It will also be triggered automatically when the vehicle is equipped with a TPS
system which does not function in the event of a severe accident.
1.4. The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system can also be triggered manually, if needed.
Instructions for manual activation of the system: See eCall (page 42).
1.5. In the event of a critical system failure that would disable the 112-based eCall
in-vehicle system, the following warning will be given to the occupants of the
vehicle: See eCall (page 42).
2 INFORMATION ON DATA PROCESSING
2.1. Any processing of personal data through the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system
shall comply with the personal data protection rules provided for in Directives
95/46/EC (1) and 2002/58/EC (2) of the European Parliament and of the
Council, and in particular, shall be based on the necessity to protect the vital
interests of the individuals in accordance with Article 7(d) of Directive 95/46/
EC (3).
2.2. Processing of such data is strictly limited to the purpose of handling the emer-
gency eCall to the single European emergency number 112.
2.3. Types of data and its recipients.
2.3.1. The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system may collect and process only the following
data:
– Vehicle Identification Number.
– Vehicle type (passenger vehicle or light commercial vehicle).
– Vehicle propulsion storage type (gasoline/diesel/CNG/LPG/elec-
tric/hydrogen).
– Vehicle last three locations and direction of travel.
423
Appendices
– Log file of the automatic activation of the system and its timestamp.
– Any additional data (if applicable): -
2.3.2. Recipients of data processed by the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system are the
relevant public safety answering points designated by the respective public
authorities of the country on which territory they are located, to first receive and
handle eCalls to the single European emergency number 112.
Additional information (if available): -
2.4. Arrangements for data processing.
2.4.1. The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is designed in such a way as to ensure
that the data contained in the system memory is not available outside the
system before an eCall is triggered.
Additional remarks (if any): -
that it is not traceable and not subject to any constant tracking in its normal
operation status.
that data in the system internal memory is automatically and continuously
removed.
2.4.3.1. The vehicle location data is constantly overwritten in the internal memory of
the system so as always to keep maximum of the last three up-to-date locations
of the vehicle necessary for the normal functioning of the system.
2.4.3.2. The log of activity data in the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is kept for no
longer than necessary for attaining the purpose of handling the emergency eCall
and in any case not beyond 13 hours from the moment an emergency eCall was
initiated.
2.5. Modalities for exercising data subject's rights.
2.5.1. The data subject (the vehicle's owner) has a right of access to data and as
appropriate to request the rectification, erasure or blocking of data, concerning
him or her, the processing of which does not comply with the provisions of
Directive 95/46/EC. Any third parties to whom the data have been disclosed
have to be notified of such rectification, erasure or blocking carried out in
compliance with this Directive, unless it proves impossible or involves a dispro-
portionate effort.
2.5.2. The data subject has a right to complain to the competent data protection
authority if he or she considers that his or her rights have been infringed as a
result of the processing of his or her personal data.
424
Appendices
2.5.3. Contact service responsible for handling access requests (if any): Contact the
data protection officer of your local Public Safety Answering Point.
(1) Directive 95/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 October
1995 on the protection of individuals with regard to the processing of personal
data and on the free movement of such data (OJ L 281, 23.11.1995, p. 31).
(2) Directive 2002/58/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 July
2002 concerning the processing of personal data and the protection of privacy
in the electronic communications sector (Directive on privacy and electronic
communications) (OJ L 201, 31.7.2002, p. 37).
(3) Directive 95/46/EC is repealed by Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European
Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the protection of natural
persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free move-
ment of such data (General Data Protection Regulation) (OJ L 119, 4.5.2016, p.
1). The Regulation applies from 25 May 2018.
3 INFORMATION ON THIRD PARTY SERVICES AND OTHER ADDED VALUE

SERVICES (IF FITTED)
3.1. Description of the operation and the functionalities of the TPS system/added
value service: Your vehicle may be equipped with a modem that allows for
emergency calls (eCall), automatic software updates and other services. See
the information in this Owner’s Manual or in the FordPass app for a description
of these services. We provide a 112-based eCall in-vehicle system and we do
not provide a TPS eCall system.
3.2. Any processing of personal data through the TPS system/other added value
service shall comply with the personal data protection rules provided for in
Directives 95/46/EC and 2002/58/EC.
3.2.1. Legal basis for the use of TPS system and/or added value services and for
processing data through them: For information on the legal bases for processing
of personal data through added value services, review the data privacy inform-
ation for any services to which you subscribe. This privacy information can be
found in the FordPass app or on the local Ford website.
3.3. The TPS system and/or other added value services shall process personal data
only on the base of the explicit consent of the data subject (the vehicle's owner
or owners).
425
Appendices
3.4. Modalities for data processing through TPS system and/or other added value
services, including any necessary additional information regarding traceability,
tracking and processing of personal data: See the privacy information in the
FordPass app or on the local Ford website.
3.5. The owner of a vehicle equipped with a TPS eCall system and/or other added
value service in addition to the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system has the right
to choose to use the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system rather than the TPS eCall
system and the other added value service.
3.5.1. Contact details for handling TPS eCall system deactivation requests: You can
have all added value services deactivated except for eCall. To find out more
about having all added value services deactivated except for eCall, search Ask
Ford on the local Ford website or contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center
by e-mail through the FordPass app or by using the e-mail address on the local
Ford website.
IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END

USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA")
END USER LICENSE DO NOT USE THE DEVICES OR COPY
AGREEMENT THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT
VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICES,
LICENSE AGREEMENT (EULA) WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT
TO THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF
• You (“You” or “Your” as applicable) ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT).
have acquired a vehicle having several
devices, including SYNC ® and various GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This
control modules, ("DEVICES") that EULA grants you the following license:
include software licensed or owned by • You may use the SOFTWARE as
Ford Motor Company and its affiliates installed on the DEVICES and as
("FORD MOTOR COMPANY"). Those otherwise interfacing with systems
software products of FORD MOTOR and/or services provide by or through
COMPANY origin, as well as associated FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third
media, printed materials, and "online" party software and service providers.
or electronic documentation
("SOFTWARE") are protected by Description of Other Rights and
international intellectual property laws Limitations
and treaties. The SOFTWARE is
licensed, not sold. All rights reserved. • Speech Recognition: If the
SOFTWARE includes speech
• The SOFTWARE may interface with recognition component(s), you should
and/or communicate with, or may be understand that speech recognition is
later upgraded to interface with and/or an inherently statistical process and
communicate with additional software that recognition errors are inherent in
and/or systems provided by FORD the process. Neither FORD MOTOR
MOTOR COMPANY.
426
Appendices
COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be • SOFTWARE Transfer: You may

liable for any damages arising out of permanently transfer your rights under
errors in the speech recognition this EULA only as part of a sale or
process. It is your responsibility to transfer of the DEVICES, provided you
monitor any speech recognition retain no copies, you transfer all of the
functions included in the system. SOFTWARE (including all component
• Limitations on Reverse Engineering, parts, the media and printed materials,
Decompilation and Disassembly: any upgrades, and, if applicable, the
You may not reverse engineer, Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the
decompile, translate, disassemble or recipient agrees to the terms of this
attempt to discover any source code EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade,
or underlying ideas or algorithms of the any transfer must include all prior
SOFTWARE nor permit others to versions of the SOFTWARE.
reverse engineer, decompile or • Termination: Without prejudice to any
disassemble the SOFTWARE, except other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY
and only to the extent that such activity may terminate this EULA if you fail to
is expressly permitted by applicable comply with the terms and conditions
law notwithstanding this limitation or of this EULA.
to the extent as may be permitted by • Internet-Based Services
the licensing terms governing use of Components: The SOFTWARE may
any open source components included contain components that enable and
with the SOFTWARE. facilitate the use of certain
• Limitations on Distributing, Internet-based services. You
Copying, Modifying and Creating acknowledge and agree that FORD
Derivative Works: You may not MOTOR COMPANY, third party
distribute, copy, make modifications software and service suppliers, its
to or create derivative works based on affiliates and/or its designated agent
the SOFTWARE, except and only to the may automatically check the version
extent that such activity is expressly of the SOFTWARE and/or its
permitted by applicable law components that you are utilizing and
notwithstanding this limitation or to may provide upgrades or supplements
the extent as may be permitted by the to the SOFTWARE that may be
licensing terms governing use of any automatically downloaded to your
open source components included with DEVICES.
the SOFTWARE. • Additional Software/Services: The
• Single EULA: The end user SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR
documentation for the DEVICES and COMPANY, third party software and
related systems and services may service suppliers, its affiliates and/or
contain multiple EULAs, such as its designated agent to provide or make
multiple translations and/or multiple available to you SOFTWARE updates,
media versions (e.g., in the user supplements, add-on components, or
documentation and in the software). Internet-based services components
Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you of the SOFTWARE after the date you
are licensed to use only one (1) copy of obtain your initial copy of the
the SOFTWARE. SOFTWARE ("Supplemental
Components".) SOFTWARE updates
may cause you to incur additional
427
Appendices
charges from your wireless service UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA:

provider. If FORD MOTOR COMPANY If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD
or third party software and services MOTOR COMPANY separate from the
suppliers provide or make available to DEVICES on media such as a ROM chip,
you Supplemental Components and CD ROM disk(s) or via web download or
no other EULA terms are provided other means, and is labeled "For Upgrade
along with the Supplemental Purposes Only" or "For Recovery Purposes
Components, then the terms of this Only" you may install one (1) copy of such
EULA shall apply. FORD MOTOR SOFTWARE onto the DEVICES as a
COMPANY, its affiliates and/or its replacement copy for the existing
designated agent reserve the right to SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with
discontinue without liability any this EULA, including any additional EULA
Internet-based services provided to terms accompanying the upgrade
you or made available to you through SOFTWARE.
the use of the SOFTWARE. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS:
• Links to Third Party Sites: The All title and intellectual property rights in
SOFTWARE may provide you with the and to the SOFTWARE (including but not
ability to link to third party sites. The limited to any images, photographs,
third party sites are not under the animations, video, audio, music, text and
control of FORD MOTOR COMPANY, "applets" incorporated into the
its affiliates and/or its designated SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed
agent. Neither FORD MOTOR materials, and any copies of the
COMPANY nor its affiliates nor its SOFTWARE, are owned by FORD MOTOR
designated agent are responsible for COMPANY, or its affiliates or suppliers. The
(I) the contents of any third party sites, SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may
any links contained in third party sites, not copy the printed materials
or any changes or updates to third accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title
party sites, or (ii) webcasting or any and intellectual property rights in and to
other form of transmission received the content which may be accessed
from any third party sites. If the through use of the SOFTWARE is the
SOFTWARE provides links to third property of the respective content owner
party sites, those links are provided to and may be protected by applicable
you only as a convenience, and the copyright or other intellectual property
inclusion of any link does not imply an laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no
endorsement of the third party site by rights to use such content outside its
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates intended use. All rights not specifically
and/or its designated agent. granted under this EULA are reserved by
• Obligation to Drive Responsibly: FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates,
You recognize your obligation to drive and third party software and service
responsibly and keep attention on the providers and suppliers. Use of any on-line
road. You will read and abide with the services which may be accessed through
DEVICES operating instructions the SOFTWARE may be governed by the
particularly as they pertain to safety respective terms of use relating to such
and you agree to assume any risk services. If this SOFTWARE contains
associated with the use of the documentation that is provided only in
DEVICES. electronic form, you may print one copy of
such electronic documentation.
428
Appendices
EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY

acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL
subject to U.S. and European Union export PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES
jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY BE
applicable international and national laws EXPRESSLY PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW
that apply to the SOFTWARE, including VEHICLE.
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations,
as well as end-user, end-use and SYNC® Automotive Important Safety
destination restrictions issued by U.S. and Information Read and follow
other governments. instructions:
TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant • Before using your SYNC® system, read
you any rights in connection with any and follow all instructions and safety
trademarks or service marks of FORD information provided in this end user
MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, and third manual ("Owner Guide".) Not
party software and service providers. following precautions found in the
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are Owner Guide can lead to an accident
registered trademarks owned by or other serious injuries.
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such General Operation
marks by Ford Motor Company is under • Voice Command Control: Certain
license. Other trademarks and trade names functions within the SYNC® system
are those of their respective owners. may be accomplished using voice
PRODUCT SUPPORT: Please refer to commands. Using voice commands
FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions while driving helps you to operate the
provided in the documentation for the system without removing your hands
DEVICES product support, such as the from the wheel or eyes from the road.
vehicle owner guide. • Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not
Should you have any questions concerning access any function requiring a
this EULA, or if you desire to contact FORD prolonged view of the screen while you
MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason, are driving. Pull over in a safe and legal
please refer to the address provided in the manner before attempting to access a
documentation for the DEVICES. function of the system requiring
prolonged attention.
No Liability for Certain Damages:
EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD • Volume Setting: Do not raise the
MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY volume excessively. Keep the volume
SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS, at a level where you can still hear
AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO outside traffic and emergency signals
LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, while driving. Driving while unable to
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL hear these sounds could cause an
DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN accident.
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS
429
Appendices
• Navigation Features: Any navigation • Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps

features included in the system are used by this system may be inaccurate
intended to provide turn by turn because of changes in roads, traffic
instructions to get you to a desired controls or driving conditions. Always
destination. Please make certain all use good judgment and common sense
persons using this system carefully when following the suggested routes.
read and follow instructions and safety • Emergency Services: Do not rely on
information fully. any navigation features included in the
• Distraction Hazard: Any navigation system to route you to emergency
features may require manual services. Ask local authorities or an
(non-verbal) setup. Attempting to emergency services operator for these
perform such set-up or insert data locations. Not all emergency services
while driving can distract your attention such as police, fire stations, hospitals
and could cause an accident or other and clinics are likely to be contained in
serious injury. Stop the vehicle in a safe the map database for such navigation
and legal manner before attempting features.
these operations.
• Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any
navigation features are provided only
as an aid. Make your driving decisions
based on your observations of local
conditions and existing traffic
regulations. Any such feature is not a
substitute for your personal judgment.
Any route suggestions made by this
system should never replace any local
traffic regulations or your personal
judgment or knowledge of safe driving
practices.
• Route Safety: Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in
an unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you
would be placed in an unsafe situation,
or if you would be directed into an area
that you consider unsafe. The driver is
ultimately responsible for the safe
operation of the vehicle and therefore,
must evaluate whether it is safe to
follow the suggested directions.
430
Appendices
Your Responsibilities and Assumptions of Disclaimer of Warranty

Risk
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND
• You agree to each of the following:(a) AGREE THAT USE OF THE DEVICES AND
Any use of the SOFTWARE while SOFTWARE IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND
driving an automobile or other vehicle THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO
in violation of applicable law or SATISFACTORY QUALITY,
otherwise driving in an unsafe manner PERFORMANCE, COMPATIBILITY,
presents a significant risk of distracted ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU.
driving and should not be attempted TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED
under any circumstances;(b) Use of BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE SOFTWARE
the SOFTWARE at excessive volume AND ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR
poses a significant risk of hearing THIRD-PARTY SERVICES ARE PROVIDED
damage and should not be attempted "AS IS" AND “AS AVAILABLE”, WITH ALL
under any circumstances;(c) The FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
SOFTWARE may not be compatible ANY KIND, AND FORD MOTOR COMPANY
with new or different versions of an HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
operating system, third party software, AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO
or third party services, and the THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE may potentially cause a SOFTWARE, AND THIRD-PARTY
critical failure of an operating system, SERVICES, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR
third party software, or third party STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
service.(d) Any third party service LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
accessed by or third party software AND/OR CONDITIONS OF
used with the SOFTWARE (I) may MERCHANTABILITY, OF SATISFACTORY
charge an additional fee for access, (ii) QUALITY, OF FITNESS FOR AN
may not work correctly, on an ARTICULAR PURPOSE, OF ACCURACY,
uninterrupted basis, or error free, (iii) OF QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND
may change streaming formats or NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY
discontinue operation, (iv) may contain RIGHTS. FORD MOTOR COMPANY DOES
adult, profane or offensive content; and NOT WARRANT (a) AGAINST
(v) may contain inaccurate, false or INTERFERENCE WITH YOUR ENJOYMENT
misleading traffic, weather, financial OF THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
or safety information or other content; SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES,
and (e) Use of the SOFTWARE may (b) THAT THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
cause you to incur additional charges SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES
from your wireless service provider WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS, (c)
(WSP) and any data or minute THAT THE OPERATION OF THE
calculators that may be included in the SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE,
software program are for reference OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE
only, are not warranted in any way and UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE, (d)
should not be relied upon in anyway. OR THAT DEFECTS IN THE SOFTWARE,
• When using the SOFTWARE, you agree THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR
to be responsible for and assume the THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE
entire risk to the items set forth in CORRECTED. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN
Section (a) – (e) above. INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY
FORD MOTOR COMPANY OR ITS
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL
431
Appendices
CREATE A WARRANTY. SHOULD THE Binding Arbitration and Class Action

SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, Waiver
OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES PROVE
DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE ENTIRE (a) Application. This Section applies to
COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, any dispute EXCEPT IT DOES NOT
REPAIR OR CORRECTION. SOME INCLUDE A DISPUTE RELATING TO
JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT, OR TO THE
DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES ENFORCEMENT OR VALIDITY OF YOUR,
OR LIMITATIONS ON APPLICABLE FORD MOTOR COMPANY, OR ANY OF
STATUTORY RIGHTS OF A CONSUMER, FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S LICENSORS’
SO THE ABOVE DISCLAIMER MAY NOT INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.
FULLY APPLY TO YOU. THE SOLE Dispute means any dispute, action, or other
WARRANTY PROVIDED BY FORD MOTOR controversy between You and FORD
COMPANY SHALL BE FOUND IN THE MOTOR COMPANY, other than the
WARRANTY INFORMATION INCLUDING exceptions listed above, concerning the
WITH YOUR OWNER GUIDE. TO THE SOFTWARE (including its price) or this
EXTENT THAT THERE IS ANY CONFLICT EULA, whether in contract, warranty, tort,
BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION statute, regulation, ordinance, or any other
AND THE WARRANTY BOOKLET, THE legal or equitable basis.
WARRANTY BOOKLET SHALL CONTROL. (b) Notice of Dispute. In the event of a
Dispute, You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY
Applicable Law, Venue, Jurisdiction must give the other a “Notice of Dispute”,
• The laws of the State of Michigan which is a written statement of the name,
govern this EULA and Your use of the address, and contact information of the
SOFTWARE. Your use of the party giving it, the facts giving rise to the
SOFTWARE may also be subject to dispute, and the relief requested. You and
other local, state, national, or FORD MOTOR COMPANY will attempt to
international laws. Any litigation arising resolve any dispute through informal
out of or related to this EULA shall be negotiation within 60 days from the date
brought and maintained exclusively in the Notice of Dispute is sent. After 60 days,
a court of the State of Michigan You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY may
located in Wayne County or in the commence arbitration.
United States District Court for the (c) Small claims court. You may also
Eastern District of Michigan. You hereby litigate any dispute in small claims court
consent to submit to the personal in your county of residence or FORD
jurisdiction of a court in the State of MOTOR COMPANY’S principal place of
Michigan located in Wayne County and business, if the dispute meets all
the United States District Court for the requirements to be heard in the small
Eastern District of Michigan for any claims court. You may litigate in small
dispute arising out of or relating to this claims court whether or not You
EULA. negotiated informally first.
(d) Binding arbitration. If You and FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, do not resolve any
dispute by informal negotiation or in small
claims court, any other effort to resolve
the dispute will be conducted exclusively
by binding arbitration. You are giving up
432
Appendices
the right to litigate (or participate in as a may award the same damages to You
party or class member) all disputes in court individually as a court could. The arbitrator
before a judge or jury. Instead, all disputes may award declaratory or injunctive relief
will be resolved before a neutral arbitrator, only to You individually, and only to the
whose decision will be final except for a extent required to satisfy Your individual
limited right of appeal under the Federal claim.
Arbitration Act. Any court with jurisdiction
(g) Arbitration fees and incentives.
over the parties may enforce the
arbitrator’s award. • I. Disputes involving $75,000 or less.
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will
(e) Class action waiver. Any proceedings
promptly reimburse your filing fees and
to resolve or litigate any dispute in any
pay the AAA’s and arbitrator’s fees and
forum will be conducted solely on an
expenses. If you reject FORD MOTOR
individual basis. Neither you nor FORD
COMPANY’S last written settlement
MOTOR COMPANY, will seek to have any
offer made before the arbitrator was
dispute heard as a class action, as a private
appointed (“last written offer”), your
attorney general action, or in any other
dispute goes all the way to an
proceeding in which any party acts or
arbitrator’s decision (called an
proposes to act in a representative
“award”), and the arbitrator awards
capacity. No arbitration or proceeding will
you more than the last written offer,
be combined with another without the
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will give you
prior written consent of all parties to all
three incentives: (1) pay the greater of
affected arbitrations or proceedings.
the award or $1,000; (2) pay twice your
(f) Arbitration procedure. Any reasonable attorney’s fees, if any; and
arbitration will be conducted by the (3) reimburse any expenses (including
American Arbitration Association (the expert witness fees and costs) that
“AAA”), under its Commercial Arbitration your attorney reasonably accrues for
Rules. If You are an individual and use the investigating, preparing, and pursuing
SOFTWARE for personal or vehicle use, or your claim in arbitration. The arbitrator
if the value of the dispute is $75,000 or will determine the amounts.
less whether or not You are an individual • ii. Disputes involving more than
or how You use the SOFTWARE, the AAA $75,000. The AAA rules will govern
Supplementary Procedures for payment of filing fees and the AAA’s
Consumer-Related Disputes will also and arbitrator’s fees and expenses.
apply. To commence arbitration, submit a
Commercial Arbitration Rules Demand for • iii. Disputes involving any amount. In
Arbitration form to the AAA. You may any arbitration you commence, FORD
request a telephonic or in-person hearing MOTOR COMPANY will seek its AAA
by following the AAA rules. In a dispute or arbitrator’s fees and expenses, or
involving $10,000 or less, any hearing will Your filing fees it reimbursed, only if the
be telephonic unless the arbitrator finds arbitrator finds the arbitration frivolous
good cause to hold an in-person hearing or brought for an improper purpose. In
instead. For more information, see adr.org any arbitration FORD MOTOR
or call 1-800-778-7879. You agree to COMPANY commences, it will pay all
commence arbitration only in your county
of residence or FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S
principal place of business. The arbitrator
433
Appendices
filing, AAA, and arbitrator’s fees and 1. Safe and Lawful Use
expenses. It will not seek its attorney’s
fees or expenses from you in any You acknowledge that devoting attention
arbitration. Fees and expenses are not to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk
counted in determining how much a of injury or death to you and others in
dispute involves. situations that otherwise require your
undivided attention, and you therefore
(h) Claims or disputes must be filed agree to comply with the following when
within one year. To the extent permitted using the TeleNav Software:
by law, any claim or dispute under this
EULA to which this Section applies must (a) observe all traffic laws and otherwise
be filed within one year in small claims drive safely;
court (Section c) or in arbitration (Section (b) use your own personal judgment while
d). The one-year period begins when the driving. If you feel that a route suggested
claim or dispute first could be filed. If such by the TeleNav Software instructs you to
a claim or dispute is not filed within one perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver,
year, it is permanently barred. places you in an unsafe situation, or directs
(I) Severability. If the class action waiver you into an area that you consider to be
(Section e) is found to be illegal or unsafe, do not follow such instructions;
unenforceable as to all or some parts of a (c) do not input destinations, or otherwise
dispute, then that portion of Section e will manipulate the TeleNav Software, unless
not apply to those parts. Instead, those your vehicle is stationary and parked;
parts will be severed and proceed in a court
(d) do not use the TeleNav Software for
of law, with the remaining parts proceeding
any illegal, unauthorized, unintended,
in arbitration. If any other provision of that
unsafe, hazardous, or unlawful purposes,
portion Section e is found to be illegal or
or in any manner inconsistent with this
unenforceable, that provision will be
Agreement;
severed with the remainder of Section e
remaining in full force and effect. (e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices
and cables necessary for use of the
Telenav Software End User License TeleNav Software in a secure manner in
Agreement your vehicle so that they will not interfere
with your driving and will not prevent the
Please read these terms and conditions
operation of any safety device (such as an
carefully before you use the TeleNav
airbag).
Software. Your use of the TeleNav
Software indicates that you accept these You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav
terms and conditions. If you do not accept harmless against all claims resulting from
these terms and conditions, do not break any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate
the seal of the package, launch, or use of the TeleNav Software in any moving
otherwise use the TeleNav Software. vehicle, including as a result of your failure
TeleNav may revise this Agreement and to comply with the directions above.
the privacy policy at any time, with or
without notice to you. You agree to visit
http://www.telenav.com from time to time
to review the then current version of this
Agreement and of the privacy policy.
434
Appendices
2. Account Information distribute, sublicense or otherwise

transfer the TeleNav Software to
You agree: (a) when registering the others, except as part of your
TeleNav Software, to provide TeleNav with permanent transfer of the TeleNav
true, accurate, current, and complete Software; or (e) use the TeleNav
information about yourself, and (b) to Software in any manner that
inform TeleNav promptly of any changes
to such information, and to keep it true, I. infringes the intellectual property or
accurate, current and complete. proprietary rights, rights of publicity or
privacy or other rights of any party,
3. Software License
ii. violates any law, statute, ordinance or
• Subject to your compliance with the regulation, including but not limited to laws
terms of this Agreement, TeleNav and regulations related to spamming,
hereby grants to you a personal, privacy, consumer and child protection,
non-exclusive, non-transferable license obscenity or defamation, or
(except as expressly permitted below iii. is harmful, threatening, abusive,
in connection with your permanent harassing, tortuous, defamatory, vulgar,
transfer of the TeleNav Software obscene, libelous, or otherwise
license), without the right to objectionable; and (f) lease, rent out, or
sublicense, to use the TeleNav otherwise permit unauthorized access by
Software (in object code form only) in third parties to the TeleNav Software
order to access and use the TeleNav without advanced written permission of
Software. This license shall terminate TeleNav.
upon any termination or expiration of
this Agreement. You agree that you will 4. Disclaimers
use the TeleNav Software only for your
personal business or leisure purposes, • To the fullest extent permissible
and not to provide commercial pursuant to applicable law, in no event
navigation services to other parties. will TeleNav, its licensors and suppliers,
or agents or employees of any of the
3.1 License Limitations foregoing, be liable for any decision
made or action taken by you or anyone
• (a) reverse engineer, decompile, else in reliance on the information
disassemble, translate, modify, alter
provided by the TeleNav Software.
or otherwise change the TeleNav
TeleNav also does not warrant the
Software or any part thereof; (b)
accuracy of the map or other data used
attempt to derive the source code,
for the TeleNav Software. Such data
audio library or structure of the
may not always reflect reality due to,
TeleNav Software without the prior
among other things, road closures,
express written consent of TeleNav;
construction, weather, new roads and
(c) remove from the TeleNav
other changing conditions. You are
Software, or alter, any of TeleNav's or
responsible for the entire risk arising
its suppliers' trademarks, trade names,
out of your use of the TeleNav
logos, patent or copyright notices, or
Software. For example but without
other notices or markings; (d)
limitation, you agree not to rely on the
TeleNav Software for critical
navigation in areas where the
well-being or survival of you or others
435
Appendices
is dependent on the accuracy of REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING,

navigation, as the maps or functionality WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES
of the TeleNav Software are not REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL
intended to support such high risk DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN
applications, especially in more remote CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING
geographical areas. NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE), THE
• TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND
AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN OF ALL OF TELENAV'S SUPPLIERS
CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT
SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY, ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME STATES
WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT
FROM COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR
OR TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT 6. Arbitration and Governing Law
OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH
RESPECT TO THE TELENAV • You agree that any dispute, claim or
SOFTWARE. controversy arising out of or relating to
• Certain jurisdictions do not permit the this Agreement or the TeleNav
disclaimer of certain warranties, so this Software shall be settled by
limitation may not apply to you. independent arbitration involving a
neutral arbitrator and administered by
5. Limitation of Liability the American Arbitration Association
in the County of Santa Clara, California.
• TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER The arbitrator shall apply the
APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO Commercial Arbitration Rules of the
CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV American Arbitration Association, and
OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS the judgment upon the award rendered
BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD by the arbitrator may be entered by any
PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, court having jurisdiction. Note that
INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, there is no judge or jury in an arbitration
SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES proceeding and the decision of the
(INCLUDING IN EACH CASE, BUT NOT arbitrator shall be binding upon both
LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR THE parties. You expressly agree to waive
INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT your right to a jury trial. This Agreement
OR ACCESS DATA, LOSS OF DATA, and performance hereunder will be
LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF governed by and construed in
PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION accordance with the laws of the State
OR THE LIKE) ARISING OUT OF THE of California, without giving effect to
USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE its conflict of law provisions. To the
TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF extent judicial action is necessary in
TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE connection with the binding arbitration,
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. both TeleNav and you agree to submit
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES
THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY
436
Appendices
to the exclusive jurisdiction of the conferred by implication, statute,

courts of the County of Santa Clara, inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and
California. The United Nations TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors
Convention on Contracts for the hereby reserve all of their respective rights
International Sale of Goods shall not other than the licenses explicitly granted
apply. in this Agreement.
7. Assignment 8.3
• You may not resell, assign, or transfer By using the TeleNav Software, you
this Agreement or any of your rights or consent to receive from TeleNav all
obligations, except in totality, in communications, including notices,
connection with your permanent agreements, legally required disclosures
transfer of the TeleNav Software, and or other information in connection with the
expressly conditioned upon the new TeleNav Software (collectively, "Notices")
user of the TeleNav Software agreeing electronically. TeleNav may provide such
to be bound by the terms and Notices by posting them on TeleNav's
conditions of this Agreement. Any such Website or by downloading such Notices
sale, assignment or transfer that is not to your wireless device. If you desire to
expressly permitted under this withdraw your consent to receive Notices
paragraph will result in immediate electronically, you must discontinue your
termination of this Agreement, without use of the TeleNav Software.
liability to TeleNav, in which case you
and all other parties shall immediately 8.4
cease all use of the TeleNav Software. TeleNav's or your failure to require
Notwithstanding the foregoing, performance of any provision shall not
TeleNav may assign this Agreement to affect that party's right to require
any other party at any time without performance at any time thereafter, nor
notice, provided the assignee remains shall a waiver of any breach or default of
bound by this Agreement. this Agreement constitute a waiver of any
8. Miscellaneous subsequent breach or default or a waiver
of the provision itself.
8.1
8.5
This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between TeleNav and you with If any provision herein is held
respect to the subject matter hereof. unenforceable, then such provision will be
modified to reflect the intention of the
8.2 parties, and the remaining provisions of
this Agreement will remain in full force and
Except for the limited licenses expressly effect.
granted in this Agreement, TeleNav retains
all right, title and interest in and to the
TeleNav Software, including without
limitation all related intellectual property
rights. No licenses or other rights which are
not expressly granted in this Agreement
are intended to, or shall be, granted or
437
Appendices
8.6 HERE holds a non-exclusive license from

the United States Postal Service® to
The headings in this Agreement are for
publish and sell ZIP+4® information.
convenience of reference only, will not be
deemed to be a part of this Agreement, ©United States Postal Service® 2014.
and will not be referred to in connection Prices are not established, controlled or
with the construction or interpretation of approved by the United States Postal
this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, Service®. The following trademarks and
the words "include" and "including" and registrations are owned by the USPS:
variations thereof, will not be deemed to United States Postal Service, USPS, and
be terms of limitation, but rather will be ZIP+4
deemed to be followed by the words The Data for Mexico includes certain data
"without limitation". from Instituto Nacional de Estadística y
9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions Geografía.
• The Telenav Software utilizes map and 9.2 End User Terms Required by NAV2
other data licensed to Telenav by third (Shanghai) Co., Ltd
party vendors for the benefit of you and The data (“Data”) is provided for your
other end users. This Agreement personal, internal use only and not for
includes end-user terms applicable to resale. It is protected by copyright, and is
these companies (included at the end subject to the following terms and
of this Agreement), and thus your use conditions which are agreed to by you, on
of the Telenav Software is also subject the one hand, and NAV2 (Shanghai) Co.,
to such terms. You agree to comply Ltd (“NAV2”) and its licensors (including
with the following additional terms and their licensors and suppliers) on the other
conditions, which are applicable to hand. 20xx. All rights reserved
Telenav’s third party vendor licensors:
Terms and Conditions
9.1 End User Terms Required by HERE
North America, LLC Permitted Use. You agree to use this Data
together with the Telenav Software solely
The data (“Data”) is provided for your for the internal business and personal
personal, internal use only and not for purposes for which you were licensed, and
resale. It is protected by copyright, and is not for service bureau, time-sharing or
subject to the following terms and other similar purposes. Accordingly, but
conditions which are agreed to by you, on subject to the restrictions set forth in the
the one hand, and Telenav (“Telenav”) and following paragraphs, you agree not to
its licensors (including their licensors and otherwise reproduce, copy, modify,
suppliers) on the other hand. decompile, disassemble, create any
© 2013 HERE. All rights reserved. derivative works of, or reverse engineer any
portion of this Data, and may not transfer
The Data for areas of Canada includes or distribute it in any form, for any purpose,
information taken with permission from except to the extent permitted by
Canadian authorities, including: © Her mandatory laws.
Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post
Corporation, GeoBase®, © Department of
Natural Resources Canada.
438
Appendices
Restrictions. Except where you have been PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR

specifically licensed to do so by Telenav, NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States,
and without limiting the preceding Territories and Countries do not allow
paragraph, you may not use this Data (a) certain warranty exclusions, so to that
with any products, systems, or applications extent the above exclusion may not apply
installed or otherwise connected to or in to you.
communication with vehicles, capable of Disclaimer of Liability: TELENAV AND
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
real time route guidance, fleet LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
management or similar applications; or (b) BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY
with or in communication with any CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
positioning devices or any mobile or IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
wireless-connected electronic or computer CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
devices, including without limitation ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
cellular phones, palmtop and handheld DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
computers, pagers, and personal digital MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
assistants or PDAs. POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR
Warning. The Data may contain FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,
inaccurate or incomplete information due CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY
to the passage of time, changing OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
circumstances, sources used and the SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
nature of collecting comprehensive ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
geographic data, any of which may lead to INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION,
incorrect results. ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
No Warranty. This Data is provided to you
“as is,” and you agree to use it at your own CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A
risk. Telenav and its licensors (and their
licensors and suppliers) make no WARRANTY, EVEN IF TELENAV OR ITS
guarantees, representations or warranties LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
of any kind, express or implied, arising by POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some
law or otherwise, including but not limited States, Territories and Countries do not
to, content, quality, accuracy, allow certain liability exclusions or
completeness, effectiveness, reliability, damages limitations, so to that extent the
fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness, above may not apply to you.
use or results to be obtained from this Export Control. You shall not export from
Data, or that the Data or server will be anywhere any part of the Data or any direct
uninterrupted or error-free. product thereof except in compliance with,
and with all licenses and approvals
Disclaimer of Warranty: TELENAV AND
required under, applicable export laws,
ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
rules and regulations, including but not
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
limited to the laws, rules and regulations
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
administered by the Office of Foreign
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
Assets Control of the U.S. Department of
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and
Security of the U.S. Department of
Commerce. To the extent that any such
439
Appendices
export laws, rules or regulations prohibit

HERE from complying with any of its NOTICE OF USE
obligations hereunder to deliver or
distribute Data, such failure shall be CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
excused and shall not constitute a breach SUPPLIER) NAME: HERE
of this Agreement.
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
Entire Agreement. These terms and SUPPLIER) ADDRESS: c/o Nokia, 425
conditions constitute the entire agreement West Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois
between Telenav (and its licensors, 60606
including their licensors and suppliers) and
you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, This Data is a commercial item as
and supersedes in their entirety any and defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to
all written or oral agreements previously these End-User Terms under which this
existing between us with respect to such Data was provided.
subject matter.
© 1987 – 2014 HERE – All rights reserved.
Governing Law. The above terms and
conditions shall be governed by the laws If the Contracting Officer, federal
of the State of Illinois [insert “Netherlands” government agency, or any federal official
where European HERE Data is used], refuses to use the legend provided herein,
without giving effect to (i) its conflict of the Contracting Officer, federal
laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations government agency, or any federal official
Convention for Contracts for the must notify HERE prior to seeking
International Sale of Goods, which is additional or alternative rights in the Data.
explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to
the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois
[insert “The Netherlands” where European I. US/Canada Territory
HERE Data is used] for any and all A. United States Data. The End-User
disputes, claims and actions arising from Terms for any Application containing
or in connection with the Data provided to Data for the United States shall contain
you hereunder. the following notices:
Government End Users. If the Data is
being acquired by or on behalf of the “HERE holds a non-exclusive license
United States government or any other from the United States Postal
entity seeking or applying rights similar to Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4®
those customarily claimed by the United information.”
States government, this Data is a “©United States Postal Service®
“commercial item” as that term is defined 20XX. Prices are not established,
at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in controlled or approved by the United
accordance with these End-User Terms, States Postal Service®. The following
and each copy of Data delivered or trademarks and registrations are
otherwise furnished shall be marked and owned by the USPS: United States
embedded as appropriate with the Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.”
following “Notice of Use,” and shall be
treated in accordance with such Notice:
440
Appendices
2. Copyright Notice: In connection with

B. Canada Data. The following provi- each copy of all or any portion of the
sions apply to the Data for Canada, Data for the Territory of Canada, Client
which may include or reflect data from shall affix in a conspicuous manner the
third party licensors (“Third Party following copyright notice on at least
Data”), including Her Majesty the Queen one of: (i) the label for the storage
in Right of Canada (“Her Majesty”), media of the copy; (ii) the packaging
Canada Post Corporation (“Canada for the copy; or (iii) other materials
Post”) and the Department of Natural packaged with the copy, such as user
Resources of Canada (“NRCan”): manuals or end user license agree-
ments: “This data includes information
1. Disclaimer and Limitation: Client taken with permission from Canadian
agrees that its use of the Third Party authorities, including © Her Majesty
Data is subject to the following provi- the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
sions: Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada
a. Disclaimer: The Third Party Data Post Corporation, GeoBase®, © The
is licensed on an “as is” basis. The Department of Natural Resources
licensors of such data, including Her Canada. All rights reserved.”
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, 3. End-User Terms: Except as other-
make no guarantees, representa- wise agreed by the parties, in connec-
tions or warranties respecting such tion with the provision of any portion
data, either express or implied, of the Data for the Territory of Canada
arising by law or otherwise, including to End-Users as may be authorized
but not limited to, effectiveness, under the Agreement, Client shall
completeness, accuracy or fitness provide such End-Users, in a reason-
for a particular purpose. ably conspicuous manner, with terms
b. Limitation on Liability: The Third (set forth with other end user terms
Party Data licensors, including Her required to be provided under the
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, Agreement, or as otherwise may be
shall not be liable: (i) in respect of provided, by Client) which shall include
any claim, demand or action, irre- the following provisions on behalf of
spective of the nature of the cause the Third Party Data licensors,
of the claim, demand or action including Her Majesty, Canada Post
alleging any loss, injury or damages, and NRCan:
direct or indirect, which may result The Data may include or reflect
from the use or possession of such data of licensors, including Her
Data; or (ii) in any way for loss of Majesty the Queen in the Right of
revenues or contracts, or any other Canada (“Her Majesty”), Canada
consequential loss of any kind Post Corporation (“Canada Post”)
resulting from any defect in the and the Department of Natural
Data. Resources Canada (“NRCan”). Such
data is licensed on an “as is” basis.
The licensors, including Her Majesty,
Canada Post and NRCan, make no
guarantees, representations or
warranties respecting such data,
441
Appendices
either express or implied, arising by

law or otherwise, including but not II. Mexico. The following provision applies
limited to, effectiveness, complete- to the Data for Mexico, which includes
ness, accuracy or fitness for a certain data from the Instituto Nacional
particular purpose. The licensors, de Estadística y Geografía (“INEGI”):
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan, shall not be liable in A. Any and all copies of the Data and/or
respect of any claim, demand or packaging containing Data for Mexico
action, irrespective of the nature of shall contain the following notice:
the cause of the claim, demand or “Fuente: INEGI (Instituto Nacional de
action alleging any loss, injury or Estadística y Geografía)”
damages, direct or indirect, which
may result from the use or posses- III. Latin America Territory
sion of the data or the Data. The
licensors, including Her Majesty, A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
Canada Post and NRCan, shall not of the Data and/or packaging relating
be liable in any way for loss of thereto shall include the respective Third
revenues or contracts, or any other Party Notices set forth below and used
consequential loss of any kind as described below corresponding to
resulting from any defect in the data the Territory (or portion thereof)
or the Data. included in such copy:
End User shall indemnify and save
harmless the licensors, including Her Territory Notice
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, Argen- IGN “INSTITUTO
and their officers, employees and tina GEOGRAFICO NACIONAL
agents from and against any claim, ARGENTINO”
demand or action, irrespective of
the nature of the cause of the claim, Ecuador “INSTITUTO GEOGRAFICO
demand or action, alleging loss, MILITAR DEL ECUADOR
costs, expenses, damages or injuries AUTORIZACION N° IGM-
(including injuries resulting in death) 2011-01- PCO-01 DEL 25 DE
arising out of the use or possession ENERO DE 2011”
of the data or the Data. “source: © IGN 2009 - BD
TOPO ®”
4. Additional Provisions: The terms
contained in this Section are in addi- Guade-
tion to all of the rights and obligations loupe,
of the parties under the Agreement. French
To the extent that any of the provi- Guiana
sions of this Section are inconsistent and
with, or conflict with, any other provi- Marti- “Fuente: INEGI (Instituto
sions of the Agreement, the provisions nique Nacional de Estadística y
of this Section shall prevail. Mexico Geografía)”
IV. Middle East Territory
442
Appendices
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies

of the Data and/or packaging relating V. Europe Territory
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used A. Use of Certain Traffic Codes in Europe
as described below corresponding to 1. General Restrictions Applicable to
the Territory (or portion thereof) Traffic Codes. Client acknowledges
included in such copy: and agrees that in certain countries of
Country Notice the Europe Territory, Client will need
to obtain rights directly from third
Jordan “© Royal Jordanian party RDS-TMC code providers to
Geographic Centre”. The receive and use the Traffic Codes in
foregoing notice requirement the Data and to deliver to End-Users
for Jordan Data is a material Transactions in any way derived from
term of the Agreement. If or based on such Traffic Codes. For
Client or any of its permitted such countries, HERE shall deliver the
sublicensees (if any) fail to Data incorporating Traffic Codes to
meet such requirement, Client only after receiving certification
HERE shall have the right to from Client of its having obtained such
terminate Client’s license rights.
with respect to the Jordan
Data. 2. Display of Third Party Rights
Legends for Belgium. Client shall, for
B. Jordan Data. Client and its permitted each Transaction that uses Traffic
sublicensees (if any) are restricted from Codes for Belgium, provide the
licensing and/or otherwise distributing following notice to the End-User:
HERE’s database for the country of “Traffic Codes for Belgium are
Jordan (“Jordan Data”) for use in Enter- provided by the Ministerie van de
prise Applications to (i) non-Jordanian Vlaamse Gemeenschap and the
entities for use of the Jordan Data solely Ministèrie de l’Equipement et des
in Jordan or (ii) Jordan-based customers. Transports.”
In addition, Client, its permitted subli-
censees (if any) and End-Users are B. Paper Maps. With respect to any
restricted from using the Jordan Data in license granted to Client relating to
Enterprise Applications if such party is making, selling or distributing paper
(i) a non-Jordanian entity using the maps (i.e., a map fixed on a paper or
Jordan Data solely in Jordan or (ii) a paper-like medium): (a) such license
Jordan-based customer. For purposes with respect to Data for the Territory of
of the foregoing, “Enterprise Applica- Great Britain is conditioned on Client’s
tions” shall mean Geomarketing applic- entering into and complying with a
ations, GIS applications, mobile business separate written agreement with the
asset management applications, call Ordnance Survey (“OS”) to create and
center applications, telematics applica- sell paper maps, Client’s paying to the
tions, public organization Internet OS any and all applicable paper map
applications or for providing geocoding royalties, and Client’s complying with
services. the OS copyright notice requirements;
(b) such license for selling or otherwise
distributing for charge with respect to
Data for the Territory of Czech Republic
443
Appendices
is conditioned on Client’s obtaining prior Austria “© Bundesamt für Eich-

written consent from Kartografie a.s.; und Vermessungswesen”
(c) such license for selling or distributing
with respect to Data for the Territory of Croatia
Switzerland is conditioned on Client’s Cyprus,
obtaining a permit from Bundesamt für Estonia,
Landestopografie of Switzerland; (d) Latvia,
Client is restricted from using Data for Lithuania,
the Territory of France to create paper Moldova,
maps with a scale between 1:5,000 and Poland,
1:250,000; and (e) Client is restricted Slovenia
from using any Data to create, sell or and/or
distribute paper maps that are the same Ukraine “© EuroGeographics”
or substantially similar, in terms of data France “source: © IGN 2009 – BD
content and specific use of color, TOPO ®”
symbols and scale, to paper maps
published by the European national Germany “Die Grundlagendaten
mapping agencies, including without wurden mit Genehmigung
limitation, Landervermessungämter of der zuständigen Behörden
Germany, Topografische Dienst of the entnommen”
Netherlands, Nationaal Geografisch
Instituut of Belgium, Bundesamt für Great Britain “Contains Ordnance
Landestopografie of Switzerland, Survey data © Crown
Bundesamt für Eich-und Vermessung- copyright and database
swesen of Austria, and the National right 2010 Contains Royal
Land Survey of Sweden. Mail data © Royal Mail
copyright and database
C. OS Enforcement. Without limiting right 2010”
Section IV(B) above, with respect to
Data for the Territory of Great Britain, Greece “Copyright Geomatics
Client acknowledges and agrees that Ltd.”
the Ordnance Survey (“OS”) may bring Hungary “Copyright © 2003; Top-
a direct action against Client to enforce Map Ltd.”
compliance with the OS copyright notice
(see Section IV(D) below) and paper Italy “La Banca Dati Italiana è
map requirements (see Section IV(B) stata prodotta usando
above) contained in this Agreement. quale riferimento anche
cartografia numerica ed
D. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies al tratto prodotta e fornita
of the Data and/or packaging relating dalla Regione Toscana.”
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used Norway “Copyright © 2000;
as described below corresponding to Norwegian Mapping
the Territory (or portion thereof) Authority”
included in such copy:
Portugal “Source: IgeoE – Portugal”
Country(ies) Notice
444
Appendices
Spain “Información geográfica Product incorporates data which is ©

propiedad del CNIG” 20XX Telstra Corporation Limited, GM
Holden Limited, Intelematics Australia
Sweden “Based upon electronic Pty Ltd and Continental Pty Ltd.
data © National Land
Survey Sweden.” B. Third Party Notices for Australia. In
addition to the foregoing, the End-User
Switzerland “Topografische Terms for any Application containing
Grundlage: © Bundesamt RDS-TMC Traffic Codes for Australia
für Landestopographie. shall contain the following notice:
E. Respective Country Distribution. Client “Product incorporates traffic location
acknowledges that HERE has not codes which is © 20XX Telstra Corpora-
received approvals to distribute map tion Limited and its licensors.”
data for the following countries in such
respective countries: Albania, Belarus, AT&T Vehicle Network Carrier
Kyrgyzstan, Moldova and Uzbekistan. Telematics Disclosure
HERE may update such list from time to
END USER FOR PURPOSES OF THIS
time. The license rights granted to Client
SECTION MEANS YOU AND YOUR HEIRS,
under this TL with respect to the Data
EXECUTORS, LEGAL PERSONAL
for such countries are contingent upon
REPRESENTATITVES AND PERMITED
Client’s compliance with all applicable
ASSIGNS. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS
laws and regulations, including, without
SECTION “UNDERLYING WIRELESS
limitation, any required licenses or
SERVICE CARRIER” INCLUDES ITS
approvals to distribute the Application
AFFILIATES AND CONTRACTORS AND
incorporating such Data in such
THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS,
respective countries.
DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SUCCESSORS
AND ASSIGNS. END USER HAS NO
VI. Australia Territory CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIP WITH
THE UNDERLYING WIRELESS SERVICE
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies CARRIER AND END USER IS NOT A THIRD
of the Data and/or packaging relating PARTY BENEFICIARY OF ANY
thereto shall include the respective Third AGREEMENT BETWEEN FORD AND
Party Notices set forth below and used UNDERLYING CARRIER. END USER
as described below corresponding to UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES THAT THE
the Territory (or portion thereof) UNDERLYING CARRIER HAS NO LEGAL,
included in such copy: EQUITABLE, OR OTHER LIABILITY OF ANY
Copyright. Based on data provided KIND TO END USER. IN ANY EVENT,
under license from PSMA Australia REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE
Limited (www.psma.com.au). ACTION, WHETHER FOR BREACH OF
CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE,
STRICT LIABILITY IN TORT OR
OTHERWISE, END USER'S EXCLUSIVE
REMEDY FOR CLAIMS ARISING IN ANY
WAY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
AGREEMENT, FOR ANY CAUSE
WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO ANY FAILURE OR
445
Appendices
DISRUPTION OF SERVICE PROVIDED MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR

HEREUNDER, IS LIMITED TO PAYMENT IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
OF DAMAGES IN AN AMOUNT NOT TO FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID BY END USER SUITABILITY, OR PERFORMANCE
FOR THE SERVICES DURING THE REGARDING ANY SERVICES OR GOODS,
TWO-MONTH PERIOD PRECEDING THE AND IN NO EVENT SHALL AT&T BE
DATE THE CLAIM AROSE. LIABLE, WHETHER OR NOT DUE TO ITS
(ii) END USER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY OWN NEGLIGENCE, FOR ANY: (A) ACT OR
AND HOLD HARMLESS THE UNDERLYING OMISSION OF A THIRD PARTY; (B)
WIRELESS SERVICE CARRIER AND ITS MISTAKES, OMISSIONS, INTERRUPTIONS,
OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND AGENTS ERRORS, FAILURES TO TRANSMIT,
AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, DELAYS, OR DEFECTS IN THE SERVICE
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION PROVIDED BY OR THROUGH THE
CLAIMS FOR LIBEL, SLANDER, OR ANY UNDERLYING CARRIER; (C) DAMAGE OR
PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY INJURY CAUSED BY SUSPENSION OR
OR DEATH, ARISING IN ANY WAY, TERMINATION BY THE UNDERLYING
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN CARRIER; OR (D) DAMAGE OR INJURY
CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT CAUSED BY A FAILURE OR DELAY IN
OR THE USE, FAILURE TO USE, OR CONNECTING A CALL TO ANY ENTITY,
INABILITY TO USE THE DEVICE EXCEPT INCLUDING 911 OR ANY OTHER
WHERE THE CLAIMS RESULT FROM THE EMERGENCY SERVICE. TO THE FULL
UNDERLYING CARRIER’S GROSS EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, THE END
NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT. USER RELEASES, INDEMNIFIES AND
THIS INDEMNITY WILL SURVIVE THE HOLDS THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT. HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ANY
AND ALL CLAIMS OF ANY PERSON OR
(iii) END USER HAS NO PROPERTY RIGHT ENTITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE
IN ANY NUMBER ASSIGNED TO THE ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM OR RELATING
DEVICE. TO, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SERVICES
(iv) END USER UNDERSTANDS THAT PROVIDED BY THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
FORD AND THE UNDERLYING CARRIER OR ANY PERSON’S USE THEREOF,
CANNOT GUARANTY THE SECURITY OF INCLUDING CLAIMS ARISING IN WHOLE
WIRELESS TRANSMISSIONS, AND WILL OR IN PART FROM THE ALLEGED
NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LACK OF NEGLIGENCE OF THE UNDERLYING
SECURITY RELATING TO THE USE OF THE CARRIER.
SERVICES
VII. China Territory
THE SERVICE IS FOR [END USER’S] USE
ONLY AND END USER MAY NOT RESELL Personal Use Only
THE SERVICE TO ANY OTHER PARTY END You agree to use this Data together with
USER UNDERSTANDS THAT THE [insert name of Client Application] for the
UNDERLYING CARRIER DOES NOT solely personal, non-commercial purposes
GUARANTEE ANY END USER for which you were licensed, and not for
UNINTERRUPTED SERVICE OR service bureau, time-sharing or other
COVERAGE. THE UNDERLYING CARRIER similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject
DOES NOT WARRANT THAT END USERS to the restrictions set forth in the following
CAN OR WILL BE LOCATED USING THE paragraphs, you may copy this Data only
SERVICE. THE UNDERLYING CARRIER as necessary for your personal use to (i)
446
Appendices
view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you Customer Remedies
do not remove any copyright notices that
appear and do not modify the Data in any NAV2 and its suppliers’ entire liability and
way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce, your exclusive remedy shall be, at NAV2’s
copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or sole discretion, either (a) return of the price
reverse engineer any portion of this Data, paid, if any, or (b) repair or replacement of
and may not transfer or distribute it in any the Data that do not meet NAV2’s Limited
form, for any purpose, except to the extent Warranty and that are returned to NAV2
permitted by mandatory laws. with a copy of your receipt. This Limited
Warranty is void if failure of the Data has
Restrictions resulted from accident, abuse, or
misapplication. Any replacement Data will
Except where you have been specifically be warranted for the remainder of the
licensed to do so by NAV2 , and without original warranty period or thirty (30) days,
limiting the preceding paragraph, you may whichever is longer. Neither these remedies
not (a) use this Data with any products, nor any product support services offered
systems, or applications installed or by NAV2 are available without proof of
otherwise connected to or in purchase from an authorized international
communication with vehicles, capable of source.
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
real time route guidance, fleet No Other Warranty:
management or similar applications; or (b)
with or in communication with any EXCEPT FOR THE LMITED WARRANTY
positioning devices or any mobile or SET FORTH ABOVE AND TO THE EXTENT
wireless-connected electronic or computer PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2
devices, including without limitation AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
cellular phones, palmtop and handheld LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
computers, pagers, and personal digital ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
assistants or PDAs. You agree to cease OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
using this Data if you fail to comply with MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
these terms and conditions. PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OWNERSHIP OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Certain warranty
Limited Warranty exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
NAV2 warrants that (a) the Data will exclusion may not apply to you.
perform substantially in accordance with
the accompanying written materials for a Limited Liability:
period of ninety (90) days from the date
of receipt, and (b) any support services TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
provided by NAV2 shall be substantially as APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS
described in applicable written materials LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
provided to you by NAV2, and NAV2’s LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
support engineers will make commercially BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY
reasonable efforts to solve any problem CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
issues. IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR
447
Appendices
FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, Governing Law.

CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY
OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, The above terms and conditions shall be
SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES governed by the laws of the People’s
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR Republic of China, without giving effect to
INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION, (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the
ANY DEFECT IN THE INFROMATION, OR United Nations Convention for Contracts
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR for the International Sale of Goods, which
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION is explicitly excluded. Any dispute arising
IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A from or in connection with the Data
WARRANTY, EVEN IF NAV2 OR ITS provided to you hereunder shall be
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE submitted to the Shanghai International
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. UNDER Economic and Trade Arbitration
NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NAV2’s OR Commission for arbitration.
ITS SUPPLIERS’ LIABILITY HEREUNDER Gracenote® Copyright
EXCEED THE PRICE PAID. Certain liability
exclusions may not be permitted under CD and music-related data from
applicable law, so to that extent the above Gracenote, Inc., copyright©
exclusion may not apply to you.
2000-2007 Gracenote. Gracenote
Export Control Software, copyright © 2000-2007
Gracenote. This product and service may
You agree not to export to anywhere any practice one or more of the following U.S.
part of the Data provided to you or any Patents 5,987,525; 6,061,680; 6,154,773;
direct product thereof except in 6,161,132; 6,230,192; 6,230,207; 6.240,459;
compliance with, and with all licenses and 6,330,593 and other patents issued or
approvals required under, applicable pending. Some services supplied under
export laws, rules and regulations. license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S.
Patent 6,304,523.
IP Protection
Gracenote and CDDB are registered
The Data are owned by NAV2 or its trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote
suppliers and are protected by applicable logo and logotype, and the "Powered by
copyright and other intellectual property Gracenote™" logo are trademarks of
law and treaties. The Data are provided Gracenote.
solely on the basis of a license to use, not
sale. Gracenote® End User License Agreement
(EULA)
Entire Agreement
This device contains software from
These terms and conditions constitute the Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street
entire agreement between NAV2(and its Emeryville, California 94608
licensors, including their licensors and ("Gracenote").
suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject
matter hereof, and supersedes in their The software from Gracenote (the
entirety any and all written or oral "Gracenote Software") enables this device
agreements previously existing between to do disc and music file identification and
us with respect to such subject matter. obtain music-related information, including
name, artist, track, and title information
("Gracenote Data") from online servers
448
Appendices
("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform including any copyrighted material or

other functions. You may use Gracenote music file information. You agree that
Data only by means of the intended End Gracenote may enforce its respective
User functions of this device. This device rights, collectively or separately, under this
may contain content belonging to agreement against you, directly in each
Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the company's own name.
restrictions set forth herein with respect to
Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track
Gracenote Data shall also apply to such
queries for statistical purposes. The
content and such content providers shall
purpose of a randomly assigned numeric
be entitled to all of the benefits and
identifier is to allow Gracenote to count
protections set forth herein that are
queries without knowing anything about
available to Gracenote. You agree that you
who you are. For more information, see the
will use the content from Gracenote
web page at www.gracenote.com for the
("Gracenote Content") , Gracenote Data,
Gracenote Privacy Policy.
the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers for your own personal, THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM
non-commercial use only. You agree not OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE
to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED
Gracenote Content, Gracenote Software TO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE
or any Gracenote Data (except in a Tag MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR
associated with a music file) to any third WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY
EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT, GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE
GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE
SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT
HEREIN. TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT
FROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVE
You agree that your non-exclusive licenses
SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF
to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT
Gracenote Servers will terminate if you
GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO
violate these restrictions. If your licenses
WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER
terminate, you agree to cease any and all
GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE
use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE
Gracenote Servers.
OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE
Gracenote, respectively, reserve all rights GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE
Software, and the Gracenote Servers and UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT
Gracenote Content, including all ownership OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY
rights. Under no circumstances will either ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES
Gracenote become liable for any payment THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO
to you for any information that you provide, PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE
TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES
AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
449
Appendices
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF Taiwan Territory

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
Note: In accordance with the management
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
approach of low-power radio wave
NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER
radiation motors:
GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS
THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE Article 12: For approved and certified
OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY low-power radiation motor models,
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL companies, firms or users must not alter
GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY the frequency, increase the power or
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL change the characteristics and functions
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS of the original design without authorization.
OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON Article 14: The usage of low-power
WHATSOEVER. © Gracenote 2007. radio-frequency motors must not affect
Radio Frequency Statement aviation safety and interfere with legal
telecommunications. Should interference
FCC ID: ACJ-SYNCG3-L be detected, immediately stop using the
IC: 216B-SYNCG3-L device and only resume usage after
ensuring that there is no longer any
This device complies with Part 15 of the interference. For the legal
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry telecommunication and wireless
Canada. Operation is subject to the telecommunication of the telco, the
following two conditions: low-power radio frequency motor must be
(1) This device may not cause harmful able to tolerate legal limits of interference
interference, and from telecommunication, industrial,
scientific and radio wave equipment.
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including SUNA TRAFFIC CHANNEL – TERMS
interference that may cause undesired AND CONDITIONS
operation.
By activating, using and/or accessing the
SUNA Traffic Channel, SUNA Predictive or
WARNING: Changes or other content or material provided by
modifications not expressively approved Intelematics (together, SUNA Products
by the party responsible for compliance and/or Services), you must accept
could void the user's authority to operate certain terms and conditions. The following
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the is a brief summary of the terms and
radio certification number only signifies conditions that apply to you. To view the
that Industry Canada technical full terms and conditions relevant to your
specifications were met. use of the SUNA Products and/or Services,
please consult:
The antenna used for this transmitter must
not be co-located or operating in Website
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter. www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcon-
ditions/
1. Acceptance
450
Appendices
By using SUNA Products and/or Services, 5. Service Continuity and Reception of

you will be deemed to have accepted and the SUNA Traffic Channel
agreed to be bound by the terms and
We will use reasonable endeavours to
conditions fully detailed at:
provide the SUNA Traffic Channel 24 hours
a day, 365 days a year. The SUNA Traffic
Website Channel may occasionally be unavailable
for technical reasons or for planned
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcon-
maintenance. We will try to perform
ditions/
maintenance at times when congestion is
light. We reserve the right to withdraw
2. Intellectual Property SUNA Products and/or Services at any
SUNA Products and/or Services are for time.
your personal use. You may not record, or Also, we cannot assure the uninterrupted
retransmit the content, nor use the content reception of the SUNA Traffic Channel
in association with any other traffic RDS-TMC signal at any particular location.
information or route guidance service or
device not approved by Intelematics. You 6. Limitation of Liability
obtain no right of ownership in any Neither Intelematics (nor its suppliers or
Intellectual Property Rights (including the manufacturer of your device (the
copyright) in the data that is used to “Suppliers”)) shall be liable to you or to
provide SUNA Products and/or Services. any third party for any damages either
3. Appropriate Use direct, indirect, incidental, consequential
or otherwise arising out of the use of or
SUNA Products and/or Services are inability to use SUNA Products and/or
intended as an aid to personal motoring Services even if Intelematics or a Supplier
and travel planning, and do not provide has been advised of the possibility of such
comprehensive or accurate information on damages. You also acknowledge that the
all occasions. On occasions, you may neither Intelematics nor any Supplier
experience additional delay as a result of guarantees nor make any warranties that
using SUNA Products and/or Services. You relate to the availability, accuracy or
acknowledge that it is not intended, or completeness of SUNA Products and/or
suitable, for use in applications where time Services, and to the extent which it is
of arrival or driving directions may impact lawful to do so, both Intelematics and each
the safety of the public or yourself. Supplier excludes any warranties which
4. Use of SUNA Products and Services might otherwise be implied by any State
while driving or Federal legislation in relation to SUNA
Products and/or Services.
You, and other authorised drivers of the
vehicle in which SUNA Products and/or 7. Please Note
Services are available or installed and Great care has been taken in preparing this
active, remain at all times responsible for manual. Constant product development
observing all relevant laws and codes of may mean that some information is not
safe driving. In particular, you agree to only entirely up-to-date. The information in this
actively operate SUNA Products and/or document is subject to change without
Services when the Vehicle is at a complete notice.
stop and it is safe to do so.
451
Appendices
DECLARATION OF
CONFORMITY
Your vehicle could have components that
transmit and receive radio waves and are
therefore subject to government
regulation.
These components must accept any
interference received, including
interference that could cause undesired
operation. For certification labels and
declarations of conformity, visit
www.wirelessconformity.ford.com.
452
Index
A Triggering the Alarm...........................................68

Appendices....................................................420
A/C Apps.................................................................407
See: Climate Control.........................................134 Using Apps on an Android Device...............407
About This Manual...........................................9 Using Apps on an iOS Device........................407
ABS Using Mobile Navigation on an Android
See: Brakes..........................................................204 Device................................................................407
ABS driving hints At a Glance........................................................18
See: Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Audible Warnings and Indicators............101
Brakes...............................................................204 Headlamps On Warning Chime.....................101
Accessories Key in Ignition Warning Chime........................101
See: Replacement Parts Keyless Warning Alert........................................101
Recommendation.............................................11 Parking Brake On Warning Chime................102
ACC Audio System................................................375
See: Using Adaptive Cruise Control - Vehicles General Information..........................................375
With: Stop and Go........................................233 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Sony Audio
See: Using Adaptive Cruise Control - Vehicles System...........................................................377
Without: Stop and Go.................................228 Menu Structure...................................................378
Acknowledgments...........................................9 Audio Unit - Vehicles Without: Sony
Active Park Assist..........................................217 Audio System.............................................376
Using Active Park Assist...................................218 Autolamps........................................................78
Adjusting the Steering Wheel....................70 Windshield Wiper Activated
Air Conditioning Headlamps........................................................79
See: Climate Control.........................................134 Automatic Climate Control.......................134
Alarm Directing Air to the Windshield Air
See: Anti-Theft Alarm - Vehicles With: Integral Vents...................................................................134
Battery................................................................66 Setting the Blower Motor Speed..................134
See: Anti-Theft Alarm - Vehicles With: Interior Setting the Temperature.................................134
Sensor..................................................................67 Switching Auto Mode On and Off................134
All-Wheel Drive............................................202 Switching Maximum Cooling On and Off (If
Ambient Lighting...........................................84 Equipped).........................................................134
Switching the Ambient Lamps On................84 Switching Maximum Defrost On and
Anti-Theft Alarm - Vehicles With: Off........................................................................134
Integral Battery............................................66 Switching the Air Conditioning On and
Arming the Alarm.................................................67 Off........................................................................134
Battery Back-up Sounder.................................66 Switching the Climate Control On and
Disarming the Alarm...........................................67 Off........................................................................134
Full and Reduced Guard....................................67 Switching the Recirculated Air On and
Inclination Sensors..............................................66 Off........................................................................134
Interior Sensors.....................................................66 Automatic Crash Notification
Perimeter Alarm...................................................66 System............................................................42
Triggering the Alarm...........................................66 Automatic Crash Shutoff.........................293
Anti-Theft Alarm - Vehicles With: Interior Automatic Crash Shutoff
Sensor..............................................................67 Precautions.....................................................293
Alarm System........................................................67 Re-Enabling Your Vehicle...............................293
Arming the Alarm................................................69 What Is Automatic Crash Shutoff...............293
Disarming the Alarm...........................................69
Full and Reduced Guard...................................68
453
Index
Automatic Engine Stop - Vehicles With: AWD

Push Button Start.......................................161 See: All-Wheel Drive........................................202
How Does Automatic Engine Stop
Work....................................................................161
Overriding Automatic Engine Stop...............161
B
Switching Automatic Engine Stop On and Battery
Off........................................................................161 See: Changing the 12V Battery - Excluding:
Automatic High Beam Control..................79 Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV)..................326
About Automatic High Beam Control..........79 See: Changing the 12V Battery - Hybrid Electric
Automatic High Beam Indicator....................80 Vehicle (HEV).................................................328
Overriding Automatic High Beam Blind Spot Information System...............251
Control................................................................80 ...................................................................................251
Switching Automatic High Beam Control Switching the System On and Off...............252
On or Off............................................................80 System Errors......................................................252
Automatic Transmission - 8-Speed Using the Blind Spot Information
Automatic Transmission........................199 System...............................................................251
Automatic Return to Park..............................200 BLIS
SelectShift™......................................................200 See: Blind Spot Information System...........251
Stay in Neutral Mode.......................................200 Bonnet Lock
Transmission Selector Positions..................199 See: Opening and Closing the Hood...........315
Automatic Transmission - Hybrid Electric Brake Fluid Check........................................325
Vehicle (HEV), 6-Speed Automatic Brakes..............................................................204
Transmission...............................................196 General Information.........................................204
Brake-Shift Interlock.........................................198 Breaking-In.....................................................283
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or Brakes and Clutch.............................................283
Snow..................................................................199 Tires........................................................................283
Understanding the Shift Positions of Your Bulb Specification Chart..........................366
Automatic Transmission.............................197
Auto-Start-Stop Audible Warning.........174
Auto-Start-Stop............................................170
C
Auto-Start-Stop – Troubleshooting.............171 Capacities and Specifications - 2.0L
Auto-Start-Stop Indicators........................171 EcoBlue........................................................364
Auto-Start-Stop Precautions..................170 Brake System......................................................366
Auto-Start-Stop – Diesel Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue) Tank..........366
Troubleshooting..........................................171 Engine....................................................................364
Auto-Start-Stop – Frequently Asked Fuel Tank..............................................................365
Questions..........................................................172 Washer Reservoir...............................................366
Auto-Start-Stop – Information Capacities and Specifications - 2.0L
Messages............................................................171 Hybrid............................................................362
Autowipers........................................................72 Brake System......................................................364
Settings....................................................................73 Engine....................................................................362
Auxiliary Heater.............................................136 Fuel Tank...............................................................363
Programming the Fuel-Operated Parking Washer Reservoir...............................................364
Heater................................................................136 Capacities and Specifications................356
Auxiliary Power Points................................154 Cargo Nets - Wagon...................................266
12 Volt DC Power Point.....................................154 Luggage retention net.....................................266
230 Volt AC Power Point.................................154 Catalytic Converter......................................183
Location.................................................................154 On-Board Diagnostics System......................183
454
Index
Changing a Bulb............................................331 Cleaning Chrome, Aluminium or Stainless

Headlamp..............................................................331 Steel...................................................................335
LED Lamps...........................................................332 Cleaning Headlamps and Rear
Replacing the License Plate Lamp Lamps...............................................................335
Bulb....................................................................334 Cleaning Stripes or Graphics.........................336
Reverse Lamp......................................................332 Cleaning the Engine Compartment............336
Changing a Fuse............................................313 Cleaning the Exterior Precautions...............335
Fuses........................................................................313 Cleaning the Underbody.................................336
Changing a Road Wheel...........................345 Cleaning Wheels................................................335
Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly Cleaning Windows and Wiper
Information.....................................................345 Blades...............................................................335
Installing a Road Wheel..................................350 Cleaning the Interior...................................336
Removing a Road Wheel................................349 Cleaning Carpets and Floor Mats................337
Removing the Spare Wheel, Vehicle Jack Cleaning Displays and Screens.....................337
and Lug Nut Tool..........................................346 Cleaning Fabric Seats and
Removing the Wheel Trim..............................347 Headliners........................................................337
Vehicle Jack..........................................................347 Cleaning Leather and Vinyl.............................337
Vehicle Jacking Points.....................................348 Cleaning Moonroof Tracks.............................338
Changing the 12V Battery - Excluding: Cleaning Plastic..................................................337
Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV)..............326 Cleaning Seatbelts............................................338
Remove and Reinstall the Battery...............327 Cleaning Storage Compartments...............338
Changing the 12V Battery - Hybrid Cleaning the Instrument Panel....................336
Electric Vehicle (HEV)............................328 Clearing All MyKeys.......................................53
Remove and Reinstall the Battery..............329 Climate............................................................394
Changing the Remote Control Accessing Rear Climate Controls................396
Battery.............................................................47 Accessing the Climate Control Menu........394
Changing the Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot Directing the Airflow.........................................394
Name or Password...................................374 Rear Climate Control Lock Indicator..........396
Changing the Wiper Blades.....................330 Setting the Blower Motor Speed.................395
Changing the Front Wiper Blades...............330 Setting the Temperature................................395
Changing the Rear Window Wiper Switching Auto Mode On and Off...............395
Blades...............................................................330 Switching Dual Zone Mode On and
Checking Local Hazard Information Off......................................................................395
Status...........................................................264 Switching Maximum Air Conditioning On
Checking MyKey System Status...............54 and Off.............................................................396
MyKey Distance....................................................54 Switching Maximum Defrost On and
Number of Admin Keys......................................54 Off......................................................................396
Number of MyKeys..............................................54 Switching Rear Auto Mode On and
Checking the Wiper Blades.....................330 Off.......................................................................397
Child Restraint Positioning.........................29 Switching Recirculated Air On and
Child Safety.......................................................21 Off......................................................................396
Child Safety Locks - Vehicles With: Switching the Air Conditioning On and
Remote Child Proof Locks.......................33 Off......................................................................395
Cigar Lighter...................................................155 Switching the Climate Controlled Seats On
Cleaning the Exterior..................................335 and Off.............................................................395
Cleaning Camera Lenses and Switching the Climate Control On and
Sensors.............................................................336 Off......................................................................395
455
Index
Switching the Heated Exterior Mirrors On Coolant Check

and Off.............................................................395 See: Engine Coolant Check - Excluding: Hybrid
Switching the Heated Rear Window On and Electric Vehicle (HEV)................................320
Off......................................................................396 See: Engine Coolant Check - Hybrid Electric
Switching the Heated Seats On and Vehicle (HEV).................................................324
Off......................................................................396 Cornering Lamps............................................82
Switching the Heated Steering Wheel On Crash and Breakdown
and Off.............................................................396 Information.................................................293
Switching the Heated Windshield On and Automatic Crash Shutoff................................293
Off......................................................................396 Creating a MyKey............................................52
Switching the Rear Climate Controlled Creating a Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot...........374
Seats On and Off..........................................397 Connecting a Device to the Wi-Fi
Switching the Rear Heated Seats On and Hotspot.............................................................374
Off.......................................................................397 Finding the Wi-Fi Hotspot Name and
Switching the Rear Ventilated Seats On Password..........................................................374
and Off..............................................................397 Cross Traffic Alert........................................253
Switching the Ventilated Seats On and Blocked Sensors................................................254
Off......................................................................396 Switching the System Off and On..............255
Climate Control.............................................134 System Errors......................................................255
Climate Controlled Seats..........................150 System Lights, Messages and Audible
Cooled Seats.........................................................151 Alerts.................................................................254
Clutch Fluid Check - Manual System Limitations...........................................255
Transmission..............................................326 Using the Cross Traffic Alert System..........253
Cold Weather Precautions.......................283 Cruise Control................................................227
Collision, Damage or Fire Event.............290 Principle of Operation.......................................227
Guidance for Ford Motor Company Electric Cruise control
and Hybrid-Electric Vehicles Equipped See: Using Cruise Control................................227
With High Voltage Batteries.....................290 Cup Holders....................................................156
Connected Vehicle......................................370
Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile
Network............................................................370
D
Connected Vehicle Data - Vehicles With: Data Privacy......................................................13
Modem.............................................................15 Services That Third Parties Provide...............13
Connected Vehicle Limitations..............370 Services That We Provide..................................13
Connected Vehicle Requirements.........370 Declaration of Conformity........................452
Connected Vehicle – Troubleshooting - Diesel Particulate Filter..............................189
Vehicles With: Modem.............................371 Diesel Particulate Filter Automatic
Connected Vehicle – Troubleshooting - Regeneration...................................................190
Vehicles With: SYNC 3.............................372 On-Board Diagnostics System.....................190
Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile Digital Radio..................................................380
Network........................................................370 General Information.........................................380
Connecting FordPass to the Modem.........370 Using Digital Audio Broadcast and SYNC
Enabling and Disabling the Modem...........370 with Touchscreen.........................................382
What Is the Modem..........................................370 Using Digital Audio Broadcast on a
Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi Non-Touchscreen..........................................381
Network........................................................370 Direction Indicators.......................................82
456
Index
Dog Guard - Hybrid Electric Vehicle EcoSelect Indicator...........................................169

(HEV), Wagon.............................................271 Switching EcoSelect On and Off..................169
Installing the Dog Guard Behind the Front Electric Parking Brake - Automatic
Seats...................................................................271 Transmission..............................................205
Installing the Dog Guard Behind the Rear Applying the Electric Parking Brake...........205
Seats..................................................................273 Automatically Releasing the Electric
Dog Guard - Wagon, Excluding: Hybrid Parking Brake.................................................206
Electric Vehicle (HEV)............................269 Electric Parking Brake Information
Installing the Dog Guard Behind the Front Messages.........................................................206
Seats.................................................................269 Manually Releasing the Electric Parking
Installing the Dog Guard Behind the Rear Brake.................................................................205
Seats..................................................................270 Releasing the Electric Parking Brake if the
Doors and Locks.............................................56 Vehicle Battery is Running Out of
Drive Control..................................................262 Charge..............................................................206
Adaptive Steering..............................................262 Electric Parking Brake - Manual
Driver Select Suspension................................262 Transmission..............................................207
Driver Airbag.....................................................36 Applying the Electric Parking Brake............207
Airbag Secondary Warning Audible Automatically Releasing the Electric
Warning...............................................................37 Parking Brake.................................................208
Airbag Warning Lamp.........................................36 Electric Parking Brake Information
Driver Alert......................................................245 Messages.........................................................208
Principle of Operation......................................245 Manually Releasing the Electric Parking
Using Driver Alert...............................................246 Brake.................................................................208
Driver Knee Airbag.........................................39 Releasing the Electric Parking Brake if the
Driving Aids.....................................................241 Vehicle Battery is Running Out of
Driving Economically..................................283 Charge..............................................................208
Driving Hints..................................................283 Electric Vehicle Information....................403
Driving Through Shallow Water.............284 Power Flow..........................................................403
Electromagnetic Compatibility..............420
E Emergency Assistance.................................44
Emergency Call System Data - Vehicles
eCall....................................................................42 With: eCall......................................................16
Automatically Initiated Emergency Enabling Local Hazard
Call........................................................................43 Information.................................................264
Changing the Backup Battery.........................43 Enabling Remote Start...............................132
Emergency Call System Indicator..................42 End User License Agreement.................426
Emergency Call System Information VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER LICENSE
Messages............................................................43 AGREEMENT (EULA) .................................426
Manually Initiated Emergency Call................43 Engine Coolant Check - Excluding:
eCall User Information..............................423 Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV)..............320
eCall User Information According to Adding Coolant....................................................321
Regulation (EU) 2017/78, Annex I, Part Coolant Change..................................................322
3...........................................................................423 Engine Coolant Temperature
Eco....................................................................256 Management..................................................323
Eco Mode System Display..............................256 Fail-Safe Cooling................................................322
Principle of Operation......................................256 Recycled Coolant...............................................322
EcoSelect........................................................168 Severe Climates..................................................322
About EcoSelect.................................................168
457
Index
Engine Coolant Check - Hybrid Electric Flat Tire Inflation

Vehicle (HEV).............................................324 See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.................339
Adding Engine Coolant....................................325 Floor Mats......................................................284
Adding Inverter System Controller Fog Lamps - Front
Coolant.............................................................325 See: Front Fog Lamps........................................80
Engine Cooling Fan.....................................320 Fog Lamps - Rear
Engine Emission Control............................183 See: Rear Fog Lamps...........................................81
Engine Immobilizer Front Fog Lamps............................................80
See: Passive Anti-Theft System....................66 Front Fog Lamp Indicator..................................81
Engine Oil Check...........................................319 Switching the Front Fog Lamps On or
Adding Engine Oil...............................................319 Off........................................................................80
Engine Oil Dipstick - 2.0L EcoBlue.........319 Front Parking Aid..........................................214
Engine Oil Dipstick - 2.0L Hybrid............319 Obstacle Distance Indicator...........................215
Entertainment...............................................392 Fuel and Refueling........................................176
Playing Music From a USB or Media Fuel Burning Heater
Player................................................................394 See: Auxiliary Heater.........................................136
Streaming Music From a Bluetooth Fuel Consumption Figures - 2.0L
Device................................................................393 EcoBlue........................................................369
Using the Radio..................................................392 Fuel Consumption Figures - 2.0L
Environment......................................................17 Hybrid...........................................................368
EPB Fuel Consumption Figures.......................368
See: Electric Parking Brake - Automatic European Directive 1999/94/EC.................368
Transmission..................................................205 Fuel Economy and CO2 Emissions.............368
See: Electric Parking Brake - Manual Fuel Consumption........................................181
Transmission..................................................207 Advertised Capacity..........................................182
Event Data.........................................................14 Fuel Economy......................................................182
Exterior Mirrors................................................87 Fuel Filler Funnel Location.........................177
Auto-Dimming Feature......................................89 Fuel Quality - Diesel.....................................177
Auto-Folding Mirrors...........................................88 Long-Term Storage.............................................177
Blind Spot Monitor..............................................89 Fuel Quality - Gasoline...............................176
Direction Indicator Mirrors................................89 Long-Term Storage.............................................177
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors...............................87 Fuses................................................................294
Heated Exterior Mirrors......................................89 Fuse Specification Chart - Excluding:
Loose Mirror...........................................................88 Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV)..............294
Memory Mirrors....................................................89 Passenger Compartment Fuse
Power Exterior Mirrors........................................87 Panel.................................................................300
Power-Folding Mirrors........................................87 Power Distribution Box....................................294
Reverse Mirror Dipping.......................................88 Fuse Specification Chart - Hybrid Electric
Vehicle (HEV)............................................304
F Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel........310
Power Distribution Box...................................304
Fan
See: Engine Cooling Fan.................................320
Fastening the Seatbelts..............................34
G
Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy................34 Gasoline Particulate Filter........................188
Flat Tire Gasoline Particulate Filter Information
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................345 Messages..........................................................189
458
Index
Gasoline Particulate Filter Heating

Regeneration...................................................188 See: Climate Control.........................................134
Gasoline Particulate Filter Warning Lamps HEV
and Indicators.................................................189 See: Hybrid Electric Vehicle............................165
Gauges - Excluding: Hybrid Electric High Voltage Battery...................................193
Vehicle (HEV)...............................................92 General Information..........................................193
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge............94 High Voltage Shutoff Switch...................195
Fuel Gauge.............................................................94 Hill Start Assist............................................209
Information Display.............................................93 Switching the System On and Off...............210
Type 1 and 2............................................................92 Using Hill Start Assist......................................209
Type 3.......................................................................93 Hints on Controlling the Interior
Gauges - Hybrid Electric Vehicle Climate..........................................................135
(HEV)...............................................................95 Defogging or Clearing the Windshield of
Left Information Display....................................95 Thin Ice...............................................................135
Right Information Display.................................97 Defogging the Side Windows in Cold
Gearbox Weather.............................................................135
See: Transmission..............................................196 General Hints........................................................135
Global Opening and Closing.....................86 Quickly Cooling the Interior.............................135
Switching Global Closing On and Off...........87 Recommended Settings for Cooling...........135
Switching Global Opening On and Off........86 Recommended Settings for Heating..........135
Using Global Closing..........................................86 Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Using Global Opening........................................86 Brakes...........................................................204
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning
H Lamp.................................................................204
Hood Lock
Hazard Flashers...........................................286 See: Opening and Closing the Hood...........315
Hazard Flasher Indicator................................286 How Does the Rear Occupant Alert
Switching the Hazard Flashers On or System Work...............................................152
Off......................................................................286 Hybrid Electric Vehicle................................165
Headlamp Exit Delay....................................79
Headlamp Leveling - Vehicles With:
Automatic Headlamp Leveling...............81
I
Headlamp Leveling - Vehicles With: Information Displays...................................103
Manual Headlamp Leveling.....................81 General Information - Excluding: Hybrid
Headlamp Washers.......................................75 Electric Vehicle (HEV).................................103
Headrest General Information - Hybrid Electric
See: Head Restraints........................................140 Vehicle (HEV).................................................106
Head Restraints............................................140 Information Messages.................................115
Adjusting the Head Restraint..........................141 Active City Stop....................................................115
Tilting Head Restraints ....................................142 Active Park Assist................................................115
Heated Exterior Mirrors...............................136 Adaptive Cruise Control....................................116
Heated Rear Window..................................136 Airbag.......................................................................116
Heated Seats.................................................149 Alarm........................................................................116
Front Seats...........................................................149 All-Wheel Drive.....................................................117
Rear Seats.............................................................150 Automatic Engine Shutdown..........................117
Heated Steering Wheel................................70 Automatic High Beam Control........................117
Heated Windshield.......................................135 Auto-Start-Stop..................................................118
Battery and Charging System.........................118
459
Index
Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic ISOFIX Anchor Points..........................................27

Alert Systems...................................................119 Top Tether Anchor Points.................................28
Brake System........................................................119 Instrument Cluster.........................................92
Diesel Engine........................................................120 Instrument Lighting Dimmer......................79
Doors and Locks.................................................120 Instrument Panel - LHD................................18
Driver Alert............................................................120 Instrument Panel - RHD...............................19
Electric Parking Brake.........................................121 Interior Lamps.................................................83
Engine.......................................................................121 Front Interior Lamp.............................................83
Fuel-Operated Parking Heater.......................122 Rear Interior Lamps.............................................84
Fuel System..........................................................122 Interior Mirror - Vehicles With:
Headlamps............................................................123 Auto-Dimming Interior Mirror.................89
Hill Start Assist....................................................123 Interior Mirror - Vehicles Without:
Lane Keeping System........................................123 Auto-Dimming Interior Mirror.................89
Maintenance.........................................................124 Introduction........................................................9
MyKey......................................................................124
Parking Aid............................................................125
Pre-Collision Assist............................................125
J
Remote Control...................................................125 Jump Starting the Vehicle - Excluding:
Seats........................................................................126 Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV)..............289
Selective Catalytic Reductant To Connect the Booster Cables...................289
System...............................................................126 To Start the Engine...........................................290
Stability Control...................................................127 Jump Starting the Vehicle - Hybrid
Starting System...................................................127 Electric Vehicle (HEV)............................286
Steering System..................................................128 Preparing Your Vehicle....................................286
Tire Pressure Monitoring System..................128 To Connect the Booster Cables....................287
Towing.....................................................................129 To Start Your Vehicle........................................288
Traction Control..................................................129
Traffic Sign Recognition...................................129
Transmission........................................................130
K
Installing Child Restraints - 4-Door..........21 Keyless Entry...................................................58
Attaching a Child Restraint With a Support Deactivated Passive Keys.................................60
Leg.........................................................................24 Locking and Unlocking the Doors with the
Attaching a Child Restraint With Top Key Blade...........................................................60
Tethers.................................................................24 Locking the Doors................................................58
Booster Seats.........................................................22 Locking the Liftgate............................................60
Child Restraints for Different Mass Principle of Operation........................................58
Groups.................................................................22 Smart Unlocks for Passive Keys.....................60
ISOFIX Anchor Points.........................................23 Switching Keyless Entry On and Off............60
Top Tether Anchor Points..................................24 Unlocking the Doors............................................59
Installing Child Restraints - 5-Door/ Unlocking the Liftgate........................................59
Wagon.............................................................25 Keys and Remote Controls.........................47
Attaching a Child Restraint With a Support Keys and Remote Controls –
Leg.........................................................................29 Troubleshooting..............................................49
Attaching a Child Restraint With Top Keys and Remote Controls –
Tethers.................................................................28 Troubleshooting..........................................49
Booster Seats........................................................26 Keys and Remote Controls – Information
Child Restraints for Different Mass Messages...........................................................49
Groups.................................................................26
460
Index
L M
Lane Keeping System.................................247 Maintenance...................................................315
Switching the System On and Off..............248 General Information..........................................315
Liftgate................................................................61 Manual Liftgate................................................61
Lighting Control...............................................77 Closing the Liftgate..............................................61
Flashing High Beam Headlamps....................78 Opening the Liftgate............................................61
Lighting Control Positions.................................77 Manual Seats - Vehicles With: 4-Way
Switching All of the Parking Lamps On........77 Manual Seat................................................142
Switching High Beam Headlamps On and Manual Seats - Vehicles With: 8-Way
Off.........................................................................78 Manual Seat................................................143
Switching the Left-Hand Side or the Adjusting the Lumbar Support.....................144
Right-Hand Side Parking Lamps On........77 Adjusting the Seat Backrest...........................143
Lighting...............................................................77 Adjusting the Seat Cushion............................143
General Information.............................................77 Adjusting the Seat Height...............................144
Load Carriers Moving the Seat Backward and
See: Roof Racks and Load Carriers............268 Forward.............................................................143
Load Carrying................................................265 Manual Transmission.................................196
General Information.........................................265 General Information..........................................196
Local Hazard Information........................264 Shifting Into Reverse Gear..............................196
Local Hazard Information Memory Function..........................................147
Precautions.................................................264 Easy Entry and Exit Function.........................148
Locating Your Vehicle....................................47 Linking a PreSet Position to Your Remote
Locking and Unlocking.................................56 Control or Intelligent Access Key.............148
Individually Locking and Unlocking the Saving a PreSet Position.................................148
Doors with the Key Blade.............................58 Message Center
Locking and Unlocking the Doors From See: Information Displays...............................103
Inside....................................................................57 Mirrors
Locking and Unlocking the Doors with the See: Windows and Mirrors................................85
Key Blade............................................................57 Mobile Communications Equipment.......12
Power Door Locks................................................56 Mobile Device Data - Vehicles With:
Remote Control....................................................56 SYNC 3.............................................................15
Locking the Steering Wheel.......................70 Moonroof Bounce-Back...............................91
Unlocking the Steering Wheel.........................70 Moonroof..........................................................90
Luggage Anchor Points.............................265 MyKey Settings................................................51
4-door and 5-door............................................265 Configurable Settings..........................................51
Hybrid....................................................................266 Non-Configurable Settings................................51
Wagon....................................................................265 MyKey – Troubleshooting...........................54
Luggage Covers............................................267 What is an admin key?.......................................54
Stowing the luggage cover - Estate without Why can I not clear the MyKeys?...................54
full size spare wheel....................................268 Why can I not create a MyKey?......................54
Lug Nuts Why can I not program a MyKey?..................54
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................345 Why can I not start the engine with a
Lug Nuts..........................................................352 MyKey?................................................................55
Locking Lug Nuts................................................352 Why does the MyKey distance not
Lug Nut Torque...................................................352 accumulate?.....................................................54
MyKey™..............................................................51
Principle of Operation..........................................51
461
Index
N Phone...............................................................397
Android Auto.......................................................399
Navigation......................................................399 Apple CarPlay.....................................................398
Changing the Format of the Map...............400 Pairing Your Cell Phone for the First
Live Traffic............................................................402 Time...................................................................397
Navigation Map Updates...............................402 Text Messaging..................................................398
Route Guidance.................................................400 Using Your Cell Phone......................................397
Setting a Destination.......................................399 Post-Crash Alert System..........................292
Zoom.....................................................................400 Power Door Locks
See: Locking and Unlocking.............................56
O Power Liftgate.................................................62
Closing the Liftgate.............................................63
Oil Check Liftgate Ajar Information Messages..............65
See: Engine Oil Check.......................................319 Liftgate Ajar Warning Lamp.............................64
Opening and Closing the Hood...............315 Obstacle Detection.............................................64
Closing the Hood................................................316 Opening the Liftgate...........................................62
Opening the Hood..............................................315 Setting the Liftgate Open Height...................63
Opening and Closing the Moonroof.......90 Stopping the Liftgate Movement..................64
Closing the Moonroof........................................90 Switching the Power Liftgate On or
Opening the Moonroof......................................90 Off.........................................................................64
Opening and Closing the Sun Power Seats - Vehicles With:
Shade..............................................................90 Multi-Contour Seats.................................145
Closing the Sun Shade......................................90 Multi-Contour Front Seats With Active
Opening the Sun Shade....................................90 Motion ...............................................................146
Power Lumbar.....................................................146
P Power Seats - Vehicles Without:
Multi-Contour Seats.................................144
Parking Aids....................................................213 Power Lumbar.....................................................145
Principle of Operation.......................................213 Power Windows.............................................85
Passenger Airbag............................................37 Bounce-Back.........................................................85
Airbag Secondary Warning Audible Opening and Closing the Windows..............85
Warning...............................................................37 Overriding Bounce-Back...................................85
Airbag Warning Lamp.........................................37 Rear Window Lock...............................................85
Passive Anti-Theft System........................66 Resetting Bounce-Back....................................86
Arming the Engine Immobilizer......................66 Pre-Collision Assist.....................................257
Coded Keys............................................................66 Distance Alert.....................................................258
Disarming the Engine Immobilizer................66 Distance Indication...........................................259
Principle of Operation........................................66 Pre-Collision Assist Information
Passive Key Backup Position.....................50 Messages..........................................................261
PATS Pre-Collision Assist System Sensors.........260
See: Passive Anti-Theft System....................66 Pre-Collision Assist Warning Lamp............260
Pedestrian Alert System...............................41 Preconditioning Your Vehicle for Cold
Pedestrian Alert System – Weather Driving.........................................283
Troubleshooting................................................41 Programming a MyKey.................................52
Pedestrian Alert System – Protecting the Environment........................17
Troubleshooting...........................................41 Puncture
Pedestrian Alert System – Information See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................345
Messages.............................................................41
462
Index
Push Button Ignition Switch.....................157 Remote Start Settings - Vehicles With:

Starting the Engine.............................................157 Heated Steering Wheel...........................133
Switching the Ignition Off................................157 Climate Control Settings.................................133
Switching the Ignition to Accessory Heated Seat and Steering Wheel
Mode...................................................................157 Settings..............................................................133
Setting the Remote Start Duration..............133
R Remote Start Settings - Vehicles
Without: Heated Steering Wheel.........132
REACH..................................................................11 Climate Control Settings..................................132
Rear Fog Lamps..............................................81 Heated Seat Settings........................................133
Rear Fog Lamp Indicator....................................81 Setting the Remote Start Duration..............133
Switching the Rear Fog Lamps On or Removing the Key Blade..............................47
Off..........................................................................81 Repairing Minor Paint Damage..............338
Rear Occupant Alert System Audible Replacement Parts
Warnings.......................................................153 Recommendation.........................................11
Rear Occupant Alert System Collision Repairs....................................................12
Indicators......................................................153 Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical
Rear Occupant Alert System Repairs..................................................................12
Limitations...................................................152 Warranty on Replacement Parts.....................12
Rear Occupant Alert System Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Precautions..................................................152 Control............................................................49
Rear Occupant Alert System....................152 Resetting Tire Pressure Monitoring
Rear Parking Aid............................................213 System..........................................................354
Obstacle Distance Indicator...........................214 Restarting the Engine..................................170
Rear Seats.......................................................149 Roadside Emergencies.............................286
Rear Under Floor Storage.........................266 Roof Racks and Load Carriers................268
Rear View Camera.......................................223 Running-In
Camera Guidelines............................................224 See: Breaking-In.................................................283
Manual Zoom......................................................226 Running Out of Fuel......................................177
Obstacle Distance Indicator..........................225 Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel
Rear Camera Delay...........................................226 Container...........................................................178
Using the Rear View Camera System........224 Filling a Portable Fuel Container...................178
Rear View Camera
See: Rear View Camera...................................223
Rear Window Wiper and Washers...........75
S
Rear Window Washer.........................................75 Safety Precautions.......................................176
Rear Window Wiper.............................................75 Seatbelt Height Adjustment......................34
Refueling..........................................................179 Seatbelt Reminder.........................................35
Refueling System Overview............................179 Turning the Seatbelt Reminder Off...............35
Refueling System Warning..............................181 Seatbelts...........................................................34
Refueling Your Vehicle......................................179 Seats.................................................................140
Remote Control Limitations.......................47 Security..............................................................66
Remotely Starting and Stopping the Selective Catalytic Reductant
Vehicle............................................................132 System...........................................................183
Remote Start Limitations..........................132 AdBlue® Consumption....................................186
Remote Start..................................................132 AdBlue® Guidelines..........................................184
Filling the AdBlue® Tank.................................184
463
Index
Filling the AdBlue® Tank Using a Speed Control

Container..........................................................185 See: Cruise Control............................................227
Filling the AdBlue® Tank Using a Fuel Speed Limiter - Vehicles With: Adaptive
Station Pump..................................................185 Cruise Control.............................................241
Selective Catalytic Reductant System Principle of Operation.......................................241
Information Messages.................................187 Using the Intelligent Speed Limiter ...........242
Selective Catalytic Reductant System Using the system................................................241
Warning Lamp................................................186 Speed Limiter - Vehicles With: Cruise
Service Data......................................................14 Control..........................................................243
Settings Data....................................................15 Principle of Operation......................................243
Comfort and Convenience Data......................15 Using the Intelligent Speed Limiter ...........244
Entertainment Data.............................................15 Using the Speed Limiter..................................243
Settings..........................................................408 Stability Control............................................212
Ambient Lighting..............................................408 Principle of Operation.......................................212
Android Auto......................................................408 Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Apple CarPlay....................................................408 Precautions..................................................157
Audio.....................................................................408 Starting and Stopping the Engine..........157
Automatic Updates.........................................408 Automatic Engine Stop - Vehicles With:
Bluetooth.............................................................408 Push Button Start...........................................161
Clock......................................................................408 Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Display..................................................................408 Troubleshooting..............................................161
Emergency Assistance...................................408 Starting the Engine............................................158
FordPass..............................................................408 Stopping the Engine..........................................159
General.................................................................408 Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Mobile Apps........................................................408 Troubleshooting..........................................161
Navigation...........................................................408 Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Phone....................................................................408 Frequently Asked Questions.....................163
Seats......................................................................408 Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Sound....................................................................408 Information Messages.................................162
Valet Mode..........................................................408 Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Vehicle...................................................................409 Warning Lamps...............................................161
Voice Control......................................................409 Starting the Engine......................................158
Wi-Fi.......................................................................409 Restarting the Engine After Stopping
Side Airbags.....................................................38 it...........................................................................159
Airbag Secondary Warning Audible Starting a Diesel Engine...................................158
Warning...............................................................39 Starting a Hybrid Electric Vehicle
Airbag Warning Lamp.........................................39 System...............................................................158
Side Curtain Airbags.....................................40 Steering Wheel................................................70
Airbag Secondary Warning Audible Stopping the Engine....................................170
Warning..............................................................40 Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Airbag Warning Lamp........................................40 Moving...............................................................160
Side Sensing System...................................215 Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Object Distance Indicator................................216 Stationary.........................................................159
Sitting in the Correct Position.................140 Storage Compartments.............................156
Snow Chains Sunroof
See: Using Snow Chains.................................344 See: Moonroof......................................................90
Spare Wheel Supplementary Restraints System.........36
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................345 Principle of Operation........................................36
464
Index
Switching Auto-Start-Stop On and Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit....................339

Off....................................................................170 After Using the Tire Sealant and Inflator
Switching Rear Occupant Alert System Kit........................................................................343
On and Off....................................................152 Using the Tire Sealant and Inflator
Semiannual Reminder......................................152 Kit.......................................................................340
Switching the Passenger Airbag On and Tires
Off......................................................................37 See: Wheels and Tires.....................................339
Switching the Passenger Airbag Off.............37 Tow Ball - Vehicles With: Detachable
Switching the Passenger Airbag On.............38 Tow Ball........................................................276
Symbols Glossary.............................................9 Attaching the Tow Ball Arm...........................277
SYNC™ 3........................................................384 Detaching the Tow Ball Arm..........................277
General Information.........................................384 Quickly Detaching the Tow Ball Arm..........278
SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting......................410 Tow Ball Arm Guidelines.................................279
Additional Information and Tow Ball - Vehicles With: Retractable
Assistance........................................................419 Tow Ball........................................................279
Apps........................................................................416 Driving with a Trailer..........................................281
Navigation.............................................................415 Maintenance.........................................................281
Phone......................................................................414 Swiveling the Tow Ball Arm..........................280
Resetting the System.......................................419 Towbar Dimensions - 4-Door/
USB and Bluetooth Audio................................411 5-Door...........................................................359
Voice Recognition..............................................410 Towbar Dimensions - Wagon.................360
Wi-Fi Connectivity..............................................418 Towing a Trailer - 4-Door, Excluding:
Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV)...............274
T Towing a Trailer - 5-Door/Wagon..........275
Towing a Trailer - Hybrid Electric Vehicle
Technical Specifications (HEV), 4-Door............................................275
See: Capacities and Specifications............356 Towing Points................................................292
Tire Care..........................................................343 Installing the Recovery Hook.........................292
Tire Inflation When Punctured Recovery Hook Location.................................292
See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.................339 Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels -
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV), 8-Speed
Limitations..................................................353 Automatic Transmission.........................281
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels -
Precautions.................................................353 Manual Transmission...............................281
Tire Pressure Monitoring System...........353 Towing..............................................................274
Tire Pressure Monitoring System – Traction Control..............................................211
Troubleshooting............................................354 Principle of Operation........................................211
Tire Pressure Monitoring System – Traffic Sign Recognition............................255
Troubleshooting........................................354 Principle of Operation......................................255
Tire Pressure Monitoring System – Using Traffic Sign Recognition.....................256
Information Messages................................355 Trailer Sway Control....................................276
Tire Pressure Monitoring System – Warning Transmission..................................................196
Lamps...............................................................354
Tire Pressures.................................................351
Temporary Spare Wheel.................................352
U
Tire Repair Kit Under Hood Overview - 2.0L
See: Tire Sealant and Inflator Kit.................339 EcoBlue.........................................................318
465
Index
Under Hood Overview - 2.0L Using All-Wheel Drive................................202

Hybrid.............................................................316 Driving on Snow and Ice.................................202
Unique Driving Characteristics................165 Using Cruise Control....................................227
USB Port.........................................................382 Canceling the Set Speed.................................227
Using Adaptive Cruise Control - Vehicles Changing the Set Speed..................................227
With: Stop and Go....................................233 Cruise Control Indicator..................................228
Automatic Cancellation...................................237 Resuming the Set Speed.................................227
Blocked Sensor...................................................239 Setting the Cruise Speed.................................227
Canceling the Set Speed.................................237 Switching Cruise Control Off.........................227
Changing the Set Speed.................................236 Switching Cruise Control On..........................227
Detection Issues.................................................238 Using MyKey With Remote Start
Following a Vehicle...........................................235 Systems..........................................................54
Following a Vehicle to a Complete Using Snow Chains.....................................344
Stop...................................................................236 Vehicles with Stability Control.....................345
Hilly Condition Usage.......................................237 Using Stability Control................................212
Overriding the Set Speed...............................236 Stability Control Indicator................................212
Park Brake Application.....................................237 Using Traction Control.................................211
Resuming the Set Speed.................................237 Switching Traction Control On or Off...........211
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed.............234 Traction Control Indicator.................................211
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed When Traction Control Off Warning Lamp.............211
Your Vehicle is Stationary..........................235 Using Voice Recognition...........................383
Setting the Gap Distance...............................236 Apps........................................................................391
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control Automatic Blower Motor Speed
Off.......................................................................237 Reduction........................................................392
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control Entertainment.....................................................387
On.......................................................................234 General..................................................................386
Switching to Normal Cruise Control..........240 Navigation............................................................390
System Not Available.......................................239 Phone....................................................................389
Using Adaptive Cruise Control - Vehicles Phone Voice Service.........................................383
Without: Stop and Go.............................228 Voice Settings......................................................391
Automatic Cancellation...................................231 Using Winter Tires.......................................344
Blocked Sensor...................................................232
Canceling the Set Speed.................................231
Changing the Set Speed..................................231
V
Detection Issues..................................................231 Vehicle Care...................................................335
Following a Vehicle...........................................229 Cleaning the Exterior........................................335
Hilly Condition Usage........................................231 Cleaning the Interior.........................................336
Overriding the Set Speed...............................230 Vehicle Dimensions - 4-Door..................356
Resuming the Set Speed.................................231 Vehicle Dimensions - 5-Door...................357
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed.............229 Vehicle Dimensions - Wagon..................358
Setting the Gap Distance...............................229 Vehicle Identification Number.................361
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control Vehicle Identification Plate.......................361
Off........................................................................231 Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot................................374
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control Ventilation
On.......................................................................228 See: Climate Control.........................................134
Switching to Normal Cruise Control...........233 Venting the Moonroof...................................91
System Not Available.......................................232 Viewing the Tire Pressures.......................353
466
Index
VIN Shift Indicator.......................................................101

See: Vehicle Identification Number.............361 Speed Limiter Indicator.....................................101
Stability Control and Traction Control
W Indicator.............................................................101
Stability Control and Traction Control Off
Warning Lamps and Indicators.................97 Warning Lamp.................................................101
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicator..................97 Stop Safely Warning Lamp..............................101
Airbag Warning Lamp.........................................97 Traffic Sign Recognition No Passing
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Indicator.............................................................101
Lamp...................................................................98 Traffic Sign Recognition Speed Limit
Automatic High Beam Indicator....................98 Indicator.............................................................101
Auto-Start-Stop Indicator................................98 Water-In-Fuel Warning Lamp........................101
Battery Warning Lamp.......................................98 Warning Triangle.........................................286
Blind Spot Information System Washer Fluid Check....................................330
Indicator.............................................................98 Washers
Cruise Control Indicator.....................................98 See: Wipers and Washers..................................72
Decklid Ajar Indicator.........................................98 Waxing Your Vehicle...................................338
Direction Indicator...............................................98 What Is a Connected Vehicle..................370
Door Ajar Indicator..............................................98 What Is Auto-Start-Stop...........................170
Electric Park Brake Warning Lamp................98 What Is Local Hazard Information........264
Engine Coolant Temperature Warning What Is Remote Start.................................132
Lamp...................................................................98 What Is the Pedestrian Alert
Engine Oil Pressure Warning Lamp..............98 System.............................................................41
Engine Warning Lamps.....................................99 What is the Rear Occupant Alert
Fasten Seatbelt Warning Lamp.....................99 System...........................................................152
Front Fog Lamp Indicator.................................99 What Is the Tire Pressure Monitoring
Frost Warning Lamp...........................................99 System..........................................................353
Fuel Operated Heater Enabled Wheel Nuts
Indicator.............................................................99 See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................345
Fuel Operated Heater Operating Wheels and Tires.........................................339
Indicator.............................................................99 General Information.........................................339
Glow Plug Indicator.............................................99 Windows and Mirrors...................................85
Grade Assist Indicator........................................99 Windshield Washers......................................74
Hazard Flasher Indicator.................................100 Settings....................................................................74
High Beam Headlamp Indicator...................100 Windshield Wipers.........................................72
Hood Ajar Warning Lamp...............................100 Intermittent Wipe.................................................72
Lamps on Indicator...........................................100 Winter Tires
Lane Keeping Aid Warning Lamp................100 See: Using Winter Tires...................................344
Lane Keeping Alert Indicator.........................100 Wiper Blades
Liftgate Ajar Warning Lamp...........................100 See: Checking the Wiper Blades.................330
Low Beam Headlamp Warning Wipers and Washers......................................72
Lamp..................................................................100
Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp......................100
Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp................100
Ready to Drive Indicator..................................100
Rear Fog Lamp Indicator.................................100
Selective Catalytic Reductant System
Warning Lamp................................................100
467
468
CG3736en, Edition date: 202101

2021 Ford Mondeo

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2021 Ford Mondeo

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2021 Ford Mondeo

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FORD MONDEO Owner's Manual

All rights reserved.

Introduction Supplementary Restraints

Clearing All MyKeys ......................................53 Front Fog Lamps ...........................................80

Remote Start - Automatic How Does the Rear Occupant Alert

Climate Control Auxiliary Power Points

Switching Auto-Start-Stop On and Off Transmission

Auto-Start-Stop - Manual All-Wheel Drive

Fuel and Refueling Traction Control

High Voltage Battery Cruise Control

Fuse Specification Chart - Hybrid Electric Using Snow Chains ....................................344

Connected Vehicle Requirements ........370 End User License Agreement ................426

Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Note: Pass on this manual when selling

WARNING: Driving while

recommend that you use extreme

Note: This manual describes product See the Owner's Manual.

vehicle you have purchased.

Battery. Engine coolant.

Battery acid. Engine coolant temperature.

Brake fluid level. Engine oil.

Brake system. Explosive gas.

Brake failure. Fan warning.

Cabin air filter. Fasten seatbelt.

Check fuel cap. Front airbag.

Child safety door lock. Front fog lamps.

Child safety door unlock. Fuel pump reset.

Child seat lower anchor. Fuse compartment.

Child seat tether anchor. Hazard warning flashers.

Cruise control. Heated rear window.

Do not open when hot. Heated windshield.

Electronic power steering Interior luggage compartment

Engine air filter. Jack.

Keep out of reach of children. Windshield wash and wipe.

Malfunction indicator lamp

Scheduled Maintenance and MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS

• Events or errors in essential systems,

SERVICE DATA The event data recorder in this vehicle is

SETTINGS DATA service providers could have access to

EMERGENCY CALL SYSTEM

INSTRUMENT PANEL - LHD

A Air vents. G Keyless starting. See Push

M Audio control. See Audio Unit P Horn.

INSTRUMENT PANEL - RHD

F Wiper lever. See Wipers and Washers (page 72).

WARNING: Do not modify child

WARNING: Do not hold a child on

WARNING: If your vehicle has been

Only child restraints certified to ECE-R129

Child Restraints for Different Mass Booster Seats

WARNING: Do not install a booster

WARNING: Do not put the shoulder

WARNING: Do not use pillows,

WARNING: You must reinstall the

Secure children that weigh between 13 kg

Booster Seat (Group 2) Secure children that weigh greater than

ISOFIX Anchor Points

WARNING: Use an anti-rotation

Your vehicle has ISOFIX anchor points that

We recommend that you use a booster